Table of Contents
Welcome to Capilano C o l l e g e

1

Calendar f o r

2

1984/85

Admission

3

Registration

4

Instructional Guidelines

5

Changing R e g i s t r a t i o n

fi

Status

Fees

7

General Course Information

8

Campus S e r v i c e s

12

F i n a n c i a l Aid and Awards

17

Academic S t u d i e s / U n i v e r s i t y
Career/Vocational

Transfer Programs . .

Programs

21
61

V o c a t i o n a l , Pre-Employment and Upgrading
Programs

128

T r a n s f e r Guide

132

Map

144

- Lynnmour

Index
C o l l e g e Board ft A d m i n i s t r a t i o n

141
. . i n s i d e back cover

LYNNMOUR CAMPUS ft ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES
2055 P u r c e l l Way
North Vancouver, B . C . V7J 3H5
Telephone (604) 986-1911
TDD ( f o r deaf) 980-9921
SQUAMISH LEARNING CENTRE
38038 C l e v e l a n d Avenue
and 37827 Second Avenue
P.O. Box 1531, Squamish, B . C .
Telephone (604) 892-5322
SECHELT LEARNING CENTRE
1360 I n l e t Avenue
P.O. Box 1609, S e c h e l t , B . C .
Telephone (604) 885-9310

VON 3G0

VON 3A0

P u b l i s h e d by: Information S e r v i c e s
Photographs: Edna Sakata
Word P r o c e s s i n g : Donna McMahon
P r i n t i n g : North Shore News

Welcome to Capilano College

Education i s the most valuable
g i f t one generation can give to
the next. It i s impressive i n
scope, r i c h and varied in
dimension, powerful in e f f e c t . It
l a s t s a l i f e t i m e , i t grows and
expands with use; i t never wears
o u t . And i t i s passed on from age
to age.
Y e t , when times are d i f f i c u l t ,
there i s the temptation to t r e a t
i t l i g h t l y . A l l too o f t e n , we do
not recognize i t s value or we say
that we w i l l get i t tomorrow.
Worse s t i l l , those of us who make
i t a v a i l a b l e to others quibble
among ourselves about what parts
of i t are most important. Teachers
argue about t h e i r c e n t r a l r o l e in
the process and c l a i m that t h e i r
c o n t r i b u t i o n i s more important
than that of school t r u s t e e s .
U n i v e r s i t i e s play up t h e i r
important f u n c t i o n , c o l l e g e s point
to t h e i r unique a c t i v i t i e s and
schools proclaim that no other
forms of education are p o s s i b l e
without t h e i r d i s t i n c t i v e i n p u t .
And in the process, a l l people
involved in education obscure the
f a c t that they are a l l important,
but none of them as important as
the i n d i v i d u a l student.
It i s no wonder that education
does not occupy a p o s i t i v e
p o s i t i o n in the public mind today.
In our e f f o r t s to r e i n f o r c e our
own importance, we downplay the
importance of others in e d u c a t i o n .
The r e s u l t i s confusion i n the
p u b l i c mind and a consequent
u n w i l l i n g n e s s on the part of the
p u b l i c to support a l l education to
the l e v e l that i t deserves.
In t r u t h , the i n d i v i d u a l student
i s the most important element in
e d u c a t i o n . Our s c h o o l s , c o l l e g e s
and u n i v e r s i t i e s are a l l v i t a l
supports to i n d i v i d u a l
l e a r n e r s - - a n d they are a l l of
equal i f d i f f e r e n t v a l u e s .
S i m i l a r l y , teachers,
a d m i n i s t r a t o r s , support s t a f f ,
t r u s t e e s , parents and concerned
c i t i z e n s are a l l of equal but
d i f f e r e n t value in the education
process.

Capilano College i s p r i v i l e g e d to
be one among many B r i t i s h Columbia
i n s t i t u t i o n s committed to the
advancement of education of a l l
kinds from pre-school through
post-doctoral studies, for
c h i l d r e n , youths, and a d u l t s . Our
s p e c i a l f i e l d of a c t i v i t i y and
e x p e r t i s e i s post-secondary
education for people with a
genuine d e s i r e to l e a r n . Our
i n s t r u c t o r s and t h e i r p r o f e s s i o n a l
colleagues are experienced
s p e c i a l i s t s , our support s t a f f
members are dedicated to t h e i r
t a s k s , our a d m i n i s t r a t o r s are
s k i l l e d and dynamic and our Board
members have a deep commitment to
the c i t i z e n s they r e p r e s e n t .
A l l Capilano people j o i n in
s t r i v i n g for the best p o s s i b l e
education of a l l kinds f o r a l l
people. More p a r t i c u l a r l y , they
value you as a unique student and
are eager to a s s i s t you to acquire
and enjoy the b e n e f i t s of
learning.
Welcome to Capilano C o l l e g e .

Pri nci pal

Calendar for 1984-85
ADD a c o u r s e , or change
from AUDIT to CREDIT

1984 FALL TERM
AUGUST 27 (Monday): Career and
Vocational Program R e g i s t r a t i o n ,
09:00-20:00 (see F a l l 1984
Timetable f o r d e t a i l s ) (Faculty
Advisors present)
AUGUST 28, 29 f. 30 (Tu.es.T h u r s . ) : Academic Program
R e g i s t r a t i o n , 09:00-20:00 (see
F a l l 1984 Timetable for d e t a i l s )
(Faculty Advisors present)
SEPTEMBER 4 (Tuesday): Classes
begin for Academic and Career
Divisions

status

FEBRUARY 8 ( F r i d a y ) : F i n a l Date
for payment of Balance of T u i t i o n
Fees
FEBRUARY 14-15 ( T h u r s . , F r i d a y ) :
Mid-term break. No c l a s s e s
scheduled.
MARCH 1 ( F r i d a y ) : Last day to
WITHDRAW from a c o u r s e , or change
status from CREDIT t o AUDIT, or
change s e c t i o n s
APRIL 5: Good F r i d a y . College
Closed.

SEPTEMBER 17 (Monday): Last day to
ADD a course or change status from
AUDIT t o CREDIT

APRIL 8: Easter Monday. C o l l e g e
Closed.

OCTOBER 5 ( F r i d a y ) : F i n a l Date for
pyament of Balance of T u i t i o n Fees

APRIL 15-24 (Monday - Weds.):
Examination Period

OCTOBER 8 (Monday): Thanksgiving
Day. College C l o s e d .

APRIL 24 (Weds.): End of Term for
Academic and Career D i v i s i o n s .

NOVEMBER 2 ( F r i d a y ) : Last day to
Withdraw from a c o u r s e , or change
status from CREDIT t o AUDIT, or
change s e c t i o n s
NOVEMBER 12 (Monday): College
Closed for Remembrance Day.
DECEMBER 10-14 (Monday - F r i d a y ) :
Examination Period
DECEMBER 14 ( F r i d a y ) : End of term
for Academic and Career D i v i s i o n s

1985 SPRING TERM
JANUARY 2 (Wednesday): Career and
Vocational Program R e g i s t r a t i o n ,
09:.00-20:00 (see Spring 1985
Timetable f o r d e t a i l s ) (Faculty
Advisors present)
JANUARY 3, 4 f, 7 ( T h u r s . - Monday):
Academic Program R e g i s t r a t i o n ,
09:00-20:00 (see Spring 1985
Timetable for d e t a i l s ) (Faculty
Advisors present)
JANUARY 7 (Monday): Classes begin
f o r Career D i v i s i o n
JANUARY 8 (Tuesday): Classes begin
f o r Academic D i v i s i o n
JANUARY 18 ( F r i d a y ) :

Last day to

1985 SUMMER TERM
APRIL: Summer term r e g i s t r a t i o n i s
on a continuous b a s i s . C o u n s e l l i n g
s e r v i c e s are a v a i l a b l e .

Admission
Who i s

E l i g i b l e for

Admission

Date
Acceptance
Mailed

Any p e r s o n who i s a C a n a d i a n
c i t i z e n o r Landed I m m i g r a n t i s
e l i g i b l e for admission i f they are
i n a t l e a s t one o f t h e f o l l o w i n g
categories:

Term

Application
Deadline

F a l l 84
S p r i n g 85
Summer 85

May 3 1 / 8 4
June 30/84
O c t . 31/84
Nov. 30/84
A p r . 1/85
as p r o c e s s e d

1 . P e r s o n s who have a R . C .
Secondary School g r a d u a t i o n
c e r t i f i c a t e or e q u i v a l e n t
educational record.

Those a p p l i c a n t s who a p p l y a f t e r
t h e d e a d l i n e but b e f o r e t h e
r e g i s t r a t i o n period w i l l register
i n P r i o r i t y #3.

2 . P e r s o n s 18 y e a r s o f age o r
o l d e r who do not have a B . C .
Secondary School g r a d u a t i o n
c e r t i f i c a t e or e q u i v a l e n t .

B. FOR CAREER AND VOCATIONAL
PROGRAMS AND COURSES

3 . Once y o u r a p p l i c a t i o n f o r
A d m i s s i o n and s u p p o r t i n g d o c u m e n t s
have been r e c e i v e d , t h e
a p p l i c a t i o n w i l l be p r o c e s s e d and
you w i l l r e c e i v e a L e t t e r of
A c c e p t a n c e and a " P e r m i t t o
R e g i s t e r " from the R e g i s t r a r ' s
O f f i c e by m a i l . (See page 4 f o r
R e g i s t r a t i o n d a t e s and
procedures.)

B . Howe Sound and Sechelt Centres

3 . P e r s o n s who a r e s e c o n d a r y
school students attending a school
i n t h e C o l l e g e R e g i o n and have t h e
w r i t t e n recommendation of t h e i r
school p r i n c i p a l .
4 . P e r s o n s at l e a s t 16 y e a r s o f
age who can s a t i s f y a C o l l e g e
c o u n s e l l o r t h a t t h e y p o s s e s s an
i n t e r e s t i n , and an a p t i t u d e
for,
a v o c a t i o n f o r which the C o l l e g e
p r o v i d e s i n s t r u c t i o n , may be
e l i g i b l e to enter the r e l a t e d
C o l l e g e V o c a t i o n a l program.

When to Apply f o r

Admission

Generally, applications for
A d m i s s i o n t o t h e C o l l e g e may be
made at any t i m e d u r i n g t h e y e a r .
However, t h e r e are e a r l y
a p p l i c a t i o n deadlines f o r the
r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d s f o r each
term.
A . FOR ACADEMIC STUDIES PROGRAMS
AND COURSES
P e o p l e who a p p l y f o r A c a d e m i c
S t u d i e s by t h e d e a d l i n e s l i s t e d
below w i l l , i f they are a c c e p t e d ,
be r e g i s t e r e d a c c o r d i n g t o t h e
p r i o r i t i e s l i s t e d on page 4
( " P r i o r i t y Sequence i n
R e g i s t r a t i o n " ) . Acceptance notices
and p e r m i t s t o r e g i s t e r w i l l be
m a i l e d to each s u c c e s s f u l
a p p l i c a n t w i t h i n one month of t h e
application deadline.

Most C a r e e r and V o c a t i o n a l
p r o g r a m s have e a r l i e r a p p l i c a t i o n
d e a d l i n e s than those l i s t e d above.
For d e t a i l s p l e a s e r e f e r t o t h e
s p e c i f i c program i n t h i s c a l e n d a r .
G e n e r a l l y , a p p l i c a t i o n s s h o u l d be
r e c e i v e d b e f o r e March 1.

How to A p p l y f o r

Admission

A . Lynnmour Campus
1. O b t a i n an " A p p l i c a t i o n f o r
A d m i s s i o n Form" from the
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e . Persons
wishing to enter f u l l - t i m e
programs o f s t u d y o r who need
assistance in completing t h i s
form a r e a d v i s e d t o a r r a n g e a
meeting w i t h the C o l l e g e
Admissions A d v i s o r or a C o u n s e l l o r
by c a l l i n g t h e C o u n s e l l i n g O f f i c e
at 9 8 6 - 1 9 1 1 , l o c a l 2 9 8 .
Persons wishing admittance to the
c o l l e g e to e n t e r a C a r e e r program
must a r r a n g e an i n t e r v i e w w i t h t h e
C a r e e r Program C o o r d i n a t o r p r i o r
t o b e i n g a d m i t t e d . I n d i v i d u a l s who
a r e not a d m i t t e d t o a p a r t i c u l a r
C a r e e r p r o g r a m may s t i l l be
e l i g i b l e f o r admission to the
C o l l e g e t o e n t e r an A c a d e m i c
Studies or General Studies
p r o g r a m . If i n doubt p l e a s e
contact the R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e .
2 . C o m p l e t e t h e A p p l i c a t i o n Form
and b r i n g o r m a i l i t t o t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e . Include with
y o u r A p p l i c a t i o n Form any f o r m e r
e d u c a t i o n records which are
r e q u i r e d , s u c h as H i g h S c h o o l
Graduation C e r t i f i c a t e s , O f f i c i a l
T r a n s c r i p t s from o t h e r
post-secondary i n s t i t u t i o n s ,
E n g l i s h Placement Test s c o r e s .

Each t e r m C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e o f f e r s
a number of c o u r s e s i n Howe Sound
and t h e S u n s h i n e C o a s t . S t u d e n t s
who w i s h t o be a d m i t t e d t o t h e
College in order to r e g i s t e r for
these courses should contact the
Squamish C e n t r e (38038 C l e v e l a n d
Avenue, 892-5322) or the S e c h e l t
C e n t r e (1360 I n l e t A v e n u e ,
8 8 5 - 9 3 1 0 ) f o r f o r m s and d e t a i l s o f
course o f f e r i n g s . C o u n s e l l i n g
s e r v i c e s are a v a i l a b l e at both
c e n t r e s and t h e A p p l i c a t i o n
p r o c e d u r e s a r e as o u t l i n e d a b o v e .

S t u d e n t Number I d e n t i f i c a t i o n Card
When a s t u d e n t has been a c c e p t e d
and i s f i r s t a d m i t t e d t o t h e
College s/he is assigned a
permanent s t u d e n t number. T h i s
number c o n t r o l s t h e S t u d e n t ' s
R e c o r d , S t a t e m e n t o f G r a d e s and
College Identification Card.
C o l l e g e I d e n t i f i c a t i o n Cards are
i s s u e d at the b e g i n n i n g of the
term f o r which a student i s
r e g i s t e r e d . T h e s e c a r d s w i l l be
a v a i l a b l e from the R e g i s t r a r ' s
O f f i c e w i t h i n two weeks a f t e r t h e
b e g i n n i n g of c l a s s s e s . If the card
i s l o s t , a d u p l i c a t e may be
o b t a i n e d from the R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office for $2.00.
To u s e t h e L i b r a r y S e r v i c e s o f t h e
C o l l e g e , t o s i g n out a u d i o v i s u a l
m a t e r i a l s or to vote i n Student
U n i o n e l e c t i o n s , a s t u d e n t must
have a C o l l e g e I d e n t i f i c a t i o n
Card.

Registration
Once you have r e c e i v e d y o u r L e t t e r
o f A c c e p t a n c e and " P e r m i t t o
R e g i s t e r " , y o u may s e l e c t y o u r
courses.

P r i o r i t y Sequence f o r
STUDIES R e g i s t r a t i o n

ACADEMIC

In o r d e r t o a v o i d l o n g l i n e - u p s a t
r e g i s t r a t i o n , t h e r e i s now a
system of p r i o r i t y r e g i s t r a t i o n .
The p r i o r i t i e s a r e :
PRIORITY #1 - R e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s
who have a c h i e v e d a G r a d e P o i n t
Average of 2.0 or g r e a t e r i n t h e i r
previous term.
PRIORITY #2 - New A p p l i c a n t s
r e s i d e n t in the C o l l e g e Region i n
the f o l l o w i n g three c a t e g o r i e s :
i ) New a p p l i c a n t s who have
g r a d u a t e d f r o m h i g h s c h o o l i n an
academic program w i t h a Grade
P o i n t Average of 2 . 5 o r g r e a t e r
( b a s e d on recommended f i n a l g r a d e s
f r o m hi gh s c h o o l ) .
i i ) Mature a p p l i c a n t s
definition
below)

(see

i i i ) T r a n s f e r students from
another post-secondary
institution
who have a c h i e v e d a G r a d e P o i n t
Average of 2 . 0 o r g r e a t e r i n t h e i r
latest term.
PRIORITY #3 - A l l o t h e r
returning
s t u d e n t s and new s t u d e n t s f r o m
w i t h i n the c o l l e g e r e g i o n .
PRIORITY #4 - Out of
applicants.

region

R e s i d e n t , R e t u r n i n g S t u d e n t and
Mature A p p l i c a n t are defined as:
RESIDENT:
A p e r s o n who has l i v e d
i n the o f f i c i a l C o l l e g e Region
( N o r t h V a n c o u v e r , West V a n c o u v e r ,
Howe S o u n d , o r S u n s h i n e C o a s t ) f o r
a t l e a s t f o u r - m o n t h s as o f t h e
f i r s t day o f t h e t e r m f o r w h i c h
a p p l i c a t i o n i s made.
RETURNING STUDENT:
Any s t u d e n t
who has r e g i s t e r e d f o r , and has
a t t e n d e d , c r e d i t c l a s s e s at
Capilano C o l l e g e . Returning
s t u d e n t s who have been
academically d i s q u a l i f i e d in the
previous semester should c o n s u l t a

4

counsellor

about

eligibility.

3 . F o r C o u r s e s i n Howe Sound and
the Sunshine Coast

MATURE A P P L I C A N T : Any s t u d e n t who
does not have a B . C . S e c o n d a r y
School c e r t i f i c a t e or e q u i v a l e n t
and has not a t t e n d e d a h i g h s c h o o l
or post-secondary i n s t i t u t i o n
for
a minimum of two y e a r s .

a . O b t a i n a r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m and
t i m e t a b l e from the R e g i s t r a r ' s
O f f i c e on t h e Lynnmour Campus o r
from the Squamish or S e c h e l t
Centre.

How t o

b . C o m p l e t e and r e t u r n t h e
r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m w i t h payment
attached to the appropriate
centre.

Register

1 . F o r A c a d e m i c P r o g r a m s and
C o u r s e s a t Lynnmour:
a . O b t a i n a r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m and
t i m e t a b l e from the R e g i s t r a r ' s
O f f i c e or the Squamish or S e c h e l t
Campus. T i m e t a b l e s g i v i n g t h e
t i m e s o f c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s , room
numbers and i n s t r u c t o r s a r e
a v a i l a b l e approximately three
weeks p r i o r t o e a c h r e g i s t r a t i o n
period.
b . S e l e c t t h e c o u r s e s and s e c t i o n s
y o u w i s h t o t a k e and c o m p l e t e t h e
r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m . The DATE and
TIME f o r y o u t o r e g i s t e r w i l l be
p r i n t e d i n the T i m e t a b l e . A l l
r e g i s t r a t i o n w i l l t a k e p l a c e In
P e r s o n and payment of f e e s i s
r e q u i r e d at t h a t t i m e .

4 . F o r C o u r s e s on M o r e t h a n One
Campus
a . O b t a i n a r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m and
t i m e t a b l e from the R e g i s t r a r ' s
O f f i c e on t h e Lynnmour Campus o r
f r o m t h e S q u a m i s h and S e c h e l t
Centre.
b . C o m p l e t e and r e t u r n t h e
r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m w i t h payment
a t t a c h e d t o t h e Lynnmour C a m p u s .
5. F o r E x t e n s i o n C o u r s e s and
Activities
See page 16 o f

When t o
2 . F o r C a r e e r and V o c a t i o n a l
P r o g r a m s and C o u r s e s

the

Calendar.

Register

1. ACADEMIC STUDIES PROGRAMS AND
COURSES

a . O b t a i n a r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m and
t i m e t a b l e from the R e g i s t r a r ' s
O f f i c e or the Squamish or S e c h e l t
Centre.
b . C o m p l e t e and s u b m i t
r e g i s t r a t i o n forms and f e e s
payable to the a p p r o p r i a t e
c o o r d i n a t o r f o r a p p r o v a l . F o r new
f u l l - t i m e students t h i s w i l l
n o r m a l l y i n v o l v e an i n t e r v i e w and
c o u n s e l l i n g . P a r t - t i m e C a r e e r and
V o c a t i o n a l s t u d e n t s may e i t h e r
mail in or b r i n g in t h e i r
r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r m and a p p r o p r i a t e
f e e s at any t i m e .
c . R e g i s t r a t i o n c a n o f t e n be
completed p r i o r to the
r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d ; h o w e v e r , new
r e g i s t r a n t s who have been a c c e p t e d
and r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s who have
not c o m p l e t e d t h e i r
registration
must s u b m i t a p p r o v e d r e g i s t r a t i o n
f o r m s and f e e s p a y a b l e t o t h e
Registrar's Office during
R e g i s t r a t i o n for Career students.

Academic s t u d e n t s w i l l r e g i s t e r i n
the p r i o r i t y o u t l i n e d above.
Students should consult t h e i r
t i m e t a b l e f o r t h e e x a c t d a t e and
time of r e g i s t r a t i o n .
In p e r s o n r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d s a r e
s c h e d u l e d as f o l l o w s :
FALL 1984 T e r m : A u g u s t 28 August 30, 1984.
SPRING 1985 T e r m : J a n u a r y 3 , 4
and 7 , 1 9 8 5 .
?.. CAREER AND VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS
AND COURSES
F o r t h o s e C a r e e r and V o c a t i o n a l
s t u d e n t s who have n o t
p r e - r e g i s t e r e d through t h e i r
coordinator p r i o r to R e g i s t r a t i o n :
FALL 1984 T e r m : A u g u s t 2 7 , 0 9 : 0 0
to 20:00
SPRING 1985 T e r m : J a n u a r y 2 ,
09:00 to 20:00

Important Dates to Remember
FALL
Application Deadline
Academic

Career

Career

SPRING 1985

SUMMER 1985

October

Ongoing - p l e a s e
r e f e r t o Summer
Timetable

for:

Priority

May 3 1 ,

and V o c a t i o n a l

In-Person

1984

1984

3 1 , 1984

r e f e r to s p e c i f i c
program in c a l e n d a r

r e f e r to s p e c i f i c
program i n c a l e n d a r

August 2 7 ,

January 2,

Registration

and V o c a t i o n a l

1984

1985

dependent

upon c o u r s e

Academic
iqR4

S t

? R

3

'

°'

l

,

a

n

u

a

r

y

3

4

'

'

7

1

9

8

5

dependent

upon c o u r s e

C l a s s e s Commence
Career/Vocational

Division

September 4 ,

1984

January 7,

1985

dependent

upon c o u r s e

September 4 ,

1984

January 8,

1985

dependent

upon c o u r s e

F i n a l D a t e t o ADD a c o u r s e o r Change
S t a t u s f r o m AUDIT t o CREDIt

September

17,

1984

January 18,

1985

dependent

upon c o u r s e

F i n a l Date f o r
TUITION FEES

October 5,

1984

February 8,

1985

on

November 2 ,

1984

M a r c h 1,

Academic

Division

payment o f

BALANCE OF

F i n a l D a t e t o WITHDRAW, o r change S t a t u s
f r o m C R E D I t t o AUDIT, o r change s e c t i o n s

1985

registration

dependent

upon

course

Instructional Guidelines
Student

Responsibility
name, a d d r e s s o r phone n u m b e r .
D o c u m e n t a t i o n must be p r o v i d e d t o
s u p p o r t a change o f name r e q u e s t .

S t u d e n t s may not r e g i s t e r f o r
course overload u n t i l a f t e r
the R e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d .

Course Overload

English

F a i l u r e t o do so may r e s u l t i n no
c r e d i t g r a n t e d f o r work done o r
immediate d e - r e g i s t r a t i o n
for
non-payment o f t u i t i o n f e e s .

A course overload i s a
r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r more t h a n 16
c r e d i t h o u r s of a c a d e m i c c o u r s e s
o r more t h a n t h e f u l l r e q u i r e m e n t s
s p e c i f i e d for a Career program.

A p p l i c a n t s a r e r e q u i r e d t o be
f u n c t i o n a l in the E n g l i s h
l a n g u a g e . The C o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e
r i g h t to a s s e s s t h e competence of
a p p l i c a n t s in the E n g l i s h language
p r i o r to granting a d m i s s i o n .

Right to

S t u d e n t s may r e g i s t e r at t h e i r
d i s c r e t i o n for a course overload
up t o a t o t a l of 21 c r e d i t h o u r s
so l o n g as t h e y have d i s c u s s e d
t h e i r need f o r / w i s h f o r an
overload with a c o u n s e l l o r .
Science s t u d e n t s , however, are
a u t o m a t i c a l l y allowed to r e g i s t e r
f o r more t h a n 16 c r e d i t h o u r s , so
l o n g as t h e t o t a l c r e d i t h o u r s
does not e x c e e d 21 c r e d i t h o u r s
and does not a r i s e f r o m
r e g i s t r a t i o n i n more t h a n f i v e
courses.

It i s the r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of t h e
student to ensure that h i s / h e r
r e g i s t r a t i o n i s a c c u r a t e and
c o m p l e t e , and t h a t t u i t i o n f e e s
a r e p a i d at t h e a p p r o p r i a t e t i m e .

Register

A s t u d e n t who has not m a i n t a i n e d a
s a t i s f a c t o r y s t a n d i n g i n a program
i n any t e r m may be d e n i e d
p e r m i s s i o n to r e g i s t e r i n t h a t
program i n a s u b s e q u e n t t e r m .

Change o f

Name a n d / o r

Address

I t i s t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of t h e
student to i n f o r m the R e g i s t r a r ' s
O f f i c e of any changes i n h i s / h e r

a

Proficiency

Those s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o e n r o l l
i n E n g l i s h must s u b m i t t h e r e s u l t s
o f t h e B . C . Government E n g l i s h
Placement Test w i t h t h e i r
r e g i s t r a t i o n forms o r must t a k e
the C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e E n g l i s h
D i a g n o s t i c Test before r e g i s t e r i n g
f o r any o f t h e s e c o u r s e s .
S c h e d u l e s of E n g l i s h D i a g n o s t i c
T e s t s w i l be a v a i l a b l e i n t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , 986-1911,
l o c a l 213, Squamish L e a r n i n g
C e n t r e , 892-5322, Sechelt Learning

Changing Registration Status
Centre, 885-9310, or the
Humanities Division, 985-1911,
local 502.
Mathematics Placement Test
The College may introduce a
Mathematics Placement Test for
students with a ' C grade i n ,
Algebra 12 who wish to register in
Mathematics 110. Students who have
obtained an 'A' or 'B' grade in
Algebra 12 will be permitted to
register in Mathematics 110
without having to write the
Mathematics Placement Test (MPT).
Scores on the MPT will be used to
assist Algebra 12 ' C students
with the selection of an
appropriate course sequence.
Information on the MPT will be
provided by the Registrar's
Office.

Wait Lists
Students who register but are
unable to get into a course
because it is f u l l will
automatically be included on
a chronological wait l i s t . These
l i s t s will be posted for student
viewing. The student must attend
the f i r s t class of that course to
either be accepted into the class
or have his name remain on the
wait l i s t .

Course Verification
Following the last day to add a
course the Registrar's Office will
issue Course Verification forms to
each student. It is the student's
responsibility to check his/her
l i s t of courses.
If a student believes that there
is an error in his/her
registration, s/he must correct
the errors with a Course Change
Form before the final withdrawal
date. Failure to correct the error
may result in an ' F ' grade on the
student's transcript (or no credit
being granted for work done).

Adding or Changing a Course
A student may enroll in a course,
change sections, or change from
audit to credit status (see chart
page 5) after the late
registration period but before the
final date to add a course. This
must be done on a Course Change
form, be signed by the instructors
involved and submitted to the
Registrar's Office.
The addition of a course or change
from audit to credit status after
the final date to add a course may
only be done in exceptional
circumstances and with the
approval of the Instructor,
Coordinator and Registrar.
Requests for such changes after
the final date to add a course
should be directed f i r s t to the
Registrar.

Withdrawing from a Course or
Changing from Credit to Audit
Status
Students may withdraw from a
course or change from credit to
audit status after the last day of
the In-Person Registration period
but before the final date to
withdraw from a course. This must
be done on a Course Change Form
signed by the instructor involved
and submitted to the Registrar's
Office.
Requests after the final date to
withdraw from a course require the
approval of the Instructor,
Coordinator and Registrar.
Approval will not normally be
granted unless the records of the
College are incorrect as the
result of an error by the College,
or the student is simply
requesting a change from one
section to another of the same
course, or is transferring to a
lower level at the request of the
instructor, or the student is
unable to meet the deadline date
because of illness or emergency
clrcumstances.
•NOTE: Approval for late adds
and/or late drops will not be
granted simply because the student
was unaware of, or neglected to
comply with, the College's
registration policies and
procedures.

Financial Information
Tuition

Fees

The new t u i t i o n f e e s f o r t h e
1 9 8 4 / 8 5 i n s t r u c t i o n a l y e a r w i l l be
announced i n t h e F a l l T i m e t a b l e
w h i c h w i l l be a v a i l a b l e a t l e a s t
one month p r i o r t o t h e b e g i n n i n g
of t h e F a l l ' 8 4 t e r m . I t i s l i k e l y
t h a t t h e y w i l l be h i g h e r t h a n i n
1983/84.
As a g e n e r a l g u i d e l i n e , t h e b a s i c
t u i t i o n f e e s f o r 1983-84 were:
- $17.00 per c r e d i t
maximum o f $ 2 5 5 . 0 0

hour

to a term

- $10.00 n o n - r e f u n d a b l e
registration fee
- $ 2 . 0 0 p e r c r e d i t hour S t u d e n t
Union f e e t o a t e r m maximum o f
$24.00. (This fee i s optional f o r
c o u r s e s i n Howe Sound and on t h e
Sunshine C o a s t . )

Conditions of

Registration

a . A l l c h e q u e s and money o r d e r s
a r e t o be made p a y a b l e t o
" C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e " and a c c o m p a n i e d
by a c o m p l e t e d R e g i s t r a t i o n F o r m .
b. Underpaid r e g i s t r a t i o n s
not be p r o c e s s e d .

will

c . A c h a r g e o f $ 1 0 . 0 0 w i l l be
l e v i e d f o r costs of handling
c h e q u e s r e t u r n e d by t h e bank f o r
insufficient
funds.
d . P o s t - d a t e d cheques or s e p a r a t e
c h e q u e s f o r t u i t i o n f e e s and
Student Union a c t i v i t y fees w i l l
not be a c c e p t e d .
e . S t u d e n t s whose f e e s a r e t o be
p a i d by a g e n c i e s , o t h e r t h a n
Government S c h o l a r s h i p s , a r e
required to present a l e t t e r to
t h i s e f f e c t at r e g i s t r a t o n .

S p e c i a l Fee W a i v e r s f o r
Citizens

Senior

Any p e r s o n 60 y e a r s o f age o r o v e r
i s e n t i t l e d t o f r e e t u i t i o n , and

i s n o t r e q u i r e d t o pay s t u d e n t
activity fees. Applicants for this
s p e c i a l senior c i t i z e n fee waiver
need o n l y p r o d u c e a p p r o p r i a t e
i d e n t i f i c a t i o n s u c h as t h e
Courtesy Card f o r s e n i o r c i t i z e n s
or Pharmacare c a r d . S e n i o r
c i t i z e n s must pay t h e $10
registration fee.

N o n - R e g i s t r a t i on
Returning students with debts to
the C o l l e g e ( e . g . l o s t m a t e r i a l s ,
l o s t e q u i p m e n t , t u i t i o n f e e s not
p a i d ) w i l l be r e f u s e d
registration
u n t i l such debts are e r a s e d .

Fees P o l i c y - E x t e n s i o n Programs
and S e r v i c e s ( f o r m e r l y C r e d i t F r e e
Department)
I n f o r m a t i o n about E x t e n s i o n
( c r e d i t f r e e ) c o u r s e s and s e r v i c e s
i s p u b l i c i z e d in brochures
d i s t r i b u t e d by m a i l on t h e N o r t h
S h o r e , Howe Sound and S u n s h i n e
Coast.
T u i t i o n fees charged f o r E x t e n s i o n
P r o g r a m s and S e r v i c e s a r e b a s e d on
the p r i n c i p l e of r e c o v e r i n g the
c o s t o f i n s t r u c t i o n a l and r e l a t e d
expenses.
R e f u n d s : The C o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e
r i g h t t o c a n c e l any c o u r s e f o r
w h i c h r e g i s t r a t i o n does not r e a c h
t h e r e q u i r e d m i n i m u m , and t o
w i t h d r a w , p o s t p o n e , o r combine
c l a s s e s o r t o change i n s t r u c t o r s .
Fees a r e p a y a b l e at t i m e of
r e g i s t r a t i o n . Fees p a i d f o r
c o u r s e s o r w o r k s h o p s c a n c e l l e d by
t h e C o l l e g e w i l l be r e f u n d e d i n
f u l l . A p p l i c a t i o n s f o r withdrawal
and r e f u n d w i l l n o t be a c c e p t e d
a f t e r t h e second s e s s i o n of a
c o u r s e h a s been h e l d and i n t h e
case of workshops of s h o r t
d u r a t i o n (up t o t h r e e c o n s e c u t i v e
days) withdrawal a p p l i c a t i o n s w i l l
be a c c e p t e d no l a t e r t h a n t h e d a y
b e f o r e t h e w o r k s h o p commences.
R e f u n d s a r e s u b j e c t t o a 20%
a d m i n i s t r a t i o n c h a r g e . R e f u n d s on
d i s c o u n t e d and p a c k a g e f e e s w i l l
be s u b j e c t t o t h e 20%
a d m i n i s t r a t i o n charge against the
f u l l c o u r s e f e e . Any d e p a r t u r e

f r o m t h e f o r e g o i n g p o l i c y w i l l be
s t a t e d i n the c o u r s e or workshop
d e s c r i p t i o n . Under no
c i r c u m s t a n c e s w i l l r e f u n d s be
g i v e n a f t e r t h e end o f a c o u r s e o r
workshop.
T r a n s f e r s : In s p e c i f i e d c o u r s e s a
s t u d e n t may t r a n s f e r f r o m one
course t o another i f space i s
a v a i l a b l e . Fees a r e n o t
t r a n s f e r a b l e f r o m one t e r m t o
another.
Fee W a i v e r f o r S e n i o r C i t i i z e n s :
P e o p l e age 60 and o v e r a r e
e l i g i b l e f o r a 10% d i s c o u n t on
f e e s f o r most c o u r s e s . Some
c o - s p o n s o r e d and c e r t a i n o t h e r
courses are excluded from t h i s
p o l i c y . At t i m e o f
registration
s e n i o r c i t i z e n s are asked t o
p r o v i d e p r o o f o f a g e , s u c h as a
Pharmacare c a r d , s e n i o r c i t i z e n s
courtesy card or b i r t h
certificate.
A l s o , see " L i m i t
Responsibility",

of
page 1 1 .

General Course Information
The I n s t r u c t i o n a l

Year

The i n s t r u c t i o n a l y e a r i s d i v i d e d
i n t o two f o u r month t e r m s , F a l l
and S p r i n g , and an e q u i v a l e n t
Summer S e s s i o n o f two months (May
and J u n e ) .

A u d i t s t u d e n t s wi 1 be a c c e p t e d on
a s p a c e a v a i l a b l e b a s i s , and a r e
only permitted to r e g i s t e r after
t h e l a s t day o f I n - P e r s o n
Registration.

Credit-Free Status (Extension
Programs and S e r v i c e s )
Course C r e d i t s
A student w i l l receive c r e d i t only
f o r the courses i n which s / h e i s
o f f i c i a l l y registered according to
the records i n the R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office.
A c r e d i t hour n o r m a l l y r e p r e s e n t s
one hour p e r week o f c l a s s r o o m
work p e r t e r m . Most c o u r s e s
o f f e r e d a r e t h r e e c r e d i t hour
c o u r s e s . As s u c h , t h e y n o r m a l l y
r e q u i r e t h r e e c l a s s h o u r s p e r week
and m a y , i n a d d i t i o n , r e q u i r e
l a b o r a t o r i e s , s e m i n a r s and
tutori al s .
An a d d i t i o n a l and o p t i o n a l f o u r t h
hour o f i n s t r u c t i o n w i l l be
o f f e r e d i n each t h r e e c r e d i t h o u r
course. This extra educational
o p p o r t u n i t y may t a k e t h e f o r m o f a
workshop, seminar, f i e l d - t r i p or
s i m i l a r a c t i v i t y , at t h e
d i s c r e t i o n o f e a c h i n s t r u c t o r and
as c i r c u m s t a n c e s a l l o w .

Credit Status
A s t u d e n t may a t t e n d a l l c l a s s e s ,
s e m i n a r s , l a b s , e t c . of t h e c o u r s e
and pays t h e normal t u i t i o n f e e .
S/he i s r e q u i r e d t o submit
a s s i g n m e n t s and s i t e x a m i n a t i o n s .
(See A t t e n d a n c e )

A student i s r e g i s t e r e d f o r a
c r e d i t - f r e e c o u r s e o r a c t i v i t y who
has p a i d t h e a p p r o p r i a t e f e e .

Course C h a l l e n g e Procedure
The C o l l e g e has a p o l i c y w h i c h
allows registered College students
to request examination f o r
a c h i e v e m e n t i n c e r t a i n c o u r s e s . By
t h i s p r o c e d u r e , a s t u d e n t may
receive credit for a course
without t a k i n g the c o u r s e .
Interested students should consult
a counsellor for current
i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e c h a l l e n g e
p r o c e d u r e . There are c e r t a i n
c o u r s e s w h i c h may n o t be
c h a l l e n g e d . A student c h a l l e n g i n g
a c o u r s e w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o p a y
t h e normal t u i t i o n f e e f o r t h a t
course.
Courses challenged s u c c e s s f u l l y
w i l l be i n d i c a t e d on t h e s t u d e n t ' s
transcri pt.
NOTE: C r e d i t f o r c o u r s e s
s u c c e s s f u l l y challenged w i l l apply
towards a C e r t i f i c a t e or Diploma
from C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e ; however,
some o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n s may n o t
g r a n t c r e d i t f o r some c o u r s e s
challenged.

Attendance
Audit

Status

A s t u d e n t may a t t e n d a l l m e e t i n g s
of a c r e d i t c l a s s w i t h o u t
r e c e i v i n g c r e d i t . The a u d i t
student attends a l l c l a s s e s ,
seminars, l a b s , e t c . of the class
and p a y s t h e normal t u i t i o n f e e .
S/he i s not r e q u i r e d to s i t
examinations or submit
a s s i g n m e n t s . The s t a t u s o f a u d i t
w i l l be d e n i e d by an i n s t r u c t o r i f
t h e s t u d e n t has n o t met t h e
attendance requirements f o r that
c l a s s . T h i s d e n i a l may be a p p e a l e d
through t h e grade appeal p r o c e s s .

8

A student i s expected to attend
a l l c l a s s e s i n which s / h e i s
r e g i s t e r e d , since e v a l u a t i o n of
p r o g r e s s i n any c o u r s e i s
c u m u l a t i v e , based on c l a s s
a s s i g n m e n t s , p a r t i c i p a t i o n and
examinations.
A s t u d e n t e x p e c t i n g t o be a b s e n t
from c l a s s e s because o f p r o l o n g e d
i l l n e s s i s advised to notify
h i s / h e r i n s t r u c t o r as s o o n a s
p o s s i b l e and t o a r r a n g e t o make up
m i s s e d i n s t r u c t i o n . The i n s t r u c t o r
may r e q u i r e t h a t a m e d i c a l

c e r t i f i c a t e be p r e s e n t e d t o
reinstate the student.
If i l l n e s s p r e v e n t s a s t u d e n t from
w r i t i n g a f i n a l examination or
a s s i g n m e n t , s / h e may be a s s i g n e d a
grade or granted a d e f e r r a l at t h e
d i s c r e t i o n of h i s / h e r i n s t r u c t o r .
In s u c h c a s e s , a m e d i c a l
c e r t i f i c a t e must be s u b m i t t e d
w i t h i n one week o f t h e d a t e o f t h e
e x a m i n a t i o n o r due d a t e o f t h e
a s s i gnment.
F a c u l t y members a r e a u t h o r i z e d t o
d i s m i s s f r o m a c l a s s a s t u d e n t who
is disruptive to the learning
process.

Visitors
A p e r s o n may a t t e n d a c l a s s
s e s s i o n as a v i s i t o r f o r a l i m i t e d
p e r i o d o f t i m e , p r o v i d e d s / h e has
p e r m i s s i o n from the i n s t r u c t o r i n
a d v a n c e . T h i s p r i v i l e g e does not
e x t e n d t o s c i e n c e and l a n g u a g e
l a b s or c o u r s e s r e q u i r i n g t h e use
of m a c h i n e r y o r m a t e r i a l s . A
v i s i t o r i s n o t r e g i s t e r e d , does
not s i t e x a m i n a t i o n s , does n o t
r e c e i v e c r e d i t and a t t e n d s n o t
more t h a n t h r e e weeks d u r i n g t h e
term.

Examination Week
For s t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d i n academic
c o u r s e s , t h e l a s t week o f t h e
i n s t r u c t i o n a l term i s d e s i g n a t e d
as an e x a m i n a t i o n w e e k . I f t h e r e
i s t o be an e x a m i n a t i o n i n a
c o u r s e n e a r t h e end o f a t e r m , i t
i s d u r i n g t h i s week t h a t t h e
e x a m i n a t i o n w i l l be g i v e n . S u c h
e x a m i n a t i o n s w i l l be up t o t h r e e
h o u r s i n d u r a t i o n and n o r m a l l y
w i l l be s c h e d u l e d t o o v e r l a p w i t h
the r e g u l a r meeting time f o r t h e
course in q u e s t i o n . Faculty w i l l
be a c c e s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e
e x a m i n a t i o n week t o meet w i t h
students to review t h e i r
a s s i g n m e n t s and f i n a l l e t t e r g r a d e
a n d / o r engage i n o t h e r
instructionally related
activities.
For students e n r o l l e d i n
Career/Vocational programs, the
l a s t week o f t h e i n s t r u c t i o n a l
term w i l l i n c l u d e having r e g u l a r l y

scheduled c l a s s sessions during
which time an examination may be
a d m i n i s t e r e d , or in some program
areas a s p e c i a l examination
schedule may be s e t .
Students should consult with t h e i r
i n s t r u c t o r s for d e t a i l e d
information regarding examination
schedules.

Grade Point Average
Grade Point Averages are reported
on each Permanent Student Record.
The GPA i s the sum of the grade
point hours earned in the term,
d i v i d e d by the number of c r e d i t
hours a p p l i c a b l e to the Grade
Point Computation.

R e g i s t e r i n g as an audit student
does not guarantee that a student
w i l l receive audit s t a t u s . Based
on the attendance and
p a r t i c i p a t i o n requirements of the
i n s t r u c t o r , an i n s t r u c t o r w i l l
confirm or deny the " a u d i t " s t a t u s
of a student in t h e i r c o u r s e . A
denial r u l i n g i s open to appeal by
the s t u d e n t .

I n t e r p r e t a t i o n of Grades
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Grading System
Capilano College uses the
f o l l o w i n g c a t e g o r i e s of
grading:

Letter

Grade
Point
Value

A+
A
A-

4 1/3
4
3 2/3

B+
B
B-

3 1/3
3
2 2/3

Good

C+
C
C-

2 1/3
2
1 2/3

Satisfactory

D
CR
F
NC
I
W
NA

1
0
0
-

Minimal Pass
C r e d i t Granted*
Fail
No C r e d i t Granted*+
Incomplete*
Withdrawn*-*Not A t t e n d i n g * *

Aim

-

Audit*

Classification

"I" grades are given at the end of
a term when, in the judgement of
the i n s t r u c t o r , the student would
have a reasonable expectation of
passing the course but has not
completed the work r e q u i r e d . An
" I " grade i s only awarded where
the i n s t r u c t o r and student have
arranged for the work to be
completed by a s p e c i f i e d d a t e ,
which i s noted in the c l a s s l i s t
with grades.

O f f i c i a l Transcript/Statement
Grades

of

A statement of grades i s e i t h e r
mailed or d i s t r i b u t e d from the
Registrar's Office.
O f f i c i a l t r a n s c r i p t s are issued
only at the request of the
s t u d e n t . The student must complete
at T r a n s c r i p t Order Form and pay
$5.00 f o r the f i r s t copy and $2.00
f o r each a d d i t i o n a l copy.

Excellent

* not c a l a c u l a t e d in Grade Point
Average
+ not shown on t r a n s c r i p t

Repeating a Course
A course may be repeated f o r the
purpose of improving a grade. The
grade for each attempt w i l l be
recorded with the higher grade
used in the computation of the
Grade Point Average. Students are
cautioned that other i n s t i t u t i o n s
may include both grades in the GPA
computation.

A student granted an "I" grade
must complete the necessary
assignments on the date s p e c i f i e d
by the i n s t r u c t o r on the grade
sheet or s/he w i l l a u t o m a t i c a l l y
r e c e i v e a predetermined grade
which r e f l e c t s the incompleted
work.
Upon the completion of the
required assignments by the
s p e c i f i e d t i m e , the i n s t r u c t o r
w i l l record the f i n a l grade based
on the completed work.
Students are cautioned that other
i n s t i t u t i o n s may include "I"
grades in GPA c a l c u l a t i o n .
A student who r e g i s t e r s for a
c o u r s e , does not attend and does
not o f f i c i a l l y withdraw may be
assigned a grade d e s i g n a t i o n of
"NA". NA grades are assigned as of
the f i n a l Drop date for the term
registered i n .
A l l " F " grades are recorded on the
s t u d e n t ' s t r a n s c r i p t . These grades
are assigned a value of zero in
the c a l c u l a t i o n of a s t u d e n t ' s
Cumulative Grade Point Average.
Students are cautioned that other
i n s t i t u t i o n s may not grant
t r a n s f e r c r e d i t for courses
completed with a "D" grade.

Appeal of F i n a l Grades
If a student wishes to appeal a
f i n a l grade s/he must contact the
c o u n s e l l o r not l a t e r than two
weeks a f t e r r e c e i p t of grades or
Change of Grade N o t i f i c a t i o n . The
c o u n s e l l o r w i l l d i s c u s s the grade
and appeal procedure with the
student and attempt to arrange a
meeting with the i n s t r u c t o r . The
c o u n s e l l o r w i l l provide the
student with a " F i n a l Grade
Appeal" form.
If the student wishes to pursue
the a p p e a l , the " F i n a l Grade
Appeal" form i s completed and
submitted to the Secretary of the
Appeals Committee with a fee of
f i v e d o l l a r s f o r each course to be
appealed.
Appeals are considered by an
Appeals Committee chaired by one
of the C o l l e g e Deans. The
Committee c o n s i s t s of
r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s from f a c u l t y ,
s t u d e n t s , and a c o u n s e l l o r . During
the Appeal process a l l term
grades, i n c l u d i n g the f i n a l
examination mark, are taken i n t o
c o n s i d e r a t i o n . In a l l cases the
student i s informed in w r i t i n g of
the Committee's d e c i s i o n . Should
the mark be changed, the f i v e
d o l l a r fee i s refunded.

Only those appeals that f o l l o w the
above process w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d .

Diploma and Certificate
Requirements
Students who complete t h e i r
programs f i l l out a "Request for
Diploma or C e r t i f i c a t e " form <at
the R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e one month
before the end of the term in
which the program i s to be
completed.
Students who complete courses
which are not part of a program
may also apply to the R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office for a C e r t i f i c a t e .
To be e l i g i b l e f o r an A s s o c i a t e i n
Arts and Science Diploma, a
student must have:
1. For an Academic Studies Diploma

2. For a Career Studies Diploma
(by program)
a . Completed the program
requi rements
b. Obtained a 2.00 Grade Point
Average or b e t t e r .
3. For a General Studies Diploma
a . Completed fiO c r e d i t hours at
l e a s t 30 of which must be
completed at Capilano C o l l e g e .
b. Obtained a 2.00 Grade Point
Average or b e t t e r .
To be e l i g i b l e for a C e r t i f i c a t e ,
a student must have s u c c e s s f u l l y
completed the requirements of a
course or program of s t u d i e s of
fewer than 4 terms in duration and
they must have obtained at l e a s t a
2.0 GPA (where c a l c u l a t e d ) in the
l a s t term.

a . Completed 60 c r e d i t hours, of
which at l e a s t 30 must be
completed at Capilano C o l l e g e .

There i s a $10 fee for diploma
replacement.

b. Obtained a 2.00 Grade Point
Average or b e t t e r .

S c h o l a s t i c Awards

c . Obtained at l e a s t 45 c r e d i t
hours from the f o l l o w i n g subject
areas, i n c l u d i n g at l e a s t 6 c r e d i t
hours in E n g l i s h (100 l e v e l or
h i g h e r ) , at l e a s t 6 c r e d i t hours
from subjects l i s t e d in A below,
and at l e a s t 15 c r e d i t hours from
200 l e v e l c o u r s e s .

DEAN'S LIST
Special r e c o g n i t i o n w i l l be
accorded students who complete a
f u l l program of studies at the
College with a 3.50 or higher
grade point average during the
term. Students with "I" grades are
not e l i g i b l e for the Dean's L i s t .

A

B

Biology
Chemistry
Computing
Science
Geography
Geology
Mathematics
Physics

Anthropology
Art
Commerce
Economics
English
Fine A r t s
French
German
History
Music
Philosophy
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
Sociology
Spanish
Theatre
Women's Studies

GOVERNOR-GENERAL'S SILVER MEDAL
This award i s presented to a
Diploma Graduate w i t h the best
cumulative grade point average,
and who has a t t a i n e d t h i s grade
point average on a minimum of 15
c r e d i t hours per term or f u l l
program load as o u t l i n e d in the
calendar during attendance at
Capilano C o l l e g e .

10

LIEUTENANT-GOVERNOR'S MEDAL
Awarded f o r academic e x c e l l e n c e
and c o n t r i b u t i o n to the c o l l e g e
and community to a graduate in a
Vocational or Career program of
l e s s than two years d u r a t i o n .
MERIT LIST
Special r e c o g n i t i o n w i l l be
accorded part-time students w i t h a
3.50 cumulative grade point

average or higher when they have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a minimum
of 30, 45 or 60 semester hours at
Capilano C o l l e g e .
PRINCIPAL'S CITIZENSHIP AWARD
This award i s given in r e c o g n i t i o n
of the student who has made the
greatest c o n t r i b u t i o n s to C o l l e g e
life.
PRINCIPAL'S AWARD
This award i s presented t o one
Diploma graduate in Academic
Studies and one Diploma graduate
in a Career Program who have
achieved e x c e p t i o n a l academic
excellence.
HAROLD KIRCHNER SCHOLARSHIP
Two graduating s c h o l a r s h i p s w i l l
be presented a n n u a l l y . One
s c h o l a r s h i p w i l l go to the top
s c h o l a s t i c Career Program graduate
and one s c h o l a r s h i p to the top
s c h o l a s t i c Vocational Program
graduate.

Academic

Difficulties

Students who are e x p e r i e n c i n g
d i f f i c u l t i e s in t h e i r course work
during a term may be r e f e r r e d by
an i n s t r u c t o r to a C o u n s e l l o r . The
student i s encouraged to c o n s u l t
w i t h h i s / h e r i n s t r u c t o r and
Counsellor to evolve a
s a t i s f a c t o r y plan which w i l l
remedy these d i f f i c u l t i e s .

Disruptive Students
In the case where the behaviour of
a student of group of students i s
such as to d i s r u p t the a c t i v i t y of
a c l a s s , an i n s t r u c t i o n a l group,
s e r v i c e area or study f a c i l i t y , a
member of the f a c u l t y or s t a f f may
ask the s t u d e n t ( s ) to modify t h e i r
behaviour. Should the student(s)
f a i l to f o l l o w t h i s request, the
student(s) w i l l be asked to l e a v e .
If the s t u d e n t ( s ) refuses to
l e a v e , the f a c u l t y or s t a f f i s
advised to cancel the a c t i v i t y or
i n s i s t on an a l t e r n a t e place f o r
the student(s) to c a r r y out the
activity.
Some time between the c a n c e l l e d
a c t i v i t y and the next meeting of
the group, or use of the f a c i l i t y ,

the student(s) will be requested
to meet with the personnel
involved and the appropriate
faculty coordinator. The purpose
of the meeting is to have a
commitment from the student(s) to
more reasonable behaviour in the
future. In light of this and at
the discretion of the coordinator,
other faculty and/or the lean may
be invited to the meeting or
subsequent meetings.
Should the behaviour of the
student(s) continue to be
disruptive, the coordinator may
recommend to the Dean that the
student(s) be deregistered.

kept in the Registrar's Office.
The information on f i l e for a
student is always available to
that student for examination. No
information on f i l e is divulged to
any agency or person other than
the student without the student's
permission except for
institutional research projects
approved by the College. The
process for approval of such
projects is established by the
College and the Capilano College
Student Union. Students are
cautioned that student loan
applications and other similar
applications have such consent
written in the document.

Cheating and Plagiarism
Limit of Responsibility
All forms of cheating, including
plagiarism, are serious offences
and will normally result in a
grade of zero on the examination
or assignment, or, at the
instructor's discretion, a grade
of "F" for the course. Plagiarism
is the presentation of another
person's words or ideas as i f they
were one's own. Intentional
plagiarism is both dishonest and a
rejection of the principles of
scholarship. Students in doubt
about the need for and practices
of acknowledgement of sources
should familiarize themselves with
proper scholarly procedures. A
document explaining these
procedures is available from the
Media Centre or the Achivement
Resource Centre.

Misuse of Computer System
The misuse of a computer system
(such as unauthorized access to
other computer accounts or
unauthorized use of system
software) is not only unfair to
other students but can result, at
the instructor's discretion, in
suspension of the offender's
computer access in a course, which
may result in an "F" grade.
Repeated offences may result in a
permanent revoking of all computer
privileges.

Student Records
All o f f i c i a l

student records are

The College accepts no
responsibility for the
cancellation or discontinuation of
any course or program or class of
instruction that may be necessary
as a result of an Act of God,
f i r e , labour problems, lack of
funds, or other similar causes.
The College accepts no
responsibility for any injury,
loss or expense sustained, arising
out of or in any way connected
with a student's participation in
any course or program.

Open Learning Institute

courses give students who have
d i f f i c u l t y travelling to a college
or university campus the chance to
continue their post-secondary
education at home. For further
information call 875-8217.

Course Description Code
On the right hand side of each
course description there is a
series of code letters and
numbers, for example:
English 100
Language S k i l l s (F,S)

(3,0,1)

The f i r s t letter(s) indicate the
term in which the class will be
offered. Example: F - F a l l ,
S-Spring, Sl)-Summer. Thus, English
100 is to be offered in the Fall
and Spring terms.
The f i r s t number indicates the
number of credit hours granted
for the course (which is usually
equivalent to the number of
instructional hours per week), the
second number denotes the number
of lab and conversational hours
per week, and the third number
denotes the number of
seminar/tutorial/4th instructional
hours per week. Thus, English 100
is offered three hours a week for
three credit hours with no lab
time and one hour per week of 4th
instructional hour.

The Open Learning Institute offers
credit and credit-free university
courses by correspondence. It was
established by the Ministry of
Education to provide learning
opportunities to students unable
because of time constraints or
location to attend existing
colleges or universities. For
information on course offerings
and transfer credit contact the
institute at 7671 Alderbridge Way,
Richmond, B.C. V6X 1Z9, TEL:
270-4131.

Knowledge Network
A wide range of distance learning
courses, both credit and non
credit, are offered by the
province through the Knowledge
Network, channel 18. These TV

77

Services
Student Union and Student
Activities
Every student r e g i s t e r e d at
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e who has p a i d a
s t u d e n t a c t i v i t y f e e i s a member
of t h e S t u d e n t U n i o n . The S t u d e n t
U n i o n was e s t a b l i s h e d i n o r d e r t o
r e p r e s e n t the i n t e r e s t s of a l l
s t u d e n t s a t t h e C o l l e g e i n a'
number of c a p a c i t i e s . I t i s
i n c o r p o r t e d under the S o c i e t i e s
Act of B . C .
There are ten e l e c t e d p o s i t i o n s in
t h e U n i o n f o r w h i c h any i n t e r e s t e d
student of C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e i s
e l i g i b l e . E l e c t i o n s are held in
March f o r the f o l l o w i n g y e a r ' s
r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s . The e l e c t e d body
o f the Student Union i s
responsible for ensuring that
s t u d e n t s a r e r e p r e s e n t e d on a l l
d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g c o m m i t t e e s of t h e
C o l l e g e . They a r e a l s o r e s p o n s i b l e
f o r m a i n t a i n i n g a c t i v e membership
w i t h i n the Canadian F e d e r a t i o n of
Students.
The U n i o n p r o v i d e s s e r v i c e s t o
s t u d e n t s t h a t a r e not u n d e r t h e
j u r i s d i c t i o n of the C o l l e g e
a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , s u c h as t h e
o r g a n i z a t i o n of f i l m s , s o c i a l s ,
c o u r s e u n i o n s , c l u b s and g e n e r a l
i n f o r m a t i o n s e r v i c e s . The S t u d e n t
Union E x e c u t i v e holds weekly
m e e t i n g s w h i c h t h e s t u d e n t body i s
welcome t o a t t e n d . F o r f u r t h e r
i n f o r m a t i o n s t u d e n t s may c a l l
9 8 6 - 1 9 1 1 , l o c a l 347 o r go t o t h e
o f f i c e in the N b u i l d i n g .

Student Newspaper
The s t u d e n t newspaper o f C a p i l a n o
C o l l e g e i s the C a p i l a n o C o u r i e r , a
b i - w e e k l y p u b l i c a t i o n f u n d e d by
t h e S t u d e n t U n i o n and run by an
independent s t a f f of student
v o l u n t e e r s . The C o u r i e r i s a
member o f C a n a d i a n U n i v e r s i t y
P r e s s , a c o - o p e r a t i v e news
o r g a n i z a t i o n o f more t h a n fin
c o l l e g e and u n i v e r s i t y p a p e r s f r o m
a c r o s s C a n a d a . As t h e C o u r i e r i s
w r i t t e n , t y p e s e t and l a i d o u t on
campus, t h e r e are always p o s i t i o n s
open i n t h e a r e a s o f news and
feature writing,
reporting,
e d i t i n g , layout, photography,
a r t w o r k , t y p e s e t t i n g and
advertising. All interested

12

students

a r e welcome t o

join.

The C o u r i e r e n c o u r a g e s i n p u t f r o m
the e n t i r e c o l l e g e community.
C l a s s i f i e d ads ( w h i c h a r e f r e e t o
s t u d e n t s , s t a f f and f a c u l t y ) ,
l e t t e r s t o t h e e d i t o r , and o t h e r
c o n t r i b u t i o n s can be s u b m i t t e d t o
C-4 p o r t a b l e or through l o c a l 200.

Info Centre
The p u r p o s e o f t h e S t u d e n t
Information Centre i s to
c e n t r a l i z e and f a c i l i t a t e
information relevant to students.
Located a c r o s s from the L i b r a r y
c h e c k - o u t desk i n t h e l o b b y o f
b u i l d i n g " B " , the Centre d e a l s
w i t h b o t h i n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l
i n f o r m a t i o n , i n c l u d i n g h o u s i n g and
j o b s . It c a n be r e a c h e d at l o c a l
277.

Lost

and Found

S t u d e n t s may a d d r e s s i n q u i r i e s
about l o s t o r f o u n d i t e m s t o t h e
Info C e n t r e , l o c a t e d i n the lobby
of B u i l d i n g " B " , l o c a l 277.

Special

Needs

Services

S p e c i a l Needs S e r v i c e s , a
component of t h e A c h i e v e m e n t
Resource C e n t r e , provides the
support s e r v i c e s necessary for
students with physical
d i s a b i l i t i e s to take part in
c o l l e g e p r o g r a m s . Some o f t h e s e
s e r v i c e s a r e advanced t i m e t a b l e
s c h e d u l i n g , p r o v i s i o n of taped
t e x t s and t e c h n i c a l a i d s
(Visualteks, talking calculators,
e t c . ) , and s p e c i a l i z e d exam
arrangements.
I n f o r m a t i o n and a d v i c e i s
a v a i l a b l e on a c c e s s ( t o b u i l d i n g s ,
washrooms, e t c . ) , f i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e , t r a n s p o r t a t i o n and
p a r k i n g , and a d v o c a c y . In o r d e r t o
obtain required s e r v i c e s , contact
P a u l J o n e s , S p e c i a l Needs A d v i s o r ,
l o c a l 35fi as f a r in advance of
each r e g i s t r a t i o n as p o s s i b l e .

Sexual Harassment
The C o l l e g e makes e v e r y e f f o r t

to

e n s u r e t h a t no s t u d e n t o r e m p l o y e e
i s subjected to sexual harassment.
S e x u a l h a r a s s m e n t i s s e e n t o be
any u n i n v i t e d s e x u a l a d v a n c e s ,
r e q u e s t s f o r s e x u a l f a v o u r s , and
other v e r b a l or p h y s i c a l conduct
o f a s e x u a l n a t u r e when s u b m i s s i o n
t o o r r e j e c t i o n o f s u c h c o n d u c t by
an i n d i v i d u a l i s u s e d as a b a s i s
for decisions affecting
employment, a d m i s s i o n to t h e
C o l l e g e or r e g i s t r a t i o n i n c o l l e g e
c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t s marks or
grades, p a r t i c i p a t i o n in a club,
s o c i e t y o r o r g a n i z a t i o n ; o r , when
s u c h c o n d u c t c r e a t e s an
i n t i m i d a t i n g , h o s t i l e or o f f e n s i v e
w o r k i n g / t e a c h i n g / l e a r n i ng
environment.

Parking
Parking i s a v a i l a b l e to a l l
s t u d e n t s on t h e n o r t h and s o u t h
p a r k i n g l o t s o n l y . For exact
l o c a t i o n s c o n s u l t t h e P a r k i n g and
Campus m a p s , on page
The f o l l o w i n g p a r k i n g r e g u l a t i o n s ,
w h i c h have been d e s i g n e d t o meet
the F i r e M a r s h a l ' s i n s t r u c t i o n s ,
are in e f f e c t :
a . No r e s t r i c t i o n s a p p l y t o Open
P a r k i n g a r e a s on t h e N o r t h and
South campuses.
b . No p a r k i n g
F i r e Zone.

i s permitted

in a

c . V e h i c l e s may p a r k i n a L o a d i n g
Zone f o r up t o 15 m i n u t e s w h i l e
l o a d i n g or u n l o a d i n g . V e h i c l e s
parked i n e x c e s s of t h i s t i m e
period are subject to the C o l l e g e
towing p o l i c y (see f b e l o w ) .
d . R e s e r v e d P a r k i n g may be made
a v a i l a b l e to s e l e c t e d departments
and t o h a n d i c a p p e d p e r s o n s
r e q u i r i n g a v e h i c l e t o be p a r k e d
n e a r s p e c i f i c work a r e a s . In s u c h
c a s e s , a p e r m i t must be s e c u r e d
from the F a c i l i t i e s Department
a l l o w i n g extended p a r k i n g
privileges.
e . A l l t r a f f i c and p a r k i n g
must be o b s e r v e d .

signs

f. Vehicles parking in
u n a u t h o r i z e d a r e a s w i l l be towed
away a t t h e o w n e r ' s e x p e n s e by

T r i t o w Systems L t d . , Telephone
685-8181.

Food and Beverage S e r v i c e
NORTH CAMPUS
The main c a f e t e r i a i s located in
b u i l d i n g NE o f f e r i n g f u l l hot meal
s e r v i c e during the F a l l and Spring
terms from approximately 8:00 am
(0800 h r s . ) through 8:30 pm (2030
h r s . ) d a i l y except F r i d a y s when i t
c l o s e s at 3:30 pm (1530 h r s . ) .
SOUTH CAMPUS
The s a t e l l i t e c a f e t e r i a i s located
in b u i l d i n g B - c a f e t h e a t r e o f f e r i n g l i m i t e d hot foods and
snack items from approximately
8:30 am (0830 h r s . ) through 3:30
pm (1530 h r s . ) and 6:30 pm (1830
h r s . ) through 9:00 pm (2100 h r s . )
Monday through Thursday; F r i d a y
8:30 am (0830 h r s . ) through 3:30
pm (1530 h r s . ) o n l y .
VENDING MACHINES
Vending s e r v i c e o f f e r i n g l i m i t e d
f o o d , beverage and c o n f e c t i o n e r y
items i s a v a i l a b l e in the
South Campus (Cafetheatre) and
North Campus foyer a r e a s .
USE OF CAFETERIAS
L i m i t e d d i n i n g space ( s e a t i n g and
c i r c u l a t i o n ) does not allow f o r
the use of e i t h e r c a f e t e r i a f o r
s p e c i a l functions during the
period the food s e r v i c e i s in
operation.
Bookstore
The Bookstore, located i n R
b u i l d i n g o f f e r s required and
recommended t e x t s .
A postage stamp s e l l i n g machine i s
located in the Bookstore. Canada
Post boxes are located on both
North and South campuses.

Boutique
There i s a t i n y boutique in the
South Campus Tower run by the
second year merchandising students
of the R e t a i l Merchandising
department.
T h i s small shop serves as a

laboratory f o r the merchandising
students to p r a c t i s e the s k i l l s
learned in the program, and a l s o
as an o u t l e t f o r a l l campus
a r t i s t s , a r t i s a n s and
c r a f t s p e o p l e , who may s e l l items
on a consignment b a s i s .

v o l l e y b a l l , basketball, soccer,
touch f o o t b a l l , and P h y s i c a l
Fitness.

Operated as a unique g i f t shop,
the s t o r e i s open d a i l y from
November to A p r i 1 .

The A t h l e t i c Department annually
sponsors several programs d i r e c t e d
toward both the student body and
the community at l a r g e , i n c l u d i n g
Pre-Ski F i t n e s s , Beginner and
Intermediate T e n n i s , and the B . C .
Coaching C e r t i f i c a t i o n Program.

ATHLETICS

F i t n e s s Centre

Faculty

The F i t n e s s Centre i s located in
the west corner of the south
parking l o t . The f a c i l i t y contains
showers, l o c k e r rooms, saunas, an
equipment room and an e x e r c i s e
a r e a , complete w i t h weight
t r a i n i n g and f i t n e s s t e s t i n g
f a c i l i t i e s . Scheduled f i t n e s s
s e s s i o n s are i n t e r m i n g l e d with
large blocks of open f a c i l i t y
t i m e . The F i t n e s s C e n t r e ' s
p r o f e s s i o n a l s t a f f w i l l provide
personal c o n s u l t a t i o n and t e s t i n g
s e r v i c e s r e l a t i v e to h e a l t h ,
p h y s i c a l f i t n e s s , and weight
c o n t r o l on an appointment b a s i s .

CHESTER, N . , B . A . P . E . ( U . of
S a s k . ) , B . E d . , M . P . E . (UBC)
IAC0BEI.LIS, J . , B . P . E . , M . P . E .
(UBC)
Capilano i s a f u l l member of the
Totem Conference, which i s the
governing body f o r a l l
i n t e r - c o l l e g e a t h l e t i c s in B r i t i s h
Columbia. P r o v i n c i a l champions are
determined annually with winners
advancing to a n a t i o n a l f i n a l .
This a f f o r d s our C o l l e g e ' s h i g h l y
s k i l l e d student a t h l e t e s the
opportunity to meet with and
compete against the best C o l l e g e
a t h l e t e s in Canada.
I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e l y , Capilano
College competes i n Rugy, Soccer,
B a s k e t b a l l , V o l l e y b a l l and
C u r l i ng.
At p r e s e n t , gymnasium-based Blues
teams operate out of what was
formerly Delbrook High S c h o o l ' s
Gymnasium. The f a c i l i t y has been
completely renovated and upgraded
to meet C o l l e g e s t a n d a r d s .
Each y e a r , our many exceptional
a t h l e t e s , working with the
experienced Blues coaching s t a f f ,
have combined to produce several
Totem Conference championship
teams. Capilano C o l l e g e i s proud
of the accomplishments of i t s
student a t h l e t e s and of i t s
growing reputation for a t h l e t i c
excellence.
O p p o r t u n i t i e s to take part in
intramural a c t i v i t y are a l s o
provided by the C o l l e g e .
A c t i v i t i e s o f f e r e d vary from year
to year with expressed i n t e r e s t s ,
but u s u a l l y include such
a c t i v i t i e s as badminton.

COUNSELLING
Faculty
AAR0NS, R . , B . A . , M.S.W.
( T o r o n t o ) , M . A . , P h . D . (Michigan)
BAGSHAW, R . , B.Comm., M.A. (UBC),
M.A. (Colorado)
FORSYTH, Ian, B . E d . (UBC)
JONES, D . , B . A . , M.A. (Dalhousie)
MAH, J . , B . A . , B.S.W. (UBC),
M.S.W. (Toronto)
NEWMAN, N . , B.A. ( C o n c o r d i a ) , M.S.
(San Diego State)
PENN, M . , B.A. ( A l t a . ) , M.A. (UBC)
SCHMIDT, L . , B . E d . , M . E d . , P h . D .
(Alta.)
SIEGRIST, B . G . , M.B.A. (SFU)

General Information
The s e r v i c e s of t r a i n e d
c o u n s e l l o r s are a v a i l a b l e to a l l
students of the C o l l e g e R e g i o n .
Counsellors a s s i s t students i n
e d u c a t i o n a l planning and provide
guidance in the s o l u t i o n of
academic and personal problems.
The C o l l e g e c o u n s e l l i n g o b j e c t i v e
i s to help students achieve

13

s e l f - d i r e c t i o n in decision-making
and p l a n n i n g . C a r e e r p l a n n i n g and
v o c a t i o n a l t e s t i n g i s a v a i l a b l e by
appointment.
A p p o i n t m e n t s t o see a c o u n s e l l o r
may be made t h r o u g h t h e
counselling receptionists located
in the M b u i l d i n g , telephone . l o c a l
298. Drop-in c o u n s e l l i n g i s a l s o
a v a i l a b l e most d a y s .
Those l i v i n g i n t h e Pemberton-Howe
Sound R e g i o n r e q u i r i n g t h e
a s s i s t a n c e of a c o u n s e l l o r s h o u l d
c o n t a c t t h e S q u a m i s h C e n t r e , 38038
C l e v e l a n d A v e n u e . A p p o i n t m e n t s may
be a r r a n g e d by c a l l i n g 8 9 2 - 5 3 2 2 .
Sunshine Coast Region r e s i d e n t s
should c a l l the S e c h e l t C e n t r e ,
8 8 5 - 9 3 1 0 , f o r I n f o r m a t i o n and
appointments w i t h c o u n s e l l o r s .

Career Resource Centre
The c o l l e g e a s s i s t s s t u d e n t s
c o n s i d e r i n g c a r e e r o p t i o n s by
p r o v i d i n g i n f o r m a t i o n and
r e f e r e n c e m a t e r i a l s on a w i d e
v a r i e t y o f c a r e e r o p t i o n s . The
c e n t r e houses a c o l l e c t i o n of
s e l f - h e l p books, vocational
l i t e r a t u r e , c a l e n d a r s from
C a n a d i a n and f o r e i g n u n i v e r s i t i e s
and c o l l e g e s , and b r o c h u r e s and
f r e e i n f o r m a t i o n on campus and
community r e s o u r c e s . F o r
a s s i s t a n c e 1n t h e c e n t r e , c o n t a c t
the Placement r e c e p t i o n i s t , M
b u i l d i n g , or l o c a l 299.

HEALTH SERVICES AND FIRST AID
Personnel
D . HARRIS, R . N . , M . O . A . ,

Admissions Advising
The C o l l e g e A d m i s s i o n s A d v i s o r
v i s i t s a l l s e c o n d a r y s c h o o l s 1n
t h e C o l l e g e R e g i o n e a c h F a l l and
S p r i n g t o speak t o s t u d e n t g r o u p s
about o p p o r t u n i t i e s o f f e r e d by
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . High school
students planning to enter the
C o l l e g e may t a k e a d v a n t a g e o f
e a r l y a d m i s s i o n i n t e r v i e w s at
t h e i r s c h o o l by c o n t a c t i n g t h e i r
school Counsellor for appropriate
dates.

Placement Centre
The P l a c e m e n t C e n t r e a i d s s t u d e n t s
who d e s i r e a s s i s t a n c e 1n l o c a t i n g
p a r t - t i m e , summer and f u l l - t i m e
employment. A s s i s t a n c e i s a l s o
a v a i l a b l e to students requesting
v o l u n t e e r or work e x p e r i e n c e
s i t u a t i o n s . In a d d i t i o n , t h e
Centre provides help w i t h a
v a r i e t y of j o b s e a r c h t e c h n i q u e s ,
s u c h as r e s u m e _ w r i t 1 n g , and
i n t e r v i e w p r e p a r a t i o n . Each s p r i n g
t h e C e n t r e c o n d u c t s an e x t e n s i v e
career opportunities search for
p l a c e m e n t of g r a d u a t e s . S t u d e n t s
w i s h i n g t o t a k e a d v a n t a g e of t h e s e
s e r v i c e s s h o u l d d r o p 1n and
r e g i s t e r at t h e C e n t r e 1n t h e M
b u i l d i n g or c o n t a c t l o c a l 2 9 9 .

74

F i r s t Aid
D r . L . JENSEN, R . S c . H o n s .
M . D . (UBC)
D. SAVAGE., R . N . , B . S c . N .
Ind. F i r s t Aid

Ind.
(SFU),
(UBC).

L o c a t e d i n t h e M b u i l d i n g on t h e
N o r t h Campus, t h e H e a l t h S e r v i c e s
and F i r s t A i d D e p a r t m e n t a r e
concerned w i t h m a i n t a i n i n g the
good g e n e r a l h e a l t h o f a l l
I n d i v i d u a l s on c a m p u s , I n c l u d i n g
s t u d e n t s , ' s t a f f and f a c u l t y , and
w i t h p r o v i d i n g a s a f e and h e a l t h y
a t m o s p h e r e i n w h i c h t o work and
s t u d y . E m p h a s i s 1s d i r e c t e d t o w a r d
p r e v e n t i o n o f d i s e a s e and i n j u r y
and a t t a i n m e n t o f a h e a l t h y l i f e
s t y l e . A Community H e a l t h N u r s e
and a p h y s i c i a n a r e a v a i l a b l e t o
provide the f o l l o w i n g s e r v i c e s :
1. F i r s t A i d - come t o M 103 o r
phone l o c a l 2 7 1 . I f no a n s w e r ,
c a l l the C o l l e g e switchboard " 0 " .
2 . H e a l t h C o u n s e l l i n g - o f f e r e d on
n u t r i t i o n , weight c o n t r o l ,
i m m u n i z a t i o n , b i r t h c o n t r o l and
other health related matters.
3 . P h y s i c a l h e a l t h c a r e - s u c h as
v i s i o n check, hearing t e s t s , blood
p r e s s u r e check, pregnancy t e s t s .
4 . D i a g n o s i s and t r e a t m e n t o f
i l l n e s s - appointments with
C o l l e g e P h y s i c i a n may be made by
phone ( l o c a l 271) o r 1n p e r s o n a t
M 103.

5 . P a m p h l e t s and T e a c h i n g A i d s on
v a r i o u s t o p i c s are a v a i l a b l e i n
the r e c e p t i o n area of H e a l t h
Services.
6. Regular meetings of the Health
and S a f e t y C o m m i t t e e a r e h e l d .
C o m p l a i n t s or s u g g e s t i o n s
regarding hazards or p o t e n t i a l
h a z a r d s can be s u b m i t t e d 1n
w r i t i n g v i a the Student
Representatlves.
7. R e f e r r a l s to o u t s i d e agencies
o r I n d i v i d u a l s c a n be made
through your Health S e r v i c e s .

MEDIA CENTRE
Faculty
BIGGINS, P . , B . A . (Hon.)
(Manchester), A . L . A . , B . L . S . ,
M . L . S . ( T o r o n t o ) , M . A . (SFU)
CARTER, S . , B . A . C e r t , o f E d .
( L a . ) , M . L . S . (Wash.)
FEENEY, K . , B . A . , M . L . S . (UBC)
MODENESI, G . , J o u r n a l i s t i c S t u d i e s
( P e r u ) , B . A . , M . L . S . (UBC)
PRICE, C , B . S . ( C o n n . ) , M.A.
(Columbia), M.Sc. (Ore.)
VETSCH, J . , B . A . ( C a r r o l C o l l . ,
M t . ) , A.M.L.S. (Mich.)

General Information
F o r s t u d e n t s at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e ,
t h e M e d i a C e n t r e i s an e s s e n t i a l
r e s o u r c e . S k i l l s 1n r e s e a r c h c a n
be l e a r n e d t h e r e w h i c h w i l l be
v a l u a b l e in whatever c a r e e r
p u r s u e d . The M e d i a C e n t r e ' s m a i n
aim 1s t o s u p p o r t a l l c o u r s e s
o f f e r e d by t h e C o l l e g e . I f u s e r s '
r e q u e s t s c a n n o t be s a t i s f i e d
i m m e d i a t e l y , o t h e r r e s o u r c e s 1n
the Lower M a i n l a n d are a c c e s s i b l e
through the network of p u b l i c ,
c o l l e g e and u n i v e r s i t y
libraries.

Lynnmour
The M e d i a C e n t r e i s an i n t e g r a l
p a r t of t h e I n s t r u c t i o n a l
process
of the C o l l e g e . Books, f i l m s ,
m a g a z i n e s , A / V e q u i p m e n t and
s l i d e s a r e p r o v i d e d and u s e r s a r e
t a u g h t how t o f i n d and make t h e
b e s t use o f t h e s e m a t e r i a l s .

Equipment and f a c i l i t i e s are
a v a i l a b l e in the Media Production
Centre for f i l m , tape and graphic
production.
For more i n f o r m a t i o n , c a l l
986-1911, l o c a l 242 or drop by the
Media Centre in B b u i l d i n g .

Sechelt
A small c o l l e c t i o n i s being
developed f o r the Learning Centre
on I n l e t Avenue. Access to the
book and media c o l l e c t i o n at
Lynnmour i s provided through use
of the m i c r o f i c h e c a t a l o g u e . This
s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e to students
and community members a l i k e .

Squamish
A small c i r c u l a t i n g and reference
c o l l e c t i o n i s held i n the Learning
Centre on Cleveland Avenue. The
c o l l e c t i o n supports the s e r v i c e s
and the courses o f f e r e d at
Squamish. Access to the book and
media c o l l e c t i o n at Lynnmour i s
provided through use of the
m i c r o f i c h e c a t a l o g u e . This s e r v i c e
i s a v a i l a b l e to students and
community members a l i k e .

workshops, courses and t u t o r i a l s
on a v a r i e t y of l e a r n i n g
s t r a t e g i e s . These i n c l u d e : How to
Think L o g i c a l l y and C r e a t i v e l y ,
Time Management, Vocabulary
Development, Communication S k i l l s ,
Reading and S p e l l i n g Improvement,
W r i t i n g the C o l l e g e Essay, Study
S k i l l s , and Memory T r a i n i n g . Times
and dates for these sessions are
published in the Achievement
Resource Centre brochure.
At present the Achievement
Resource Centre o f f e r s the
following services:
a . Assessment f o r students w i t h
learning d i s a b i l i t i e s
b. I n d i v i d u a l i z e d Learning
Programs for students who wish to
improve t h e i r Math, Grammar,
l i s t e n i n g , and concentration
skills
c . Learning A s s i s t a n c e f o r
students who are seeking to
achieve better grades
d . Open Learning for students
r e q u i r i n g immediate a t t e n t i o n with
l e a r n i n g problems
e . Study S k i l l s for e x c e l l e n c e for
students seeking advanced l e a r n i n g
s t r a t e g i e s and s k i l l s

ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE
Faculty
BUCHAN, O . L . , B.A. (UBC), M.A.
(Educ.) (SFU)
DHALIWAL, 8 . , B.A. (SFU), Teaching
C e r t i f i c a t e / S p e c i a l Education
(UBC)
HILL, B . , Teaching C e r t . (UBC)
JONES, P . , B . A . (Hons.) (UBC),
B . C . Teaching C e r t . , M.A. (UBC)
WRIGHT, 0 . , B . S c . (Idaho), M.Sc.
(Brigham Young), Ph.D. (Arizona
State)

Achievement Resource Centre Lynnmour
The Achievement Resource Centre i s
located in the southwest area of
the L i b r a r y . A l l students are
welcome to use our f a c i l i t i e s .

f . S p e c i a l Needs S e r v i c e s which
provides the support s e r v i c e s
necessary f o r students w i t h
p h y s i c a l d i s a b i l i t i e s to take part
in c o l l e g e programs; See page xxx,
Special Needs S e r v i c e s .
In a d d i t i o n , students have access
through the Centre to audio v i s u a l
programs, e l e c t r i c t y p e w r i t e r s ,
c a s s e t t e recorders and reading
equipment.
The Achievement Resource Centre
w i l l a l s o conduct workshops at the
request of f a c u l t y or community
groups, p r o v i d i n g s u f f i c i e n t
notice i s given.

Achievement Resource Centre Squamish
The Centre provides resources for
those who seek to increase t h e i r
l e a r n i n g e f f i c i e n c y . The Centre
houses m a t e r i a l s on a wide v a r i e t y
of l e a r n i n g and teaching
p r a c t i c e s . For example,
information on n o t e - t a k i n g , time
management, and exam w r i t i n g i s
a v a i l a b l e on tape and in handout
form. In a d d i t i o n , students are
welcome to use the l i b r a r y
m a t e r i a l , a u d i o v i s u a l programs,
e l e c t r i c typewriters, cassette
recorders and reading equipment
a v a i l a b l e in the C e n t r e .
Students with l e a r n i n g
d i f f i c u l t i e s are i n v i t e d to t a l k
over t h e i r concerns w i t h
Achievement Resource Centre
F a c u l t y during d r o p - i n hours.
C o l l e g e and community members may
a l s o wish to p a r t i c i p a t e i n small
group workshops. Times and dates
for these workshops are published
i n the brochure.
For more information and/or
workshop a p p l i c a t i o n forms, v i s i t
the Learning Centre at 37827 2nd
Avenue or c a l l 892-5322.

Achievement Resource Centre Sechelt
A s s i s t a n c e i s a l s o a v a i l a b l e at
the Learning Centre at 1360 I n l e t
Avenue in S e c h e l t . A s s i s t a n c e i s
given to i n d i v i d u a l s who wish to
improve in the f o l l o w i n g areas:
Readi ng
Studyi ng
Memory
W r i t i ng
Students may make use of speed
reading equipment, self-programmed
reading labs or taped m a t e r i a l s on
s p e c i f i c s k i l l s , a v a i l a b l e any
time the Centre i s open.
Appointments f o r a s s i s t a n c e may be
made at 885-9310.

For more i n f o r m a t i o n , c a l l
986-1911, l o c a l 356 or drop by the
Achievement Resource Centre in
B u i l d i n g " B " - Room 107 on the
South Campus.

Each term the f a c u l t y of the
Achievement Resource Centre o f f e r

75

WOMEN'S ACCESS CENTRE

s t u d e n t s to review p o l i c i e s ,
p r a c t i c e s and c u r r i c u l u m w h i c h may
p r e s e n t b a r r i e r s t o women.

Faculty
TREW, M a r s h a , B . A . ( K a n s a s S t a t e ) ,
M.A. (Central Missouri S t a t e ) ,
P h . n . (Michigan State)
K I S S , A n d r e a , B . E d . (UBC)
McCANDLESS, C a r o l , B . A . ( S F U ) ,
M . A . (UBC)

i
The Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e a t t e m p t s
to ensure equal o p p o r t u n i t y
for
women i n a l l a s p e c t s o f C o l l e g e
a c t i v i t i e s . For example, the
Centre i s a v a i l a b l e to f a c u l t y ,
s t a f f , a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , and

The C e n t r e f a c u l t y and s t a f f a r e
a v a i l a b l e to help with c o m p l a i n t s ,
s u c h as s e x u a l h a r a s s m e n t , w h i c h
may p r e s e n t b a r r i e r s t o
educational
opportunities.
The C o l l e g e s p e c i f i c a l l y
prohibits
s e x u a l h a r a s s m e n t . I f you need
assistance, call us.
The Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e a l s o
attempts to ensure equal access to
e d u c a t i o n f o r women by o f f e r i n g
short courses related to
e d u c a t i o n a l and c a r e e r p l a n n i n g .
E d u c a t i o n a l and c a r e e r p l a n n i n g
have become more d i f f i c u l t b e c a u s e
t h e employment
opportunities
t r a d i t i o n a l l y a v a i l a b l e t o women
a r e d e c r e a s i n g . H o w e v e r , many new
j o b o p p o r t u n i t i e s are becoming
a v a i l a b l e , s u c h as j o b s i n
t e c h n i c a l and t r a d e s o c c u p a t i o n s .
I n f o r m e d d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g based on
a w i d e r range of o p t i o n s i s
n e c e s s a r y . R e g a r d l e s s of t h e
d i r e c t i o n a woman may c h o o s e , t h e
Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e t r i e s t o
ensure t h a t the d e c i s i o n i s based
on t h e i n d i v i d u a l ' s
particular
i n t e r e s t s and a b i l i t i e s ; a n d , t h a t
a p e r s o n has c o n s i d e r e d a w i d e
r a n g e of o p t i o n s .
To a s s i s t p o t e n t i a l s t u d e n t s and
c u r r e n t students in making
e d u c a t i o n a l and c a r e e r d e c i s i o n s ,
t h e Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e o f f e r s a
w i d e v a r i e t y o f s h o r t c o u r s e s and
s e r v i c e s . These i n c l u d e
L i f e and C a r e e r
Interviews

Planning

C r e d i t - f r e e a c t i v i t i e s a r e an
attempt to respond to e d u c a t i o n a l
needs o t h e r t h a n t h o s e met by
post-secondary credit courses
o f f e r e d i n the C o l l e g e ' s Academic
and C a r e e r / V o c a t i o n a l p r o g r a m s . We
welcome y o u r s u g g e s t i o n s f o r new
c o u r s e s and a c t i v i t i e s .
F o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n on
E x t e n s i o n c o u r s e s and
r e g i s t r a t i o n , phone 9 8 6 - 1 9 1 1 ,
l o c a l 321 ( L o w e r M a i n l a n d ) ,
8 9 2 - 5 3 2 2 (Howe S o u n d ) , o r 8 8 5 - 9 3 1 0
(Sunshine C o a s t ) .

16

Confidence Building
How t o D e c i d e : L i f e and C a r e e r
P l a n n i n g f o r Women
C o m m u n i c a t i n g More C o n f i d e n t l y
C a r e e r A l t e r n a t i v e s Program
The C e n t r e has an e x t e n s i v e
l i b r a r y o f b o o k s , p e r i o d i c a l s and
p a p e r s by and a b o u t women. The
C e n t r e i s a p l a c e where y o u c a n
s t u d y , get a s s i s t a n c e f o r w r i t i n g
p a p e r s o r d o i n g p r o j e c t s , use t h e
l i b r a r y , and have t h e f a c u l t y and
s t a f f h e l p you w i t h g o a l - s e t t i n g .
For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n ,
call
986-1911, l o c a l 279.
EXTENSION PROGRAMS AND SERVICES
(Formerly C r e d i t Free D e p t . )
The C o l l e g e o f f e r s a v a r i e t y o f
c o s t r e c o v e r a b l e c r e d i t f r e e and
c r e d i t c o u r s e s . T h e r e a r e no
p r e r e q u i s i t e s for admission to
t h e s e c o u r s e s but o c c a s i o n a l l y a
c e r t a i n l e v e l o f p r o f i c i e n c y may
be recommended f o r a d m i s s i o n t o
certain courses.
E x t e n s i o n c o u r s e s a r e not l i s t e d
in t h i s c a l e n d a r - - t h e y are
a d v e r t i s e d i n n e w s p a p e r s , by
d i r e c t m a i l and by s e a s o n a l
brochures d i s t r i b u t e d throughout
the c o l l e g e r e g i o n .
The w i d e v a r i e t y o f E x t e n s i o n
c o u r s e s o f f e r e f d i s drawn f r o m t h e
areas of c r e a t i v e a r t s , m u s i c ,
social sciences, career
development, b u s i n e s s , computer
t r a i n i n g , personal development,
n a t u r a l s c i e n c e , f a s h i o n and
d e s i g n , and m e d i a . A f u l l r a n g e o f
c h i l d r e n ' s music programs i s
a v a i l a b l e . Educational study tours
o f N o r t h A m e r i c a and a b r o a d a r e
organized p e r i o d i c a l l y .

Co-sponsorship of
activities

educational

O r g a n i z a t i o n s and s o c i e t i e s a r e
encouraged to c o - s p o n s o r t h e i r
educational a c t i v i t i e s with
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . The C o l l e g e c a n
p r o v i d e f a c i l i t i e s , program d e s i g n
and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e s e r v i c e s and
welcomes t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o f o s t e r
w i d e r p u b l i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g on
s o c i a l , b u s i n e s s , a r t i s t i c and
technological
issues.

Financial Aids and Awards
FINANCIAL AID

s t u d i e s . At the end of s i x months
you are required to begin
repayment of the loan at the prime
i n t e r e s t rate to the bank.

The F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e , located
in the M b u i l d i n g (North Campus)
may be contacted f o r information
and a s s i s t a n c e regarding the B . C .
Student A s s i s t a n c e Program,
B u r s a r i e s , S c h o l a r s h i p s and L o a n s .
Applications for financial aid
administered by the F i n a n c i a l Aid
O f f i c e are ^ a v a i l a b l e . The
F i n a n c i a l Aid Advisor i s a v a i l a b l e
to d i s c u s s f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e
and provide f i n a n c i a l c o u n s e l l i n g .
The o f f i c e sponsors workshops on
personal money management and
d i s t r i b u t e s a free brochure c a l l e d
Student Money Management. Please
check on our o f f i c e hours which
w i l l be posted in the M b u i l d i n g .

Students who f a i l to make
s a t i s f a c t o r y s c h o l a s t i c progress
may be i n e l i g i b l e f o r the
provincial grant.

CAPILANO COLLEGE FOUNDATION

INTERNAL AWARDS - BURSARIES

The Capilano C o l l e g e Foundation i s
an independent volunteer community
o r g a n i z a t i o n , e s t a b l i s h e d under
the S o c i e t i e s Act t o encourage
community i n t e r e s t in the c o l l e g e ,
to r a i s e and administer donations
p r i m a r i l y to aid worthy students
who require f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e .

N.B. - B u r s a r i e s are non-repayable
grants based on need

E l i g i b l e a p p l i c a n t s are Canadian
c i t i z e n s or landed immigrants who
q u a l i f y as B . C . r e s i d e n t s .

A d e t a i l e d brochure and
a p p l i c a t i o n s are a v a i l a b l e at the
F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e . You are
advised to apply by the e a r l y
a p p l i c a t i o n deadline of J u l y 1 as
delays are common.

The f o l l o w i n g b u r s a r i e s are
administered by the F i n a n c i a l Aid
O f f i c e . A p p l i c a t i o n forms are
a v a i l a b l e and should be submitted
before the d e a d l i n e s .

B.C.

Youth Foundation

I n t e r e s t - f r e e loans are a v a i l a b l e
to f u l l - t i m e students who are B . C .
r e s i d e n t s and under 30 years of
age. Students are requested to
apply f i r s t to the Canada
Guaranteed Student Loan Plan ( B . C .
Student A s s i s t a n c e Program). A
s u i t a b l e adult guarantor i s
r e q u i r e d . Loans may be f o r f e e s ,
books and/or a monthly allowance
for l i v i n g c o s t s .
D e a d l i n e : Open
B i r k s Family Foundation Bursary
A bursary of $250 w i l l be awarded
i n the Spring semester.
S a t i s f a c t o r y s c h o l a s t i c standing
i s a requirement.
Deadline:

January

31

Margaret

Campbell

Bursary

T h i s award i s made p o s s i b l e by the
North Shore Business and
P r o f e s s i o n a l Women's Club in
r e c o g n i t i o n of Alderman Margaret
Campbell's outstanding
c o n t r i b u t i o n to the North
Vancouver Community and as past
p r e s i d e n t of the Canadian
Federation of Business and
P r o f e s s i o n a l Women's C l u b .

Membership in the Foundation i s
open to a l l c o n t r i b u t o r s .
C o n t r i b u t i o n s should be sent to
The T r e a s u r e r , Capilano C o l l e g e
Foundation, c / o O ' N e i l l , Goldstone
X C o . , IB? West 15th S t r e e t , North
Vancouver, B . C .

Adult Basic Education Grants
Students r e g i s t e r e d i n BTSD, ESL
and CAP programs may be e l i g i b l e
f o r grants of up to $240 f o r
f u l l - t i m e students and $160 f o r
p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s . Contact
F i n a n c i a l Aid f o r d e t a i l s .

The bursary i s open to women
students e n r o l l e d at Capilano
C o l l e g e i n at l e a s t three c o u r s e s .

THE B . C . STUDENT ASSISTANCE
PROGRAM (BCSAP)

C o l l e g e Employees Union B u r s a r i e s

Deadline:

A bursary of $300 w i l l be awarded
on the basis of f i n a n c i a l need to
a f u l l - t i m e student in each of the
F a l l and Spring semesters.

Capilano College Faculty
Association

T h i s program i s the major source
of student f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e
and i s a combination of federal
government Canada Student Loan and
a non-repayable p r o v i n c i a l
government g r a n t . The amount of
aid awarded i s based on a standard
means t e s t . The maximum loan i s
set at $100 per week, which works
out to $3,200 f o r a normal 3? week
school y e a r . The maximum grant f o r
s i n g l e students i s $2,000 per year
while married students or s i n g l e
parents can q u a l i f y f o r a maximum
grant of $2,400. These amounts are
subject to change. The Canada
Student Loan i s i n t e r e s t - f r e e
while you are a f u l l - t i m e student
and f o r six months a f t e r you stop

F a l l semester d e a d l i n e : O c t . 29
Spring semester d e a d l i n e : J a n . 31
B . C , Telephone Company Awards
Two awards of $500 w i l l be awarded
in the Spring term. Students
completing f i r s t year who intend
to continue second year at
Capilano and who have an
outstanding s c h o l a s t i c record may
be s e l e c t e d f o r these awards.

January

31

A bursary of $300 w i l l be awarded
i n each of the F a l l and S p r i n g
semesters. F i n a n c i a l need i s the
main c r i t e r i o n .
F a l l semester deadine: O c t . 29
Spring semester d e a d l i n e : J a n . 31

CAPILANO COLLEGE FOUNDATION
BURSARIES
John Percy Williamson
Fund

Memorial

B u r s a r i e s w i l l be awarded in t h e '
Spring term. A minimum GPA of 2.3

17

(C+)

i s required.

Deadline:

January 31

George Raven Wood Fund
A large number of b u r s a r i e s w i l l
be awarded i n both F a l l and Spring
terms. A minimum GPA of 2.3 (C+)
i s r e q u i r e d . A l i m i t e d number of
f i r s t semester students may be
considered in exceptional cases
but must provide a l e t t e r of
recommendation from an i n s t r u c t o r .
B u r s a r i e s are a v a i l a b l e t o
p a r t - t i m e and f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s .
F a l l semester d e a d l i n e : O c t . 29
Spring semester d e a d i l n e : J a n . 31

Mary Neil Memorial

Bursary

T h i s $200 award i s presented by
the West Vancouver U n i v e r s i t y
Women's Club i n memory of Mary
N e i l , a former p r e s i d e n t and
a c t i v e member. She was a much
loved and respected member of the
c l u b and had a l i f e - l o n g i n t e r e s t
in e d u c a t i o n .
The bursary i s presented each year
to a mature woman student s t u d y i n g
f u l l - t i m e o r p a r t - t i m e who has
s a t i s f a c t o r y academic s t a n d i n g ,
demonstrated f i n a n c i a l need and
who i s r e g i s t e r e d in the academic
program.
Deadline:

January 31

C r e d i t Union Foundation Bursary
The C r e d i t Union Foundation of
B . C . awards two $200 grants each
year on the basis of f i n a n c i a l
need. A p p l i c a n t s must be Canadian
c i t i z e n s and r e s i d e n t s of the area
served by the C o l l e g e .
Deadline:

A $100 bursary i s a v a i l a b l e to a
student who has completed the
f i r s t year of the Business
Management Program in the computer
o p t i o n . F i n a n c i a l need and a
minimum GPA of 2.5 are c r i t e r i a
for e l i g i b i l i t y .
January 31

I n s t i t u t e o f Chartered Accountants
of B r i t i s h Columbia
A $150 bursary i s a v a i l a b l e to a
f u l l - t i m e student at Capilano
C o l l e g e completing the f i r s t year
of the U n i v e r s i t y T r a n s f e r
program, who i s proceeding t o
second year or to a u n i v e r s i t y i n
the commerce o p t i o n , has a good
record i n the accounting c l a s s e s
completed, has maintained a second
c l a s s standing o v e r a l l , has
f i n a n c i a l need and who i s
i n t e r e s t e d i n becoming a Chartered
Accountant.
Deadline:

Union

Each Spring a $200 bursary i s
granted to a student with
f i n a n c i a l need who e x h i b i t s
l e a d e r s h i p , c i t i z e n s h i p and good
scholastic standing.

January 31

Data P r o c e s s i n g Management
A s s o c i a t i o n Bursary

Deadline:

North Shore Community C r e d i t
Awards

January 31

E l i g i b l e candidates are r e s i d e n t s
of North Vancouver C i t y or
D i s t r i c t who have completed one
year at Capilano C o l l e g e .
Deadline:

January 31

Student Union B u r s a r i e s
The Student Union provides s e v e r a l
b u r s a r i e s annually to f u l l - t i m e
and p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s . F i n a n c i a l
need i s the main requirement.
Work-Study

Program

The Work-Study Program, a part o f
the B r i t i s h Columbia Student
A s s i s t a n c e Program, i s designed to
provide on-campus work experience
f o r students r e q u i r i n g f i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e while a t t e n d i n g
c o l l e g e . A l i m i t e d number of
p a r t - t i m e on-campus j o b s ,
averaging f i v e to ten hours per
week, may be a v a i l a b l e . The
program i s only open t o students
demonstrating a f i n a n c i a l need
under the terms of the B . C .
Student A s s i s t a n c e Program. For
f u r t h e r d e t a i l s contact the
F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e .

INTERNAL AWARDS - SCHOLARSHIPS

Caroline Smith Memorial Award

The College has a limited number
of scholarships to offer to
students with a demonstrated
record of scholastic excellence at
Capilano College.

One $150 award will be granted
annually in memory of Caroline
Smith. The terms are under review.
Deadline: January 31

Capilano College Athletic
Scholarships

Certified General Accountants
Association of B.C.

Several athletic scholarships have
been established by contributions
from the following donors:

The Certified General Accountants
Association of B.C. offers two
scholarships equivalent to the
f i r s t year's tuition
(approximately $550) to students
graduating from an accounting/
business program who has been
admitted to the CGA program from
Capilano College.

Vancouver Safeway Employees Union
Keith Plumbing
Time Out Sports
Arrow Transport
Carling O'Keefe Breweries
Ouadra Athletic
Budget Rent-a-Car
Confratellanza Italo-Canadesse
Scholarships are awarded on the
following c r i t e r i a :
1. above average academic standing
2. leadership and character
3. demonstrated exceptional
athletic ability
In addition, preference is given
to students who attend Capilano
for their second year of studies.
Apply to:
Joseph Iacobellis
Dept. of Fitness & Athletics
Capilano College Fee Waiver
Scholarships
Several scholarships will be
awarded to outstanding returning
full-time students who have
completed one year at Capilano
College. The scholarships will be
in the form of fee waivers for
second year. Candidates will be
automatically selected by Grade
Point Average. >
Capilano College Foundation
Scholarships
Four $600 scholarships will be
awarded annually to the highest
achieving full-time students in
the Academic and Career programs
as determined by Grade Point
Average. Selection is automatic.
Scholarships are limited to
returning students and are
intended to help defray tuition
fee and book costs.

Apply to the Business Management
Program Coordinator.

creative s k i l l s and a b i l i t i e s in
the use of the English language.
Kinsmen Club of North Shore
Scholarship
A $200 scholarship will be awarded
annually to the top Music Therapy
student. Apply to the Coordinator,
Music Department.
Constance MacGregor Memorial
Scholarship
The Capilano College Foundation
has established this scholarship
in recognition of the generous
support received from the Estate
of late Donald Anderson MacGregor.
The purpose of the scholarship is
to recognize the increasing
importance of the study of
Canadian affairs in post-secondary
institutions.

Michael Carr Memorial Award
This award will be given annually
to a student enrolled in the
second semester of any f i r s t year
program at Capilano College. The
award wi11 go to a student who has
combined hard work and
perseverance in scholastics and
athletics and who has shown
involvement in the community.
Students who are pursuing studies
in spite of handicaps are
encouraged to apply.

To be eligible to apply, a student
must have achieved an excellent
standing in the study of Social
Sciences, particularly in relation
to Canadian a f f a i r s .
Deadline: January 31
Outdoor Recreation Carleton Cycle
Scholarship

Deadline: Open

Carleton Cycle and Outdoor
Recreation provide a scholarship
to the first-year student with the
highest standing in Outdoor
Recreatoin Management. Selection
is automatic. Contact:
Brian White
Coordi nator
Outdoor Recreation Management

Davis and Co. Legal Secretarial
Scholarships

T. Buck Suzuki Memorial
Scholarship

A $300 scholarship will be awarded
to an outstanding student
entering the second term of the
Legal Secretarial Program.

Two scholarships of $500 each will
be awarded annually to the two
students involved full-time in a
first-year Science program who
have achieved the highest academic
standard.

Letters of reference from an
instructor and an athletic coach
may be requested to supplement the
application.

Lucille Fisher Memorial
Scholarship
This scholarship, donated by the
West Vancouver Memorial Library
and West Vancouver Municipal
Employees Association, will be
awarded to a student in a Fall
Term course which emphasizes the
development of a student's

Selection will be made
automatically by the Science
Faculty at the end of the Spring
semester.

79

20

Academic Studies/University Transfer
Academic t r a n s f e r courses o f f e r e d
at Capilano College provide the
student with a v a r i e t y of academic
options w i t h i n the framework of a
two-year, comprehensive c o l l e g e .
Students t r a n s f e r r i n g to a
u n i v e r s i t y can s e l e c t f u l l
programs of study acceptable f o r
equivalency to courses in the
f i r s t two years of u n i v e r s i t y (see
note on C o u n s e l l i n g ) . Students who
d e s i r e to take p a r t - t i m e academic
studies or who are i n t e r e s t e d in
academic courses at the f i r s t or
second-year l e v e l , without the
i n t e n t i o n of c o n t i n u i n g to
u p p e r - l e v e l study, can s e l e c t from
a range of courses in various
d i s c i p l i n e s . Students in need of
extra help in key areas of
academic study can s e l e c t courses
aimed at basic l i t e r a c y (see note
on E n g l i s h placement exam and Math
Learning C e n t r e ) .
Students i n t e r e s t e d in s p e c i a l
f i e l d s of study such as Canadian
S t u d i e s , Women's S t u d i e s , Labour
S t u d i e s , I n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y Studies
or s e l f - p a c e d l e a r n i n g can s e l e c t
from i n n o v a t i v e programs in these
areas (as offered from year to
year).
The focus of academic i n s t r u c t i o n
at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e i s on
d i s c i p l i n a r y and i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y study of the highest
i n t e l l e c t u a l c a l i b r e . The C o l l e g e
c a r e f u l l y reviews the c u r r i c u l u m
and d e l i v e r y modes to ensure
academic currency and acceptable
university equivalency.
A s i g n i f i c a n t , basic l i b r a r y
c o l l e c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e as are
f u l l media reference s e r v i c e s to
complement the courses of study.
A c o u n s e l l i n g and admissions
placement s t a f f a s s i s t s students
in s e l e c t i n g the best program of
s t u d i e s . The f i n a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y
f o r course s e l e c t i o n , however,
r e s t s w i t h the student.

A s s o c i a t e i n A r t s and Science
Diploma
A student who has completed the
requirements of any four-term
C o l l e g e program may receive an
A s s o c i a t e in Arts and Science

Diploma, provided she/he has
f u l f i l l e d the f o l l o w i n g
c o n d i t i o n s as o u t l i n e d under
Diploma and C e r t i f i c a t e
Requi rements.

T r a n s f e r To and From Other
Institutions
The Academic n i v i s i o n takes
s e r i o u s l y i t s r e s p o n s i b i l i t y to
maintain t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y with
other post-secondary i n s t i t u t i o n s .
To t h i s end, meetings are held
with other i n s t i t u t i o n s to ensure
that current p r a c t i c e i s commonly
acceptable and t h a t a f u l l
t r a n s f e r package can be
a r t i c u l a t e d . Changes in programs,
new courses or new course
numberings are c a r e f u l l y compared
between i n s t i t u t i o n s and t h i s
College s t r i v e s to o f f e r the most
complete two-year package p o s s i b l e
w i t h i n budget and f a c i l i t y
restraints.
There i s agreement among a l l
p u b l i c B . C . c o l l e g e s to accept
each o t h e r ' s c r e d i t s upon
t r a n s f e r , i f a p p l i c a b l e to a
program given in the admitting
c o l l e g e , and given s u i t a b l e
e q u i v a l e n c y . Capilano C o l l e g e
reserves the r i g h t to review
i n d i v i d u a l course c r e d i t .
Transfer c r e d i t s are granted to
students on admission for
acceptable work done at other
i n s t i t u t i o n s ; the t r a n s f e r c r e d i t s
reduce the t o t a l number of c r e d i t s
which are required at Capilano
College f o r a c e r t i f i c a t e or
d i p l o m a . Students wishing t r a n s f e r
c r e d i t should present s u i t a b l e
documentation to the R e g i s t r a r ' s
o f f i c e f o r a d j u d i c a t i o n by the
appropriate f a c u l t y . A l l approved
t r a n s f e r c r e d i t s are noted on the
s t u d e n t ' s Permanent Student
Record. F u l l information on
t r a n s f e r of s p e c i f i c courses i s
a v a i l a b l e from the Admissions
A d v i s o r , c o u n s e l l o r s and in the
pertinent i n s t r u c t i o n a l d i v i s i o n .
Transfer information accurate
to the time of p r i n t i n g i s to be
found in the Transfer Guide
s e c t i o n at the back of the
c a l e n d a r . Students are urged to
read t h i s s e c t i o n when

establishing their
study.

programs of

Counselling
A l l academic students are advised
to see the Admissions Advisor or a
C o u n s e l l o r to plan t h e i r courses
of s t u d y . Students should c o n s u l t
the Guidance Information and the
U n i v e r s i t y T r a n s f e r Guide in t h i s
calendar.

E n g l i s h Entrance Requirements
At present new students who wish
to e n r o l l in E n g l i s h courses must,
BEFORE REGISTERING IN ANY ENGLISH
COURSE, w r i t e e i t h e r the ERIBC
(Educational Research I n s t i t u t e of
B . C . ) sponsored E n g l i s h Placement
Test (EPT) or the E n g l i s h
D i a g n o s t i c Test. (EDT) given by the
E n g l i s h Department of Capilano
College.
EPT
EPTs are u s u a l l y given at three
times during the y e a r : F a l l ,
S p r i n g , and Summer. These t e s t s
r e q u i r e p r e - r e g i s t r a t i o n and the
payment of a fee determined by
ERIBC. R e g i s t r a t i o n forms f o r
these t e s t s are a v a i l a b l e from
ERIBC or from i n s t i t u t i o n s t h a t
host the t e s t (of which Capilano
C o l l e g e i s one). Schedules w i l l be
published in a l l major newspapers
w e l l in advance of the t e s t dates
and w i l l a l s o be a v a i l a b l e by
c o n t a c t i n g the C o l l e g e
switchboard, C o u n s e l l i n g o f f i c e or
Humanities D i v i s i o n o f f i c e .
EDT
EDTs are given p r i o r t o , and
d u r i n g , the r e g i s t r a t i o n week at
Capilano C o l l e g e . These t e s t s are
administered by the E n g l i s h
Department, and may be used for
admission to E n g l i s h courses
o f f e r e d at Capilano C o l l e g e o n l y .
No p r e - r e g i s t r a t i o n i s required
and no fees are charged. Schedules
f o r these t e s t s are published i n
the term timetable and are a l s o
a v a i l a b l e by c o n t a c t i n g the
Humanities D i v i s i o n o f f i c e . A l s o ,
in exceptional circumstances,
personal s i t t i n g for t h i s t e s t may
be arranged.

21

Mathematics Placement Test
The college is considering the
introduction of a Mathematics
Placement Test for students with a
"C" grade in Algebra 1? who wish
to register in Mathematics 110.
Students who have obtained an "A"
or "B" grade in Algebra 1? w i n be
permitted to register in
Mathematics 110 without having to
write the Mathematics Placement
Test (MPT). Scores on the MPT w i l l
be used to assist Algebra 1? "C"
students with the selection of an
appropriate course sequence.
Information on the MPT w i l l be
provided by the Registrar's
office.

format. Refresher courses in math
up to the Grade 1? level are also
available in this self-study
format.

1984/85
These packaged courses, prepared
for home study with the aid of
cassette tapes, manuals, slides
and film loops, are designed to
offer students who are unable to
maintain regular attendance at the
Lynnmour Campus or a s a t e l l i t e
centre the opportunity to pursue
college courses. They are also
available to students who are
attending any college centre,
providing these students with a
viable alternative to the usual
lecture/tutorial instructional
format.
Women's Studies Program

Math Learning Centre (J107)
This centre is equipped with math
learning aids, video tapes,
diagnostic tests, calculators,
microcomputers and reference
textbooks. Students taking math
courses are encouraged to make use
of this centre to study math, and
to seek assistance from the
faculty member or supervisor on
duty. Self-study programs are
available for students wishing to
refresh or improve their
mathematical s k i l l s through the
Algebra 12 l e v e l . Refer to the
course descriptions of Math 009,
010, 011, 01? and consult with a
math instructor for further
information.
Self-Paced Learning (SPL)
In keeping With the College's
policy for the development of
alternative instructional modes,
i t is possible for the student to
pursue studies in f i r s t - y e a r
Chemistry on a self-paced term

22

Fall
Anthropology 200
Business Management 172, 178, 179,
255
Economics 101
English 202
French 130, 190, 290
Geography 106
History 110, 201
Labour Studies, 100, 110, 115,
117, 119, 142, 151, 182, 210
P o l i t i c a l Science 104
Sociology 200
Spring

English Tutorial Room (H444)
This room is reserved on a
permanent basis to provide a
drop-in workshop for students
requiring assistance with their
writing problems. Students may
avail themselves of this service
by signing the form posted outside
the tutorial room. This is not a
course.

General Studies Diploma, an
English or Communications course
is required.

A Women's Studies Program
consisting of a variety of
transfer credit, college credit
and credit-free courses, has been
developed at Capilano College.
In addition to the Women's Studies
College credit and transfer credit
courses, there are academic and
career courses in other
disciplines of special interest to
women.
A brochure is available each term
l i s t i n g additional short,
credit-free courses, workshops and
other presentations of
special interest to women in the
college and the community.

Anthropology 204
Biology 105
Business Management 176, 178, 179,
256
English 203
French 131, 191, 291
Geography 108
Geology 111
History 111, 205
Labour Studies 101, 110, 111, 142,
151
P o l i t i c a l Science 104
Sociology 201
Course descriptions appear under
the appropriate d i s c i p l i n e .
APPLY TO THE REGISTRAR to have the
Specialty added to your Diploma at
the time of graduation. Drop your
name off at the Registrar to be
placed on our mailing l i s t .

Canadian Studies Specialty
Students who wish to concentrate
their studies on Canadian content
courses can choose courses from
the l i s t below. All courses hold
f u l l transfer credit and transfer
into the Canadian Studies Program
at SFU. To qualify for a Canadian
Studies Specialty, complete one of
the College's three diplomas with
at least 24 credits from the
following l i s t . Choose these
credits from courses in at least
three different departments. Of
the 24 credits you choose, at
least six must be numbered 200 or
above. For a Canadian Studies
Specialty to be applied to a

SCIENCE: GENERAL INFORMATION
A. Non-Science Students
Students planning to continue
studies at a university are
advised to consider the following
courses to f u l f i l l their Science
requi rement:
Biology 104, 105. (Note: Transfer
credit for these Biology courses
is limited to non-science
students.)
Chemistry 104, 105
Computing Science 100, 104
Geology 110, 111

T

Geography 11?., 114
Math 100, 101, 10?, 105, 108, 109
Physics 104, 105
Students planning to pursue
studies in Economics at UBC must
take Math 110 and Math 111; SFU
requires Math 108 or Math 110.
Please check the prerequisites
given in the individual course
descriptions.
Note: Biology 104 and Chemistry
030 f u l f i l l Biology and Chemistry
requirements for the Nursing
Program at BCIT.

transferable to a l l three B.C.
universities is available. Consult
the Biology Department for the
specific requirements to transfer
Into third year at the university
of your choice.
II) Chemistry

Chemistry 110/111 or 108/111
Physics 114/115 or 110/111 or
108/111
Math 110/111
English (six credits - see course
descriptions)
Elective (six credits)
SECOND YEAR

Capilano College Natural Sciences
Division offers a complete f i r s t
and second-year university
transfer program 1n Biology,
Chemistry, Computing Science,
Math and Physics.

Chemistry 200/?01 or 204/205
(Transfer to UBC. Consul^ a
faculty member)
Physics 200/201 and 210/211 or
220/221
Math 230, 231 or 235 (depending
upon university - consult a
faculty member)
Math 200
Electlve
Science Elective from Math or
Physics
(Recommended Math 235)
(Optional for Chemistry honours
students)

For first-year and second-year
transfer programs, select courses
from those listed below:
1) Biological Sciences (Including
Biochemistry)
FIRST YEAR
Biology 110/111
Chemistry 110/111 or 108/111
Physics 110/111 or 108/111 or
114/115
Math 110/111
English (six credits - see course
descriptions)
SECOND YEAR

Geology 110/111
Physics 108/111 or 110/111 or
114/115
Chemistry 110/111 or 108/111
Math 110/111
English (six credits - see course
descriptions)

FIRST YEAR

B. Science Students

In addition, the Natural Sciences
Division offers science transfer
requirements 1n the following:
pre-med1cine, pre-dent1stry,
engineering, geology, geophysics
and other earth sciences, physical
geography, forestry, agriculture,
pharmacy, home economics,
rehabilitation medicine, dental
hygiene. Students wishing specific
course requirements for a
particular program should contact
the Natural Sciences D i v i s i o n .

FIRST YEAR ONLY

v) Mathematics
FIRST YEAR
Math 110/111
Physics 114/115 or 110/111 or
108/111
Chemistry 110/111 or 108/111
English (six credits)
Elective (six credits)*
* (Math 101, 102, Computing
Science 103 are recommended for
SFU-bound students. Computing
Science 103, 105 are recommended
for JUBC-bound students.)
SECOND YEAR
Math 200, 230, 231, 205 or 215,
235
Electives
v1) Physics
FIRST YEAR

III)

Computing Science

Computing Science 103
Computing Science 104
Computing Science 105
Math 110
Math 111
English (six credits)

Physics 114/115, or 110/111 or
108/111
Chemistry 110/111 or 108/111
Math 110/111
English (six credits - see course
descriptions)
Non-sc1ence Elective or Geology,
Biology or Computing Science (six
credits)

SECOND YEAR

SECOND YEAR

Computing Science 222
Computing Science 223
Computing Science 224
Math 200
Math 205
Math 230

Physics 200/201, 210/211, 220/221
Math 200, 230, 235
Non-sc1ence Elective (six credits)
Science Elective (six credits)

FIRST YEAR

1v) Geological Sciences (Including
Geophysics, Geochemistry and other
earth sciences)

Students Interested in Honours
Physics should consult Physics
Instructors.

A complete selection of
second-year courses which are

23

v i i ) Other Programs o r
C o m b i n a t i o n s of Programs
Consult Natural Science D i v i s i o n
for course s e l e c t i o n ,
particularly
w i t h regard to second-year
choices.
Registration

Priority

In a c o u r s e w i t h h i g h d e m a n d ,
r e g i s t r a t i o n p r i o r i t y w i l l be
g i v e n t o s t u d e n t s who have n o t
a t t e m p t e d t h e c o u r s e p r e v i o u s l y at
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . Any s t u d e n t who
has a t t e m p t e d t h e c o u r s e w i t h i n
t h e l a s t y e a r w i l l not be a l l o w e d
to r e g i s t e r w i t h o u t the
instructor's
permission.
Lab/Course

Relationship

Many c o u r s e s r e q u i r e t h a t s t u d e n t s
complete a lab and/or
tutorial.
Student should ensure t h a t they
a r e aware o f
lab/tutorial
r e q u i r e m e n t s and t h e t i m e t a b l e f o r
these components. Students should
note t h a t i t i s n e c e s s a r y to pass
the l a b i n o r d e r t o pass the
course.
The c o s t o f t h e l a b s a r e i n c l u d e d
in the t u i t i o n f e e , except f o r l a b
m a n u a l s and some f i e l d t r i p c o s t s .
Academic Course D e s c r i p t i o n s
F u l l d e s c r i p t i o n s of a l l academic
c o u r s e s can be f o u n d i n t h e
alphabetical listings
following.
S t u d e n t s a r e urged t o r e a d
c a r e f u l l y the general d i s c i p l i n e
i n f o r m a t i o n i n c l u d e d i n each
s e c t i o n . It i s t h e s t u d e n t ' s
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y t o be f a m i l i a r w i t h
t h e s p e c i a l i n f o r m a t i o n needed t o
s e l e c t academic c o u r s e s . P l e a s e
note that u n i v e r s i t y
transferable
c o u r s e s f o r A r t and M u s i c a p p e a r
under t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e program
headings in the C a r e e r / V o c a t i o n a l
s e c t i o n of the C a l e n d a r .
Course D e s c r i p t i o n

Code

On t h e r i g h t hand s i d e o f each
course description there is a
s e r i e s of code l e t t e r s and
numbers, f o r example:
English

24

100

Language S k i l l s

(F,S)

See page 11 f o r

full

(3,0,1)
explanation.

Anthropology
Instructional

Faculty

BEROTCHEWSKY, B . , B . A . (II. o f
C h i l e ) , Ph.D. (Madrid)
LINT), K . , B . A . , M . A . (UBC)
WILL, G . , B . A . , M.A. (Manitoba)

General

Information

S t u d e n t s who i n t e n d t o m a j o r o r
minor in Anthropology should take
b o t h A n t h r o p o l o g y 120 and 121 i f
t h e y w i l l be a t t e n d i n g UBC, SFU o r
t h e U n i v e r s i t y of V i c t o r i a .
Women's S t u d i e s 1 2 2 , Women i n
A n t h r o p o l o g y , may be s u b s t i t u t e d
f o r A n t h r o p o l o g y 120 o r 1 2 1 ,
m i n o r / m a j o r p r o g r a m a t SFU and
UVic.

University Transfer

Credit

A l l A n t h r o p o l o g y c o u r s e s at
C a p i l a n o t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and
U . V i ' c . For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e
T r a n s f e r G u i d e at t h e back o f t h e
calendar.

A n t h r o p o l o g y 120
Introduction to Anthropology
(F.S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
A survey of the d i s c i p l i n e to
include a brief introduction to
human e v o l u t i o n and our p l a c e
among t h e p r i m a t e s ; s o c i a l
e v o l u t i o n ; s t r u c t u r e and
o r g a n i z a t i o n of s o c i e t y , and t h e
i n d i v i d u a l and s o c i e t y . Emphasis
w i l l be p l a c e d on t h e c o m p a r a t i v e
s t u d y of s o c i a l i n s t i t u t i o n s o f
n o n - W e s t e r n c u l t u r e s s u c h as
family patterns, social control in
s m a l l c o m m u n i t i e s , r e l i g i o n and
magic.

A n t h r o p o l o g y 121
Introduction to Social
A n t h r o p o l o g y (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Anthropology 120,
Women's S t u d i e s 1 2 2 , o r by w r i t t e n
p e r m i s s i o n of t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
An e x a m i n a t i o n of A n t h r o p o l o g i c a l
c o n c e p t s and t h e o r i e s o f c u l t u r e ,
as w e l l as t h e a n a l y s i s of
c u l t u r a l i n s t i t u t i o n s s u c h as
k i n s h i p , e c o n o m i c s , r e l i g i o n and
politics.

A n t h r o p o l o g y 123
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o A r c h a e o l o g y and
the P r e h i s t o r i c Past (F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
A s u r v e y of t h e g o a l s o f
Archaeology, i t s t h e o r e t i c a l
f r a m e w o r k , and t h e method and
techniques to t r e a t m a t e r i a l .
Relationship with other
d i s c i p l i n e s , b o t h i n s o c i a l and
natural sciences. Reconstruction
and i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of t h e
prehistoric past, i l l u s t r a t e d with
e x a m p l e s . S t u d e n t s w i l l have t h e
opportunity to v i s i t
A r c h a e o l o g i c a l c o l l e c t i o n s and
l a b o r a t o r i e s and w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e
i n group l a b o r a t o r y s e s s i o n s .

A n t h r o p o l o g y 204
E t h n i c R e l a t i o n s (S)

(3,0,1)

A s t u d y o f t h e r e l a t i o n s between
e t h n i c g r o u p s i n c l u d i n g an
e x a m i n a t i o n o f how e t h n i c g r o u p s
come t o be d e f i n e d , how t h e y a r e
m a i n t a i n e d , s t e r e o t y p i n g , and how
these processes i n t e r r e l a t e w i t h
o t h e r s o c i a l v a r i a b l e s s u c h as
e c o n o m i c s , e d u c a t i o n , v i o l e n c e and
t h e f a m i l y . The f o c u s w i l l u s u a l l y
be on R . C . S t u d e n t s w i l l be
engaged i n some p r i m a r y r e s e a r c h .

A n t h r o p o l o g y 249
Comparative C u l t u r e s :
Study i n Anthropology

A Field
(S) (3)

A n t h r o p o l o g y 124
A r c h a e o l o g y and Human O r i g i n s
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

P r e r e q u i s i t e : A n t h r o p o l o g y 120 o r
by w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f t h e
i nstructor.

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e t h e o r y and
e v i d e n c e f o r t h e p h y s i c a l and
s o c i o - c u l t u r a l e v o l u t i o n of
humankind as p r e s e n t e d by
A r c h a e o l o g y and P h y s i c a l
Anthropology. Students w i l l
p a r t i c i p a t e in f i e l d t r i p s to
museums and A r c h a e o l o g y
laboratories.

An i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y c o u r s e t o
c o n s i d e r i n depth a p a r t i c u l a r
g e o g r a p h i c a r e a and i t s p e o p l e .
Comparative i n s t i t u t i o n s , c u l t u r a l
e c o l o g y , t h e l a n d s c a p e , methods of
o b s e r v a t i o n and s t u d y . S t u d e n t s
and i n s t r u c t o r s s t u d y i n t h e
field.
Not o f f e r e d

Anthropology
Intermediate
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

200
Social

Anthropology

A study of the s o c i a l s t r u c t u r e
and o r g a n i z a t i o n of v a r i o u s
c u l t u r e s of t h e w o r l d . E m p h a s i s on
the dynamics of c u l t u r e , the
c r o s s - c u l t u r a l approach, the
theoretical issues in
A n t h r o p o l o g y . Focus 1 9 8 4 : I n d i a n s
of North A m e r i c a .

A n t h r o p o l o g y 202
Introduction to Cultural
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

Ecology

The s t u d y of p e o p l e , c u l t u r e and
e n v i r o n m e n t . Themes w i l l i n c l u d e
the A r c h a e o l o g i c a l r e c o r d ; ecology
of e a r l y food p r o d u c t i o n ; a d a p t i v e
s t r a t e g i e s of h u n t e r / g a t h e r e r s ,
p a s t o r a l i s t s and p e a s a n t s . C u r r e n t
e c o l o g i c a l c o n c e r n s f r o m an
Anthropological perspective w i l l
i n c l u d e mountain ecosystems such
as t h e H i m a l a y a s .

1984/85.

Women's S t u d i e s 122
Women i n A n t h r o p o l o g y

(F)

(3,0,1)

The a n t h r o p o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e
a p p l i e d t o women i n d i f f e r e n t
c u l t u r e s of the w o r l d ; t h e i r r o l e
in economic, p o l i t i c a l , r e l i g i o u s ,
k i n s h i p and e x p r e s s i v e s y s t e m s .
E x p l o r a t i o n o f t h e work o f women
a n t h r o p o l o g i s t s and t h e e f f e c t o f
t h e o r y on u n d e r s t a n d i n g women.
What i s t h e woman's e x p e r i e n c e i n
c u l t u r e s and a r e a s s u c h as t h e
E s k i m o , Amazon J u n g l e ,
Israeli
kibbutz, Greece, Afghanistan,
I n d i a , M e x i c o and A f r i c a .
Anthropology c r e d i t i s a v a i l a b l e
f o r t h i s c o u r s e . P l e a s e see
Women's S t u d i e s f o r f u r t h e r
information.

25

t

Biology
Instructional

Faculty

C A M R ELD, R . G . , B . S c . ( H o n s . 1
( M o n a s h ) , P h . D . (UBC)
FITZ-EARLE, M . , B . S c .
(Nottingham), M . S c , Ph.D.
(Toronto)
GIBSON, W . G . , B . A . , D i p l . E d .
( S a s k . ) , P h . D . (UBC)
RICKER, N . A . , B . A . ( C a l i f . ) , '
M . S c , P h . D . (UBC), C o o r d i n a t o r
of Natural S c i e n c e s D i v i s i o n
TROUP, V . N . , B . S c ( H o n s . )
( M c M a s t e r ) , M . S c . (UBC)
WADE, L . K . , B . S c , M . S c . ( U B C ) ,
P h . D . ( A . N . I I . ) , C o o r d i n a t o r of
Biology
L a b o r a t o r y S u p e r v i s o r s and
Technician
CANNING, . ) . , B . S c , P r o f .
T e a c h e r ' s C e r t . (UBC), L a b o r a t o r y
Supervi sor
MCDONELI., L . , B . H . E . ( U B C ) ,
Laboratory Supervisor
SANDERSON, C , B . S c . ( D u r h a m ) ,
Laboratory Supervisor
WILLIAMSON, B . , D i p l . T e c h .
(BCIT), Laboratory Technician

General

Information

Capilano College Biology
D e p a r t m e n t o f f e r s c o u r s e s t o meet
a v a r i e t y of e d u c a t i o n a l n e e d s .
The B i o l o g y 1 0 4 / 1 0 5 s e r i e s meet
the l a b o r a t o r y s c i e n c e
r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r A r t s s t u d e n t s as
w e l l as a g e n e r a l i n t e r e s t b i o l o g y
c o u r s e . B i o l o g y 104 s e r v e s as a
r e f r e s h e r for those wishing to
e n t e r t h e BCIT n u r s i n g p r o g r a m .
Those p l a n n i n g a major i n b i o l o g y
or other l i f e science ( e g .
a g r i c u l t u r e ) , should e n r o l l in
Biology 110/111. Pre-professional
s t u d e n t s who i n t e n d t o e n t e r
dentistry, medicine, forestry,
home e c o n o m i c s - , r e h a b i l i t a t i o n
medicine or dental hygiene should
a l s o t a k e B i o l o g y 1 1 0 / 1 1 1 . The
department a l s o o f f e r s a course in
Plant Propagation, Biology
152, f o r the i n t e r e s t e d amateur,
b i o l o g y m a j o r s and t h o s e s t u d e n t s
l o o k i n g f o r immediate e n t r y i n t o
the job market.
A p r e r e q u i s i t e waiver examination
f o r B i o l o g y 110/111 i s h e l d d u r i n g
t h e f i r s t week o f c l a s s e s i n
S e p t e m b e r . Those who p a s s t h i s

26

exam may r e g i s t e r d i r e c t l y i n
second-year biology courses at
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e . H o w e v e r , no
credit is given for Biology
1 1 0 / 1 1 1 . The p r e r e q u i s i t e w a i v e r
exam i s not i n t e n d e d f o r t h o s e
s t u d e n t s who must have c r e d i t i n
f i r s t - y e a r biology for their
subsequent e d u c a t i o n a l g o a l s .
Contact the B i o l o g y C o o r d i n a t o r
for further d e t a i l s .
A complete s e l e c t i o n of
second-year courses i s a v a i l a b l e
w h i c h meet t h e c r e d i t t r a n s f e r
requirements of the t h r e e B . C .
u n i v e r s i t i e s . Some of t h e s e
c o u r s e s may he i n c l u d e d i n t h e
requirements for p r e - p r o f e s s i o n a l
p r o g r a m s , and f o r s p e c i f i c l i f e
s c i e n c e p r o g r a m s . The s t u d e n t
s h o u l d c o n s u l t the B i o l o g y
Department f o r d e t a i l s of c o u r s e
requirements for various programs.

genetics

and human d i s o r d e r s .

Biology

105

Environmental

B i o l o g y (S)

Prerequisite:

None

The s e c o n d s e m e s t e r o f a c o u r s e
d e s i g n e d p r i m a r i l y as a l a b o r a t o r y
s c i e n c e e l e c t i v e f o r s t u d e n t s who
do not p l a n t o t a k e f u r t h e r
courses in biology except for
B i o l o g y 204. Basic p r i n c i p l e s of
e c o l o g y w i l l be d e v e l o p e d and
the impact of contemporary s o c i e t y
on t h e e n v i r o n m e n t w i l l be
assessed. Major t o p i c s i n c l u d e :
e c o l o g i c a l c o n c e p t s and
environmental i s s u e s .

B i o l o g y 110
Introductory Biology

(F,S)
A l l b i o l o g y courses except B i o l o g y
200 r e q u i r e w e e k l y l a b o r a t o r y
p e r i o d s a n d / o r f i e l d t r i p s . Some
c o u r s e s a l s o have e x t e n d e d f i e l d
t r i p s . Students' contributions
t o t h e c o s t of l a b o r a t o r i e s a r e
i n c l u d e d in the course t u i t i o n
f e e . Lab manuals f o r t h o s e c o u r s e s
r e q u i r i n g them must be p u r c h a s e d
f o r a nominal f e e . The s t u d e n t i s
expected to defray in part the
costs associated with f i e l d t r i p s .

University Transfer

Credit

Unless otherwise indicated after
the course d e s c r i p t i o n , a l l
B i o l o g y courses t r a n s f e r to SFU,
UBC and U . V i c . F o r more d e t a i l s
c o n s u l t t h e T r a n s f e r G u i d e at t h e
back o f t h e c a l e n d a r .

B i o l o g y 104
Human B i o l o g y ( F )
Prerequisite:

(3,3,1)

I

(3,3,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : None; however,
l e a s t B i o l o g y 11 i s s t r o n g l y
recommended.

at

The s t a n d a r d i n t r o d u c t o r y b i o l o g y
c o u r s e f o r s t u d e n t s who p l a n t o
take f u r t h e r courses in s c i e n c e .
Major t o p i c s w i l l include the
o r i g i n of l i f e , c e l l s t r u c t u r e and
f u n c t i o n , c e l l d i v i s i o n and
introductory genetics.

B i o l o g y 111
Introductory Biology

(F.S)

II

(3,3,1)

Prerequisite:

B i o l o g y 110

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f B i o l o g y 110
which f u r t h e r develops the
d i s c u s s i o n of b a s i c b i o l o g i c a l
concepts i n c l u d i n g b i o l o g i c a l
s y s t e m s , e v o l u t i o n and e c o l o g y

(3,3,1)

None

The f i r s t s e m e s t e r of a c o u r s e
d e s i g n e d p r i m a r i l y as a l a b o r a t o r y
s c i e n c e e l e c t i v e f o r s t u d e n t s who
do not p l a n t o t a k e f u r t h e r
courses in b i o l o g y . Basic
p r i n c i p l e s of human b i o l o g y w i l l
be p r e s e n t e d and t h e i m p a c t o f t h e
e n v i r o n m e n t upon humans w i l l be
e v a l u a t e d . Major t o p i c s w i l l
i n c l u d e human p h y s i o l o g y , human

B i o l o g y 15?
P l a n t Propagation (F)

(4,5,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : None; however, at
l e a s t B i o l o g y 11 i s recommended.
A c o u r s e i n t h e t h e o r y and
p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of p l a n t
propagation techniques.
Introduction to vascular plant
l i f e c y c l e s , r e p r o d u c t i v e methods,
t i s s u e s y s t e m s , p l a n t o r g a n s and

p l a n t propagation systems i n
n a t u r e , as w e l l as t h e c e l l
b i o l o g y , m i c r o b i o l o g y , and s t e r i l e
techniques relevant to tissue
c u l t u r e . Plant propagation
o b j e c t i v e s and t e c h n i q u e s ,
i n c l u d i n g the various t r a d i t i o n a l
p r o p a g a t i o n method: l a y e r i n g ,
g r a f t i n g , c u t t i n g s , o f f s h o o t s , and
p r o p a g a t i o n f r o m s e e d , and a m a j o r
e m p h a s i s on p r o p a g a t i o n by means
o f t i s s u e c u l t u r e . Weekly l a b s and
f i e l d t r i p s w i l l stress the
development of p r a c t i c a l s k i l l s i n
a l l these propagation techniques.
The e m p h a s i s t h r o u g h o u t t h e c o u r s e
i s on p r a c t i c a l e x p e r i e n c e .
T r a n s f e r c r e d i t a p p l i e d f o r at
S F U , UBC and U V i c .
Not o f f e r e d

1984/85.

B i o l o g y 200
Genetics (S)

(3,0,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : B i o l o g y 110 and 111.
B i o l o g y 214 i s recommended.
G e n e t i c s of p r o k a r y o t e s ; c h e m i c a l
b a s i s o f i n h e r i t a n c e and t h e
e v o l u t i o n of e u k a r y o t e s . M e n d e l i a n
and m o d i f i e d - M e n d e l i a n g e n e t i c s ,
sex d e t e r m i n a t i o n and s e x - l i n k a g e .
G e n e t i c mapping and chromosomal
a b e r r a t i o n s . P o p u l a t i o n and
q u a n t i t a t i v e g e n e t i c s . Current
problems i n a p p l i e d g e n e t i c s .
T h e r e i s no l a b o r a t o r y f o r t h i s
course.
Not o f f e r e d i n 1984/85. To be
o f f e r e d 1985/86 and a l t e r n a t e
years thereafter.

f i e l d . Course i n c l u d e s a
two-day f i e l d t r i p t o Manning Park
and t h e S o u t h e r n Okanagan V a l l e y .
Not o f f e r e d 1984/85. To be o f f e r e d
1985/86 and a l t e r n a t p y e a r s
thereafter.

B i o l o g y 205
Ecology II ( S )

(3,3,1)

Prerequisite:

B i o l o g y 204

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f B i o l o g y 204,
w i t h e m p h a s i s on p r i n c i p l e s and
problems of animal e c o l o g y .
Included are selected n o n - B r i t i s h
Columbian ecosystems; p o p u l a t i o n
dynamics; ecology of s e l e c t e d B . C .
mammals; e c o l o g i c a l a s p e c t s o f
animal b e h a v i o u r . Course i n c l u d e s
a three-day f i e l d t r i p to the
T o f i n o a r e a , Vancouver I s l a n d .
Not o f f e r e d 1984/85. To be o f f e r e d
1985/86 and a l t e r n a t e y e a r s
thereafter.

B i o l o g y 210
Morphology of V a s c u l a r P l a n t s
(F) ( 3 , 3 , 1 )
Prerequisite:

B i o l o g y 110 and 111

A comparative study of t h e
vascular plant groups, the
p t e r i d o p h y t e s , gymnosperms and
a n g i o s p e r m s w i t h e m p h a s i s on t h e
e v o l u t i o n , m o r p h o l o g y , e c o l o g y and
f u n c t i o n o f each o f t h e g r o u p s .
D i s c u s s i o n s o f problems i n p l a n t
morphology.
To be o f f e r e d 1 9 8 4 / 8 5 and
alternate years t h e r e a f t e r .

B i o l o g y 204
Ecology I (F)

(3,3,1)

Prerequisite:

B i o l o g y 105 o r 111

The f i r s t t e r m o f an i n t r o d u c t o r y
course in general ecology,
stressing biotic-environmental
r e l a t i o n s h i p s at t h e e c o s y s t e m
l e v e l ; concept of the ecosystem,
i t s components and d y n a m i c s ,
energy flow i n ecosystems,
nutrient cycling, biogeoclimatic
z o n e s w i t h e m p h a s i s on B r i t i s h
C o l u m b i a , v e g e t a t i o n and a n a l y s i s .
Emphasis i s on p r i n c i p l e s o f p l a n t
e c o l o g y and on p r o b l e m s i n t h i s

B i o l o g y 212
I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology (F) (3,3,1)
Prerequisite:

the

Bamfield Marine S t a t i o n .

B i o l o g y 213
V e r t e b r a t e Zoology (S)
Prerequisite:

(3,3,1)

B i o l o g y 110 a n d ' l l l .

A c o m p a r a t i v e survey of the major
c l a s s e s of v e r t e b r a t e s ,
emphasizing evolutionary trends
e s p e c i a l l y i n d e v e l o p m e n t and
morphology of organ s y s t e m s .
Adaptive features in vertebrates
a r e c o n s i d e r e d . The l a b o r a t o r y
c o m p l e m e n t s t h e l e c t u r e component
with representative vertebrates
being examined.

B i o l o g y 214
Cell Biology I - Structural
(F) ( 3 , 3 , 1 )

Basis

P r e r e q u i s i t e : B i o l o g y 110 and 111
and c o n c u r r e n t r e g i s t r a t i o n i n
C h e m i s t r y 200, i f n o t a l r e a d y
c o m p l e t e d . Any s t u d e n t who has
attempted the course w i t h i n the
l a s t y e a r w i l l n o t be a l l o w e d t o
r e g i s t e r without the i n s t r u c t o r ' s
permi s s i o n .
An i n t e g r a t e d s t u d y o f c e l l
s t r u c t u r e and f u n c t i o n as
d e t e r m i n e d by e l e c t r o n m i c r o s c o p y ;
u l t r a s t r u c t u r e w i l l be r e l a t e d t o
c e l l p h y s i o l o g y and b i o c h e m i s t r y .
I n t e r r e l a t i o n s among t h e v a r i o u s
components w i l l be d i s c u s s e d f r o m
an e v o l u t i o n a r y v i e w p o i n t .
Laboratory exercises w i l l
c o n c e n t r a t e on t h e u s e o f l i g h t
v s . e l e c t r o n m i c r o s c o p y and
t h r o u g h t h i s c o m p a r i s o n d e v e l o p an
appreciation for microscopic
units.

B i o l o g y 215
C e l l B i o l o g y II - I n t r o d u c t i o n
Biochemistry (S) (3,3,1)

to

B i o l o g y 110 and 111.

A c o m p a r a t i v e survey o f the major
p h y l a and c l a s s e s o f i n v e r t e b r a t e s
w i t h e m p h a s i s upon p h y l o g e n y ,
a d a p t i v e b i o l o g y and e c o l o g y o f
e a c h g r o u p . The c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d
around t h e m a j o r u n i f y i n g c o n c e p t
of e v o l u t i o n . Problems of
contemporary i n t e r e s t i n the f i e l d
of i n v e r t e b r a t e z o o l o g y . Course
includes a three-day f i e l d t r i p to

P r e r e q u i s i t e : B i o l o g y 214 and
concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n in
C h e m i s t r y 201, i f n o t a l r e a d y
completed.
An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e f u n d a m e n t a l
p r i n c i p l e s and b a s i c f a c t s o f
biochemistry starting with protein
s t r u c t u r e and enzyme f u n c t i o n s .
C e l l e n e r g e t i c s , b i o s y n t h e s e s and
mechanisms w h i c h c o n t r o l c e l l

27

metabolism w i l l
considered.

B i o l o g y 220
P r i n c i p l e s of
(F)
(3,3,1)

a l s o be

Microbiology

P r e r e q u i s i t e : B i o l o g y 110 and 1 1 1 ;
C h e m i s t r y 110 and 1 1 1 .
C o r e q u i s i t e : T r a n s f e r t o UBC
requires Chemistry 200/201.
A comprehensive t r e a t m e n t of
i n t r o d u c t o r y m i c r o b i o l o g y . The
o r i g i n , b a s i c s t r u c t u r e , growth
and m e t a b o l i s m o f m i c r o - o r g a n i s m s
w i l l be d i s c u s s e d . The l a b
provides p r a c t i c a l experience in
standard microbial techniques.
To be o f f e r e d 1984/85 and
a l t e r n a t e years t h e r e a f t e r .

1

A

B i o l o g y 221
P r i n c i p l e s of
(S) ( 3 , 3 , 1 )

Microbiology

Prerequisite:

B i o l o g y 220

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of B i o l o g y 2 2 0 ,
emphasizing immunological a s p e c t s ,
g e n e t i c s and e c o l o g y o f
m i c r o - o r g a n i s m s . The r o l e o f
micro-organisms in a g r i c u l t u r e ,
v a r i o u s i n d u s t r i e s , h e a l t h and
s a n i t a t i o n i s c o n s i d e r e d . The l a b
a l s o i n c l u d e s a major p r o j e c t of
i n t e r e s t to the s t u d e n t .
To be o f f e r e d i n 1984/85 and
a l t e r n a t e years t h e r e a f t e r .

28

Chemistry
Instructional

Faculty

G I L C H R I S T , A . B . , P h . D . (SFU)
LE COUTEUR, P . C . , B . S c . , M . S c .
(Auckland), Ph.D. ( C a l i f . )
RE AO, D . W . , B . A . , M . S c . ( U B C ) ,
Ph.D.
(McGill)
Laboratory Supervisors
Technicians

and

ALLAN, B . J . , D i p l . T e c h . ( B C I T ) ,
Laboratory Technician
NICHOLS, C . L . , B . S c . ( H o n s . )
(Waterloo), M.Sc. (SFU),
Laboratory Supervisor
SMITH, I.,
H.N.C. (Aberdeen),
Laboratory Supervisor

General

A l l chemistry courses include
weekly t h r e e - h o u r
laboratory
periods unless otherwise s t a t e d .
The c o s t of t h e l a b s i s i n c l u d e d
i n the course t u i t i o n fee except
f o r l a b m a n u a l s and some f i e l d
t r i p c o s t s . Students are r e q u i r e d
t o have (and w e a r ) s a f e t y g l a s s e s
in a l l laboratory periods.

Credit

A l l Chemistry c o u r s e s , except 030,
c a r r y t r a n s f e r c r e d i t t o S F U , UBC
and U.Vic. For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e
T r a n s f e r G u i d e at t h e back o f t h e
calendar.

C h e m i s t r y 030
An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C h e m i s t r y
(SU) o r ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
P r e r e q u i s i t e : None (No
transfer credit)

university

T h i s course i s designed for those
s t u d e n t s who have had no p r e v i o u s
c h e m i s t r y , and who w i s h t o go on
i n s c i e n c e s . No l a b s a r e g i v e n .
C h e m i s t r y 030 f u l f i l l s t h e
entrance chemistry requirement f o r
t h e N u r s i n g program at BCIT.
The a t o m , a t o m i c m a s s e s , t h e m o l e ,
c h e m i c a l f o r m u l a s , i o n i c and
covalent bonding. Balancing
equations, simple stoichiometry
problems, s o l u t i o n s , a c i d s , bases
and s a l t s , e q u i l i b r i u m .

(F)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : None, but some
c h e m i s t r y and m a t h e m a t i c s
recommended.
A course s p e c i f i c a l l y designed for
t h e n o n - s c i e n c e s t u d e n t s who need
f i r s t - y e a r chemistry requirements
f o r n u r s i n g , home e c o n o m i c s and
p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n , e t c . A study
of c h e m i c a l p r i n c i p l e s ,
s t o i c h i o m e t r y , s o l i d s , l i q u i d s and
gases; the chemical bond; atomic
s t r u c t u r e ; chemical p e r i o d i c i t y .

C h e m i s t r y 105
Fundamentals of Chemistry
(3,3,1)

Information

University Transfer

C h e m i s t r y 104
Fundamentals of Chemistry
(3,3,1)

Prerequisite:

(S)

C h e m i s t r y 104

A study of o x i d a t i o n - r e d u c t i o n ,
electrochemistry,
introductory
thermodynamics, r e p r e s e n t a t i v e
inorganic chemistry; equilibrium;
a c i d s , b a s e s and s a l t s ; o r g a n i c
chemistry.

C h e m i s t r y 108
Basic Chemistry

(F)

(4.5,3,1.5)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 11 o r
C h e m i s t r y 0 3 0 , Math 12 o r
e q u i v a l e n t . M a t h 110 s h o u l d be
t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y , i f not a l r e a d y
completed. Students with Chemistry
12 p e r m i t t e d t o e n r o l l i n
C h e m i s t r y 108 o n l y w i t h C h e m i s t r y
department p e r m i s s i o n .
This course covers the m a t e r i a l of
C h e m i s t r y 110 a n d , i n a d d i t i o n ,
p r o v i d e s the background n e c e s s a r y
f o r a s t u d e n t who has not t a k e n
Chemistry 12. A student passing
t h i s c o u r s e s h o u l d be a b l e t o
e n t e r C h e m i s t r y 111 i n t h e S p r i n g .
May not be o f f e r e d i n 8 4 / 8 5 .
Consult the t i m e t a b l e .

C h e m i s t r y 110
P r i n c i p l e s and M e t h o d s
C h e m i s t r y (F) ( 3 , 3 , 1 )

of

A c o u r s e f o r s t u d e n t s who p l a n
c a r e e r s in s c i e n c e . A study of
s t o i c h i o m e t r y ; t h e gaseous s t a t e ;
s o l i d s ; l i q u i d s ; s o l u t i o n s ; atomic
s t r u c t u r e ; the p e r i o d i c system;
chemical bonding.

C h e m i s t r y 110
SPL - P r i n c i p l e s and M e t h o d s
Chemistry (F.S)
(3,3,1)

of

P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 12 and
M a t h 1 2 . M a t h 110 must be t a k e n
c o n c u r r e n t l y i f not a l r e a d y
completed.
A s e l f - p a c e d learning course
equivalent in content to Chemistry
1 1 0 , open t o any s t u d e n t but
d e s i g n e d t o be o f p a r t i c u l a r v a l u e
t o t h o s e s t u d e n t s who a r e u n a b l e
t o a t t e n d t h e Lynnmour Campus o r a
s a t e l l i t e c e n t r e on a r e g u l a r
basis.

C h e m i s t r y 111
P r i n c i p l e s and M e t h o d s
C h e m i s t r y (S) ( 3 , 3 , 1 )

of

P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 108 o r
1 1 0 . M a t h 111 must be t a k e n
c o n c u r r e n t l y , i f not a l r e a d y
completed.
Thermodynamics, e q u i l i b r i u m ,
a c i d s , b a s e s and s a l t s ; r e d o x
equations,
electrochemistry;
t r a n n s i t i o n m e t a l s and t h e i r
complexes; organic chemistry.

C h e m i s t r y 111
SPL - P r i n c i p l e s and M e t h o d s
Chemistry (F,S)
(3,3,1)

of

P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 108 o r
1 1 0 . M a t h 111 must be t a k e n
c o n c u r r e n t l y i f not a l r e a d y
completed.
A s e l f - p a c e d learning course
e q u i v a l e n t in content to Chemistry
111 and d e s i g n e d t o be o f
p a r t i c u l a r value to those students
who a r e u n a b l e t o a t t e n d t h e
Lynnmour Campus o r a s a t e l l i t e
c e n t r e on a r e g u l a r b a s i s .

P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 12 and
M a t h 1 2 . M a t h 110 must be t a k e n
c o n c u r r e n t l y i f not a l r e a d y
completed.

29

C h e m i s t r y 200
Organic Chemistry

(F)

(3,3,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : C h e m i s t r y 105 o r
1 1 1 . Any s t u d e n t who has a t t e m p t e d
the course w i t h i n the l a s t y e a r
w i l l not be a l l o w e d t o r e g i s t e r
without the i n s t r u c t o r ' s
permission.
A s t u d y of n o m e n c l a t u r e ,
s t r u c t u r e ; spectroscopy of o r g a n i c
molecules; alkanes, alkenes,
a l k y n e s , o r g a n o m e t a l 1 i c compounds,
alcohols, ethers, alkyl bolides;
mechanisms and s t e r e o c h e m i s t r y .

C h e m i s t r y 201
Organic Chemistry
Prerequisite:

(S)

(3,3,1)

C h e m i s t r y 200

Aromatic chemistry, aldehydes,
k e t o n e s , a c i d and d e r i v a t i v e s ,
n i t r o , a z o , d i a z o and r e l a t e d
compounds; c a r b o h y d r a t e s , p r o t e i n
chemistry; heterocyclics;
polymers; natural products.

C h e m i s t r y 204
Introduction to Physical
C h e m i s t r y (F) ( 3 , 3 , 1 )

Inorganic

P r e r e q u i s i t P : C h e m i s t r y 105 w i t h
" B " s t a n d i n g or C h e m i s t r y 111 and
Math 111.
A study of g a s e s , thermodynamics,
thermochemistry; e q u i l i b r i u m ,
electrochemistry, solutions,
quantitative inorganic a n a l y s i s .
B i o l o g i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n s of t h e s e
topics stressed.

C h e m i s t r y 205
Introduction to Physical
C h e m i s t r y (S) ( 3 , 3 , 1 )

Inorganic

Prerequisite:

204

Chemistry

A s t u d y of a c i d s and b a s e s ,
chemical k i n e t i c s , macromolecular
s y s t e m s , main group s y s t e m a t i c
c h e m i s t r y ; t r a n s i t i o n e l e m e n t s and
coordination complexes.

30

Commerce
Instructional

t a k i n g 3 or 4 courses
discipline.

Faculty

AMON, N . , B . A . ( K e n t ) , M . A . (SFU)
ECCLES, E . , R . N . ( S t . P a u l ' s ) ,
B . A . , M . A . (UBC)
HAUSCHILDT, R . , B . S c . ( H o n s . )
( O u e e n ' s ) , M . S c . (UBC)
MOSELEY, B . , B . A . , M . B . A . ( C a l i f . )
SAYRE, J . E . , B . S . , B . A . ( D e n v e r ) ,
M.A. (Boston)
TOWSON, K . V . , B . S c , M . S c . (SFU)
VERNER, R . H . , B . S c . ( U B C ) , M . S c .
(EWSC), BC T e a c h i n g C e r t . (UBC)
WILSON, J . , B.Comm. ( U B C ) , C A .

The C o l l e g e o f f e r s a two y e a r
t r a n s f e r p a c k a g e t o UBC c o n s i s t i n g
of the "Pre-Commerce Year"and
" F i r s t Year Commerce" as f o l l o w s :
Pre-Commerce

Year

To e n t e r t h e P r e - C o m m e r c e Y e a r
c o n t a c t the R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e at
9 8 6 - 1 9 1 1 , l o c a l 2 1 3 , and a s k t o be
mailed a "College Admissions
A p p l i c a t i o n F o r m " . The
P r e - C o m m e r c e Y e a r r e q u i r e s 30
c r e d i t s w h i c h MUST i n c l u d e t h e
f o l l o w i ng:
a) E c o n o m i c s 200 and 2D1 - t h e s e
may be t a k e n i n e i t h e r o r d e r ;
b) E n g l i s h 100 o r 102 ( n o t b o t h )
f o l l o w e d by ONE o f E n g l i s h 1 0 4 ,
105, 106, 108.

-

c ) The M a t h e m a t i c s r e q u i r e m e n t i s :
- I f Grade 12 A l g e b r a was
s u c c e s s f u l l y c o m p l e t e d , t a k e Math
108 f o l l o w e d by M a t h 109 ( N o t e :
110 and U l c a n be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r
1 0 8 / 1 0 9 , but t h i s c o m b i n a t i o n i s
more o r i e n t e d t o w a r d s s c i e n c e t h a n
busi n e s s ) .
- I f Grade 12 A l g e b r a was n o t
t a k e n ( o r t h e grade a c h i e v e d was
l e s s t h a n a " C " ) , t a k e M a t h 105
f o l l o w e d by 108 ( N o t e : a g a i n 110
c o u l d be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 1 0 8 ) .
- I f Grade 11 A l g e b r a was n o t
t a k e n ( o r t h e grade a c h i e v e d was
l e s s than a " C " ) , then Math 010
w i l l have t o be t a k e n b e f o r e t h e
Math 105/108 s e q u e n c e can be
started.
d) 12 c r e d i t s ( f o u r c o u r s e s ) of
e l e c t i v e s . S t u d e n t s may c h o o s e any
u n i v e r s i t y t r a n s f e r courses at the
C o l l e g e , but i t i s s u g g e s t e d t o
s p r e a d t h e s e around r a t h e r t h a n

First-Year

in only

one

Commerce

Upon c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e
Pre-Commerce y e a r s t u d e n t s must
t h e n APPLY f o r a d m i s s i o n t o the
Commerce Program i t s e l f by g e t t i n g
a "Commerce P r o g r a m A p p l i c a t i o n "
from the R e g i s t r a r ' s o f f i c e . There
a r e o n l y 33 s e a t s a v a i l a b l e i n
F i r s t Year Commerce and p r e f e r e n c e
w i l l be g i v e n t o s t u d e n t s w i t h t h e
b e s t P r e - C o m m e r c e Year r e c o r d s who
want t o t a k e t h e e n t i r e F i r s t y e a r
Commerce P r o g r a m . A p p l i c a t i o n s t o
t h e Commerce P r o g r a m s h o u l d be
made i m m e d i a t e l y i n l a t e s p r i n g
once t h e P r e - C o m m e r c e Year c o u r s e s
a r e c o m p l e t e and g r a d e s r e c e i v e d .
S t u d e n t s who w a i t u n t i l l a t e
summer may f i n d t h a t a l l s p a c e s
have been f i l l e d .
In t h e F a l l S e m e s t e r s t u d e n t s
a d m i t t e d t o t h e F i r s t Year
Commerce P r o g r a m w i l l t a k e :
Commerce 210
E c o n o m i c s 211
Commerce 220
Commerce 25]
and one u n i v e r s i t y
e l e c t i ve.

UVic

Some c o u r s e s i n t h e UBC t r a n s f e r
p a c k a g e do not t r a n s f e r t o SFU o r
U V i c Students w i s h i n g to t r a n s f e r
t o e i t h e r of these i n s t i t u t i o n s
a r e , t h e r e f o r e , s t r o n g l y urged t o
c o n t a c t the C o u n s e l l i n g D i v i s i o n
before applying for admission to
" F i r s t Year Commerce."

Commerce 210
Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods I

(F)

(3,0,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Pre-Commerce
Mathematics requirements
A p p l i c a t i o n s of b a s i c m a t h e m a t i c s
t o commerce and b u s i n e s s . T o p i c s
include cost/benefit analysis,
d i s c o u n t e d cash f l o w ,
t r a n s p o r t a t i o n problems, l i n e a r
p r o g r a m i n g . The use o f c o m p u t e r s
t o s o l v e t h e s e p r o b l e m s w i l l be
included extensively.
Transferable

Commerce 220
P r i n c i p l e s of
B e h a v i o u r (F)

to

UBC.

Organizational
(3,0,1)

transfer

A F a l l s e m e s t e r Grade P o i n t
A v e r a g e (GPA) o f 2 . 5 w i t h no g r a d e
b e l o w C - MUST be a c h i e v e d t o
continue into the Spring semester,
when t h e f o l l o w i n g c o u r s e s w i l l be
taken:
F o r t h o s e w i t h Math 108/109 (or
110/111) i n t h e i r P r e - C o m m e r c e
Year:
C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e 103
E c o n o m i c s 212
Commerce 253
and two u n i v e r s i t y t r a n s f e r
electi ves.
For

T r a n s f e r t o SFU o r

t h o s e w i t h Math 1 0 5 / 1 0 8 :

C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e 103
E c o n o m i c s 212
Commerce 253
M a t h e m a t i c s 109
and one u n i v e r s i t y t r a n s f e r
elective.

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s t u d y of
o r g a n i z a t i o n s - - w h a t t h e y a r e , how
t h e y f u n c t i o n , how i n d i v i d u a l s
behave w i t h i n t h e m . T o p i c s i n c l u d e
formal s t r u c t u r e s , the r o l e of
groups w i t h i n o r g a n i z a t i o n s ,
m o t i v a t e d work e f f o r t , l e a d e r s h i p ,
change.
Transferable

t o SFU and UBC.

Commerce 251
Fundamentals of
(F)
(3,0,1)

Accounting

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e f u n d a m e n t a l
p r i n c i p l e s behind the p r e p a r a t i o n
o f f i n a n c i a l r e p o r t s and
statements. Topics include general
f i n a n c i a l statement s t r u c t u r e ,
revenue r e c o g n i t i o n , v a l u a t i o n of
receivables, inventory, asssets
and l i a b i l i t i e s .
Transferable

t o UBC and

UVic

Computing Science
Commerce 253
Financial Accounting
Prerequisite:

Instructional
(S)

Commerce 251

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of the study of the
c o n c e p t s of f i n a n c i a l a c c o u n t i n g ,
i n c l u d i n g c o r p o r a t i o n income t a x ,
.income t a x r e p o r t i n g ,
i n t e r - c o r p o r a t e i n v e s t m e n ' t s and
t a x e s , p e n s i o n s , f o r e i g n exchange
and s t a t e m e n t a n a l y s i s .
Transferable

Faculty

(3,0,1)
BENTLEY, A . E . T . , B . S c . ( U B C ) ,
M.A., Ph.D. ( M i s s o u r i ) ,
C o o r d i n a t o r o f M a t h e m a t i c s and
Computing S c i e n c e
BREARLEY, P . M . , B . S c , M . S c .
(SFU), B . C . Teaching C e r t .
HAUSCHILDT, R . , B . S c . ( H o n s . )
( Q u e e n ' s ) , M . S c . (UBC)
VERNER, R . H . , B . S c . ( U B C ) , M . S c .
(EWSC), B . C . T e a c h i n g C e r t . (UBC)

t o UBC and I J V i c .
General

For course d e s c r i p t i o n s of
C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e , E c o n o m i c s and
Mathematics c o u r s e s , see t h e
relevant sections elsewhere i n
this calendar.

For t r a n s f e r s t a t u s of t h e l i s t e d
courses, please refer to the
T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back o f t h e
calendar.

Academic T r a n s f e r

Program

Students p l a n n i n g t o major i n
C o m p u t i n g S c i p n c e must o b t a i n
credit f o r the following courses:
YEAR

Comp 103

Introduction to
Programing i n Pascal
Comp 104 F u n d a m e n t a l s o f
Computing S c i e n c e
Comp 105 Computer P r o g r a m D e s i g n
Math 110 C a l c u l u s I
Math 111 C a l c u l u s II
English
(six credits)
SECOND

YEAR

Comp 222
Comp 223
Math 200
Math 205
Math 230

Data S t r u c t u r e s and
Program O r g a n i z a t i o n
Discrete Structures
Linear Algebra
P r o b a b i l i t y and
S t a t i s t i cs
Calculus III

Some u n d e r s t a n d i n g

32

Physics

110/111 o r P h y s i c s

114/115

In s e l e c t i n g t h e r e m a i n i n g c o u r s e s
t o c o m p l e t e t h e f i r s t two y e a r s o f
a Computing S c i e n c e program, t h e
following guidelines are
suggested:

Information

The Computing S c i e n c e Department
o f f e r s computing courses at t h e
f i r s t and s e c o n d - y e a r
university
l e v e l . A l l courses a r e
t r a n s f e r a b l e t o S F U , UBC and U V i r . .
Combined w i t h o t h e r f u l l y
t r a n s f e r a b l e courses, these allow
students at Capilano College t o
c o m p l e t e t h e f i r s t two y e a r s o f a
program m a j o r i n g i n C o m p u t i n g
S c i e n c e or combining Computing
Science with Mathematics o r
Physics.

FIRST

p r i n c i p l e s governing computing
hardware and i t s d e s i g n i s
r e q u i r e d . For that r e a s o n , i t i s
s t r o n g l y recommended t h a t s t u d e n t s
include the following in their
f i r s t - y e a r program:

of p h y s i c a l

i ) Any p r e r e q u i s i t e s f o r s p e c i f i c
courses of i n t e r e s t at the t h i r d
and f o u r t h y e a r l e v e l s s h o u l d be
satisfied.
i i ) A s t r o n g background i n
Mathematics helps i n t h e
comprehension of a b s t r a c t
computing c o n c e p t s . A d d i t i o n a l
recommended M a t h e m a t i c s c o u r s e s
a r e Math 231 and 2 3 5 .
i i i ) Computer a p p l i c a t i o n s abound
in a l l f i e l d s , e g . B i o l o g y ,
Geography, C h e m i s t r y , E d u c a t i o n ,
Economics. A s t u d e n t ' s area o f
i n t e r e s t can d i c t a t e t h e c h o i c e of
elective courses.
i v ) A wide range of c o u r s e s i n
d i v e r s e areas w i l l b e n e f i t t h e
s t u d e n t , and a s e l e c t i o n o f
n o n - c o m p u t i n g and n o n - s c i e n c e
coursps w i l l enhance i n s i g h t i n t o
t h e s o c i a l and human i m p l i c a t i o n s
of c o m p u t e r i z a t i o n . For those
reasons, i t i s strongly
rpcommended t h a t a t l e a s t two
n o n - s c i e n c e e l e c t i v e s be t a k e n
from s u c h arpas as P h i l o s o p h y ,
S o c i o l o g y , P s y c h o l o g y and
Anthropology.

S c i e n t i f i c Computer
Technology Program

Applications

A t w o - y e a r program l e a d i n g t o a
Diploma o f Technology i n
S c i e n t i f i c Computer A p p l i c a t i o n s
w i l l be o f f e r e d s t a r t i n g i n F a l l
19R4, s u b j e c t t o f i n a l a p p r o v a l
and f u n d i n g f r o m t h e M i n i s t r y o f
Education.
For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n r e g a r d i n g
t h e s t a t u s and n a t u r e o f t h e
program, c o n s u l t the Mathematics
Department.

Course D e s c r i p t i o n s
Note: A l l courses are
to SFU, UBC and U V i c .

transferable

COMP 100
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Programing i n
BASIC ( F . S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any f i r s t - y e a r
Mathematics course (may be taken
concurrently)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n to computers and
computer programing f o r
non-science s t u d e n t s . Students
intending to take f u r t h e r
computing courses should consider
Comp 103 instead of Comp 100.
Topics covered include p r i n c i p l e s
of p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g and algorithm
d e s i g n ; computers and t h e i r 0 / S ;
a p p l i c a t i o n s to problems i n
s t a t i s t i c s , data p r o c e s s i n g ,
accounting, social sciences,
entertainment; language of
i n s t r u c t i o n i s Extended BASIC.

at l e a s t a " C - " grade or
permission of i n s t r u c t o r

COMP 224
Numerical

Computer o r g a n i z a t i o n and
a r c h i t e c t u r e ; machine language,
representation of d a t a ; addressing
schemes; symbolic c o d i n g , assembly
language, macros, i n s t r u c t i o n
s e t s ; problem d e f i n i t i o n ,
implementation of s o l u t i o n s on
simple and more advanced computing
machines. See note 1 under Comp
100.

P r e r e q u i s i t e : COMP 105, Math 200,
and Math 230. C o r e q u i s i t e : Math
235

COMP 105
Computer Program Design (S)
(3,0,1)
Prerequisite:
110

COMP 103 and Math

Design and implementation of
computer programs r e q u i r i n g morp
sophisticated techniques; project
p l a n n i n g , modular d e s i g n ; program
v a l i d a t i o n , debugging t e c h n i q u e s .
See Note 1 under Comp 100.

Note 1: Any students who has
attempted t h i s course w i t h i n the
l a s t year w i l l not be allowed to
r e g i s t e r without the i n s t r u c t o r ' s
permission.

Students w i l l receive c r e d i t f o r
only one of Comp 105, Comp 221 or
Math 221.

Note 2: Students w i l l receive
c r e d i t f o r only ONE of Comp 100,
Comp 103 or Math 103.

COMP 222
Data S t r u c t u r e s and Program
Organization (F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
Prerequisite:

COMP 103
Introduction to Programing i n
Pascal ( F . S ) ( 4 , 0 , 1 . 3 3 )
P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - "
grade in Algebra 12, Math 012 or
Math 105.
An i n t r o d u c t i o n to the p r i n c i p l e s
of problem s o l v i n g , algorithm
design and computer programing;
i n t r o d u c t i o n to the computer and
i t s 0 / S ; a p p l i c a t i o n s to problems
in s c i e n c e , s t a t i s t i c s , data
p r o c e s s i n g and a c c o u n t i n g ;
language of i n s t r u c t i o n i s P a s c a l .
See Notes 1 and 2 under Comp 100.

COMP 104
Fundamentals of Computing Science
(S) (3,0,1)
Prerequisite:

COMP 100 or 103 w i t h

COMP 104 and 105

Simple data t y p e s , p o i n t e r s ; data
structures, sets, arrays, records,
f i l e s , strings; l i s t s , stacks,
queues, graphs, t r e e s ; program
o r g a n i z a t i o n , modular d e s i g n ,
procedures, arguments, parameters;
applicati ons.

COMP 223
Discrete Structures
Prerequisite:
111

(F)

(3,0,1)

COMP 104 and Math

Introduction to s e t s , l o g i c ,
i n d u c t i o n , Boolean a l g e b r a ,
combinations, graphs, trees as
applied in computing; t r u t h
t a b l e s , d i g i t a l networks,
permutations and combinations,
f u n c t i o n s and r e l a t i o n s ,
algorithms and a p p l i c a t i o n s .

Computation

(S)

(3,0,1)

Numerical techniques f o r basic
mathematical processes: s o l u t i o n s
of systems of l i n e a r e q u a t i o n s ,
i n t e g r a t i o n , s o l u t i o n of
d i f f e r e n t i a l equations, function
approximation. Monte C a r l o
methods; a n a l y s i s of round-off
errors.

Economics
Instructional

Faculty

AMON, N . , B . A . ( K e n t ) , M . A . (SFU)
MIRZA, M . A . , B . S c . ( U .
London),
P h . D . (SFU)
MOAK, K . W . , B . A . ( U . V i c . ) , M . P . A .
(U.Vic.)
SAYRE, J . E . , B . S . , B . A . ( D e n v e r ) ,
M.A. (Boston)
TRACEY, P . , B . A . ( L o y o l a ) , M.A.
(Queen's)

General

Information

Economics i s a s o c i a l s c i e n c e
c o n c e r n e d w i t h t h e a l l o c a t i o n of
s c a r c e r e s o u r c e s and i n v o l v i n g t h e
p r o d u c t i o n , d i s t r i b u t i o n and
consumption of w e a l t h . Economics
100 and 101 a r e
introductory
c o u r s e s w h i c h r a i s e and e x p l o r e
the kinds of q u e s t i o n s economists
d e a l w i t h . They a l s o s e r v e as an
i n t r o d u c t i o n to the study of
f o r m a l economic t h e o r y i n t h e 200
level courses.
S t u d e n t s who p l a n t o major i n
E c o n o m i c s or Commerce s h o u l d
c o m p l e t e E c o n o m i c s 200 and 201
before proceeding to t h i r d - y e a r
c o u r s e s at UBC, SFU o r e l s e w h e r e .
S t u d e n t s who p l a n t o m a j o r i n
E c o n o m i c s at SFU a r e a l s o a d v i s e d
t o c o m p l e t e E c o n o m i c s 120 and 1 2 1 .
S t u d e n t s who p l a n on e n t e r i n g t h e
Commerce Program s h o u l d t a k e
Economics 200/201 i n t h e i r f i r s t
year.
University

Transfer

Credit

Unless otherwise i n d i c a t e d a f t e r
the course d e s c r i p t i o n , a l l
Economics c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r t o SFU,
UBC and U . V i c . For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t
t h e T r a n s f e r Guide i n t h e back o f
the c a l e n d a r .

E c o n o m i c s 100
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Economics
(3,0,1)

(S)

A course that i n v o l v e s t r a c i n g the
d e v e l o p m e n t of c o n f l i c t i n g v i e w s
of the nature of the c a p i t a l i s t
e c o n o m i c s y s t e m . The c o u r s e w i l l
f o c u s on t h e h i s t o r i c a l
development of c a p i t a l i s t s o c i e t y
and on t h e d i v e r g e n t
i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s of the o p e r a t i o n
o f c a p i t a l i s m as found i n t h e

34

w r i t i n g s o f s u c h e c o n o m i s t s as
Adam S m i t h , D a v i d R i c a r d o , K a r l
M a r x , J . M . Keynes and M i l t o n
F r i e d m a n . Contemporary
government
e c o n o m i c p o l i c i e s and s u c h b a s i c
c o n c e p t s as s u p p l y and demand' a r e
dealt w i t h .

E c o n o m i c s 101
C a n a d i a n E c o n o m i c s - Macro and
M i c r o C o n s i d e r a t i o n s (F)
(3,0,1)
An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e c o n t e m p o r a r y
s t r u c t u r e of t h e C a n a d i a n economy
o f i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e and
t a r i f f s , the e f f e c t s of f o r e i g n
i n v e s t m e n t and o w n e r s h i p ; t h e
problems of r e g i o n a l d i s p a r i t i e s
and p o v e r t y ; t h e i n t e r p l a y o f
b u s i n e s s , government and u n i o n s
and f e d e r a l - p r o v i n c i a l
relations
and t a x a t i o n p o l i c i e s a r e
c o n s i d e r e d . For us i s on t h e hard
pconomic c h o i c e s t h e p e o p l e o f
Canada now f a c e .

E c o n o m i c s 120
Economic H i s t o r y of t h e
P r e - I n d u s t r i a l Era (F)
(3,0,1)
A b r o a d sweep o f pconomic h i s t o r y
from man's e a r l i e s t b e g i n n i n g s t o
t h e I n d u s t r i a l R e v o l u t i o n . The
e c o n o m i c s o f p r e h i s t o r i c man, t h e
R i v e r C i v i l i z a t i o n s , G r e e c e , Rome
and Europe i n t h e M i d d l e Ages a r e
s t u d i e d , w h i l e pmphasis i s p l a c e d
on t h e t r a n s i t i o n f r o m E u r o p e a n
F e u d a l i s m t o e a r l y forms of
capitalism.

E c o n o m i c s 121
Economic H i s t o r y
Era (S)
(3,0,1)

of the

Industrial

A study of the
Industrial
R e v o l u t i o n and s u b s e q u e n t e c o n o m i c
growth to the present i n c o n t e x t
of s e v e r a l c o u n t r i e s i n c l u d i n g
C a n a d a . C o n t r a s t i s made between
t h e p a t h s of d e v e l o p m e n t o f
t o d a y ' s i n d u s t r i a l n a t i o n s and
t h o s e n a t i o n s t h a t a r e now
attempting to i n d u s t r i a l i z e .

E c o n o m i c s 200
P r i n c i p l e s of Macroeconomic
(F,S)
(3,0,1)
Prerequisite:

At

least

Theory

one 100

l e v e l Economics c o u r s e
recommended.

is

strongly

The f o r m a l K e y n e s i a n t h e o r y o f
n a t i o n a l income d e t e r m i n a t i o n and
some c o n t e m p o r a r y c r i t i q u e s of
t h i s theory are c o n s i d e r e d .
Included i s the study of the
p o s s i b l e c a u s e s o f and s o l u t i o n s
t o unemployment and i n f l a t i o n and
the importance of i n t e r n a t i o n a l
t r a d e . Government f i s c a l and
monetary p o l i c i e s are examined i n
detai1.

E c o n o m i c s 201
P r i n c i p l e s of Microeconomic
(F,S)
(3,0,1)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t
l e v e l Economics c o u r s e
recommended.

Thoery

one 100
is strongly

A study of the t h e o r e t i c a l
c o n s t r u c t s o f consumer b e h a v i o u r
and t h e o p e r a t i o n o f b u s i n e s s
f i r m s i n t h e m a r k e t economy u n d e r
c o n d i t i o n s of p p r f e c t c o m p e t i t i o n ,
o l i g o p o l y , monopoly and
monopolistic competition.
Included
i s t h e a n a l y s i s of t h e f i r m ' s
e q u i l i b r i u m p o s i t i o n and t h e
d e t e r m i n a n t s of income
distri bution.

E c o n o m i c s 211
Intermediate Microeconomic
A n a l y s i s (F)
(3,0,1)
Prerequisite:
108 o r 1 1 0 .

Economics

2 0 1 , Math

Consumer b e h a v i o u r ,
production,
exchange, e q u i l i b r i u m of the f i r m
under d i f f e r e n t market s t r u c t u r e s ,
f a c t o r m a r k e t s , economic w e l f a r e .
Transferable

to

UBC.

E c o n o m i c s 212
I n t e r m e d i a t e Macroeconomic
A n a l y s i s (S)
(3,0,1)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Economics 2 0 0 .
C o r e q u i s i t e : Math 1 0 9 .
Income and employment t h e o r y ,
m o n e t a r y t h e o r y , t h e open e c o n o m y ,
e c o n o m i c f l u c t u a t i o n s and g r o w t h .
Transferable

to

UBC.

English
Instructional

Faculty

BELLMAINE, N „ A . A . ( C o l o r a d o ) ,
B.A. ( S t a n f o r d ) , M.A. ( C a l i f .
State)
BROWNELL, F . , B . A . ( W a s h . S t .
Louis), M.A., P h . D . (Boston)
CLIFFORD, . ) . , R . A . , M . A . (UBC)
CONNELL, P . L . , B . A . , M . A . (UBC)
COUPE, R . , B . A . ( T a s m a n i a ) , P h . D .
(UBC)
COUPEY, P . L . , B . A . ( M c G i l l ) , M . A .
(UBC)
FAHLMAN R E I D , M . L . , B . A . ( U B C ) ,
M.A. (Toronto)
FORST, G . N . , B . A . , P h . D . (UBC)
GILBERT, S . R . , B . A . ( U . V i c . ) , M . A .
(UBC)
HINDMARCH, G . , B . A . , M . A . (UBC)
HOWARD, I., B . A . , M . A . (UBC)
JANTZEN, D . H . , B . A . ( U B C ) , M . A .
(York)
MCKEOWN, T . , B . A . , M . A . , P h . D .
(UBC)
SCHERMBRUCKER, W . G . , B . A .
(Capetown), P . G r a d . C e r t , i n E d .
( L o n d o n ) , M . A . , P h . D . (UBC)
SHERRIN, R . G . , B . F . A . , M . F . A .
(UBC)
THESEN, S . , B . A . , M . A . ( S F U )
WHITTAKER, E . M . , B . A . (UBC)

General

Information

Students i n t e n d i n g to t r a n s f e r t o
u n i v e r s i t y should complete E n g l i s h
200 and 2 0 1 , and a r e e n c o u r a g e d t o
take other second-year English
c o u r s e s . E n g l i s h 200 and 201 a r e
sometimes r e q u i r e d f o r c e r t a i n
A r t s and E d u c a t i o n p r o g r a m s .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d seek u n i v e r s i t y
c a l e n d a r s and h e l p f r o m A d v i s o r s
in determining requirements.
Note: For f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h
t r a n s f e r c r e d i t a t UBC, s t u d e n t s
must t a k e any two o f 100 OR 1 0 2 ,
104, 1 0 5 , 106, 108.

D i v i s i o n must s u b m i t t h e r e s u l t s
o f t h e B . C . Government E n g l i s h
Placement Test w i t h t h e i r
r e g i s t r a t i o n forms.
S c h e d u l e s of E n g l i s h D i a g n o s t i c
T e s t s f o r t h o s e who have not t a k e n
the E n g l i s h Placement T e s t , w i l l
be p o s t e d i n t h e r e c e p t i o n a r e a ,
S t u d p n t I n f o C e n t r e and t h e
Humanities D i v i s i o n . Please r e f e r
t o Academic S t u d i e s General
I n f o r m a t i o n f o r more s p e c i f i c
detai1s.

E n g l i s h a s a Second

See l i s t i n g i n t h e Programs and
C o u r s e s f o r S p e c i a l Needs s e c t i o n
of t h e C a l e n d a r .

Writing

S t u d e n t s may r e c e i v e e x t r a h e l p
w i t h c o m p o s i t i o n : h e l p i n grammar,
o r g a n i z a t i o n , t h e s i s development
and d o c u m e n t a t i o n may bp h a d , i n
the w r i t i n g workshop d u r i n g t h e
spmpst.pr by s i g n i n g a l i s t p o s t e d
in the Humanities D i v i s i o n .
S t u d e n t s s i g n up f o r i n d i v i d u a l
half-hour appointments.

E n g l i s h 010
Language S k i l l s

Transfer

( F , S ) (3,0,1)

Note: C r e d i t s e c t i o n s of t h i s
coursp are t r a n s f e r a b l e to SFU.
An i n t e n s i v e c o u r s e i n b a s i c
language s k i l l s to enable t h e
student t o proceed w i t h o u t
d i f f i c u l t y t h r o u g h an a c a d e m i c
c o l l e g e program. Curriculum w i l l
e v o l v e f r o m t h e a s s e s s p d needs o f
the s t u d e n t s .
to SFU.

Credit

Unless otherwise i n d i c a t e d a f t e r
the course d e s c r i p t i o n , a l l
E n g l i s h courses t r a n s f e r to SFU,
UBC and U . V i c . F o r d e t a i l s c o n s u l t
t h e T r a n s f e r G u i d e i n t h e back o f
the c a l e n d a r .
E n g l i s h Placement Test
Those s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o e n r o l l
i n E n g l i s h c o u r s e s i n t h e Academic

Transfprable

t o SFU and UBC.

E n g l i s h 102
Composition (S)

(3,0,1)

A composition course designed f o r
t h o s e who w i s h a more i n t e n s i v e
and c o m p r e h p n s i v e a p p r o a c h t o
E n g l i s h Composition than o f f e r e d
by t h e u s u a l f i r s t - y e a r
composition course ( E n g l i s h 1 0 0 ) .
N o t e : E n g l i s h 100 and E n g l i s h 102
DO NOT t r a n s f e r t o g e t h e r as f i r s t
year E n g l i s h .

Workshop

Transferablp
University

Language

p r o g r e s s i v e l y i n c r e a s i n g emphasis
on e f f e c t i v e o r g a n i z a t i o n and
development of m a t e r i a l . Problems
i n mechanics of w r i t i n g are d e a l t
w i t h i n d i v i d u a l l y , i n group
d i s c u s s i o n and by r e v i s i o n o f
essays.

E n g l i s h 100
C o m p o s i t i o n ( F , S ) (3,0,1)
A course i n the fundamentals of
good w r i t i n g , g i v i n g s t u d e n t s
intensive practice in writing for
a v a r i e t y of p u r p o s e s , w i t h
e m p h a s i s on t h e e s s a y f o r m .
Throughout t h e term a t t e n t i o n i s
g i v e n t o p r e c i s e , a p p r o p r i a t e and
e f f e c t i v e s e l e c t i o n of words, with

E n g l i s h 104
F i c t i o n ( F . S ) (3,0,1)
A study of s e l e c t e d 20th century
s h o r t s t o r i e s and n o v e l s , e a c h o f
i n t r i n s i c l i t e r a r y m e r i t . The
c h i e f a i m o f t h e c o u r s e , beyond
b r o a d e n i n g and d e e p e n i n g t h e
s t u d e n t ' s u n d e r s t a n d i n g and
appreciation of l i t e r a t u r e , i s to
encourage o r i g i n a l responses t o
l i t e r a r y e x p r e s s i o n and t o
increase the student's a b i l i t y to
express those responses in
w e l 1 - d e v e l o p e d o r a l and w r i t t e n
criticism.

E n g l i s h 105
Poetry ( F , S ) (3,0,1)
A s t u d y o f s e l e c t e d m a j o r and
s i g n i f i c a n t minor 20th century
p o e t s whose p o e t r y i s o f i n t r i n s i c
l i t e r a r y m e r i t . The c h i e f a i m o f
t h e c o u r s e , heyond b r o a d e n i n g and
deeppning the s t u d e n t ' s
u n d e r s t a n d i n g and a p p r e c i a t i o n o f
l i t e r a t u r e , i s t o encourage
o r i g i n a l responses to l i t e r a r y
e x p r p s s i o n , and t o i n c r e a s e t h e
s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y to express thosp
responses i n w e l l - d e v e l o p e d o r a l
and w r i t t e n c r i t i c i s m .

E n g l i s h 106
Drama ( F , S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
A s t u d y o f s e l e c t e d and
r e p r e s e n t a t i v e plays p r i m a r i l y of
t h e 2 0 t h c e n t u r y . The c h i e f a i m o f
t h e c o u r s e , beyond b r o a d e n i n g and
deepening the s t u d e n t ' s
u n d e r s t a n d i n g and a p p r e c i a t i o n o f
l i t e r a t u r e , i s to encourage «
o r i g i n a l responses to l i t e r a r y
e x p r e s s i o n and t o i n c r e a s e t h e
s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y to express those
responses in wel1-developed
criticism.

E n g l i s h 108
Ideas i n Contemporary
( F . S ) (3,0,1)

Literature

A study of 20th century works,
each o f i n t r i n s i c l i t e r a r y m e r i t ,
a r r a n a g e d under a s u b j e c t h e a d i n g
of s i g n i f i c a n c e i n t h e
c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d . The s u b j e c t t o
be d i s c u s s e d i n e a c h s e c t i o n w i l l
be.announced at the time of
r e g i s t r a t i o n . Works w i l l be drawn
f r o m v a r i o u s g e n r e s and w i l l be
s t u d i e d as a r t i s t i c a l l y formed
e x p r e s s i o n s o f f e e l i n g s and i d e a s ,
b o t h s e p a r a t e l y and i n r e l a t i o n t n
one a n o t h e r .

Creative

Writing

S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e a
c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g course should
a r r a n g e a b r i e f i n t e r v i e w w i t h any
c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g i n s t r u c t o r and
b r i n g a l o n g a sample of t h e i r
w o r k . S t u d e n t s w i l l be c o u n s e l l e d
regarding the nature of the
c o u r s e , and w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o
o b t a i n an i n s t r u c t o r ' s s i g n a t u r e
in order to enter the course. C a l l
9 8 6 - 1 9 1 1 , l o c a l 502 on Tuesday o r
Thursday 11:00 - 1 6 : 0 0 to arrange
an a p p o i n t m e n t .

E n g l i s h 190
Creative Writing

( F . S ) (3,0,1)

An i n t e n s i v e w o r k s h o p c o u r s e
designed to help students develop
e x p r e s s i v e s k i l l and c r a f t s m a n s h i p
i n p o e t r y , f i c t i o n , and d r a m a .
Students are required t o w r i t e
e x t e n s i v e l y i n t h e i r chosen genre
and t o d e v e l o p an a w a r e n e s s
through w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e of at

36

l e a s t one o f t h e o t h e r g e n r e s .
Students are also required to
submit t h e i r w r i t i n g r e g u l a r l y f o r
g r o u p d i s c u s s i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l be
e n c o u r a g e d t o d e v e l o p t h e i r work
to the point at which i t should
become a c c e p t a b l e f o r p u b l i c a t i o n
i n THE CAPILANO REVIEW and o t h e r
l i t e r a r y magazines.

English

191

Creative

Writing

(S)

(3,0,1)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of E n g l i s h 1 9 0 .
E n g l i s h 200
E n g l i s h L i t e r a t u r e t o 1660 ( F , S )
(3,0,1)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s b u t
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.

e a r l y l i t e r a t u r e and w h i c h a r e
r e f l e c t e d i n contemporary Canadian
. l i t e r a t u r e . Examples of
s i g n i f i c a n t F r e n c h - C a n a d i a n works
w i l l be s t u d i e d i n t r a n s l a t i o n .

E n g l i s h 203
Canadian L i t e r a t u r e

(S)

(3,0,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s but
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.
The c o n t i n u a t i o n o f E n g l i s h 2 0 2 ,
b e c o m i n g more i n t e n s i v e i n t h e
i n v e s t i g a t i o n of i n d i v i d u a l major,
modern a u t h o r s o f p o e t r y , n o v e l s
and p l a y s i n Canada s i n c e W o r l d
War I I . T h i s c o u r s e w i l l s t u d y t h e
emergence o f s i g n i f i c a n t
c o n t e m p o r a r y themes and t h e
Canadian response t o them.

A study of t e x t s i n a l l major
genres from s e l e c t e d major a u t h o r s
t o 1660. T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e
the student w i t h a broad
h i s t o r i c a l and c r i t i c a l f r a m e o f
r e f e r e n c e as w e l l as some i n - d e p t h
study of i n d i v i d u a l works.

E n g l i s h 204
M a j o r A m e r i c a n W r i t e r s t o 1850
(F) (3,0,1)

E n g l i s h 201
English Literature
( F , S ) (3,0,1)

A course designed to f a m i l i a r i z e
the student w i t h the w r i t i n g s o f
s e l e c t e d major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e
A m e r i c a n w r i t e r s and t o p r o v i d e
the student w i t h a broad
h i s t o r i c a l and c r i t i c a l f r a m e o f
r e f e r e n c e . Texts a r e considered
b o t h f o r t h e i r own l i t e r a r y m e r i t s
and i n h i s t o r i c a l c o n t e x t .

S i n c e 1660

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s b u t
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s b u t
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.

A course s i m i l a r to English 200,
but c o v e r i n g t h e l a t e r p e r i o d

i ndi c a t P d .
E n g l i s h 202
Canadian L i t e r a t u r e

E n g l i s h 205
Major American W r i t e r s
(S) (3,0,1)
(F)

(3,0,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s b u t
NOT 100 a n d 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.
A course designed to f a m i l i a r i z e
t h e student w i t h major
r e p r e s e n t a t i v e a u t h o r s from t h e
c o l o n i a l b e g i n n i n g s o f Canada t o
W o r l d War I I . T h i s c o u r s e w i l l
i n v e s t i g a t e v a r i o u s themps and
s t y l e s which evolved through the

s i n c e 1850

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s b u t
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.
A course designed to f a m i l i a r i z e
the student w i t h s e l e c t e d major
A m e r i c a n w r i t i n g f r o m 1850 t o
1 9 3 0 . The c o u r s e c o n s i d e r s t h e
t e x t s f o r t h e i r own l i t e r a r y
m e r i t s and i n a b r o a d h i s t o r i c a l
and c r i t i c a l c o n t e x t .

E n g l i s h 206
S e c o n d Year Drama ( F , S )

(3,0,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s but
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.
This course continues from E n g l i s h
106 i n i n v e s t i g a t i n g v a r i o u s f o r m s
of d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e chosen
l a r g e l y from a p r e - 2 0 t h c e n t u r y
reading l i s t . Students w i l l
e x p l o r e s p e c i f i c elements of s t y l e
and f o r m , v a r i o u s p e r i o d s o f drama
h i s t o r y , and v a r i o u s g e n r e s o f
drama.

E n g l i s h 212
Readings i n World L i t e r a t u r e
1780 ( F ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

to

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n of
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s b u t
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.
A course to acquaint students with
a v a r i e t y of m a j o r o r i n f l u e n t i a l
works of l i t e r a t u r e from the
c l a s s i c a l Greek e r a t o t h e end o f
t h e 1 8 t h c e n t u r y , and t o p r o v i d e
the student w i t h a broad
h i s t o r i c a l and c r i t i c a l f r a m e o f
r e f e r e n c e . Texts are c o n s i d e r e d
b o t h f o r t h e i r own l i t e r a r y m e r i t s
and i n h i s t o r i c a l c o n t e x t .

E n g l i s h 213
Readings i n World L i t e r a t u r e
1780 ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

Since

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n of
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s b u t
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.
A course s i m i l a r to E n g l i s h 212,
but c o v e r i n g t h e p e r i o d f r o m 1780
t o 1 9 2 0 , w i t h e m p h a s i s on t h e 1 9 t h
century.

E n g l i s h 215
P o e t r y and P o e t i c s , P r i o r t o
20th Century (F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s an
i n v e s t i g a t i o n of p o e t r y b e f o r e t h e
2 0 t h c e n t u r y . S t u d e n t s w i l l have
an o p p o r t u n i t y t o r e a d l o n g w o r k s
a n d / o r t o c o n c e n t r a t e on t h r e p o r
f o u r major p o e t s .

E n g l i s h 216
P o e t r y and P o e t i c s o f t h e
Century (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

20th

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n o f
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s but
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.
This course o f f e r s a study of
t h p o r i e s of w r i t i n g , t h e o r i e s of
t h o u g h t and u n d p r s t a n d i n g o f
t r a d i t i o n as t h e y r e l a t e t o 2 0 t h
c e n t u r y p o p t r y and p o e t i c s . Not a
survey, t h i s course presents the
o p p o r t u n i t y f o r i n t e n s i v p study of
s e v e r a l s i g n i f i c a n t poets and/or
the development of a p a r t i c u l a r
form.

E n g l i s h 290
Creative Writing
(3,0,1)

-

Poetry

(F o r

permission.
T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s an i n t p n s i v e
workshop i n the w r i t i n g o f
f i c t i o n . It w i l l c o n c e n t r a t e on
f u r t h e r i n g the s t u d p n t ' s knowledge
of the s t a t e of c u r r e n t f i c t i o n
while g i v i n g the student the
o p p o r t u n i t y t o d p v e l o p an
a w a r e n e s s o f v o i c e , word c h o i c e
and r h y t h m , d i a l o g u e , c h a r a c t e r ,
and p o i n t s - o f - v i e w .
S t u d e n t s w i l l be e x p e c t p d t o read
a v a r i e t y of works of contemporary
f i c t i o n and t o d i s c u s s v a r i o u s
t e c h n i q u e s . In t h e i r w r i t i n g , t h e y
w i l l have t h p o p p o r t u n i t y o f
t r y i n g out these t e c h n i q u e s i n
b o t h s h o r t and e x t e n d e d forms o f
fiction.

S)

P r e r p q u i s i t e : E n g l i s h 190 o r 1 9 1 ,
or i n s t r u c t o r ' s w r i t t e n
permission.
T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s an i n t e n s i v e
workshop i n t h e w r i t i n g of p o e t r y .
I t w i l l c o n c e n t r a t e on f u r t h e r i n g
t h e s t u d e n t ' s knowledge of c u r r p n t
p o e t r y f o r m s w h i l e a t t h e same
t i m e i n c r e a s i n g awareness of o n e ' s
own v o i c e , o n e ' s i n d i v i d u a l ground
f o r w r i t i n g , and t h e d e v e l o p m e n t
o f o n e ' s own p o e t i c .
S t u d e n t s w i l l be e x p e c t e d t o r e a d
a v a r i e t y of contemporary work,
b o t h poems and s t a t e m e n t s p o e t s
have made about t h p i r own p o e t i c s .
S t u d e n t s w i l l have t h e o p p o r t u n i t y
t o t r y a v a r i e t y of f o r m s , f o r
i n s t a n c e , the short l y r i c , the
s e r i a l poem, n a r r a t i v e v p r s e ,
prose p o e t r y .

the

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Any c o m b i n a t i o n of
two f i r s t - y e a r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s b u t
NOT 100 and 102 t o g e t h e r ; o r
instructor's written permission.

E n g l i s h 291
Creative Writing (F o r S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

Fiction

P r e r e q u i s i t e : E n g l i s h 190 o r 1 9 1 ,
or i n s t r u c t o r ' s w r i t t e n
Capilano Courior

photo

37

Fine Arts
Instructional

Fine Arts 101
The H i s t o r y of Art

Faculty

JUNGIC, J . , B . A . , M.A. (UBC)
ROSENBERG, A . , B . A . , M.A. (U of
Toronto)

General

Information

A l l Fine Arts courses have d i r e c t
or i n d i r e c t t r a n s f e r c r e d i t at
SFU, UBC and the U n i v e r s i t y of
V i c t o r i a . (Pleasp check the
Transfer Guide in the back of the
calendar for further
information.)
Academic students may also take
s t u d i o art courses for c r e d i t 1n
the Career Arts Program. Please
c o n s u l t the appropriate s e c t i o n in
the calendar f o r d e t a i l s
concerning thesp c r e d i t o f f e r i n g s .

Prerequisite:

Prerequisite:

I

(F)

(3,0,1)

None

A survey of the art of Egypt,
Greece, Rome, Byzantium and the
Middle Ages 1n Europe which
studies the changing s t y l e s 1n
p a i n t i n g , s c u l p t u r e and
a r c h i t e c t u r e and shows how s t y l e s
1n art are s t r o n g l y Influenced by
h i s t o r i c a l events and changing
concepts 1n r e l i g i o n , p o l i t i c s and
philosophy.

(S)

(3,0,1)

None

A survey of p a i n t i n g , s c u l p t u r e
and a r c h i t e c t u r e from the
Renaissance to the p r e s e n t ,
focusing on the work of important
a r t i s t s such as Leonardo,
M i c h e l a n g e l o , Rembrandt, Goya, Van
Gogh and P i c a s s o . Although
students are encouraged to take
Fine Arts 100 f i r s t , 1s i t
p o s s i b l e to e n r o l l in the second
semester o f f e r i n g .

Fine A r t s 104
Introduction to V i s u a l L i t e r a c y
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
Prerequisite:

Fine Arts 100
The H i s t o r y of Art

II

I

None

This course examines some of the
general or p a r t i c u l a r themes
apparent in Western
A r t : C l a s s i c i s m , Medievalism;
h i s t o r i c a l works, p o r t r a i t s ,
landscapes, the human f i g u r e . A
c o n f r o n t a t i o n with a wide range of
Images and ideas w i l l encourage
the student to become v i s u a l l y
l i t e r a t e and confident In the
I n t e r p r e t a t i o n of a l l aspects of
v i s u a l work.

Fine Arts 211
Modern Art (20th Century)
(3,0,1)
Prerequisite:

Prerequisite:

II

None

In t h i s course there w i l l be an
emphasis on local a r c h i t e c t u r e ,
recent B . C . a r t , c e r t a i n aspects
of North American p a i n t i n g trends
and, when the course i s team
taught with thp a s s i s t a n c e of an
I n s t r u c t o r from Media Resources,
there w i l l be an Introduction to
the a e s t h e t i c s of Film and Video.
As in Fine Arts 104, the emphasis
w i l l be on developing v i s u a l
literacy.

Fine Arts 210
Modern Art (19th
(3.0.1)
Prerequisite:

Century)

None

(F)

(S)

None

This course begins with Picasso
and Cubism and studies the impact
of r e v o l u t i o n a r y movements of a r t
such as Futurism, Dada,
C o n s t r u c t i v i s m and S u r r e a l i s m .
America's c o n t r i b u t i o n to modern
a r t : Abstract E x p r e s s i o n i s m , Pop,
Minimalism, C o n c e p t u a l , Process
and Earth Art 1s studied as well
as new d i r e c t i o n s 1n the art of
the 8 0 ' s .

Fine Arts 250/251
Renaissance and Mannerist A r t :
Directed Study Abroad 1n F l o r e n c e
(SU) ( 6 , 0 , 1 )
Prerequisite:
Offered

Fine Arts 105
Introduction to Visual L i t e r a c y
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

38

A study of the beginnings of
modern art 1n the work of David,
D e l a c r o i x , Turner, Goya, Monet,
VanGogh, Gauguin and Cezanne and
movements such as N e o - c l a s s i c i s m ,
Romanticism, Realism,
Impressionism and
P o s t - i m p r e s s i o n i sm.

None

In May-June

1985.

A study of I t a l i a n Renaissance and
Mannerist p a i n t i n g , s c u l p t u r e and
a r c h i t e c t u r e . Students w i l l l i v e
and study in Florence with day
t r i p s to S i e n a , A r e z z o , Urblno and
a two-day v i s i t to the Vatican in
Rome. The course begins with the
art of the Early Renaissance 1n
F l o r e n c e , then focuses on the
formation of the High Renaissance
s t y l e by Leonardo and Michelangplo
and t r a c e s i t s development in the
art of Raphael and Michelangplo in
Rome. The d i s s o l u t i o n of the
C l a s s i c a l s t y l e seen in the works
of the F l o r e n t i n e Mannerists
concludes t h i s five-week s t u d y .
Preparatory l e c t u r e s at the
C o l l e g e complete the six-week
credit u n i t .
Interested persons may contact
Humanities D i v i s i o n .

the

French
Instructional

Faculty

CANTIN ORR-EWING, L . , B . A .
( M o n t r e a l ) , M.A. (SFU)
KEMPO, 0 . , B . A . ( A l t a . ) , M . A . ,
P h . D . (UBC)
REID, F . , M.A. (Edinburgh)
Instructional Associates
BOUTON, Denys
GACINA, J e a n e t t e

t o UBC and U V i c .

Beginners' French (S)
Prerequisite:

Summary of Programs
COURSES
French

Beginners French
(0 - Grade 11)

Transferable

French 101

Language L a b S u p e r v i s o r
NOEL, J o y c e

LEVEL

who do n o t have Grade 11 F r e n c h o r
t h e e q u i v a l e n t . An i n t e n s i v e
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o the French
language through p h o n e t i c s ,
p r o n u n c i a t i o n d r i l l s and grammar.

100/101

(3,1.75,1)

F r e n c h 100

This c o u r s e , together w i t h French
100, c o v e r s h i g h s c h o o l F r e n c h
G r a d e s R, 9 , 10 and 11 and
prepares the student f o r entry
i n t o D i a l o g u e Canada F r e n c h 130 o r
F r e n c h 1 2 0 . (See under D i a l o g u e
Canada c o u r s e s and F r p n c h c o u r s e s
below.)

Dialogue
Canada

French

Transferable

Univ.
Preparatory
French
Grade ( 1 2 )

French
130/131

French
120/121

D i a l o g u e Canada F r e n c h Programs

1st y e a r
°Univ. French

French
190/191

French
170/171

2nd y e a r
Univ. French

French
290/291

French
270/271

S t u d e n t s may o p t t o t a k e a p a i r o f
c o u r s e s i n one p r o g r a m , t h e n
change t o a n o t h e r p a i r o f c o u r s e s
in a d i f f e r e n t program. Students
are a l s o encouraged t o take
c o u r s e s i n any two p r o g r a m s a t t h e
same t i m e . I t w o u l d he a d v i s a b l e
t o c o n s u l t a member o f t h e F r e n c h
Department b e f o r e r e g i s t e r i n g .

University

Transfer

Credit

Unless otherwise i n d i c a t e d a f t e r
the course d e s c r i p t i o n , a l l French
courses are t r a n s f e r a b l e to SFU,
UBC and U . V i c . F o r d e t a i l s c o n s u l t
t h e T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back o f
the c a l e n d a r .

D i a l o g u e Canada c o u r s e s have a
one-day-ppr-week immersion
approach: a thrpp-hour class
f o l l o w e d by 1 1/4 h o u r s o f
p r a c t i c e i n thp language
l a b o r a t o r y . The e m p h a s i s i n t h e
D i a l o g u e Canada c o u r s p s i s on
C a n a d i a n c o n t e n t and t h e
a u d i o - v i s u a l mpthod i s u s e d .
Students are required t o supply
two new t a p p s o n t o w h i c h a l e s s o n
i s r e c o r d e d f o r p r a c t i c e a t home
d u r i n g t h e wepk.

F r e n c h 130
U n i v e r s i t y Preparatory French
(F,S) (3,3*,1)
Prprequisite:
100/101

Beginners' French (F)
Prerequisite:

(3,1.75,1)

None

For a b s o l u t e beginners

I

Grade 11 o r F r e n c h

T h i s i s a c o u r s e d e s i g n e d by
Canadian l i n g u i s t s w i t h i n a
C a n a d i a n c o n t e x t . The method
e m p h a s i z e s t h e spoken l a n g u a g e .
May be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h
French 120.
* 2 . 5 hours

French 100

t o UBC and U V i c .

f o r evening

sections.

F r e n c h 131
U n i v e r s i t y Preparatory French
(F,S) (3,3*.1)

II

P r e r e q u i s i t e : F r e n c h 130 o r
w r i t t e n p p r m i s s i o n of t h e
instructor
A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f French 1 3 0 . At
t h i s l e v e l t h e s t u d e n t w i l l be
expected t o s t a r t w r i t i n g small
c o m p o s i t i o n s . May be t a k e n
c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h French 1 2 1 .
* 2 . 5 hours

f o r evening

sections,

French 190
First

(F,S)

Year U n i v e r s i t y
( 3 , 3*,1)

French I

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Grade 1 2 , o r F r e n c h
130/131, or French 120/121, or
w r i t t e n permission of the
instructor.
A c o n t i n u a t i o n - of French 130/131.
At t h i s l e v e l t h e s t u d e n t w i l l be
expectPd t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n s h o r t
d i s c u s s i o n s , give oral
p r e s p n t a t i o n s and w r i t e
c o m p o s i t i o n s . May be t a k e n
c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h French 1 7 0 .
* 2 . 5 hours

f o r evening

sections.

Transfprable

t o SFU and URC.

French 191
First
(F,S)

Year U n i v e r s i t y
(3,3*.1)

French

II

P r e r e q u i s i t e : F r e n c h 190 o r
w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n of t h e
instructor.
A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f F r e n c h 1 9 0 . May
be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h F r e n c h
171.
* 2 . 5 hours

f o r evening

Transferable

t o SFU and U B C .

F r e n c h 290
Second Y e a r U n i v e r s i t y
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

sections.

French

P r e r e q u i s i t e : French 190/191,
French 170/171, or w r i t t e n
permission of the i n s t r u c t o r .

and t h o s e

39

T h i s c o u r s e i s i n t e n d e d as a
f o l l o w - u p t o F r e n c h 191 o r F r e n c h
1 7 1 . The u l t i m a t e g o a l o f F r e n c h
?90/? tl i s tn b r i n g students to a
l e v e l of o r a l / w r i t t e n p r o f i c i e n c y
w h i c h w i l l e n a b l e them t o p u r s u e
t h e i r own s t u d y of t h e l a n g u a g e .
O r a l and w r i t t e n p r o f i c i e n c y w i l l
be enhanced v i a t h e f o l l o w i n g
methods: o r a l p r e s e n t a t i o n s ,
d i c t a t i o n , vocabulary e x e r c i s e s , a
v a r i e t y of grammatical e x e r c i s p s ,
t h e s t u d y of l i t e r a r y p a s s a g p s and
r p c o r d p d m a t e r i a l . May be t a k e n
concurrently with French 270.

F r e n c h 120
U n i v e r s i t y Preparatory French
(F) ( 3 , 2 . 5 , 1 )

t e x t s . May be t a k e n
with French 191.

I

concurrently

(

Transferable

t o SFU and UBC.

F r e n c h 291
Second Year U n i v e r s i t y
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

French

P r e r e q u i s i t e : F r e n c h 290 o r
w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n of t h e
i nstructor.
T h i s c o u r s e i s i n t e n d e d as a
f o l l o w - u p t o F r e n c h 2 9 0 . The g o a l s
o f F r e n c h 291 a r e ( 1 ) t o p u r s u p
t h e s t u d e n t ' s o r a l and w r i t t e n
p r o f i c i e n c y and (2) t o g a i n a
b e t t e r knowledge o f Ouebec v i a i t s
l i t e r a r y w o r k s . O r a l and w r i t t e n
p r o f i c i e n c y w i l l be enhanced v i a
the f o l l o w i n g methods: study of
l i t e r a r y works, oral
p r e s e n t a t i o n s , c o m p o s i t i o n s . May
be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h F r e n c h
271.
Transferable

t o SFU and UBC.

F r e n c h Programs
The f o l l o w i n g F r e n c h c o u r s e s meet
on a t w i c e - a - w e e k b a s i s : t h r e e
hours of i n s t r u c t i o n , p l u s a
f o u r t h hour o f t u t o r i a l s , one h o u r
of converstion with a native
F r e n c h s p e a k e r , and 1 1/2 hours o f
l a n g u a g e l a b o r a t o r y w o r k . (The
exception i s French 270/271, which
has t h r e e h o u r s of i n s t r u c t i o n ,
one hour o f t u t o r i a l s , 1 1/2 h o u r s
o f c o n v e r s a t i o n and 3/4 hour o f
lab.)
IMPORTANT: S t u d e n t s i n t e n d i n g t o
p r o c e e d t o a m a j o r o r honour
program at a u n i v e r s i t y s h o u l d
e n r o l l in these c o u r s e s .

40

Prerequisite:
F r e n c h 11

F r e n c h 100/101

or

F r e n c h 270
Second Y e a r U n i v e r s i t y
(F) ( 3 , 2 . 2 5 , 1 )

This c o u r s e , together with French
1 2 1 , c o n s t i t u t e s Grade 12 F r e n c h .
This i s a c o n v e r s a t i o n a l approach
to the French language, i n c l u d i n g
continuing i n s t r u c t i o n in basic
grammar. May be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y
w i t h French 130.

F r e n c h 121
U n i v e r s i t y Preparatory French
(S) ( 3 , 2 . 5 , 1 )
Prerequisite:
p e r m i s s i o n of

II

F r e n c h 120 o r
instructor

This c o u r s e , together with French
120, c o n s t i t u t e s Grade 12 F r e n c h .
A c o n t i n u a t i o n of French 120, t h i s
course i s designed to give a
l i m i t p d f l u e n c y i n s p p a k i n g and
r e a d i n g as w e l l as w r i t i n g s k i l l s .
May be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h
French 131.

F r e n c h 170
F i r s t Year U n i v e r s i t y
(F) ( 3 , 2 . 5 , 1 )

French

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Grade 12 F r e n c h , or
F r e n c h 1 2 0 / 1 2 1 , or F r e n c h 130/131
o r p e r m i s s i o n of i n s t r u c t o r

F r e n c h 171
F i r s t Year U n i v e r s i t y
(S) ( 3 , 2 . 5 , 1 )
Prerequisite:

French

I

P r e r e q u i s i t e : French 170/171, or
French 190/191, or c o n s i d e r a b l e
p r e v i o u s e x p e r i e n c e i n w r i t t e n and
oral French.
An a d v a n c e d c o u r s e w i t h e m p h a s i s
on w r i t t e n w o r k , i n c l u d i n g f o r m a l
translation, stylistic exercises,
d i c t a t i o n s and c o m p r e h e n s i o n
t e s t s . L i t e r a r y works chosen from
2 0 t h c e n t u r y n o v e l s w i l l be
s t u d i e d , r e q u i r i n g somp b a c k g r o u n d
r e a d i n g . The c o u r s e i n c l u d e s
c u l t u r a l e n r i c h m e n t t h r o u g h medium
o f s l i d e s , f i l m s and m u s i c . May be
taken c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h French
290.

F r e n c h 271
Second Y e a r U n i v e r s i t y
(S) ( 3 , 2 . 2 5 , 1 )

French

II

P r e r e q u i s i t e : French 270. This
c o u r s e s h o u l d be t a k e n , w h e n e v e r
p o s s i b l e , i n the term f o l l o w i n g
French 270.

I

To be t a k e n by a l l s t u d e n t s
i n t e n d i n g to proceed t o a major
honours program at a n o t h e r
i n s t i t u t i o n . Continues the
l i n g u i s t i c development of the
s t u d e n t by means o f grammar
r e v i s i o n , w r i t t e n and o r a l
e x e r c i s e s , weekly assignments,
c o m p o s i t i o n s on and s t u d i e s i n
F r e n c h l i t e r a r y t e x t s . May bp
taken c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h French
190.

French

or

II

F r e n c h 170

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f t h e work done i n
French 170, i n c l u d i n g composition
and s t u d y o f F r e n c h l i t e r a r y

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f t h e work o f
F r e n c h 2 7 0 , l i t e r a r y t e x t s w i l l be
chosen from 20th c e n t u r y French
w o r k s ; background r e a d i n g
r e q u i r e d . Course i n c l u d e s c u l t u r a l
e n r i c h m e n t . May be t a k e n
c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h French 2 9 1 .

Geography
Instructional

Faculty

EWING, K . , B . A . , M . S c . ( M i c h i g a n )
FIFE-BROWN, T . , R . S c . ( B r i s t o l )
JORDAN, P . , B . S c , M . S c . (UBC)
MCGILLIVRAY, B . , B . A . , M.A. (UBC)
WILSON, G . , B . S c . (NY S t a t e ) , M . A .
(UBC)

General

Information

Geography c o u r s e s a r e p l a n n e d f o r
s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o m a j o r i n t h i s
f i e l d as w e l l as f o r t h o s e who
w i s h e l e c t i v e s . More t h a n one
Geography c o u r s e may be t a k e n
s i m u l t a n e o u s l y . Students intending
t o t r a n s f e r t o UBC may c o m b i n e
G e o g r a p h y 111 and 200 t o r e c e i v e
c r e d i t f o r UBC Geography 2 0 0 / 2 0 1 .
Students planning to t r a n s f e r to
SFU may t a k e t h e Geography 2 1 6 ,
220 and 221 c o u r s e s w h i c h r e q u i r e
p r e r e q u i s i t e s . Geography 112 and
114 a r p e q u i v a l p n t t o Gpography
101 a t UBC and f u l f i l l t h e l a b
s c i p n c p r e q u i r p m p n t a t UBC and
UVic.

University

Transfer

Credit

A l l Geography c o u r s e s a t C a p i l a n o
t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c .
For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e T r a n s f e r
G u i d e a t t h e back o f t h e c a l e n d a r .

Geography 101
Environmental Geography:
P e r c e p t i o n t\ Change ( F )
(3,0,1)
This course i n t r o d u c e s the student
t o e n v i r o n m e n t a l i s s u e s and
concerns through examining the
c o n f l i c t s between o u r l i f e s t y l e s
and a t t i t u d e s , and t h e p h y s i c a l
e n v i r o n m e n t . The c o u r s e
c o n c p n t r a t . p s on e n e r g y i n o u r
p n v i r o n m e n t - - p x a m i n i n g i n t p r e s t i ng
a s p p c t s t h a t range from t h e r o l p
o f and need f o r n u c l p a r e n p r g y t o
t h e d e m o n s t r a t i o n of s o l a r p a n p l s .
These t o p i c s a r e a p p r o a c h e d
t h r o u g h a p p l i c a t i o n of e c o l o g i c a l
p r i n c i p l e s . Lecturps, seminars,
f i p l r i t r i p s , guest s p p a k e r s ,
f i l m s , s l i d e s , e t c . w i l l be u s e d
in t h i s coursp.

Geography 102
Environmental Geography: Problems
and P r o s p e c t s ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
Environmental Geography: Problems
and P r o s p e c t s i s d e s i g n e d t o
f o l l o w Gpography 101 but Gpography
101 i s n o t a p r e r p q u i s i t p . In t h i s
c o u r s e s u c h i m p o r t a n t and
i n t e r e s t i n g environmental issups
s u c h as t h p f o o d wp p a t , t h e USP
of l a n d , w a s t e s and r e c y c l i n g a r p
d i s c u s s e d . Thesp i s s u p s a r e
pxaminpd t h r o u g h a c o m p a r i s o n o f
human a t t i t u d e s and p e r c p p t i o n ,
and n a t u r a l / b i o l o g i c a l s y s t e m s .
F o l l o w i n g t h e 101 f o r m a t , t h p
c o u r s e employs l e c t u r e s , s p m i n a r s ,
f i e l d t r i p s , gupst s p p a k p r s ,
f i l m s , s l i d e s Ptc.

Gpography 106
B r i t i s h Columbia: A Regional
A n a l y s i s (F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
T h i s c o u r s p i s based on a
g e o g r a p h i c b a c k g r o u n d t o many
h i s t o r i c a l and c o n t e m p o r a r y i s s u e s
i n t h i s p r o v i n c e . It d e a l s w i t h
p h y s i c a l r e g i o n s i n B . C . and
d i s c u s s e s t h e r p l a t i o n s h i p betwpen
p h y s i c a l s y s t p m s and human use
systems. Topics i n c l u d e n a t i v e s
and t h p i r p r o b l e m s , m i n o r i t y
g r o u p s and r a c i s m , t h e i n f l u e n c e
of t h e CPR, p n e r g y and a l t p r n a t i v p
sources, B . C . ' s i n d u s t r i e s , the
p r p s p r v a t i o n of a g r i c u l t u r a l l a n d ,
and a r a n g e o f o t h e r t o p i c s t h a t
w i l l bp a p p r o a c h e d t h r o u g h f i l m s ,
s l i d p s , s i m u l a t i o n g a m e s ; and
l p c t u r e - d i s c u s s i o n groups.

Geography 108
Canada: A T o p i c a l
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

Geography

This course deals with p h y s i c a l
and human a s p e c t s of C a n a d i a n
G p o g r a p h y . The c o u r s p d i s c u s s p s
t o p i c a l i s s u p s a r i s i n g out of the
c h a n g i n g pconomips o f thp M a r i t i m p
p r o v i n c e s , the c u l t u r a l geography
o f O u p b e c , and thp p o s i t i o n of t h p
Western p r o v i n c p s . It a l s o
e x a m i n e s i s s u p s r e l a t i n g t o urban
g r o w t h . N o r t h e r n d e v e l o p m e n t and
p n p r g y and r e s o u r c p e x t r a c t i o n .

Geography 111
Human Geography

(F)

(3,0,1)

An p x a m i n a t i o n o f human c u l t u r a l
c h a r a c t p r i s t i e s and a c t i v i t i e s
in d i f f e r p n t pnvironmpntal
s i t u a t i o n s . Thp d i s t r i b u t i o n and
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f human
p o p u l a t i o n s a r p pxamined i n b o t h
g l o b a l and c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r t h
Amprican c o n t e x t s . Concepts
s t r e s s e d w i l l bp t h o s e o f
p p r e p p t i o n , c u l t u r p and d i f f u s i o n ,
as w p l l as p n v i r o n m e n t a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s t o TPSOIITCP use and
urhan g r o w t h .

Gpography 112
Introduction to Earth
(F,S)
(3,2,1)

Environments

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o P h y s i c a l
Gpography u s i n g f i l m s , l p c t u r e s ,
l a b s and f i p l d t r i p s t o p x p l a i n
procpssps in landscapp
d p v e l o p m e n t . Somp o f t h p
e n v i r o n m e n t s t o be c o n s i d p r p d a r e :
glacial, volcanic, coastal, arid
and f l u v i a l . Maps and a p r i a l
p h o t o g r a p h s w i l l be uspd t o
i l l u s t r a t e the various f e a t u r e s .
E m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on
C a n a d i a n pxamplps and t h p
i n t e r a c t i o n s between p e o p l e and
t h e i r physical environment, pg.
t h p p h y s i c a l and c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y
of t h p F r a s p r R i v e r D e l t a ; t h e
A t h a b a s c a t a r sands and n a t i v e
p e o p l p s ; p i p e l i n p s and p e r m a f r o s t .

Geography 114
Weather and C l i m a t e ( F , S )

(3,2,1)

A coursp i n t r o d u c i n g students to
t h e study of our a t m o s p h p r i c
pnvironment. P r i n c i p l e s of
c l i m a t o l o g y and m e t p o r o l o g y w i l l
be e x p l a i n e d ( u s i n g f i l m s ,
l e c t u r e s , l a b s and d i s c u s s i o n
g r o u p s ) , to pprmit a b a s i c
u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h p w p a t h p r we
e x p p r i e n c e d a i l y . E m p h a s i s w i l l be
p l a c p d on C a n a d i a n e x a m p l e s and
t h e i n t e r a c t i o n s between c l i m a t p
and o t h p r e l e m e n t s o f o u r
e n v i r o n m e n t , i n c l u d i n g man ( a i r
p o l l u t i o n , u r b a n c l i m a t e and
mountain wpathpr f o r e x a m p l e ) .

41

Geography 200
T e c h n o l o g y and E c o n o m i c
Environments (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e c o n c e p t s and
themes o f economic geography i n
t e r m s o f p r o d u c t i o n and
c o n s u m p t i o n . The t r a d i t i o n a l
p r i m a r y , s e c o n d a r y , t e r t i a r y and
q u a t e r n a r y d i v i s i o n s i n economic
geography a r e r e v i e w e d i n t e r m s o f
c o n t e m p o r a r y i s s u e s s u c h as
development versus
underdevelopment, p o v e r t y , the
l o c a t i o n of i n d u s t r i a l a c t i v i t i e s
and t h e N o r t h - S o u t h d i a l o g u e .

Geography 201
Urban S t u d i e s ( S )

(3,0,1)

More and more o f us a r e l i v i n g i n
an urban w o r l d . C i t i e s a r e
becoming more c o m p l e x ; c i t i e s a r e
c a u s i n g us p s y c h o l o g i c a l and
biological problems—it is
n e c e s s a r y f o r us t o u n d e r s t a n d o u r
c i t y . This course i s designed to
pxamine p r o b l e m s and i s s u e s t h a t
a r i s e w i t h urban l i v i n g ; i n c l u d i n g
p s y c h o l o g i c a l problems, the cost
of h o u s i n g , r a p i d t r a n s i t , s l u m s ,
s u b u r b s and t h e i r e n c r o a c h m e n t on
a g r i c u l t u r a l l a n d . While t h i s
c o u r s e uses l o c a l e x a m p l e s , i t
a l s o draws on e x a m p l e s f r o m o t h e r
c i t i e s i n the w o r l d . This course
approaches these t o p i c s through
f i e l d t r i p s i n t o the c i t y , s l i d e s ,
f i l m s , guest s p e a k e r s , s i m u l a t i o n
games, e t c . Urban s t u d i e s l e a d s t o
some u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f u r b a n
planning, real estate,
a r c h i t e c t u r e , u r b a n p o l i t i c s and
g e n e r a l community a w a r e n e s s .

G e o g r a p h y 221
Map and A i r p h o t o
(S)
(3,2,1)

Interpretation

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Geography 112 a n d / o r
114 or w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f t h e
instructor.
T h i s c o u r s e d e a l s w i t h t h e use o f
maps and a e r i a l p h o t o g r a p h y t o
i n t e r p r e t n a t u r a l and man-made
phenomena. M a j o r t o p i c s : p h y s i c a l
l a n d s c a p e s , urban d e v e l o p m e n t and
r e g i o n a l l a n d u s e . L e c t u r e and
l a b s w i l l i n c l u d e t o p o g r a p h i c and
g e o l o g i c m a p s ; v e r t i c a l and
o b l i q u e a i r p h o t o s ; and

b l a c k / w h i t e and c o l o u r
p h o t o g r a p h y . L a n d - u s e maps and
m u l t i - s p e c t r a l remote s e n s i n g
t e c h n i q u e s w i l l be a d d i t i o n a l
topics covered.

Geography 249
Comparative C u l t u r e s : A F i e l d
S t u d y C o u r s e i n Geography
(S)
(3,0,1)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Depends on s t u d y
area or w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n of
instructor.
This course a p p l i e s the t o o l s ,
t e c h n i q u e s , c o n c e p t s and m e t h o d s
of the geographer to e x a m i n i n g the
l a n d s c a p e . The f o c u s i s p r i m a r i l y
on t h e s e f i e l d r e s e a r c h t e c h n i q u e s
as t h e y a p p l y t o a s t u d y a r e a ; and
the study area w i l l a l t e r n a t e each
y e a r between R . C . a n d / o r Canada
and f o r e i g n c o u n t r i e s .
Summer 1985 - W i l l bp t a u g h t i n
J a p a n as an i n t e g r a t e d s t u d y
d e a l i n g w i t h J a p a n e s e Urban and
e c o n o m i c i s s u e s , and t o p i c s
r e l a t e d t o P a c i f i c Rim t r a d e . The
c o u r s e w i l l be t a u g h t o v e r a
s i x - w e e k p e r i o d and w i l l
involve
t r a v e l i n Japan from Tokyo
southward t o H i r o s h i m a . Students
w i l l bp e n c o u r a g e d t o work and
study independently w i t h i n the
country in areas r e l a t e d to t h e i r
individual research t o p i c s .
E n r o l l m e n t w i l l be l i m i t e d ;
p r e r e q u i s i t e s a r e n o t r e q u i r e d but.
p r e v i o u s c o u r s e s i n geography w i l l
be o f v a l u e t o a p p l i c a n t s . F u r t h e r
i n f o r m a t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e from the
Department o f G e o g r a p h y .

Geology
Instructional

Faculty

University

Transfer

Credit

ATHAIDE, C , B . S c . ( M c G i l l ) ,
M . S c , Prof. Teacher's Cert.
(UBC)
THOMLINSON, A . G . , B . A . , M . S c ,
Prof. Teacher's C e r t .
(UBC)

A l l Geology c o u r s e s at C a p i l a n o
t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c .
For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t the T r a n s f e r
G u i d e at t h e back of t h e c a l e n d a r .

p r o c e s s e s : t h e a t m o s p h e r i c and
hydrospheric cycles
( s o l a r - p o w e r e d ) and t h e
lithospheric cycle
( n u c l e a r - p o w e r e d ) , a l s o known as
plate tectonics.

General

G e o l o g y 110
P h y s i c a l Geology

G e o l o g y 111
H i s t o r i c a l Geology

Information

Geology c o u r s e s a r e d e s i g n e d f o r
students planning a u n i v e r s i t y
degree program i n t h e g e o l o g i c a l
s c i e n c e s or i n the a r t s ,
humanities or s o c i a l s c i e n c e s .
G e o l o g y 100 and 111 a r e e s p e c i a l l y
a p p r o p r i a t e f o r s t u d e n t s i n need
of a l a b o r a t o r y science which
p r o v i d e s an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e
o r i g i n , s t r u c t u r e , c o m p o s i t i o n and
h i s t o r y of t h e e a r t h .
These c o u r s e s i n c l u d e w e e k l y
two-hour l a b o r a t o r y i n v e s t i g a t i o n s
or the e q u i v a l e n t in f i e l d
p r o j e c t s . Laboratory t u i t i o n fees
are included in the course f e e ,
however s t u d e n t s must p u r c h a s e a
l a b o r a t o r y manual and s h a r e some
field trip costs.
S t u d e n t s t r a n s f e r r i n g t o URC may
combine c r e d i t f o r G e o l o g y 100 and
111 t o g a i n c r e d i t f o r t h e
e q u i v a l e n t o f UBC G e o l o g y 1 0 5 .

(F)

(3,2,1)

In P h y s i c a l G e o l o g y t h e s t r u c t u r e
and c o m p o s i t i o n o f t h e e a r t h ' s
i n t e r i o r i s deduced f r o m i n d i r e c t
e v i d e n c e ; g r a v i t y , magnptism,
h p a t - f l o w , v o l c a n o e s and
e a r t h q u a k e s . Knowlpdge of the
c o m p o s i t i o n and s t r u c t u r e o f t h e
c o n t i n e n t s and ocean b a s i n s i s
a l s o g a i n e d f r o m t h e s e same
i n d i r e c t s o u r c e s as w e l l as d i r e c t
s t u d y o f m i n e r a l s and r o c k s and
t h e ways i n w h i c h t h e y a r e
c o n s t a n t l y b e i n g a l t e r e d and
r e c y c l e d . This process (the rock
c y c l e ) w i l l be seen as t h e r e s u l t ,
o f i n t e r a c t i o n s between t h r e e

Prerequisite:
equi v a l p n t .

(S)

Geology

(3,2,1)
110 o r

The main themp o f t h i s c o u r s e i s
t h e g p o l o g i c e v o l u t i o n o f Canada
and t h p a d j a c e n t ocpan b a s i n s
s i n c e t h e p a r t h o r i g i n a t e d more
than 4 . 5 b i l l i o n years ago. Topics
t o be s t u d i e d i n c l u d e : age and
o r i g i n of thp s o l a r s y s t e m ,
d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f r e l a t i v e and
a b s o l u t e ages of m i n e r a l s , t h e
geologic time s c a l e ; o r i g i n of
c o n t i n e n t s , ocean b a s i n s and
s e a - w a t e r , o r i g i n of l i f e , f o s s i l s
and s t r a t i g r a p h i c p a l e o n t o l o g y ;
g p o l o g i c a l h i s t o r y of the North
A m e r i c a n c o n t i n p n t and t h e
A t l a n t i c , A r c t i c and P a c i f i c
Ocpans; thp g e o l o g i c a l h i s t o r y of
C a n a d a ' s m i n e r a l and f o s s i l f u e l
r e s o u r c p s ; environmpntal impacts
of m i n p r a l and e n p r g y p r o j e c t s i n
Canada.

43

German
Instructional
HANKIN, B . ,
(Wash.)

Faculty

B.A.

Instructional

(UBC),

M.A.

Associate

FREIBERG,

Renate

University

Transfer

Credit

A l l German c o u r s e s a t C a p i l a n o
t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c .
For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e T r a n s f e r
G u i d e at t h e back of t h e c a l e n d a r .

N a t i v e s p e a k p r s o f German who w i s h
t o t a k e a f i r s t or s e c o n d - y e a r
German c o u r s e must c o n s u l t w i t h
t h e German i n s t r u c t o r
first.
U n i v e r s i t y r u l e s governing such
studpnts d i f f e r w i t h i n
d e p a r t m e n t s , but t h e Language
Department has c o r r e s p o n d e n c e
d e a l i n g with matters relpvant to
c r e d i t t r a n s f e r and p o i n t o f
e n t r y ; i n o r d e r t o a v o i d any
m i s u n d e r s t a n d i n g , such s t s u d e n t s
are i n v i t e d to d i s c u s s these
problems w i t h the department p r i o r
to e n r o l l m e n t .

German 100
B e g i n n i n g German ( F )

SFU
S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o p r o c e e d t o
SFU and t o p u r s u e f u r t h e r c o u r s e s
i n German a r e reminded of t h e
present equivalency standards.
E l e c t i v e c r e d i t w i l l be g i v e n a t
SFU f o r a l l C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e
German c o u r s e s . E x e m p t i o n f r o m and
placement i n higher courses are
d e t e r m i n e d by t h e r e s u l t s of a
placement t e s t or o t h e r assessment
p r o c e d u r e . As a r e s u l t of t h e
p l a c e m e n t t e s t , a r e a c r e d i t may be
g r a n t e d ' w h i c h would c o u n t t o w a r d a
m a j o r i n G e r m a n . C o u r s e s w h i c h do
not q u a l i f y t o w a r d a m a j o r w i l l be
awarded e l e c t i v e c r e d i t o n l y .
UBC
In t h e c a s e o f UBC, present
equivalent standards provide
t r a n s f e r c r e d i t on t h e f o l l o w i n g
basis:
Capilano College

UBC

German 100 and 101
(3 c r e d i t s e a c h )
German 200 and 201
(3 c r e d i t s each)

100 ( 3 )
200

Prerequisite:

(3,2.5,1)

None

A comprehensive i n t r o d u c t i o n to
t h e German l a n g u a g e : c o m p r e h e n s i o n
and s p e a k i n g a r e r e i n f o r c e d
t h r o u g h r e a d i n g and w r i t i n g .
F i l m s , t a p e s , games, f i e l r i t r i p s ,
e t c . h e l p d e v e l o p an a w a r e n e s s o f
t h p c u l t u r e s of t h e
German-speaking c o u n t r i e s .

German 101
B e g i n n i n g German ( S )

(3,2.5,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : German 100 or i t s
equivalpnt with written permission
of the i n s t r u c t o r .
This course i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of
German 100 and must be t a k e n i n
o r d e r t o r e a l i z e F i r s t Year l e v e l
c o l l e g e / u n i v e r s i t y Gprman. German
101 s h o u l d be t a k e n whenever
p o s s i b l e , i n the term f o l l o w i n g
Geman 1 0 0 .

(3)
German 200
Intermediate

German ( F )

(3,1.75,1)

The s t u d e n t w i s h i n g t o m a j o r
f u l f i l l s department requirements
w i t h German 2 2 3 , w h i c h may be
t a k e n i n t h e t h i r d y e a r by
p e r m i s s i o n of the d e p a r t m e n t .

P r e r e q u i s i t e : German 1 0 1 , G r a d e
1 1 , 12 German o r t h e e q u i v a l e n t ,
with w r i t t p n permission of the
i nstructor.

NOTE: A l l c o u r s e s i n German
i n c l u d e a t o t a l of f i v e and
o n e - h a l f hours of i n s t r u c t i o n per
w e e k , made up of t h r e e hours of
l e c t u r e s ; one and o n e - h a l f h o u r s
o f l a b o r a t o r y p r a c t i c e ; and one
hour o f c o n v e r s a t i o n a l p r a c t i c e
with a native speaker.

German 200 r e v i e w s b a s i c German
grammar and usage and i n t r o d u c e s
^ s t u d e n t s t o German p o e t r y and
modern German s h o r t s t o r i e s by
s u c h a u t h o r s as K a f k a , B r e c h t and
B o l l . It aims t o i m p r o v e t h e
a b i l i t y t o s p p a k , r e a d , w r i t . p and
u n d e r s t a n d German as w e l l as t o

44

help gain a greater i n s i g h t
t h e c u l t u r e s of t h e
German-speaking p e o p l e s .

German 201
Intermediate

German ( S )

into

(3,1.75,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : German 200 o r i t s
equivalent with written permission
of the i n s t r u c t o r .
C o n t i n u e s t h e r e v i e w and
d e v e l o p m e n t o f German l a n g u a g e
s k i l l s at the I n t e r m e d i a t e l e v e l .
T o g e t h e r w i t h German 200 i t
completes the requirements f o r the
Second Year o f c o l l e g e / u n i v e r s i t y
German.

History
Instructional

Faculty

CAMPBELL, R . , B . A .
(California),
M.A. (UBC)
LEGATES, M . , B . A .
(washinqton),
M.A., M . P h i l . , Ph.D. (Yale)

General

Information

Students p l a n n i n g t o major i n
h i s t o r y s h o u l d have a t l e a s t f o u r
h i s t o r y courses at the C o l l e g e .
These can be ANY f o u r c o u r s e s . An
i n t e n d e d m a j o r s h o u l d a l s o have a
broad s a m p l i n g of c o u r s e s i n the
S o c i a l S c i e n c e s and H u m a n i t i e s .
S t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g to major i n
h i s t o r y a t SFU s h o u l d t a k e s i x
h i s t o r y c o u r e s i n t h e f i r s t two
y e a r s . F o r UBC t h e r e q u i r e m e n t i s
four h i s t o r y c o u r s e s . Students
p l a n n i n g t o t a k e honours s h o u l d
a c q u i r e a r e a d i n g knowledge o f an
appropriate non-English language.

University

Transfer

Credit

A l l H i s t o r y courses at C a p i l a n o
( i n c l u d i n g Women's S t u d i e s 120)
e i t h e r t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and
U . V i c or a r e i n t h e p r o c e s s o f
r e c e i v i n g t r a n s f e r c r e d i t . For
d e t a i l s c o n s u l t the T r a n f e r Guide
a t t h e back of t h e c a l e n d a r .

H i s t o r y 102
Europe from t h e R e f o r m a t i o n t o
French R e v o l u t i o n (F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
A g e n e r a l s u r v e y o f European
h i s t o r y which begins w i t h the
s i x t e e n t h century Protestant
R e f o r m a t i o n and i n c l u d e s
a b s o l u t i o n , the s c i e n t i f i c
r e v o l u t i o n , the Enlightenment,
o l d r e g i m e and t h e F r e n c h
Revolution.

H i s t o r y 103
Europe i n the
Centuries (S)

the

H i s t o r y 108
I s s u e s and Themes i n U . S .
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

A s t u d y of A m e r i c a n h i s t o r y , 1607
t o 1877, which analyses the s o c i a l
and p o l i t i c a l d e v e l o p m e n t of t h a t
n a t i o n from e a r l y s e t t l e m e n t
t h r o u g h t h e C i v i l War e r a .
E m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on t h e
d e v e l o p m e n t o f an " A m e r i c a n "
c u l t u r e , and a p p r o p r i a t e
c o m p a r i s o n s a r e made w i t h t h e
development of Canada.
Not o f f e r e d

1 9 t h and 2 0 t h
(3,0,1)

T h i s c o u r s e w i l l f o c u s on s u c h
i m p o r t a n t t o p i c s as t h e I n d u s t r i a l
R e v o l u t i o n , t h e r i s e of p o l i t i c a l
i d e o l o g i e s , n a t i o n a l i s m and
i m p e r i a l i s m , t h e two w o r l d w a r s ,
and t h e i n t e r - w a r p e r i o d .

History

Confederation

A s t u d y o f New F r a n c e and B r i t i s h
North A m e r i c a . S p e c i a l emphasis
w i l l be. p l a c e d on t h e i s s u e s and
ideas which are s i g n i f i c a n t i n the
c r e a t i o n o f C a n a d a . In p a r t i c u l a r
we w i l l l o o k a t t h e m a k i n g o f
Canadian s o c i e t y i n the years
before Confederation.

Confederation

This course w i l l analyse the
d e v e l o p m e n t o f Canada s i n c e 1 8 6 7 .
In p a r t i c u l a r we w i l l d i s c u s s t h e
i s s u e s t h a t a f f e c t most C a n a d i a n s :
r e l a t i o n s w i t h the United S t a t e s ,
p r o s p e r i t y and p o v e r t y , and t h e
m a k i n g o f a C a n a d i a n " c u l t u r e " . By
t h e end o f t h e c o u r s e s t u d e n t s
s h o u l d have not o n l y a b e t t e r
understanding of t h i s c o u n t r y ' s
p a s t , but a l s o what makes Canada
unique.
H i s t o r y 200
The C i t y , t o

H i s t o r y 201
The C i t y , 1800 t o
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

the

Present

A s t u d y o f N o r t h A m e r i c a n urban
l i f e which analyses the process of
u r b a n i z a t i o n i n Canada and t h e
United S t a t e s . S p e c i a l emphasis i s
p l a c e d on t h e c o m p a r i s o n s o f u r b a n
d e v e l o p m e n t i n t h e two c o u n t r i e s .
Not o f f e r e d

A s t u d y o f U . S . h i s t o r y f r o m 1865
t o t h e p r e s e n t . The c o u r s e w i l l
a n a l y s e t h e d e v e l o p m e n t of A m e r i c a
as a w o r l d power a f t e r t h e C i v i l
War. S p e c i a l e m p h a s i s i s g i v e n t o
" A m e r i c a n " c u l t u r e and a p p r o p r i a t e
c o m p a r i s o n s a r e made w i t h C a n a d a .
H i s t o r y 110
Canada B e f o r e
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

Ancient Medieval, Renaissance,
B a r o q u e and e a r l y i n d u s t r i a l c i t y .
S p e c i a l e m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on
social
history.

1984/85.

H i s t o r y 109
I s s u e s and Themes i n U . S .
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

H i s t o r y 111
Canada S i n c e
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
the

History

1800 ( F )

(3,0,1)

An a n a l y s i s o f W e s t e r n E u r o p e a n
u r b a n l i f e , f o c u s s i n g on t h e

in

1984/85.

H i s t o r y 205
B r i t i s h Columbia (S)

(3,0,1)

T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e an
o v e r v i e w of B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a ,
e m p h a s i z i n g i t s s o c i a l and
p o l i t i c a l development from the
18th c e n t u r y t o r e c e n t t i m e s . The
c o u r s e w i l l a l s o e x a m i n e some
aspects of the development of the
North Shore.
H i s t o r y 207
E u r o p e i n t h e M i d d l e Ages and
Renaissance (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
T h i s c o u r s e c o v e r s a c o l o u r f u l and
c r e a t i v e p e r i o d i n European
h i s t o r y from the 3rd t o the 15th
century. Topics i n c l u d e the l a t e
Roman E m p i r e and r i s e o f
C h r i s t i a n i t y , m o n a s t i c i s m and t h e
c h u r c h , f e u d a l s o c i e t y and
p o l i t i c s , the r i s e of towns, the
c r u s a d e s , t h e B l a c k D e a t h , and t h e
a r t , c u l t u r e and s o c i e t y o f
Renaissance I t a l y .
Women's S t u d i e s 120
Women and t h e P a s t : An
Survey (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

Historical

A s u r v e y o f t h e l i v e s of women
from t h e A n c i e n t World t o 2 0 t h
c e n t u r y N o r t h A m e r i c a . An
u n c o v e r i n g o f women's
p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n and c o n t r i b u t i o n
to the making of h i s t o r y . P r i v a t e
l i v e s as w e l l as p u b l i c and
p o l i t i c a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be
s t u d i e d . The c o u r s e w i l l examine
reasons behind the e x t e n t t o which
women have been " h i d d e n f r o m
history".
Transferable

to SFU,

UBC and

UVic.

45

Labour Studies
Instructional

Faculty

AMON, N . , B . A . ( K e n t ) , M.A. (SFU)
BOLTON, M . , B . A . , L L . B . (UBC)
L A V A L L E , E . , B.Comm., L L . B . ( U B C ) ,
M . A . (Duke)
MCGRADY, L . , B . A . ( T o r o n t o ) , L L . B .
(Man.)
MACLEAN, A . N . , B . A . ( A l t a . ) , L L . B .
(UBC)
MERRALL, B . , ( D i p l o m a ) L a b o u r
C o l l e g e o f Canada
0'DONNELL, S . , B . A . ,
M . A . (UBC)
PETRIE, P. B . A . , M . A . , (Maine)

General

Information

The L a b o u r S t u d i e s P r o g r a m i s
c o m m i t t e d t o meet t h e s p e c i a l
e d u c a t i o n needs o f B . C . w o r k e r s ,
t h e i r o r g a n i z a t i o n s and t h e l a b o u r
movement i n g e n e r a l .
C o u r s e s i n L a b o u r S t u d i e s are
o f f e r e d on b o t h a c r e d i t and
c r e d i t - f r e e b a s i s . The F a l l
program i s o f f e r e d i n O c t o b e r and
November and t h e S p r i n g p r o g r a m i n
March t h r o u g h May. Each F a l l and
Spring a s p e c i a l brochure
d e s c r i b i n g t h e c o u r s e s t o bp
o f f e r e d i s i s s u e d . This brochure
i s a v a i l a b l e by w r i t i n g t h e
p r o g r a m or t e l e p h o n i n g 9 8 6 - 1 9 1 1 ,
local 430.

LSP 101
Labour E c o n o m i c s : A l t e r n a t i v e s
O p t i o n s (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 . 5 )

and

T h i s c o u r s e b u i l d s on t h e m a t e r i a l
f r o m LSP 100 t o p r o v i d e
i n f o r m a t i o n on a l t e r n a t i v e
economic models i n c l u d i n g M a r x i s t
economic t h e o r y . D i s c u s s i o n w i l l
f o c u s on t h e d e v e l o p m e n t and
n a t u r e of c a p i t a l i s t e c o n o m i c s and
t h e c a u s e s of s h o r t and l o n g t e r m
economic c r i s e s .

LSP 110
The B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a L a b o u r
(F.S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 . 5 )

Code

Among o t h e r i s s u e s , t h i s C I O S P
l o o k at t h e B . C . L a b o u r Code
examines u n f a i r l a b o u r p r a c t i c e s ,
t h e Labour R e l a t i o n s B o a r d ,
collective bargaining, strikes,
e s s e n t i a l s e r v i c e s and g r i e v a n c e
a r b i t r a t i o n . Sessions w i l l also
cover labour law, procedures
b e f o r e t h e LRB and a r b i t r a t i o n
b o a r d s , as w e l l as p o r t i o n s o f t h e
Human R i g h t s C o d e .

LSP 111
The Canada L a b o u r Code
(F.S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 . 5 )

Some of t h e c r e d i t c o u r s e s o f f e r e d
i n t h e p r o g r a m a r e as f o l l o w s :

A b r o a d e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e code
and d e c i s i o n s w h i c h a f f e c t u n i o n s
under f e d e r a l l a b o u r j u r i s d i c t i o n .
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l i n t r o d u c e methods
o f l a b o u r l a w r e s e a r c h and t h e i r
a p p l i c a t i o n . Emphasis w i l l be
p l a c e d on t h e p o l i c y u n d e r l y i n g
t h e code and t h e c r e a t i o n and
e f f e c t of t h e c o l l e c t i v e
agreement.

LSP 100
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Economics f o r
Trade U n i o n i s t s (F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 . 5 )

LSP 113
Public Service Staff Relations
(PSSRA) ( F . S )
(1.5,0,0.5)

I n t r o d u c e s e c o n o m i c s and
e m p h a s i z e s b o t h o r t h o d o x and
a l t e r n a t i v e v i e w s o f how t h e
C a n a d i a n economy has d e v e l o p e d and
how i t o p e r a t e s . C a n a d i a n economy
i s p l a c e d i n an h i s t o r i c a l and
international
perspective.
D i s c u s s i o n w i l l c e n t r e around
government p o l i c i e s t o w a r d s
u n e m p l o y m e n t , i n f l a t i o n and t h e
Canadian d o l l a r .

A wide e x a m i n a t i o n of the f e d e r a l
labour laws d e a l i n g s p e c i f i c a l l y
w i t h t h e p u b l i c s e c t o r w o r k e r and
t h e i r i m p a c t . T h e r e w i l l be
e m p h a s i s on l a b o u r law r e s e a r c h
methods and t h e i r a p p l i c a t i o n ,
c o l l e c t i v e agreements, grievances
and b a c k - t o - w o r k l e g i s l a t i o n f o r
"essential" service workers.

Courses are o f f e r e d i n the evening
and on w e e k e n d s . Many p a r t i c i p a n t s
i n t h e program have t h e i r
r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e s p a i d by t h e
E d u c a t i o n Department of t h e i r
Union.

46

Act

LSP 115
Issues i n Occupational Health
Safety (F.S)
(1,0,0.3)

and

A g e n e r a l b a c k g r o u n d t o and
o v e r v i e w o f t h e main s o c i a l ,
m e d i c i n a l , e c o n o m i c , t e c h n i c a l and
legal issues f a c i n g B.C. workers
i n t h e f i e l d o f h e a l t h and s a f e t y .
S p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n
t o thp Worker's Compensation
Board.

LSP 116
Workers' Compensation
WCB ( F . S )
(1,0,0.3)

- Act

and

The s t a t u t o r y and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e .
framework o f t h e W o r k e r s '
C o m p e n s a t i o n Board i s e x a m i n e d .
The c o u r s e i s a d j u s t e d t o t h e
e x p e c t a t i o n s of the m a j o r i t y of
p e o p l p e n r o l l e d i n any t e r m , b u t
i s g e n e r a l l y geared to f a m i l i a r i z e
s t u d e n t s w i t h t h e p r e p a r a t i o n and
p r e s e n t a t i o n of appeals t o the
Board o f Review and C o m m i s s i o n e r s .
A l l phases of c l a i m s h a n d l i n g a r e
examined, from i n i t i a l a c c e p t a n c e
or r e j p c t i o n , i n c l u d i n g s e t t i n g of
wage r a t e s t o a s s p s s m e n t s and t h e
payment o f p e n s i o n s .

LSP 117
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o UIC
(F.S)
(1,0,0.3)

Procedures

This course emphasizes a p r a c t i c a l
u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e framework o f
unemploympnt i n s u r a n c e a n d ,
t h e r e f o r e , t h e j a r g o n used i n t h e
a c t and by t h e c o m m i s s i o n . The
course w i l l cover the s t r u c t u r e of
C a n a d a ' s Unemployment
Insurance
A c t , i n c l u d i n g t h e most r e c e n t
amendments. It w i l l o u t l i n e t h e
q u a l i f i c a t i o n s needed i n o r d e r t o
c l a i m unemployment i n s u r a n c p ,
i n c l u d i n g " i n s u r a b l e employment,"
the " v a r i a b l e entrance
r e q u i r e m e n t , " " r e p e a t e r s , " "new
e n t r a n c e and r e - e n t r a n c e " and
"part-time worker."

LSP 119
C i v i l R i g h t s and t h e
(F.S)
(1,0,0.3)

Workplace

To s t u d y t h e s p e c i f i c c i v i l
rights
problems a r i s i n g i n the w o r k p l a c e ,
i n c l u d i n g i s s u e s of p o l i t i c a l ,

economic and l e g a l r i g h t s o f t h e
worker; examination of legal
remedies a v a i l a b l e t o t r a d e unions
and t h e e m p l o y e e t o p r e v e n t
i n f r i n g e m e n t of c i v i l r i g h t s i n
the workplace; p r o t e c t i o n of c i v i l
r i g h t s under t h e p r o v i n c i a l and
federal l e g i s l a t i o n through
c o n t r a c t i n g and 1n c o l l e c t i v e
agreements. A p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g
format w i t h d i s c u s s i o n s of c u r r e n t
d v i l rights
Issues,
"right-to-work" l e g i s l a t i o n , race
and sex d i s c r i m i n a t i o n .

LSP 131
Race and Ethnic R e l a t i o n s
(F.S) (1.5,0,0.5)
The I s s u e o f r a c i s m has been used
1n t h e p a s t t o weaken and d i v i d e
u n i o n s . This course w i l l help
u n i o n i s t s become s e n s i t i v e t o
c o m p l e x i t i e s o f r a c e and e t h n i c
r e l a t i o n s ; give p r a c t i c a l advice
on I n t e g r a t i n g m i n o r i t y w o r k e r s
I n t o t h e u n i o n and d e v e l o p
t e c h n i q u e s t o d e a l w i t h b i a s e s and
p r e j u d i c e at t h e w o r k p l a c e and In
the community. Approaches t o
combatting the d i s r u p t i v e e f f e c t s
o f r a c i s m w i l l be d i s c u s s e d .

LSP 140
H i s t o r y o f t h e L a b o u r Movement 1n
Canada ( S ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 . 5 )
A survey of the h i s t o r y o f t h e
l a b o u r movement 1n Canada from t h e
formation of the working c l a s s in
t h e 1 9 t h c e n t u r y t h r o u g h mass
i n d u s t r i a l u n i o n i s m . By l o o k i n g a t
s p e c i f i c c o n f l i c t s a good o v e r v i e w
i s obtained of the s t r u g g l e s of
t h e l a b o u r movement t o g a i n t h e
r i g h t to o r g a n i z e , o b t a i n union
r e c o g n i t i o n , bargain c o l l e c t i v e l y
and p r o v i d e d e c e n t wages and
working c o n d i t i o n s .

LSP 142
H i s t o r y o f t h e L a b o u r Movement 1n
B.C. (F) (1.5,0,0.5)
The b i r t h and g r o w t h o f t r a d e
u n i o n i s m 1n B . C . T h r o u g h a w i d p
c o l l e c t i o n o f p r i n t e d and v i s u a l
materials participants w i l l
a n a l y z e t h e raw and v i t a l
s t r u g g l e s between B . C . ' s w o r k i n g
p e o p l e and t h e I n d u s t r i a l i s t s who

opposed t h e m . The m a j o r e c o n o m i c
and p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s o f t h e
movement w i l l be t r a c e d ; t h e r i g h t
to o r g a n i z e , the right to b a r g a i n ,
t h e demand f o r t h e n i n e and
e i g h t - h o u r d a y , the problems of
r a c i s m and i m m i g r a t i o n , t h e
struggle to organize the
i n d u s t r i a l , p u b l i c and c l e r i c a l
s e c t o r s , t h p f i g h t f o r women's
rights, political expression...

LSP 150
Women and Power 1n U n i o n s
(F.S) (1,0,0.3)
F o c u s e s on what women want t o do
1n t h e i r u n i o n . I t w i l l encompass
the p o l i t i c a l r e a l i t i e s of the
l a b o u r movement as It 1s t o d a y a s
w e l l as p e r s o n a l and e m o t i o n a l
p o l i t i c s w i t h i n the trade union
movement as t h e y e x i s t 1n o u r
s e x i s t s o c i e t y . P a r t i c i p a t i o n 1n
L e v e l I w i l l be r e q u i r e d b e c a u s e
women need t o have a s t r o n g s e n s e
of themselves before they are
aware o f t h e s u b t l e t i e s o f power
and p o l i t i c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s .
Once women d e v e l o p b o t h a s e n s e o f
s e l f and a sense o f p o l i t i c s t h e y
need p r a c t i c a l s k i l l s t o become
really effective within their
trade unions.

LSP 151
Leadership S k i l l s ,
and A d v o c a c y ( F , S )

Assertlvenes
(1,0,0.3)

P a r t I a t t e m p t s not o n l y t o
p r o v i d e women w i t h t h e s k i l l s t h e y
need t o t a k e a l e a d e r s h i p r o l e i n
t h e i r t r a d e u n i o n , but a l s o t a k e s
a c a r e f u l l o o k a t t h e way sex r o l e
s t e r e o t y p i n g I n h i b i t s us f r o m
developing these s k i l l s . This part
1s d i v i d e d I n t o t h e f o l l o w i n g
a r e a s : Women and P o w e r ,
A s s e r t i v e n e s s , Advocacy,
O r g a n i z i n g and Group D y n a m i c s .

w i s h t o become more i n v o l v e d 1n
t h e i r trade unions. Attention w i l l
be g i v e n t o v o i c e d e v e l o p m e n t and
t r a i n i n g w i t h the a s s i s t a n c e of
m i c r o p h o n e s and r o l e p l a y i n g . Time
w i l l be g i v e n t o methods o f
speaking, writing techniques,
h a n d l i n g f e a r s and ways i n w h i c h
yo u c a n b u i l d y o u r v o c a b u l a r y . The
P r i n c i p l e s or "Rules of
Order"which guide the conduct of
m e e t i n g s and how t o u s e t h o s e
r u l e s w i l l be d i s c u s s e d . T h i s i s
a l s o done w i t h an E n g l i s h Language
t r a i n i n g format.

LSP 182
P r a c t i c a l S k i l l s f o r Union
Involvement ( F . S ) (1,0,0.3)
A t t e m p t s 1n a b a s i c w a y , t o d e a l
w i t h s p e c i a l p r o b l e m s t h a t most o f
us e x p e r i e n c e i n t h e a r e a s o f
P u b l i c Speaking, Convention
Structure. Processing Resolutions,
P a r l i a m e n t a r y P r o c e d u r e s , and
F a c e t s o f Union A d m i n i s t r a t i o n .

LSP 210
Arbitration

( F . S ) (1.5,0,0.5)

T h i s c o u r s e , w h i c h 1s open t o
s t u d e n t s who have p r e v i o u s l y
c o m p l e t e d LSP 1 1 0 , 1 1 1 , 113 o r any
o t h e r L a b o u r Law c o u r s e , w1l be an
advanced a r b i t r a t i o n c o u r s e
d e a l i n g w i t h matters such as r u l e s
of e v i d e n c e , p r o c e d u r e s , s e l e c t i o n
o f a r b i t r a t o r s , a r b i t r a t i o n powers
and a b r i e f h i s t o r y o f
a r b i t r a t i o n . It w i l l deal w i t h
grievance a r b i t r a t i o n a r i s i n g out
of the c o l l e c t i v e agreement.

LSP 170
Communications: P u b l i c Speaking
and P a r l i a m e n t a r y P r o c e d u r e s
(F.S) (1.5,0,0.5)
T h i s 1s a b a s i c c o u r s e 1n P u b l i c
S p p a k l n g and P a r l i a m e n t a r y
Procedures d i r e c t e d e s p e c i a l l y t o
t h o s p who a r e a l r e a d y I n v o l v e d o r

47

Mathematics
Instructional

Facultly

BENTLEY, A . E . T . , B . S c . ( U B C ) ,
M . A . , P h . D . ( M i s s o u r i ),
C o o r d i n a t o r o f M a t h e m a t i c s and
Computing S c i e n c e
BREARLEY, P . M . , B . S c , M . S c ,
(SFU), B . C . Teaching C e r t .
HARRIS, L . F . , B . A . , M . A . , ( U B C ) ,
P h . D . ( A u s t r a l . N a t . U) •
HAUSCHILDT, R . , B . S c . ( H o n s . )
( Q u e e n ' s ) , M . S c (UBC)
RENNIE, R . R . , B . S c , M . S c .
( B r i g h a m Y o u n g ) , P h . D . (UBC)
TOWSON, K . V . , B . S c , M . S c ( S F U )
VERNER, R . H . , B . S c . ( U B C ) , M . S c .
(EWSC), B . C . T e a c h i n g C e r t . ( U B C )
WATERMAN, A . , B . S c . ( U B C ) , M . S c .
(SFU), B . C . Teaching C e r t . ,
WATKISS, C , B . S c . ( C a r l e t o n ) ,
M . S c , Ph.D. (Toronto)
Laboratory

Supervisor

LYNN, W . , B . S c . ( C a r l e t o n ) ,
M.A.Sc. (Waterloo)

General

Information

The M a t h e m a t i c s Department
offprs
courses i n Mathematics p r i m a r i l y
at t h e f i r s t and s e c o n d y p a r
u n i v e r s i t y l e v e l . In a d d i t i o n
r e f r e s h e r courses or s k i l l
upgrading coursps are a v a i l a b l p .
For a d e t a i l p d d e s c r i p t i o n of t h p
C o m p u t i n g S c i e n c e c o u r e s and
programs, see t h e c a l e n d a r s e c t i o n
e n t i t l e d Computing S c i e n c p .

Refresher/Skill
Courses

Development

OPTION 1 - M a t h e m a t i c s 0 0 9 , 0 1 0 ,
O i l , 012
These c o u r s p s a r e o f f e r p d i n t h p
Math L e a r n i n g C e n t r e on a
self-study-format.
Diagnostic
t e s t s , w o r k b o o k s , v i d e o t a p p s and
i n d i v i d u a l i z p d i n s t r u c t i o n arp
a v a i l a b l e . - R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r pach
coursp i s ongoing throughout thp
academic y e a r . For placempnt
w i t h i n the s e r i e s i t i s suggested
t h a t y o u c o n s u l t a math
i n s t r u c t o r . Post-secondary
i n s t i t u t i o n s in B . C . recognize the
s p q u e n c p o f Math 0 1 0 , O i l and 012
as an A l g e b r a 12 p q u i v a l p n t . Thesp
c o u r s e s r e c e i v e , no t r a n s f p r
crpdit
a t UBC ( p x c e p t i f combined w i t h

48

Math 110 o r 1 0 8 ) o r U . V i c . , b u t
t h p s e q u e n c e Math 0 1 0 , O i l and 012
rpceivps transfpr crpdit for SFU's.
Math 1 0 0 .
OPTION 2 - M a t h p m a t i c s 105
Math 105 i s a p r e c a l c u l u s c o u r s p
at t h p A l g p b r a 12 l e v e l w h i c h i s
r e c o g n i z e d by p o s t - s e c o n d a r y
i n s t i t u t i o n s i n B . C . as A l g e b r a 12
p q u i v a l p n t . I t i s r u n on a r e g u l a r
c l a s s r o o m f o r m a t and r e q u i r p s a
" C " g r a d ? o r b e t t e r i n A l g e b r a 11
as a p r p r e q u i s i t e . Math 105
r e c e i v e s no t r a n s f e r c r e d i t a t UBC
( p x c p p t i f combined w i t h Math 110
o r 108) o r U . V i c , but. d o e s
rpceivp t r a n s f p r c r e d i t f o r SFU's
Math 1 0 0 .

M a t h e m a t i c s 009
Arithmetic (SU.F.S)
Prerpquisitp:

(1,0,0)

None

A review of the basic a r i t h m e t i c
opprations. Applications to
percpntage, r a t i o ,
proportions,
a r e a s and v o l u m p s . T h i s i s a
s e l f - s t u d y course p r i m a r i l y
intended f o r returning students
who r e q u i r e a b a s i c math
rpfrpshpr.

M a t h e m a t i c s 010
Elementary Algebra
(1,0,0)

(SU,F,S)

P r e r p q u i s i t p : Math 009 o r
permission of i n s t r u c t o r .
R e v i e w s and d e v e l o p s b a s i c
algpbraic s k i l l s necessary in the
s o l u t i o n of a l g e b r a i c equations
and t h e f a c t o r i z a t i o n o f
polynomials. Introduction to
a n a l y t i c geometry w i t h p m p h a s i s on
s t r a i g h t l i n e s . Thp c o u r s p i s
o f f e r p d on a s e l f - s t u d y f o r m a t .
For t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y SPP " O p t i o n 1"
of M a t h p m a t i c s i n t r o d u c t i o n .

Mathematics O i l
Intermediate Algebra with
Functions (SU.F.S) (1,0,0)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Math 010 o r
p e r m i s s i o n of i n s t r u c t o r .

This course continues t h e
dpvplopment of t h e a l g e b r a i c
s k i l l s i n t r o d u c e d i n Math 010.
Inequalities; functions,
e x p o n e n t i a l and l o g a r i t h m i c
f u n c t i o n s ; systems of l i n e a r
e q u a t i o n s ; a n a l y t i c gpometry w i t h
e m p h a s i s on t h p c o n i c s e c t i o n s .
T h i s c o u r s e i s o f f e r e d on a
self-study format.
For t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y s e e " O p t i o n 1"
of Mathematics i n t r o d u c t i o n .

M a t h e m a t i c s 012
Trigonometry ( S U , F , S )

(1,0,0)

P r p r e q u i s i t e : Math O i l o r
pprmission of i n s t r u c t o r .
Introduction to the trigonometric
functions,
trigonometric
idpntities; inverses, trianglps,
v e c t o r s and a p p l i c a t i o n s . T h i s
c o u r s e i s o f f e r e d on a s e l f - s t u d y
format.
F o r t r a n f p r a b i 1 i t y s p e " O p t i o n 1"
of Mathematics i n t r o d u c t i o n .

Mathematics

Placement

Test

The c o l l e g e i s c o n s i d e r i n g t h e
i n t r o d u c t i o n of a Mathematics
Placement Test f o r s t u d e n t s w i t h a
" C " g r a d e i n A l g p b r a 12 who w i s h
to r e g i s t e r i n Mathematics 110.
S t u d e n t s who have o b t a i n e d an " A "
o r " B " g r a d e i n A l g e b r a 12 w i l l be
permitted to r e g i s t e r in
M a t h e m a t i c s 110 w i t h o u t h a v i n g t o
w r i t e t h e Mathematics Placement
T p s t ( M P T ) . S c o r e s on t h e MPT w i l l
be used t o a s s i s t A l g e b r a 12 " C "
students with the s e l e c t i o n of
an a p p r o p r i a t e c o u r s e s e q u e n c p .
I n f o r m a t i o n on t h e MPT w i l l be
p r o v i d e d by t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office.

Academic T r a n s f e r C o u r s e s
Entering students should use t h e
f o l l o w i n g two s e c t i o n s , P a r t s A
and B , as g u i d e l i n e s f o r s e l e c t i n g
math c o u r s e s a t t h e f i r s t - y e a r
l e v e l . Due t o t h p s p e c i a l i z e d
nppds o f somp programs a t t h e
u n i v e r s i t i e s , the Mathematics
Department a d v i s e s s t u d e n t s t o
consult thp u n i v e r s i t y calendar

and t o seek g u i d a n c e f r o m a
c o l l e g e c o u n s e l l o r o r math
i n s t r u c t o r for the a p p r o p r i a t e
course s e l e c t i o n .

a d v i s p d . For J o i n t Honours i n
B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n and
E c o n o m i c s : Math 109 i s r e q u i r e d .

Prerequisite:

A . STUDENTS PLANNING TO PROCEED
S C I E N C E , COMPUTING S C I E N C E ,
MATHEMATICS, ECONOMICS,
ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING AND
FORESTRY.

IN

These s t u d e n t s n o r m a l l y t a k e Math
1 1 0 , 111 d u r i n g t h e i r f i r s t y e a r .

For a d e t a i l e d d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e
Commerce c o u r s e s and p r o g r a m s a t
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e see t h e c a l e n d a r
s p c t i o n t i t l e d Commerce.
Students planning to study
E c o n o m i c s at UBC must t a k e Math
110 and 1 1 1 .

Comments:

University

1 . Math 1 0 1 , 102 a r e recommended
by some s c i e n c e d e p a r t m e n t s a t
SFU.

Unless otherwise stated a f t e r the
course d e s c r i p t i o n , a l l the
f o l l o w i n g Mathematics courses
t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c .
For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e T r a n s f e r
G u i d e i n t h e hack o f t h e c a l e n d a r .

2. Science students should
c o n s i d e r t a k i n g Comp 1 0 3 , 104 o r
105 as e l e c t i v e s i n t h e i r f i r s t
year.
B . STUDENTS PLANNING TO PROCEED
ARTS OR COMMERCE PROGRAMS.

IN

Students p l a n n i n g to pursue a
program i n t h e F a c u l t y of A r t s ,
who w i s h t o s a t i s f y a o n e - y e a r
science course e l e c t i v e , normally
t a k e one o f t h e f o l l o w i n g
two-course combinations:
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math

M a t h e m a t i c s 102
S t a t i s t i c a l Methods

101 and 100
101 and 102
101 and Comp 100
105 and 108
105 and 110
108 and Comp 100
108 and 101
108 and 109
110 and 111

Students planning to enter F i r s t
Year Commerce a t C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e
o r at UBC a f t e r one y e a r a t
Capilano College take:
a ) Math 105 X 108 o r Math 105 X
110 ( F o r s t u d e n t s h a v i n g c o m p l e t e d
A l g e b r a 11 w i t h a " C - " g r a d e o r
better)
b) Math 108 * 109 o r Math 110 f,
111 ( F o r s t u d e n t s h a v i n g c o m p l e t e d
A l g e b r a 12 w i t h a " C - " g r a d e o r
better)
For t r a n s f e r to SFU, the f o l l o w i n g
a r e r e q u i r e d : Math 105 ( i f
B.C.
A l g e b r a 12 not c o m p l e t e d ) and Math
1 0 8 . In a d d i t i o n , Math 101 i s

Transfer

11 o r

A study of i m p o r t a n t s t a t i s t i c a l
methods commonly used i n t h e
a n a l y s i s of r e s e a r c h d a t a ,
i n c l u d i n g t - t e s t s and t h e i r
n o n - p a r a m e t r i c c o m p e t i t o r s , one
and t w o - w a y a n a l y s i s o f v a r i a n c e ,
c h i - s q u a r e t e s t s and r e g r e s s i o n
analysi s .

M a t h e m a t i c s 105
P r e - C a l c u l u s Mathematics
(F.S)
(3,0,1)
Note: This course i s not
t r a n s f e r a b l e t o UBC e x c e p t i f
c o m b i n e d w i t h Math 110 o r 1 0 8 .

A r e v i e w o f a l g e b r a and a
d i s c u s s i o n of f u n c t i o n s , graphs
and t r i g o n o m e t r y . P r i m a r i l y f o r
s t u d e n t s who a n t i c i p a t e t a k i n g
c a l c u l u s c o u r s e s o r who w i s h t o
t a k e an i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e i n
p h y s i c s but a r e weak i n m a t h .

Math
NOTES:

A s e l e c t i o n o f t o p i c s from s e t
theory, l o g i c , matrices, linear
programming, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
optimization techniques, business
m a t h e m a t i c s and a b r i e f
i n t r o d u c t i o n to computer
programing.

M a t h e m a t i c s 101
Introduction to S t a t i s t i c s
(F.S)
(3,0,1)
Prerequisite:
010

Math 101

P r e r e q u i s i t e : A l g e b r a 11 w i t h a t
l e a s t a " C - " g r a d e o r Math 0 1 0 .

N o t e : T h i s c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d
i n t h e s p r i n g when s u f f i c i e n t
s t u d e n t demand i s e v i d e n t d u r i n g
the previous F a l l semester.
Algebra

(3,0,1)

Credit

M a t h e m a t i c s 100
Introduction to College
Mathematics (S)
(3,0,1)

Prerequisite:
010

(S)

Algebra

11 o r

Math

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e l a n g u a g e o f
s t a t i s t i c s and some s t a t i s t i c a l
m e t h o d s , i n c l u d i n g random
v a r i a b l e s and t h e i r d i s t r i b u t i o n ;
random s a m p l i n g , normal
d i s t r i b u t i o n , e s t i m a t i o n of
p a r a m e t e r s and t e s t i n g h y p o t h e s e s .

1) F o r t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y see " O p t i o n
2" o f M a t h e m a t i c s i n t r o d u c t i o n .
2) Any s t u d e n t who has a t t e m p t e d
t h i s course w i t h i n the past year
w i l l not be a l l o w e d t o r e g i s t e r
without the i n s t r u c t o r ' s
permi s s i o n .

M a t h e m a t i c s 108
C a l c u l u s f o r B u s i n e s s and S o c i a l
Sciences I ( F . S ) (3,0,1)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - "
g r a d e i n A l g e b r a 12 o r M a t h 105 o r
Math O i l .
A b r i e f review of a l g e b r a ,
f u n c t i o n s , a n a l y t i c g e o m e t r y and
v e c t o r s t h e o r y . The d e r i v a t i v e
with a p p l i c a t i o n s to curve
s k e t c h i n g , o p t i m i z a t i o n , growth
and d e c a y . The i n t e g r a l w i t h
applications.
No d u p l i c a t e c r e d i t
f o r Math 108/110.

will

be

given

49

M a t h e m a t i c s 109
C a l c u l u s f o r B u s i n e s s and
S c i e n c e s II (S)
(3,0,1)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t
g r a d e i n Math 1 0 8 .

a

Social

M a t h e m a t i c s 200
L i n e a r A l g e b r a (F)

"C-"

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t
g r a d e i n Math 1 1 1 .

F u n c t i o n s of s e v e r a l
independent
variables, partial
derivatives,
e x t r e m a , Lagrange m u l t i p l i e r s ,
integration techniques, multiple
i n t e g r a l s , some t e c h n i q u e s f o r
s o l v i n g d i f f e r e n t i a l e q u a t i o n s and
difference equations.
No d u p l i c a t e c r e d i t
f o r Math 1 0 9 / 1 1 1 .

M a t h e m a t i c s 110
Calculus I (F,S)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : At
grade i n Algebra
105.

will

be

a

"C-"

A study of vector s p a c e s , l i n e a r
transformations, matrices,
determinants, eigenvalues,
quadratic forms.

M a t h e m a t i c s 205
Introduction to P r o b a b i l i t y
S t a t i s t i c s (S)
(3,0,1)

(4.5,0,1.5)

No d u p l i c a t e c r e d i t w i l l be
f o r Mathematics 108/110.

given

(4.5,0,1.5)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t
grade i n Math 1 1 0 .

a

"C-"

A study of the a n t i - d e r i v a t i v e ;
the i n t e g r a l , techniques of
i n t e g r a t i o n and a p p l i c a t i o n s o f
the i n t e g r a l ; sequences, i n f i n i t e
s e r i e s and T a y l o r ' s T h e o r e m .
No d u p l i c a t e c r e d i t
f o r Math 1 0 9 / 1 1 1 .

will

be

given

The Math D e p a r t m e n t o f f e r s a " f u l l
second y e a r u n i v e r s i t y
transfer
program i n m a t h .
S t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o t a k e 200
l e v e l math s h o u l d s e e k a d v i c e f r o m
math i n s t r u c t o r s .

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Math 111 w i t h a t
l e a s t a " C - " g r a d e o r Math 110 and
p e r m i s s i o n of
instructor.
A c a l c u l u s based s t u d y o f
p r o b a b i l i t y , i n v e s t i g a t i n g the
elements of p r o b a b i l i t y ,
discrete
and c o n t i n u o u s random v a r i a b l e s ,
m a t h e m a t i c a l e x p e c t a t i o n , moment
generating functions, Central
L i m i t Theorem, s a m p l i n g from
normal p o p u l a t i o n s .

M a t h e m a t i c s 215
Introduction to Analysis
(S)
(3,0,1)

M a t h e m a t i c s 231
C a l c u l u s IV ( S )

(3,0,1)
a

"C-"

and

N o t e : T h i s c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d
i n t h e s p r i n g when s u f f i c i e n t
s t u d e n t demand i s e v i d e n t d u r i n g
the previous F a l l semester.

least a "C-"
12 o r Math 012 o r

A n a l y t i c geometry o f t h r e e
dimensions; partial
differentiation, applications;
d o u b l e and t r i p l e
integrals;
t r a n s f o r m a t i o n s to various
coordinate systems.

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t
g r a d e i n Math 2 3 0 .

given

A b r i e f review of f u n c t i o n s ;
trigonometry; analytic
geometry;
t h e d e r i v a t i v e , t e c h n i q u e s of
d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n , a p p l i c a t i o n s of
t h e d e r i v a t i v e t o MAX-MIN and
related rate problems, the
d e f i n i t e i n t e g r a l , l o g a r i t h m i c and
exponential
functions.

M a t h e m a t i c s 111
C a l c u l u s II (S)

(3,0,1)

L i n e and s u r f a c e i n t e g r a l s ;
Green's Theorem; v e c t o r f i e l d s ;
divergence theorem; Stoke's
Theorem; a p p l i c a t i o n s .

M a t h e m a t i c s 235
Introduction to D i f f e r e n t i a l
E q u a t i o n s (S)
(3,0,1)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - "
g r a d e i n e a c h o f Math 200 and Math
230.
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o o r d i n a r y
differential equations;
first
order e q u a t i o n s ; second order
linear equations; f i r s t
order
l i n e a r s y s t e m s ; phase p l a n e ,
a p p l i c a t i o n s to p h y s i c s , geometry
and e l e c t r i c c i r c u i t s .

I

N o t e : T h i s c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d
i n t h e s p r i n g when s u f f i c i e n t
s t u d e n t demand i s e v i d e n t d u r i n g
the previous F a l l semester.
P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " B - "
a v e r a g e i n M a t h 110 and 1 1 1 .
A c o u r s e f o r s t u d e n t s who p l a n t o
proceed i n Mathematics. L o g i c ,
s e t s , f u n c t i o n s , l i m i t s of
s e q u e n c e s and s e r i e s ;
introduction
t o c o n t i n u i t y , the d e r i v a t i v e ,
Riemann I n t e g r a l .

M a t h e m a t i c s 230
C a l c u l u s III
(F)

(3,0,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : At l e a s t a " C - "
g r a d e i n Math 1 1 1 . S t u d e n t s a r e
a d v i s e d t o t a k e Math 200
c o n c u r r e n t l y , i f not a l r e a d y
completed.
Rob Atkins

50

photo

Philosophy
Instructional

Faculty

BATTERSBY, M . , B . A . ( N Y U ) ,
P h . D . (UBC)
BROWNE, A . , B . A . , M . A . , P h . D .
(UBC)
DIXON, J . , B . A . , P h . D . (UBC)

University

Transfer

Credit

A l l of the Philosophy courses
o f f e r e d a t C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e have
t r a n s f e r c r e d i t at e v e r y
university in B r i t i s h Columbia.
P r o s p e c t i v e philosophy majors
should c o n s u l t the f a c u l t y .

P h i l o s o p h y 101
Introductory Philosophy
(F)
(3,0,1)
No

P h i l o s o p h y 110
Logical Self-Defense
(F.S)
(3,0,1)
No

prerequisite

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c r u l e s
o f c l e a r and r a t i o n a l t h o u g h t . The
s t u d e n t w i l l be t a u g h t t h r o u g h
e x t e n s i v e e x a m p l e s how t o d e t e c t
false reasoning, i l l e g i t i m a t e
appeals to emotions,
i n c o n s i s t e n c i e s and
c o n t r a d i c t i o n s . The g o a l i s t o
d p v e l o p our l o g i c a l awareness to
t h e p o i n t t h a t we can no l o n g e r be
v i c t i m i z p d by t h p r h e t o r i c o f
e v e r y d a y l i f e , and can d e v p l o p o u r
own a r g u m e n t s w i t h c l a r i t y and
confidence.

P h i l o s o p h y 200
P o l i t i c a l Philosophy

prerequisite

c a u s a l i t y ? Is m a t e r i a l i s m t r u e ?
What i s t h e n a t u r e o f m i n d ? What
i s t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between m i n d
and body? What i s t h e s c i e n t i f i c
method? W h i l e t h i s i s not a c o u r s e
i n the h i s t o r y of P h i l o s o p h y , i t
w i l l c o v e r many o f t h e c l a s s i c a l
a t t e m p t s t o answer t h e s e
questions.

P h i l o s o p h y 211
M e t a p h y s i c s and
(S)
(3,0,1)
Prerequisite:

Philosophy

A continuation

of

No

(F)

(3,0,1)

T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an a n l y s i s o f
the r a t i o n a l e f o r p o l i t i c a l
i n s t i t u t i o n s and a c t i o n . Some o f
t h e q u e s t i o n s c o n s i d e r e d : Are we
r e a l l y o b l i g e d t o obpy t h e law?
Can t h e law be j u s t i f i a b l y
r p p r e s e n t e d as a u t h o r i t a t i V P , o r
i s thp r e a l f o u n d a t i o n of law i n
t h p p o l i c e m a n ' s h o l s t e r ? Does t h p
s t a t p have good r e a s o n f o r
i n v o l v i n g i t s e l f in compulsory
programs of e d u c a t i o n ? T h i s i s not
a study i n thp h i s t o r y of
p o l i t i c a l t h o u g h t and e v e r y e f f o r t
i s madp t o v i e w p r o b l e m s f r o m a
contemporary p e r s p e c t i v e .

P h i l o s o p h y 201

A continuation

Political

Philosophy 101.

N o t e : T h e r e i s no p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r
t h i s c o u r s e (one does not need
c o m p l e t e d c r e d i t i n P h i l o s o p h y 101
t o t a k e i t ) . Students e n t e r i n g the
C o l l e g e a r e welcome t o b e g i n t h e i r
i n t r o d u c t i o n to philososphy with
this course.

Philosophy

A continuation
P h i l o s o p h y 210
M e t a p h y s i c s and
(F)
(3,0,1)
No

Philosophy 210.

prerequisite

prerequisite

P h i l o s o p h y 102
Introductory Philosophy
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
of

210

P h i l o s o p h y 220
Philosophy in L i t e r a t u r e
(F)
(3,0,1)
No

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e
p h i l o s o p h i e s of m o r a l i t y ,
p o l i t i c s , knowledge and t h e
i n v i s i b l e w o r l d , w i t h e m p h a s i s on
t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between law and
morality; c i v i l disobedience;
r e a s o n and p a s s i o n ;
E x i s t e n t i a l i s m ; Feminism; freedom
and d e t e r m i n i s m ; Communism; doubt,
and c e r t a i n t y ; t h e n a t u r e o f
r e a l i t y . The e m p h a s i s of t h i s
c o u r s e v a r i e s from i n s t r u c t o r t o
i n s t r u c t o r and p r o s p e c t i v e
students should consult the
o u t l i n e s of d i f f e r e n t
instructors'
c o u r s e s when r e g i s t e r i n g .

Epistemology

of

(S)

(3,0,1)

Philosophy 200.

Epistemology

An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e l i v e l y
r e l a t i o n s h i p between P h i l o s o p h y
and L i t e r a t u r e . P h i l o s o p h i c a l
t h e o r i e s w i l l be a p p r o a c h e d and
d i s c u s s e d v i a l i t e r a r y work w h i c h
e i t h e r embodies t h e t h e o r i e s o r
g r o u n d s them i n human e x p e r i e n c e .
Textual s o u r c e s w i l l range from
t h e c l a s s i c a l Greek p l a y s t o
B u r g e s s ' "A C l o c k w o r k O r a n g e . "

P h i l o s o p h y 221
Existentialism in
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
No

Literature

prerequisite

This course i s , in s p i r i t , a
c o n t i n u a t i o n of Philosophy 220,
but i t i s c e n t r e d on t h e
Philosophy of E x i s t e n t i a l i s m in
l i t e r a t u r e . T h e r e w i l l be an
i n t r o d u c t o r y s e t o f l e c t u r e s on
E x i s t e n t i a l i s m as a p h i l o s o p h y .
T e x t u a l sources w i l l range from
D o s t o y e v s k y ' s "Notes from the
Underground" to S a r t r e ' s "Nausea."

prerequisitp

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some o f t h e
t r a d i t i o n a l prohlems of
m p t a p h y s i c s and e p i s t e m o l o g y . Some
of thp q u e s t i o n s c o n s i d e r e d a r e :
Does f r e e w i l l e x i s t ? I s s p n s p
perception a r e l i a b l p source of
k n o w l e d g e ? What i s t h p n a t u r p of

51

Physics
Instructional

FREEMAN, M . , B . S c . ( U B C ) , M . S c .
( C a l . T e c h . ) , P h . D . (UBC)
HENRY, M . I . , B . A . ( A l t a . ) , M . S c .
(UBC)
PALFFY-MUHORAY, P . ,
B.A.Sc,
M . A . S c . , P h . D . (UBC)
Laboratory

Supervisor

SIMSON,

B.,

B.Sc.

General

Information

(SFU)

A l l f i r s t - y e a r physics courses
i n c l u d e a weekly two-hour
l a b o r a t o r y p e r i o d . The c o s t o f t h e
l a b s i s included in the course
t u i t i o n fee except f o r l a b manuals
and some f i e l d t r i p c o s t s .

University

Transfer

Credit

Physics

I

P r e r e q u i s i t e : No P h y s i c s
p r e r e q u i s i t e . Math 1 2 , Math 100 o r
Math 105 i s r e q u i r e d .
This course, together with Physics
1 0 5 , w i l l s e r v e as an i n t r o d u c t i o n
to physics for students w i t h
l i t t l e or no b a c k g r o u n d i n t h e
s u b j e c t . They a r e i n t e n d e d f o r
s t u d e n t s not t a k i n g f u r t h e r
s t u d i e s in s c i e n c e . Topics i n c l u d e
m e c h a n i c s , e n e r g y , r a y o p t i c s and
heat. '

P h y s i c s 105
P r i n c i p l e s of
(S)
(3,2,1)

Physics

II

Prerequisite:

Physics

104 o r

110

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of P h y s i c s 104,
emphasizing e l e c t r i c i t y ,
magnetism, g r a v i t a t i o n ,
r e l a t i v i t y , l i g h t , quantum t h e o r y
and n u c l e a r p h y s i c s .

52

P h y s i c s 108
Basic Physics

(F)

(4.5,2,1.5)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Math 12 o r 1 0 5 . Math
110 i s a p r e o r c o r e q u i s i t e .
The c o u r s e c o v e r s t h e m a t e r i a l o f
Physics 110, together with those
t o p i c s from high school p h y s i c s
needed by a s t u d e n t w i t h no
p r e v i o u s background i n p h y s i c s . A
student passing t h i s course should
be a b l e t o e n t e r P h y s i c s 111 i n
the s p r i n g .

110
Physics

I

(F)

(3,2,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 12 o r
P h y s i c s 11 o r P h y s i c s 1 0 4 ; and
Math 110 i s a p r e o r c o r e q u i s i t e .
A survey of mechanics c o v e r i n g
vectors, s t a t i c s , kinematics,
d y n a m i c s , e n e r g y , momentum,
rotation, gravitation,
vibration,
and s p e c i a l
relativity.

P h y s i c s 111
General P h y s i c s

II

(S)

P h y s i c s 115
Fundamental P h y s i c s

II

P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 110 o r 108
o r 114 and Math 1 1 0 . Math 111 i s a
p r e o r c o r e q u i s i t e . Any s t u d e n t
who has a t t e m p t e d t h e c o u r s e
w i t h i n t h e l a s t y e a r w i l l not be
allowed to r e g i s t e r without the
instructor's permission.

(3,2,1)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of P h y s i c s 1 1 4 ;
m a t e r i a l s i m i l a r t o t h a t o f 111
but at a more a d v a n c e d l e v e l .

T h e o r y and

Optics

P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 111 o r 115
and Math 1 1 1 . M a t h 200 and 230
must be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y , i f n o t
a l r e a d y c o m p l e t e d . P h y s i c s 210
must be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y .
H e a t , t e m p e r a t u r e , t h e f i r s t and
s e c o n d laws o f t h e r m o d y n a m i c s ,
k i n e t i c t h e o r y and p h y s i c a l
o p t i c s . This course, together with
P h y s i c s 2 0 1 , 210 and 2 1 1 , i s
required for students majoring in
p h y s i c s and recommended f o r
students majoring in chemistry.

P h y s i c s 201
Electrical Circuits

(3,2,1)

(S)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 114 o r a t
l e a s t a " B " i n P h y s i c s 108 o r 1 1 0 .
Math 111 i s a p r e o r c o r e q u i s i t e .

P h y s i c s 200
Heat, K i n e t i c
(F)
(3,0,1)

May n o t be o f f e r e d i n 1 9 8 4 / 8 5 .
Consult the t i m e t a b l e .

Physics
General

A l l P h y s i c s c o u r s e s at C a p i l a n o
c a r r y t r a n s f e r c r e d i t t o S F U , UBc
and U . V i c . F o r d e t a i l s p l e a s e
r e f e r t o t h e T r a n s f e r G u i d e at t h e
back o f t h e c a l e n d a r .

P h y s i c s 104
P r i n c i p l e s of
(F)
(3,2,1)

This course, together with Physics
115, i s p a r t i c u l a r l y s u i t a b l e f o r
students going i n t o the p h y s i c a l
s c i e n c e s or e n g i n e e r i n g .

May not be o f f e r e d i n 1 9 8 4 / 8 5 .
Consult the t i m e t a b l e .

Faculty

(S)

(3,0,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 2 0 0 , Math
230 and 2 0 0 . Math 235 i s a p r e o r
c o r e q u i s i t e . P h y s i c s 211 must be
taken c o n c u r r e n t l y .

E l e c t r i c a l and m a g n e t i c f i e l d s ,
c i r c u i t s , wave o p t i c s , and a t o m i c
and n u c l e a r p h y s i c s .

The s t u d y o f e l e c t r i c a l and
magnetic f i e l d s ; fundamentals of
a . c . t h e o r y ; L R , R C , LRC c i r c u i t s ;
resonance; mechanical analogs;
f o r c e d and damped o s c i l l a t i o n s .

P h y s i c s 114
Fundamental P h y s i c s

Physics
Physics

I

(F)

(3,2,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 12 o r
P h y s i c s 1 0 4 ; Math 110 i s a p r e
corequi si t e .

or

A survey of m e c h a n i c s , i n c l u d i n g
s p e c i a l r e l a t i v i t y . This course
covers material s i m i l a r to Physics
110 but at a more a d v a n c e d l e v e l .

210
Laboratory

I

P r e r e q u i s i t e : As f o r
w h i c h must be t a k e n

(F)

(1,3,0)

P h y s i c s 200
concurrently.

A weekly t h r e e - h o u r l a b i n
mathematical methods, e l e c t r i c a l
measurements and o p t i c s .

P h y s i c s 211
Physics Laboratory

II

(S)

(1,3,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : As f o r P h y s i c s 2 0 1 ,
w h i c h must be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y .
A weekly t h r e e - h o u r l a b i n
electron dynamics, e l e c t r i c i t y
electronics.

P h y s i c s 220
Mechanics I (F)

and

(3,0,1)

P r e r e q u s i t e : P h y s i c s 110 o r 108 o r
1 1 4 , Math 1 1 1 . Math 230 i s a p r e
or c o r e q u i s i t e .
Newtonian mechanics of p a r t i c l e s .
Topics i n c l u d e k i n e m a t i c s , viscous
and t u r b u l e n t d r a g , r o c k e t
p r o p u l s i o n , c o n s e r v a t i o n l a w s , and
c e n t r i f u g a l and C o r i o l i s
forces.
This c o u r s e , together w i t h Physics
221, i s required for students
m a j o r i n g i n p h y s i c s and
recommended f o r s t u d e n t s m a j o r i n g
i n math o r c o m p u t e r s c i e n c e .

P h y s i c s 221
M e c h a n i c s II and S p e c i a l
R e l a t i v i t y (S)
(3,0,1)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : P h y s i c s 2 2 0 , Math
2 3 0 . Math 235 i s a recommended
corequisite.
More advanced t o p i c s i n m e c h a n i c s :
a p p l i c a t i o n of s p e c i a l
relativity
to elementary p a r t i c l e c r e a t i o n
and s p a c e t r a v e l , e l l i p t i c a l and
interplanetary transfer orbits,
r i g i d body d y n a m i c s and
gyroscopes.

53

Political Science
Instructional

Faculty

LAVALLE,

B.Comm.,

E.M.,

LL.B.

( U B C ) , M . A . (Duke)
MIER, P . , B . A . ( S F U ) , M.A.
(Toronto)
PERSKY, S . , B . A . , M.A. (UBC)

University

Tranfer

Credit

A l l P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e courses at
C a p i l a n o are t r a n s f e r a b l e to SFU,
UBC and U . V i c . F o r d e t a i l s c o n s u l t
t h e T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back o f
the calendar.

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 100
An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o P o l i t i c a l
Thought - P l a t o t o H e g e l
(F.S)
(3,0,1)
The p u r p o s e o f t h e c o u r s e i s t o
introduce students to the
t r a d i t i o n o f Western p o l i t i c a l
i n q u i r y from the A n c i e n t Greeks t o
t h e l i b e r a l and d e m o c r a t i c
r e v o l u t i o n of the 18th C e n t u r y .
Elements w i t h i n t h i s t r a d i t i o n
w i l l be a p p r o a c h e d f r o m an
h i s t o r i c a l and p h i l o s o p h i c a l
p e r s p e c t i v e . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis
w i l l be p l a c e d upon t h e c r i t i c a l
r e a d i n g o f o r i g i n a l t e x t s and
b a c k g r o u n d m a t e r i a l w i l l be
p r e s e n t e d i n l e c t u r e s and
a d d i t i o n a l r e a d i n g . Major t o p i c s
i n c l u d e a n c i e n t and m e d i e v a l
p o l i t i c a l t h o u g h t , the r i s e of the
n a t i o n a l s t a t e , and t h e i d e a s o f
democratic l i b e r a l i s m .

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 101
Contemporary
Ideologies
(F,S)
(3,0,1)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l
development of contemporary
i d e o l o g i e s w i t h an e x a m i n a t i o n o f
the ideas expressed in the
p o l i t i c a l p r o c e s s . The c o u r s e
includes a c r i t i c a l a n a l y s i s of
Liberalism, Conservatism, Fascism,
S o c i a l Democracy and
Marxi sm-Leni ni sm.

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 102
C o m p a r a t i v e Government
(F.S)
(3,0,1)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n

54

to the elements

of

government and p o l i t i c s i n a
comparative p e r s p e c t i v e . This
c o u r s e w i l l t a k e two o r more
p o l i t i c a l c u l t u r e s and e x a m i n e t h e
f o r m a l and i n f o r m a l p o l i t i c a l
s t r u c t u r e s and p r o c e s s e s i n e a c h .
A v a r i e t y of s t a t e s / c o u n t r i e s are
s e l e c t e d each s e m e s t e r t o use as
" c a s e " s t u d i e s ; e . g . U . S . and
L a t i n A m e r i c a ; W e s t e r n E u r o p e and
t h e S o v i e t U n i o n , New S t a t e s , O l d
Problems.

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 104
C a n a d i a n Government ( F , S )

(3,0,1)

A study of the p r o c e s s e s ,
i d e o l o g i e s and government
s t r u c t u r e s w h i c h make up t h e
Canadian p o l i t i c a l r e a l i t y . T h i s
c o u r s e w i l l examine t h e r o l e o f
the prime m i n i s t e r ' s o f f i c e , the
bureaucracy, p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s ,
f e d e r a l - p r o v i n c i a l r e l a t i o n s and
Canadian f o r e i g n p o l i c y .

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 201
International Relations
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
A study of aspects of global
c o n f l i c t and w o r l d p o l i t i c s . The
course provides students w i t h the
b a c k g r o u n d n e c e s s a r y f o r an
u n d e r s t a n d i n g of s o u r c e s o f p o w e r ,
techniques of w i e l d i n g i n f l u e n c e
and t h e f o r m u l a t i o n o f f o r e i g n
p o l i c y . The c o u r s e w i l l e x a m i n e
t h e o r i g i n s o f t h e C o l d War,
I m p e r i a l i s m , l o c a l and g l o b a l
w a r s , d e t e n t e , and p r o b l e m s of
m i l i t a r i z a t i o n and d i s a r m a m e n t .

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 203
International
Organizations
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
S i n c e t h e emergence o f t h e C o n c e r t
of Europe i n 1815, i n t e r n a t i o n a l
o r g a n i z a t i o n s have p l a y e d an
i n c r e a s i n g l y important role in
world p o l i t i c s . This course
e x a m i n e s t h e h i s t o r y and
d e v e l o p m e n t o f i n t e r n a t i o n a l and
r e g i o n a l g o v e r n m e n t a l and
non-governmental o r g a n i z a t i o n s
which act i n the i n t e r n a t i o n a l
a r e n a . S p e c i a l e m p h a s i s w i l l be
p l a c e d on t h e U n i t e d N a t i o n s , t h e
North A t l a n t i c Treaty
O r g a n i z a t i o n , t h e Warsaw P a c t , t h e

European
OPEC.

E c o n o m i c Community

and

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 206
S c o p e and M e t h o d s : P o l i t i c a l
A n a l y s i s (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o p o l i t i c a l
a n a l y s i s and m e t h o d o l o g y . U s i n g
Canada as a f o c u s , s t u d e n t s w i l l
become f a m i l i a r w i t h t h e t h e o r i e s
and t o o l s u s e d by p o l i t i c a l
s c i e n t i s t s to analyze problems.
Not o f f e r e d

in

1984/85.

Psychology
Instructional

Faculty

A L B E R T , J . G . , B . S . (New Y o r k ) ,
M . S c , Ph.D. (McGill)
AVERY, P . , B . A . ( Y o r k ) , M . E d .
(Toronto)
ECCLES, E . , R . N . ( S t . P a u l s ) ,
B . A . , M . A . (UBC)
HAWRYLKO, R . , B . A . ( H u n t e r ) , M . A .
(SFU)
MACNEILL, M . , B . A . ( A l t a . ) , M . A .
(Manitoba), Ph.D. (Calgary)
MOE, S . , B . A . , M.A. ( M e x i c o )
PAREIS, N . , B . S c . ( R u t g e r s ) , P h . D .
(Texas)

University

Transfer

Credit

A l l Psychology courses at C a p i l a n o
t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c .
F o r more d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e
T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back o f t h e
calendar.

P s y c h o l o g y 100
Introduction to
(F,S)
(3,0,1)

Psychology

A course designed to i n t r o d u c e the
beginning psychology student t o
some o f t h e m a j o r c o n c e p t s and
a p p r o a c h e s n e c e s s a r y t o an
u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f human b e h a v i o u r
from a p s y c h o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e .
Topics covered i n c l u d e l e a r n i n g ,
development, m o t i v a t i o n , emotion,
stress, sexuality, personality
theory, behaviour d i s o r d e r s .

P s y c h o l o g y 101
B e h a v i o u r a l Theory
Prerequisite:

(F.S)

Psychology

(3,0,1)
100

A c o u r s e f o r t h o s e s t u d e n t s who
d e s i r e a complete survey of the
b a s i c a r e a s o f P s y c h o l o g y (when
combined w i t h P s y c h o l o g y 1 0 0 ) ,
b e f o r e p r o c e e d i n g t o an i n - d e p t h
s t u d y o f p a r t i c u l a r a r e a s . The 101
c o u r s e c o v e r s s u c h t o p i c s as
s t a t i s t i c s , experimental d e s i g n ,
psychological assessment, learning
t h e o r y , memory and c o g n i t i o n ,
physiological
psychology,
s e n s a t i o n and p e r c e p t i o n , a l t e r e d
s t a t e s o f c o n s c i o u s n e s s and t h e
therapeutic process.

P s y c h o l o g y 200
S o c i a l Psychology
Prerequisite:

(F,S)

Psychology

(3,0,1)
100

A s t u d y o f t h e d y n a m i c s and
e f f e c t s o f s o c i a l i n f l u e n c e s on
i n d i v i d u a l human b e h a v i o u r . The
c o u r s e e n t a i l s a l o o k at s u c h
t o p i c s as a t t i t u d e s and
a t t i t u d e - c h a n g e s , group p r o c e s s e s ,
leadership, prejudice,
impression formation, conformity,
a l t r u i s m and i n t e r p e r s o n a l
attraction.

P s y c h o l o g y 201
Group Dynamics ( F , S )
Prerequisite:

(3,0,1)

Psychology

P s y c h o l o g y 204
Developmental Psychology
(F)
(3,0,1)
Psychology

100

A study of the c h i l d ' s development
from i n f a n c y t o a d o l e s c e n c e ,
i n c l u d i n g the development of
social behaviour, personality,
l a n g u a g e and c o g n i t i v e p r o c e s s e s .
S t u d e n t s w i l l be e n c o u r a g e d t o do
r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t s and
observations.

P s y c h o l o g y 205
The P s y c h o l o g y o f
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
Prerequisite:

Aging

Psychology

P s y c h o l o g y 206
Adolescent Psychology
Prerequisite:

(S)

Psychology

(3,0,1)
100

T h i s course w i l l examine the
r e s e a r c h f i n d i n g s and t h e o r i e s
p e r t a i n i n g t o t h e d e v e l o p m e n t and
b e h a v i o u r of a d o l e s c e n t s . T o p i c s
covered w i l l include b i o l o g i c a l
and s e x u a l m a t u r a t i o n ,
personality, intelligence,
m o t i v a t i o n and s o c i a l i s s u e s s u c h
as d e l i n q u e n c y and f a m i l y
relationships.

100

A study of the b e h a v i o u r of people
in small groups. This course
p r o v i d e s an i n t e l l e c t u a l and
e x p e r i e n t i a l approach to small
g r o u p t h e o r y and a l l o w s t h e
student to p r a c t i c e c o n s t r u c t i v e
interpersonal s k i l l s in a
s u p p o r t i v e , s m a l l group s e t t i n g .

Prerequisite:

of the aging process through such
means as community p r o j e c t s .

100

A course dealing with the
p s y c h o l o g i c a l devplopment of the
i n d i v i d u a l from e a r l y adulthood t o
d e a t h , w i t h e m p h a s i s on
i n t e l l e c t u a l and p e r s o n a l i t y
c h a n g e s , and t h e s o c i a l c o n t e x t o f
a g i n g . As w e l l as b e i n g e x p o s e d t o
b a s i c research i n the a r e a ,
s t u d e n t s w i l l be e n c o u r a g e d t o
d e v e l o p an e m p a t h i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g

P s y c h o l o g y 220
Theory of P e r s o n a l i t y
Prerequisite:

(S)

Psychology

(3,0,1)
100

A s t u d y o f t h e v a r i o u s t h e o r i e s of
p e r s o n a l i t y from p s y c h o a n a l y t i c
theory to l e a r n i n g t h e o r y .
I n c l u d e d w i l l be t h e i d e a s o f
F r e u d , R o g e r s , Maslow and o t h e r s .
C o n c e p t s t o be c o n s i d e r e d w i l l
i n c l u d e the development of
p e r s o n a l i t y , and t h e s t r u c t u r e and
d y n a m i c s o f p e r s o n a l i t y . The
course w i l l i n c l u d e c o n s i d e r a t i o n
o f t h e o r e t i c a l p r o b l e m s , and
s t u d e n t s w i l l become f a m i l i a r w i t h
e m p i r i c a l research in these a r e a s .

P s y c h o l o g y 222
Abnormal P s y c h o l o g y
Prerequisite:

(F,S)

Psychology

(3,0,1)
100

A s t u d y o f t h e v a r i o u s m o d e l s and
perspectives for viewing patterns
and t r e a t m e n t o f a b n o r m a l
b e h a v i o u r . I n c l u d e d w i l l be an
e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e r e s e a r c h as t o
how t h e m e d i c a l m o d e l ,
b e h a v i o u r i s t i c school, humanistic
s c h o o l and i n t e r p e r s o n a l s c h o o l
v i e w normal and a b n o r m a l
behaviour. This course w i l l a l s o
f o c u s on t h e h i s t o r i c a l and
contemporary approaches t o
treatment.

55

Sociology
Instructional

Faculty

BRAIN, A . R . L . , B . A . ( H o n s . )
( E s s e x ) , M . A . , P h . D . (UBC)
GAYLE, N . , B . A . ( Y o r k ) , M . A .
( W e s t e r n ) , P h . D . (UBC)
GROVES, P . . H e f f r o n , B . A .
( T o r o n t o ) , P h . D . (UBC)
S P E I E R , M . , B . A . (New Y o r k ) ,
Ph.D. (Berkeley)
<

General

M.A.,

Information

A l l courses i n S o c i o l o g y are
geared to help the s t u d e n t
comprehend p e r s o n a l and g l o b a l
e v e n t s i n a r e l e v a n t and
m e a n i n g f u l way. S o c i o l o g y s h o u l d
thus help the student i n h i s / h e r
e n d e a v o u r t o cope w i t h our
i n c r e a s i n g l y complex s o c i e t y . A
m a j o r i n S o c i o l o g y l e a d s t o work
i n the f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : s o c i a l
work, t e a c h i n g , probation work,
criminology, industrial Sociology,
c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , m e d i a , government
r e s e a r c h and r e l a t e d a r e a s .
Students r e g i s t e r i n g for Sociology
courses should note t h a t t h e r e are
no p r e r e q u s i t e s f o r any o f t h e
c o u r s e s and t h a t c o u r s e s can be
t a k e n i n any o r d e r or c o m b i n a t i o n ,
according to student i n t e r e s t .
Those who i n t e n d t o m a j o r s h o u l d
c o m p l e t e S o c i o l o g y 100 and 1 0 1 .

University

Transfer

Credit

A l l S o c i o l o g y courses at C a p i l a n o
t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c .
A l l 200 l e v e l c o u r s e s w i l l p r o v i d e
t h e Simon F r a s e r t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t
w i t h assigned c r e d i t toward
s e c o n d - y e a r c o u r s e s . The UBC
t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t w i l l be p r o v i d e d
w i t h unassigned c r e d i t towards a
m a j o r . For d e t a i l s c o n s u l t t h e
T r a n s f e r . G u i d e a t t h e back o f t h e
calendar.

S o c i o l o g y 100
Social Structures

(F,S)

(3,0,1)

The c o u r s e s y s t e m a t i c a l l y c o v e r s
m a j o r t o p i c s and i s s u e s o f c o n c e r n
t o anyone who w i s h e s t o b e g i n t o
u n d e r s t a n d and come t o t e r m s w i t h ,
t h e modern w o r l d i n a p e r s o n a l l y
and s o c i o l o g i c a l l y r e l e v a n t way.
The b a s i c theme o f t h e c o u r s e i s

56

t h a t we a r e , t o a g r e a t e r e x t e n t
than g e n e r a l l y i m a g i n e d , p r o d u c e d ,
s t r u c t u r e d and run by t h e " s o c i a l
machine". This " s o c i a l machine"
c o m p r i s e s i n s t i t u t i o n s s u c h as t h e
f a m i l y , r e l i g i o n , i n e q u a l i t y , mass
m e d i a , e d u c a t i o n as w e l l as r u l e s ,
customs, laws, e t c . This course
l o o k s a t how we a r e i n f l u e n c e d by
t h i s " m a c h i n e " and i n t u r n how we
react to that i n f l u e n c e .
B o t h S o c i o l o g y 100 and 101 a r e
required for students intending to
m a j o r i n S o c i o l o g y a t SFU o r UBC.

S o c i o l o g y 101
Concepts of Theories
(F,S)
(3,0,1)

of

Society

With current s o c i a l c o n d i t i o n s in
mind, t h i s course analyzes the
g e n e r a l development of
s o c i o l o g i c a l thought i n the 19th
and 2 0 t h c e n t u r i e s . We w i l l l o o k
at t h r e e major approaches t o
understanding society
(functionalism, c o n f l i c t theory
and s y m b o l i c i n t e r a c t i o n i s m l and
employ t h e s e a p p r o a c h e s t o a n a l y z e
events of c u r r e n t i n t e r e s t .
B o t h S o c i o l o g y 100 and 101 a r e
required for students intending to
m a j o r i n S o c i o l o g y a t SFU o r UBC.

S o c i o l o g y 200
Canadian S o c i e t y

(F)

(3,0,1)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s t u d y o f
C a n a d i a n s o c i e t y and c u l t u r e ,
i n c l u d i n g an a n a l y s i s o f t h e m a j o r
C a n a d i a n i n s t i t u t i o n s s t u d i e d on a
national b a s i s , with special
e m p h a s i s on t h e d y n a m i c s o f change
i n a m u l t i c u l t u r a l , complex
society.

S o c i o l o g y 201
B r i t i s h Columbia
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

Society

A continued s o c i o l o g y approach to
the dynamics of Canadian s o c i e t y
w i t h s p e c i a l e m p h a s i s on B r i t i s h
C o l u m b i a . C l o s e a t t e n t i o n w i l l be
g i v e n t o s o c i a l movements and
e c o n o m i c , h i s t o r i c a l and c u l t u r a l
d e v e l o p m e n t s w h i c h have shaped
B r i t i s h Columbia from a f r o n t i e r
i n t o a modern i n d u s t r i a l s o c i e t y .

S o c i o l o g y 210
Current Social

Issues

(F)

(3,0,1)

A s t u d y o f s o c i a l c o n c e r n s and
c u l t u r a l p r o b l e m s common t o
current c o n d i t i o n s in the 20th
c e n t u r y i n o u r s o c i e t y and i n
global perspectives. C l a s s i c a l
s o c i o l o g i c a l c o n c e p t s w i l l be used
t o a n a l y z e m e d i a c o v e r a g e and
p o p u l a r p e r c e p t i o n o f i s s u e s and
problems. Current issues are
p l a c e d i n the c o n t e x t of the
s t u d e n t ' s d a i l y w o r l d , as i t i s
happening n o w - - t h i s should develop
the s t u d e n t ' s s o c i o l o g i c a l
i m a g i n a t i o n . T h i s c o u r s e c a n be
t a k e n by i t s e l f , o r as a
complement t o C o n t e m p o r a r y T h i r d
World I s s u e s .

S o c i o l o g y 211
S o c i o l o g y o f Under
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

Development

A study of the major t h e o r i e s of
under d e v e l o p m e n t , e m p i r i c a l
s t u d i e s of under d e v e l o p m e n t ,
s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l r e s p o n s e s t o
u n d e r d e v e l o p m e n t , and t h e
i n t e r - r e l a t i o n s h i p of s o c i a l
i n s t i t u t i o n s i n and between t h e
" d e v e l o p e d " and " u n d e r d e v e l o p e d "
s o c i e t i e s . This course w i l l
p r o v i d e s t u d e n t s w i t h an
opportunity to better understand
t h e s o c i a l , e c o n o m i c and p o l i t i c a l
c a u s e s and e f f e c t s o f under
d e v e l o p m e n t . B o t h s o c i o l o g i c a l and
" n o n - s o c i o l o g i c a l " l i t e r a t u r e on
t h e m e a n i n g and e f f e c t s o f " u n d e r
d e v e l o p m e n t " w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d .
T h i s c o u r s e may be t a k e n by i t s e l f
o r as a complement t o S o c i o l o g y
210, Current S o c i a l I s s u e s .

S o c i o l o g y 222
Sociology of the A r t s

(F)

(3,0,1)

A m u s i c a l , a r t i s t i c and
s o c i o l o g i c a l study of c r e a t i v e
endeavours of western c i v i l i z a t i o n
t h r o u g h p a i n t i n g , m u s i c and
sculpture to cinema. Lectures are
i l l u s t r a t e d w i t h b o t h p i c t u r e s and
m u s i c . The c o u r s e w i l l r e l a t e t h e
v a r i o u s a r t forms to the s o c i a l
c o n t e x t i n w h i c h t h e y e x i s t ; hence
i t w i l l d e v e l o p an u n d e r s t a n d i n g
o f t h e i n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s between
i d e a s ( e x p r e s s e d as A r t ) , s o c i a l
i n s t i t u t i o n s and s o c i a l b e h a v i o u r .

Spanish
This course i s p a r t i c u l a r l y
recommended as a complement t o
S o c i o l o g y 223 o r 1 0 1 .

S o c i o l o g y 223
M e d i a and S o c i e t y

(S)

(3,0,1)

An i n t e n s i v e and f a s c i n a t i n g s t u d y
o f t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between a
s o c i e t y ' s c o m m u n i c a t i o n s y s t e m s as
m e d i a and i t s t e c h n o l o g i c a l ,
e c o n o m i c and p o l i t i c a l b a s e , i t s
ideology, i t s behaviour patterns
and i t s c u l t u r a l l i f e . T h i s w i l l
encompass c u r r e n t f o r m s of
t e l e v i s i o n , r a d i o , magazines, a l l
f o r m s o f a d v e r t i s e m e n t , news
p r o d u c t i o n and t h e m o v i e s . T h i s
c o u r s e i s p a r t i c u l a r l y recommended
as a complement t o S o c i o l o g y 222
or 100.

Instructional

Faculty

FURSTENWALO, C , B . A .
(Mexico),
M.B.A. 'Washington)
SOUZA, A . 6 . , B . A . ( H o n s . ) , M . A .
( U B C ) , C o o r d i n a t o r of Modern
Languages
Instructional Associate
GACINA, J e a n e t t e

University

Transfer

Credit

A l l Spanish courses at Capilano
t r a n s f e r t o S F U , UBC and U . V i c .
SFU
S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o p r o c e e d t o
SFU and t o p u r s u e f u r t h e r c o u r s e s
i n S p a n i s h are reminded of the
present equivalency standards.
E l e c t i v e c r e d i t w i l l be g i v e n a t
SFU f o r a l l C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e
S p a n i s h c o u r s e s . Exemption from
and p l a c e m e n t i n h i g h e r c o u r s e s
a r e d e t e r m i n e d by t h e r e s u l t s o f a
placement t e s t or other assessment
p r o c e d u r e . As a r e s u l t o f t h e
p l a c e m e n t t e s t , a r e a c r e d i t may be
granted which would count toward a
m a j o r i n S p a n i s h . C o u r s e s w h i c h do
not q u a l i f y t o w a r d a m a j o r w i l l be
awarded e l e c t i v e c r e d i t o n l y .
UBC
At UBC, p r e s e n t p q u i v a l e n t
s t a n d a r d s e q u a t e S p a n i s h 100 and
101 w i t h S p a n i s h 1 0 0 ; S p a n i s h 200
and 201 w i t h S p a n i s h 2 0 0 . The
s t u d e n t who p l a n s t o m a j o r i n
S p a n i s h may e n t e r U B C ' s S p a n i s h
when he c o m p l e t e s t h e C a p i l a n o
courses.
Note: A l l courses in Spanish
i n c l u d e a t o t a l o f f i v e and one
h a l f hours of i n s t r u c t i o n per
w e e k , made up p f t h r e e h o u r s o f
l e c t u r e s ; one and o n e - h a l f h o u r s
o f l a b o r a t o r y p r a c t i c e ; and one
hour of c o n v e r s a t i o n a l
practice
with a native speaker.
N a t i v e s p e a k e r s o f F r e n c h , German
o r S p a n i s h who w i s h t o t a k e f i r s t
or second-year courses in these
l a n g u a g e s must c o n s u l t w i t h t h e
Language C o o r d i n a t o r
first.
U n i v e r s i t y rules governing such
students d i f f e r within
d e p a r t m e n t s , but t h e Language

Rob Atkins

photo

C o o r d i n a t o r has c o r r e s p o n d e n c e
dealing with matters relevant to
c r e d i t t r a n s f e r and p o i n t o f
e n t r y . In o r d e r t o a v o i d any
m i s u n d e r s t a n d i n g s , such students
are i n v i t e d to discuss these
p r o b l e m s w i t h t h e Language
Coordinator p r i o r to enrollment.
S p a n i s h 100
F i r s t Year S p a n i s h ( F )
Prerequisite:

(3,2.5,1)

None

This i s a beginners' course which
o f f e r s a comprehensive
i n t r o d u c t i o n to the Spanish
l a n g u a g e . E m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on
grammar and t h e d e v e l o p m e n t o f t h e
students' speaking, understanding
and w r i t i n g s k i l l s .
S p a n i s h 101
F i r s t Year S p a n i s h

(S)

(3,2.5,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : S p a n i s h 100 o r
p e r m i s s i o n from i n s t r u c t o r .
A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f t h e work o f
S p a n i s h 1 0 0 , t h i s c o u r s e s h o u l d be
t a k e n , wherever p o s s i b l e , i n the
term f o l l o w i n g Spanish 100.
Recommended a l s o f o r t h o s e who a r e
c o n s i d e r i n g t a k i n g S p a n i s h 200 a t
a l a t e r d a t e and need r e v i e w w o r k .
S p a n i s h 200
Seco n d Y e a r S p a n i s h ( F )

(3,2,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Spanish grade 12, or
S p a n i s h 100/101 or p e r m i s s i o n of
instructor.
A r e v i e w o f S p a n i s h grammar w i t h
s p e c i a l e m p h a s i s on p r o b l e m a t i c
a r e a s n o r m a l l y e n c o u n t e r e d by
s t u d e n t s o f t h e l a n g u a g e . The
r e a d i n g , w r i t i n g and o r a l f l u e n c y
o f t h e s t u d e n t w i l l be i m p r o v e d
through t r a n s l a t i o n s , compositions
and a h i g h d e g r e e o f c o n v e r s a t i o n .
A l s o , t h e s t u d e n t w i l l be
introduced to Hispanic L i t e r a t u r e .
C l a s s e s w i l l be c o n d u c t e d i n t h e
Spanish language o n l y .
S p a n i s h 201
Second Y e a r S p a n i s h ( S )

(3,2,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : S p a n i s h 200 o r
p e r m i s s i o n from the i n s t r u c t o r .
A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f t h e work o f
S p a n i s h 2 0 0 . T h i s c o u r s e s h o u l d be
t a k e n , wherever p o s s i b l e , in t h e
term f o l l o w i n g Spanish 200.

57

Theatre Arts
Instructional

Faculty

MOORE, 0 . , B . F . A . ( U . V i c )
MURDOCH, W . , B . F . A . ( U . V i c . ) ,
M.F.A.
(UBC)

General

Information

The T h e a t r e P r o g r a m at C a p i l a n o
College i s designed to introduce
the student to the t h e a t r e a r t s
through courses in a c t i n g , t h e a t r e
h i s t o r y and t h e a t r e - c r a f t l a b s . It
provides t r a i n i n g i n the a r t of
p e r f o r m a n c e and w i l l p r e p a r e
a c t o r s f o r f u r t h e r work i n o t h e r
i n s t i t u t i o n s and a c t i n g s c h o o l s ,
as w e l l as e n c o u r a g i n g t h e i r
p a r t i c i p a t i o n in r e c r e a t i o n a l
community t h e a t r e .
D a y t i m e and e v e n i n g s e c t i o n s
o f most c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d t o
a l l o w b o t h f u l l - t i m e and p a r t - t i m e
s t u d e n t s to take advantage of t h e
Theatre Program.

University

Transfer

Theatre courses
transfer credit
a t S F U , UBC and
consult Tranfer
i nstructor.

Credit

a t C a p i l a n o have
or e l e c t i v e c r e d i t
U . V i c . Please
G u i d e and

t h e a t r e . T h e a t r e 101 t r a i n s t h e
performer i n the a r t of
i m p r o v i s a t i o n and group c r e a t i o n .
It emphasizes ensemble p e r f o r m i n g ,
narrative s k i l l s , character
r e l a t i o n s h i p , and an u n d e r s t a n d i n g
of the nature of dramatic
s t r u c t u r e . T h e r e w i l l n o r m a l l y be
a p u b l i c performance d u r i n g the
term.

T h e a t r e 120
Introduction to Theatre History
(F)
(3,0,1)
Prerequisite:

Not

offered

in 1984/85.

T h e a t r e 121
Introduction to

Prerequisite:

None

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e c r a f t o f
a c t i n g . T h e a t r e 100 e m p h a s i z e s
p e r s o n a l and group e x p l o r a t i o n o f
body and v o i c e ; s e n s o r y
o b s e r v a t i o n , a w a r e n e s s and r e c a l l ;
m i m e , m a s k ; and c h a r a c t e r and r o l e
c r e a t i o n . These a r e a s a r e e x p l o r e d
t h r o u g h i m p r o v i s e d and s c r i p t e d
s c e n e w o r k . There w i l l n o r m a l l y be
a s t u d i o p e r f o r m a n c e at t h e end o f
term.

T h e a t r e 101
A c t i n g II ( S )

(3,0,1)

Prerequisite:

None

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of T h e a t r e 1 0 0 ,
e x p l o r i n g performance
i m p r o v i s a t i o n and n o n - s c r i p t e d

-

Theatre History

II

None

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f T h e a t r e 1 2 0 , 121
u t i l i z e s s i m i l a r techniques to
d i s c o v e r major p e r i o d s from the
17th to e a r l y 20th c e n t u r y .
Not o f f e r e d

in

1984/85.

T h e a t r e 200
S c r i p t and S t a g e

(F)

L a b s : The t h e a t r e c r a f t s l a b w i l l
p r o v i d e b a c k g r o u n d and e x p e r i e n c e
i n the support areas of t h e a t r e
s u c h as l i g h t i n g , m a k e u p , s t a g e
management and s e t d e s i g n .
S t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o be i n s t r u c t e d
i n the c o m p i l a t i o n of a t h e a t r i c a l
resume and be g i v e n t i p s on
auditioning.

T h e a t r e 201
R e h e a r s a l and
(S) ( 3 , 2 , 1 )

Performance

Prerequisite:
permission of

T h e a t r e 200 o r
the i n s t r u c t o r

In t h e s e c o n d t e r m a show w i l l be
mounted as t h i s p r a c t i c a l c o u r s e
e x p l o r e s t h e r e h e a r s a l and
p r o d u c t i o n p r o c e s s . Development o f
a warmup r o u t i n e w i l l c o n t i n u e
w h i l e s t u d e n t s r e h e a r s e and
produce a show. P r e p a r i n g f o r the
p r o d u c t i o n s i s a major u n d e r t a k i n g
and s t u d e n t s can e x p e c t t o be
engaged i n r e h e a r s a l s o u t s i d e o f
scheduled c l a s s t i m e s .

(3,0,1)

Prerequisite:
(3,0,1)

58

None

A p r a c t i c a l approach to the study
o f T h e a t r e H i s t o r y . In t h e f i r s t
t e r m , several p e r i o d s from 5th
century B.C. ( C l a s s i c a l Theatre)
through t o t h e 17th c e n t u r y w i l l
be c o v e r e d u s i n g s e m i n a r s ,
research presentation, play
r e a d i n g s and some l e c t u r e s t o
d i s c o v e r each e r a . A p r a c t i c a l
d i s c o v e r y of the costumes, s e t ,
a c t i n g and w r i t i n g s t y l e s w i l l be
emphasi z e d .

(S)
T h e a t r e 100
A c t i n g I (F)

I

expand t h e s t u d e n t s ' a b i l i t i e s .
M o n o l o g u e s may a l s o be d e v e l o p e d
to prepare the student f o r
a u d i t i o n s and e n t r a n c e t o o t h e r
theatre programs.

(3,2,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : T h e a t r e 100 o r 101
or permission of i n s t r u c t o r
An a d v a n c e d c o u r s e e x p l o r i n g
s c r i p t e d drama. Role development
and c h a r a c t e r i n t e r a c t i o n a r e
e x p l o r e d u s i n g a v a r i e t y of
s c r i p t e d m a t e r i a l s taken from
c l a s s i c and c o n t e m p o r a r y p l a y s and
unconventional sources.
T r a d i t i o n a l v o c a l and. p h y s i c a l
e x e r c i s e s w i l l be t a u g h t t o
d e v e l o p a warmup r o u t i n e and

Labs: Students w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e i n ,
the d e s i g n , c o n s t r u c t i o n ,
p u b l i c i z i n g and c r e w i n g o f t h e
p r o d u c t i o n . A g a i n crew assignments
w i l l r e q u i r e t i m e s p e n t o v e r and
above s c h e d u l e d l a b t i m e s .

Women's S t u d i e s 192
Women and T h e a t r e (F o r

S)

(3,0,1)

An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e on women i n
t h e a t r e b o t h as c h a r a c t e r s and as
p a r t i c i p a n t s . An h i s t o r i c a l
approach w i l l surveythe
development of the female
c h a r a c t e r and t h e emergence o f
women i n t h e p r o f e s s i o n a l t h e a t r e
w o r l d from e a r l y t h e a t r e t h r o u g h
t o t h e 20th c e n t u r y . B a s i c a c t i n g
s k i l l s w i l l be a p p l i e d
t o m o n o l o g u e s and s c e n e s t u d i e s
which explore female uniqueness
and t h e d e v e l o p m e n t o f t h e
e v o l v i n g stage female. A l l
d r a m a t i z a t i o n w i l l be done i n a
s t u d i o a t m o s p h e r e . T h e r e w i l l be
no p u b l i c p e r f o r m a n c e .

Women's Studies
Transferable

t o SFU.

Instructional

Not o f f e r e d

i n 1984/85.

Women's S t u d i e s o f f e r i n g s a r e
t a u g h t by f u l l y q u a l i f i e d
instructors with experience i nt h e
f i e l d r e q u i r e d by e a c h c o u r s e .
These f a c u l t y a r e s e c o n d e d f r o m
r e l e v a n t d i s c i p l i n e s t o Women's
Studies.

Credit

Free:

C r e d i t - f r e e courses i n
supplementary performance a r t s
s u c h as, movement, v o i c e , mask and
makeup, w i l l be o f f e r e d t o
students i n times compatible with
c r e d i t c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s . The a i m
of these o p t i o n a l workshops i s t o
provide additional t r a i n i n g t o
s t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o augment t h e
experiences provided i n c r e d i t
o f f e r i n g s . Please contact
i n s t r u c t o r f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and
read t h e C r e d i t Free f l y e r .

Faculty

Transfer
S F U : S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o p u r s u e
f u r t h e r c o u r s e s i n Women's S t u d i e s
a r e a d v i s e d t h a t SFU h a s
i n s t i t u t e d a minor program i n
Women's S t u d i e s . T r a n s f e r c r e d i t
has been r e c e i v e d f o r Women's
S t u d i e s 1 0 4 , 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , 122 a n d
1 9 2 , and i s b e i n g s o u g h t f o r 1 9 3 .
F o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n on
transferability refer tothe
T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back o f t h e
Calendar.
One o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r c o u r s e s
w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e S p r i n g
1985. Please c o n s u l t t h e
timetable.

Women's S t u d i e s 110
Women and P s y c h o l o g y

( S ) (3,0,1)

A psychological examination of
sex-role definitions, their
o r i g i n s , development i n c h i l d h o o d
and m a i n t e n a n c e i n a d u l t l i f e . The
c o u r s e w i l l examine t h e
differences i n l i f e patterns
between men and women and t h e
e f f e c t t h e s e have on p e r s o n a l i t y
d e v e l o p m e n t and s e l f - c o n c e p t . I t
w i l l include a c r i t i c a l
e x a m i n a t i o n o f male and f e m a l e
c o n s c i o u s n e s s and t h e e x t e n t t o
w h i c h t h e s e a f f e c t and d e t e r m i n e
p o t e n t i a l f o r human g r o w t h and
f r e e d o m . R e f e r e n c e w i l l be made t o
major p s y c h o l o g i c a l s c h o o l s o f
thought i n terms o f sexual b i a s .
Non-sexist a l t e r n a t i v e s t o present
p s y c h i a t r i c p r a c t i c e s w i l l be
explored.
Transferable

t o SFU and

UVic.

Women's S t u d i e s 120
Women and t h e P a s t : An H i s t o r i c a l
S u r v e y ( S ) (3,0,1)
A s u r v e y o f t h e l i v e s o f women
from t h e a n c i e n t w o r l d t o 20th
c e n t u r y N o r t h A m e r i c a . An
u n c o v e r i n g o f women's
p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n and c o n t r i b u t i o n
to t h e making o f h i s t o r y . P r i v a t e
l i v e s a s w e l l a s p u b l i c and
p o l i t i c a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be
s t u d i e d . The c o u r s e w i l l e x a m i n e
reasons behind t h e e x t e n t t o which
women have been " h i d d e n f r o m
history."
Transferable

t o SFU,

UBC and U V i c .

Women's S t u d i e s 122
Women i n A n t h r o p o l o g y

( F ) (3,0,1)

The a n t h r o p o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e
a p p l i e d t o women i n d i f f e r e n t
cultures of the world: t h e i r role
in economic, p o l i t i c a l , r e l i g i o u s ,
kinship, expressive systems.
E x p l o r a t i o n o f t h e work o f women
a n t h r o p o l o g i s t s and t h e e f f e c t o f
t h e o r y on u n d e r s t a n d i n g women.
What i s t h e woman's e x p e r i e n c e i n
c u l t u r e s and a r e a s s u c h a s t h e
E s k i m o s , Amazon j u n g l e ,
Israeli
kibbutz, Greece, Afghanistan,
I n d i a , M e x i c o and A f r i c a .
Transferable

t o SFU,

UBC and U V i c .

Women's S t u d i e s 104
Contemporary E n g l i s h - C a n a d i a n
Women W r i t e r s ( S ) (3,0,1)
A d i s c u s s i o n - o r i e n t e d course
i n t e n d e d t o broaden and i n t e n s i f y
t h e s t u d e n t ' s a w a r e n e s s o f and
appreciation of the l i t e r a t u r e i n
E n g l i s h b e i n g p r o d u c e d by C a n a d i a n
women w r i t e r s t o d a y , w i t h e m p h a s i s
on t h e c u r r e n t , l o c a l , West C o a s t
l i t e r a r y s c e n e ; t o examine and
d i s c u s s t h e p o r t r a i t s o f women and
o f women's c i r c u m s t a n c e s r e v e a l e d
i n these w r i t i n g s ; i n a d d i t i o n to
s t u d e n t s ' r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s i o n
o f t h e l i t e r a t u r e , t h e r e w i l l be
c l a s s v i s i t s f o r r e a d i n g s and
d i s c u s s i o n by s e v e r a l p r o m i n e n t
West C o a s t C a n a d i a n women w r i t e r s .
Transferable

t o SFU,

UBC and U V i c .

59

60

Career/Vocational Programs
Capilano College offers a variety
o f employment r e l a t e d p r o g r a m s .
A d m i s s i o n i s l i m i t e d and
a p p l i c a n t s a r e c o n s i d e r e d on t h e
c r i t e r i a e s t a b l i s h e d f o r each
p r o g r a m a r e a . In g e n e r a l , Grade 12
s t a n d i n g i s r e q u i r e d f o r two y e a r
D i p l o m a Programs a l t h o u g h o t h e r s
may be a d m i t t e d on t h e b a s i s o f
t h e i r e x p e r i e n c e and a b i l i t i e s .
The p r o g r a m s o f f e r e d a r e under
c o n s t a n t r e v i e w t o make c e r t a i n
t h a t students are taught the
l a t e s t t e c h n i q u e s and s k i l l s .
A d v i s o r y c o m m i t t e e s composed o f
e m p l o y e r s r e v i e w and recommend
content, of a l l p r o g r a m s .

Student

Course

and Work

Load

F u l l - t i m e p r o g r a m s a r e d e s i g n e d so
that successful completion i s a
f u l l - t i m e t a s k . Students are
a d v i s e d not to undertake o t h e r
a c t i v i t i e s that require large time
commitments, i n c l u d i n g employment,
while undertaking f u l l - t i m e
studies.

Employment O p p o r t u n i t i e s
Graduate

for

the

A l t h o u g h employment o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r t h e g r a d u a t e s have t o d a t e
been g o o d , t h e C o l l e g e i s i n no
p o s i t i o n to guarantee jobs for i t s
graduates.

E x e m p t i o n i n e x c e s s o f two
c o u r s e s , o r s i x c r e d i t h o u r s , may
be awarded a s t u d e n t o n l y upon t h e
recommendation of the a p p r o p r i a t e
p r o g r a m c o o r d i n a t o r and t h e D e a n .

T r a n s f e r To and From O t h e r
Institutions
2.
T h e r e i s agreement among a l l
p u b l i c B.C. Colleges to accept
e a c h o t h e r ' s c r e d i t s upon
t r a n s f e r , i f a p p l i c a b l e to a
program given at the a d m i t t i n g
c o l l e g e , and g i v e n s u i t a b l e
equivalency. Capilano College
reserves the r i g h t to review
i n d i v i d u a l course c r e d i t s .
Transfer c r e d i t s are granted to
s t u d e n t s on a d m i s s i o n f o r
a c c e p t a b l e work done a t o t h e r
i n s t i t u t i o n s : the t r a n s f e r c r e d i t s
r e d u c e t h e t o t a l number o f c r e d i t s
which are r e q u i r e d at C a p i l a n o
C o l l e g e f o r the c e r t i f i c a t e or
d i p l o m a . Students wishing t r a n s f e r
c r e d i t should present s u i t a b l e
documentation to the R e g i s t r a r ' s
o f f i c e f o r a d j u d i c a t i o n by t h e
a p p r o p r i a t e f a c u l t y . A l l approved
t r a n s f e r c r e d i t s a r e n o t e d on t h e
s t u d e n t ' s Permanent S t u d e n t
R e c o r d . F u l l i n f o r m a t i o n on
t r a n s f e r of s p e c i f i c courses i s
a v a i l a b l e from t h e A d m i s s i o n s
A d v i s o r , C o u n s e l l o r s and i n t h e
Di v i s i o n .

Dates

Standing

S t u d e n t s may be exempted f r o m
c e r t a i n c o u r s e s upon t h e
s u c c e s s f u l demonstration of
a c q u i r e d s k i l l s and k n o w l e d g e .
Such e x e m p t i o n s t a n d i n g s w i l l be
n o t e d on t h e Permanent S t u d i e s
Record.
S t u d e n t s granted such exemptions
w i l l have t h e i r t o t a l c o u r s e l o a d
r e d u c e d by t h e number o f exempted
c r e d i t h o u r s t o t h e maximum o f two
c o u r s e s or s i x c r e d i t , hours per
academic year without e f f e c t
upon t h e s t a t u s o f t h e C e r t i f i c a t e
or Diploma i n the p a r t i c u l a r
p r o g r a m . Such exempted h o u r s a r e
not n e c e s s a r i l y t r a n s f e r a b l e t o
other i n s t i t u t i o n s .

Diploma Programs
Part-time
1.

Admission
Exemption

PROGRAMS OF STUDIES

E n r o l l m e n t i n some P r o g r a m s may be
c u r t a i l e d due t o s p a c e and
equipment l i m i t a t i o n s .
C o n s e q u e n t l y , t h o s e s t u d e n t s who
contemplate entrance are
encouraged to apply e a r l y .
A p p l i c a n t s a r e r e q u i r e d t o have an
i n t e r v i e w w i t h t h e Program
Coordinator p r i o r to a d m i s s i o n .
APPLICATIONS MUST BE RECEIVED
BEFORE MARCH 1 o f e a c h y e a r i n
order to guarantee c o n s i d e r a t i o n
f o r t h e next Academic Year
(September). A p p l i c a t i o n s received
a f t e r t h a t d a t e w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d
i f spaces are a v a i l a b l e .

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

- Full-time

and

Art
Commercial
Page 69
Crafts
Page 67
Studio
Page 63
B u s i n e s s Programs
Page 75
A c c o u n t i n g / F i n a n c i a l Management
A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Management
Computer S y s t e m s Management
M a r k e t i n g Management
R e t a i l Management
Business Administration
Early Childhood
Education
Page 90
Legal A s s i s t a n t
Page 111
Media Resources
Program
Page 94
Music - Transfer
Page 100
- Commercial
Page °9
M u s i c Therapy
Page 109
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n
Management.
Page 120

C e r t i f i c a t e Programs
and P a r t - t i m e

-

Full-time

1.

Health Related
Page 93
Long Term C a r e A i d e
Homemaker
2 . O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n . . P a g e 109
Business Office Training
Legal S e c r e t a r y
Medical Office A s s i s t a n t
Word P r o c e s s i n g
3. V o c a t i o n a l Pre-employment
Programs
Page 128
D r a f t i ng
Landscape H o r t i c u l t u r e
(see
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n )
Waiter/Waitress
Certificate

Programs -

Part-tine

1.

B u s i n e s s Management
Page 79
A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Management
S m a l l B u s i n e s s Management
Data P r o c e s s i n g
2 . O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n . . P a g e 111
Legal A s s i s t a n t Option
Word P r o c e s s i n g
3 . R e c r e a t i o n P r o g r a m s . . . . P a g e 120
Fitness Leadership
Wilderness Leadership

U n s u c c e s s f u l a p p l i c a n t s who w i s h
t o be c o n s i d e r e d f o r t h e n e x t y e a r
must r e - a p p l y .

67

Art Programs
Instructional

Faculty

COGSWELL, B . , N . D . O . (Hammersmith)
R.C.A., Studio Arts
DEGGAN, P . D i p l o m a ( W o r t h i n g C o .
England), Foundations, Crafts
EASTCOTT, W . , S r . C e r t . ( V . S . A . )
R.C.A., Studio Arts
FORSTER, F . , A l b e r t a C o l l e g e o f
A r t , Commercial A r t
JUNGIC, J . , B . A . , M.A. (UBC), A r t
History/Studio Arts
KINGAN, T . , N . D . D . ( B l a c k p o o l ) ,
A . T . D . ( M a n e ) , R . C . A . , Teach.
C e r t . (Manchester, B.C. Teach.
C e r t . , Studio Arts
KINGSMILL, R . , B . A . , ( U . o f
Manitoba), Crafts
LESKARD, S . , D i p l . ( S t . M a r t i n s ,
London), Foundations
LLEWELLYN, M . , B . A . ( M a n c h e s t e r ) ,
Commercial A r t
LONG, J . , B . P . A . A r t C e n t r e ( L o s
A n g e l e s ) , Commercial A r t
MACLAGAN, D . , A . O . C . A ,
l.D.C,
F . C . A . , Commercial
Art/Foundations
MCLAREN, D . , C e r t . ( S h e r i d a n
College), B.H.Sc. (Guelph),
Crafts
MARSHALL, D . , C e r t . ( B . C . ) , S t u d i o
Arts
MEES, M . , C e r t . H a n d c r a f t H o u s e ,
Crafts
MOLNAR, F . , D i p l .
(Pennsylvania),
Commercial A r t / F o u n d a t i o n s / S t u d i o
NAUMANN, R . , C e r t . ( V . S . A . ) , C r e d .
(Ins. Allende), Crafts
NEWTON-MASON, J . , D i p l . ( W o r t h i n g
C o l . , E n g l a n d ) , Commercial
A r t / F o u n d a t i ons
RICHMOND, L . , M . A r t . E d . (W. Wash.
S t a t e ) , Teach. C e r t . (London),
Crafts
RIMMER, J . , C o m m e r c i a l A r t
ROSENBERG, A . , B . A . , M . A . ( U . o f
T . ) , Art H i s t o r y - Visual
Literacy/Studio Art
SALAZAR, J . , B . A . (San J o s e
S t a t e ) , Commercial Art
SALAZAR, R . , (San J o s e S t a t e ) ,
Commerc'ial A r t
YASINSKI, D., Commercial A r t
ZIMMERMAN, A . , A r t C e n t r e ( L o s
A n g e l e s ' ) , Commercial A r t

General

Description

Three d i s t i n c t programs o f f e r a
wide v a r i e t y of S t u d i o A r t ,
C o m m e r c i a l A r t and C r a f t s r . o u r s p s .

62

A d m i s s i o n and
Procedures

Registration

1 . C o m m e r c i a l A r t , S t u d i o A r t and
Crafts a p p l i c a n t s should r e f e r to
s p e c i a l requirements noted i n
those s e c t i o n s .
2 . F o r t h e p u r p o s e s of a d m i s s i o n
to art courses a f u l l - t i m e student
means a p e r s o n o f any age who
t a k e s a f u l l c a r e e r program (which
may i n c l u d e some A r t c o u r s e s and
some Academic c o u r s e s , o r
e x c l u s i v e l y Art Option courses)
w h i c h , upon c o m p l e t i o n i n one o r
two y e a r s o f s t u d y , e n t i t l e s t h e
student to e i t h e r a College
C e r t i f i c a t e or the A s s o c i a t e of
A r t s and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a , o r
e n t i t l e s t h e s t u d e n t t o seek
transfer credit to other
post-secondary learning
i n s t i t u t i o n s which recognize
C C A . P . standards for admission
to t h e i r programs.
3 . A s t u d e n t 1s not c o n s i d e r e d as
" r e g i s t e r e d " 1n t h e A r t P r o g r a m
u n t i l h i s / h e r R e g i s t r a t i o n Form
and a v a l i d cheque f o r t h e f u l l
amount o f t u i t i o n f e e s , and
Student fees are d e p o s i t e d ,
r e g i s t e r e d and ACKNOWLEDGED WITH
AND BY THE PROGRAM COORDINATOR and
College Registrar's O f f i c e s .
4. Students w i s h i n g to repeat a
course:
Any s t u d e n t who has t a k e n an A r t
c o u r s e a t C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e and who
has p a s s e d t h a t c o u r s e may r e t a k e
i t only a f t e r a l l a v a i l a b l e spaces
have been f i l l e d by t h o s e s t u d e n t s
who w i s h t o e n r o l l 1n t h e c o u r s e
f o r t h e f i r s t t i m e . STUDENTS MAY
NOT REPEAT A COURSE MORE THAN ONCE
WITHOUT AN APPROVAL IN WRITING
FROM THE COORDINATOR.

Advance R e g i s t r a t i o n
Programs
I.

Fall

-

Art

Term 1984

STUDENTS ENTERING FIRST YEAR OF
DIPLOMA PROGRAMS:
STUDIO ARTS AND CRAFTS:
C o n t a c t C o l l e g e ( L o c a l 390) b e f o r e
May 7 t o a r r a n g e f o r I n t e r v i e w .
B r i n g p o r t f o l i o 1f a v a i l a b l e . F u l l
and p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s .

STUDIO ART
Late a p p l i c a n t s can c o n t a c t t h e
c o l l e g e i n June t o a r r a n g e f o r an
i n t e r v i e w f r o m J u n e 13 t o J u n e 24
i f space i s a v a i l a b l e . Please
phone l o c a l 4 4 0 .
COMMERCIAL ART/FOUNDATIONS:
P o r t f o l i o s u b m i s s i o n A p r i l 16 t o
A p r i l 2 7 . No l a t e s u b m i s s i o n s
accepted. F u l l - t i m e students only.
II.

S p r i n g Term 1985

S t u d e n t s must c o n t a c t t h e
c o o r d i n a t o r of the d e s i r e d Program
for permission to e n t e r . Signature
of c o o r d i n a t o r or I n s t r u c t o r
required to r e g i s t e r .

Prerequisite
P r e r e q u i s i t e s may be w a i v e d i n
w r i t i n g by e i t h e r t h e P r o g r a m
C o o r d i n a t o r or the I n s t r u c t o r
c o n c e r n e d when i t i s f e l t t h a t a
student possesses the a b i l i t y to
cope w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f any
given course.

History

of

Art

Courses

S t u d e n t s 1n t h e A r t P r o g r a m may
wish to c o n s i d e r the f o l l o w i n g
c o u r s e s o f f e r e d by t h e A c a d e m i c
D i v i s i o n : Fine Arts 100, Fine Arts
1 0 1 . (May be t a k e n i n s t e a d o f F i n e
A r t s 104 and 105 f o r c r e d i t i n t h e
Art Program.)

Transfer

Credit

The t r a n s f e r g u i d e i n t h e c a l e n d a r
s h o u l d be r e f e r r e d t o r e g a r d i n g
t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y of s p e c i f i c
c o u r s e s . The s t u d e n t s h o u l d
u n d e r s t a n d t h a t advanced s t a n d i n g
1n any i n s t i t u t i o n i s u s u a l l y
based on i n t e r v i e w and p o r t f o l i o
s u b m i s s i o n , as w e l l as c r e d i t s
held.

STUDIO ART PROGRAM
F u l l - t i m e students w i l l gain a
w i d e v a r i e t y o f b a s i c s k i l l s and
i n s i g h t s in t h i s i n t e n s i v e
t w o - y e a r program of s t u d i e s . It
w i l l p r o v i d e them w i t h a f i r m ,
broad f o u n d a t i o n f o r f u r t h e r study
i n V i s u a l A r t s o r i n any o f t h e
f o l l o w i n g r e l a t e d f i e l d s : The
C r a f t s , Design ( I n d u s t r i a l ,
Interiors, etc.), Film,
Illustration
(Scientific,
B o t a n i c a l , Commercial, e t c . ) ,
C u r a t o r i a l and A r t E d u c a t i o n .
These s t u d i e s may be c o n t i n u e d a t
t h e E m i l y C a r r C o l l e g e o f A r t and
D e s i g n , or other a p p r o p r i a t e
i n s t i t u t i o n s . The p r o g r a m a l s o
prepares students for entry into a
B a c h e l o r of F i n e A r t s Program at a
Uni v e r s i t y .
The S t u d i o A r t P r o g r a m p r o v i d e s
studio experiences in P a i n t i n g ,
Printmaking, S c u l p t u r e , Drawing,
D e s i g n and A r t H i s t o r y . A s c h e d u l e
o f g u e s t s p e a k e r s and f i e l d t r i p s
ensures regular contact with other
t h a n r e s i d e n t i n s t r u c t o r s and
f u r t h e r expands the s t u d e n t ' s
k n o w l e d g e and a w a r e n e s s .
Through e x p o s u r e t o as b r o a d a
range of c o n c e p t s , m a t e r i a l s ,
t e c h n i q u e s and p r o c e s s e s as
p o s s i b l e , students are a s s i s t e d to
d e v e l o p p e r s o n a l d i r e c t i o n s and
c r e a t i v e m a t u r i t y . They w i l l l e a r n
how t o c o n d u c t t h e i r own a r t i s t i c
education according to t h e i r
individual p r i o r i t i e s , a b i l i t i e s
and a m b i t i o n s . E m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d
on p r e p a r i n g
students to f u n c t i o n
e f f e c t i v e l y w i t h i n the context of
c u r r e n t t h o u g h t and p r a c t i c e .
P a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s are accepted
i n t o t h e p r o g r a m whenever
p o s s i b l e , so t h a t members o f t h e
community may p a r t i c i p a t e f o r
o t h e r than p r o f e s s i o n a l r e a s o n s .

Portfolio

Requirements

P r o s p e c t i v e f u l l - t i m e students are
n o r m a l l y a d m i t t e d on t h e b a s i s o f
an i n t e r v i e w and p o r t f o l i o
p r e s e n t a t i o n . The n a t u r p and s c o p e
o f work p r e s e n t e d i s f o r t h e
c a n d i d a t e t o d e c i d e , but i t s h o u l d
p r o v i d e as a c c u r a t e a p i c t u r e o f
h i s o r h e r p a s t and c u r r e n t

a r t i s t i c a c t i v i t i e s as p o s s i b l e .
S k e t c h b o o k s , r e s e a r c h m a t e r i a l and
p r e l i m i n a r y s t u d i e s s h o u l d be
i n c l u d e d wherever p o s s i b l e , i n
a d d i t i o n to completed work.
S l i d e s , p h o t o g r a p h s o r any o t h e r
s u p p o r t i n g e v i d e n c e may f o r m p a r t
of the p o r t f o l i o .
Where a p p r o p r i a t e and w i t h t h e
Coordinator's permission, the
p o r t f o l i o r e q u i r e m e n t may be
wai v e d .
Those w i s h i n g t o e n t e r c o u r s e s f o r
w h i c h t h e y do n o t have t h e
p r e r e q u i s i t e s s h o u l d be p r e p a r e d
t o p r e s e n t a p o r t f o l i o so t h a t
f a c u l t y may a s s e s s t h e a p p l i c a n t ' s
l e v e l of competence.
Some p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s may be
a d m i t t e d t o a c o u r s e when s p a c e
avai l a b l e .

Materials

is

and S u p p l i e s

A l t h o u g h t h e S t u d i o A r t Department
c a n s u p p l y some o f t h e m a t e r i a l s
required for the c o u r s e s , the
s t u d e n t can expect a f i n a n c i a l
o u t l a y f o r some b a s i c s u p p l i e s , as
i n d i c a t e d i n the course o u t l i n e s .

Transferability
A l l S t u d i o A r t c o u r s e s c a r r y some
University t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y .
Students should r e f e r t o the
T r a n s f e r G u i d e a t t h e back o f t h p
Calendar.

Associate

i n A r t s and S c i e n c e Diploma
Credit
Hours

Lab/
Studio
Hours

66
_j6
72

39
0.
39

F i n e A r t s 104
Introduction to
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
No

Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements
Studio Art

Curriculum

FIRST TERM
A r t 1 5 0 - 1 Drawing I
A r t 1 6 7 - 1 3-D S t u d i e s - S c u l p t u r e I
A r t 1 7 1 - 1 2-D S t u d i e s - P a i n t i n g I
A r t 1 8 2 - 1 2-D S t u d i e s - P r i n t m a k i n g I
A r t 185-1 Design Concepts I
FA 1 0 4 - 2
Introduction to Visual Literacy
CMNS 150
B a s i c Communications

SECOND TERM
A r t 1 5 1 - 1 D r a w i n g II
A r t 1 7 2 - 1 2 - D S t u d i e s - P a i n t i n g II
A r t 1 7 4 - 1 3 - D S t u d i e s - S c u l p t u r e II
A r t 1 8 3 - 1 2-D S t u d i e s - P r i n t m a k i n g II
A r t 1 8 9 - 1 D e s i g n C o n c e p t s II
FA 1 0 5 - 2
Introduction to Visual Literacy

THIRD TERM
Art 250-1
Art 257-1
Art 262-1
Art 282-1
FA 2 1 0 - 2

2-D S t u d i e s - P a i n t i n g I I I
3-D S t u d i e s - S c u l p t u r e III
Drawing III
2-D S t u d i e s - P r i n t m a k i n g I I I
Modern A r t ( 1 9 t h C e n t u r y )

FOURTH TERM
A r t 2 5 5 - 1 2 - D S t u d i e s - P a i n t i n g IV
A r t 2 6 3 - 1 D r a w i n g IV
A r t 2 6 5 - 1 3 - D S t u d i e s - S c u l p t u r e IV
A r t 2 8 3 - 1 2-D S t u d i e s - P r i n t m a k i n g IV
FA 2 1 1 - 2
Modern A r t ( 2 0 t h C e n t u r y )
CMNS 153
C o m m u n i c a t i o n and t h e A r t s

ADVANCED OPTION COURSES
For s t u d e n t s w i t h p r e v i o u s
following courses:
FALL TERM
A r t 300

Art I n s t i t u t e
Printmaking
SPRING TERM
A r t 301
Art I n s t i t u t e
Printmaking

-

experience

the

Sculpture

and

3
3
3
3
3
3
_3
21

3

II

.

3
3
3
3
_3
15

9

3
3
3
-12

F i n e A r t s 105
Introduction to
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

Visual

Literacy

prerequisite

T h i s c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e , among
other t o p i c s : local a r c h i t e c t u r e ,
recent B.C. a r t , c e r t a i n aspects
of l o c a l c u l t u r e ( e . g . Northwest
Coast Indian A r t , O r i e n t a l A r t ) .
As i n F i n e A r t s 1 0 4 , t h e e m p h a s i s
w i l l be upon d e v e l o p i n g v i s u a l
literacy.

3
3
9

3

9

72

39

3
3

the

A r t 150
Drawing I

(F)

(3,0,1)

An i n v e s t i a t i o n o f t h e c o n c e p t u a l ,
t e c h n i c a l and p e r c e p t u a l a s p e c t s
of the drawing process through a
wide v a r i e t y of methods, m a t e r i a l s
and s t i m u l i . E x p e r i e n c e s i n
c u r r e n t a p p r o a c h e s and c o n c e r n s ,
including representational,
i n t e r p r e t i v e and e x p e r i m e n t a l
drawings i n a s s o r t e d media.
E m p h a s i s w i l l be on d e v e l o p i n g t h e
student's c o n f i d e n c e , knowledge,
g r a p h i c s e n s i t i v i t y and c o n t r o l o f
media. S p e c i f i c s to t h i s course
w i l l be: study of g r a p h i c e l e m e n t s
( l i n e , tone e t c . ) , media
investigation, perspective,
s t r u c t u r a l a n a l y s i s (of n a t u r a l
form), l i f e study.

12 c r e d i t s
-

Sculpture

and
12 c r e d i t s

NOTE:
It i s hoped t h a t S t u d i o A r t s t u d e n t s w i l l e l e c t t o t a k e
some c o u r s e s b e i n g o f f e r e d by t h e M e d i a R e s o u r c e s D e p t . These
c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e s u c h s u b j e c t s as p h o t o g r a p h y , f i l m m a k i n g
and c o m p u t e r g r a p h i c s , and i t i s hoped that, t h e s t u d e n t s w i l l be
a b l e t o t a k e one c o u r s e p e r s e m e s t e r . The c o u r s e s w i l l be f u l l
c r e d i t c o u r s e s and w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e e v e n i n g s .

64

prerequisite

3

3
3
3
3
3
_3
18

program o f f e r s

Literacy

T h i s c o u r s e e x a m i n e s some o f t h e
g e n e r a l o r p a r t i c u l a r themes
apparent i n Western A r t h i s t o r i c a l works, landscapes,
p o r t r a i t s , c l a s s i c i s m , medievalism
- w i t h t h e aim o f h e l p i n g s t u d e n t s
t o u n d e r s t a n d and work i n c u r r e n t
styles.

No
3
3
3
3
3
_3
18

Visual

A r t 151
D r a w i n g II

(S)

Prerequisite:

(3,0,1)
Art

150

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of Art 150, w i t h
the i n c l u s i o n of the f o l l o w i n g
s p e c i f i c s : c o m p o s i t i o n and d e s i g n
exploration, colour, collage,

large scale drawing,
project.

photo-realist

A r t 167
Three-Dimensional Studies:
S c u l p t u r e (F) ( 3 , 3 , 1 )
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o 3 - d i m e n s i o n a l
work as a means o f e x p r e s s i o n ,
c o m m u n i c a t i o n and d i s c o v e r y . Some
basic sculptural techniques w i l l
be e x p l o r e d , t h e s e w i l l i n c l u d e :
a s s e m b l a g e , wood c o n s t r u c t i o n ,
m o d e l l i n g , mould m a k i n g , c a s t i n g .
S c u l p t u r a l c o n t e n t and s u b j e c t
m a t t e r w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d i n t h e
c o n t e x t o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s own w o r k .
An e x a m i n a t i o n o f h i s t o r i c a l
s c u l p t u r e d e v e l o p m e n t s w i l l be a
f e a t u r e of the c l a s s . However, t h e
e m p h a s i s w i l l be upon d e v e l o p i n g
an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f c o n t e m p o r a r y
sculptural concerns.

A r t 171
Two-Dimensional
I (F)
(3,0,1)

Studies:

w i l l require students to express
t h e i r ideas i n m u l t i p l e or
m i x e d - m e d i a t e c h n i q u e s o f a more
a m b i t i o u s n a t u r e . There w i l l be
o p p o r t u n i t i e s for students to
relate their painting a c t i v i t i e s
t o o t h e r areas of study w i t h i n the
Program and t o become more
responsible for determining their
own p r i o r i t i e s and g o a l s . T h e r e
w i l l be f u r t h e r e x p o s u r e t o
c o n t e m p o r a r y p h i l o s o p h i e s and
a c t i v i t i e s i n the V i s u a l A r t s .

A r t 174
Three-Dimensional Studies:
S c u l p t u r e (S) ( 3 , 3 , 1 )
Prerequisite:

Art

167

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f A r t 1 6 7 , but
w i t h the i n c l u s i o n of the
f o l l o w i n g m a t e r i a l s and
t e c h n i q u e s : m e t a l c a s t i n g , wood
c a r v i n g and j o i n t i n g , s t e e l
welding.

Painting

Through a c o m b i n a t i o n of a s s i g n e d
s t u d i o work, personal research
p r o j e c t s and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
r e c e n t and c u r r e n t t r e n d s i n t h e
V i s u a l A r t s s t u d e n t s w i l l g a i n an
u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f how b o t h a b s t r a c t
and c o n c r e t e c o n c e r n s may be
e x p r e s s e d i n t e r m s o f i m a g e r y and
t h r o u g h a v a r i e t y o f methods and
m a t e r i a l s . A c r y l i c s w i l l be t h e
p r e f e r r e d medium but s t u d e n t s w i l l
be e n c o u r a g e d t o i n v e s t i g a t e t h e
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and p o s s i b i l i t i e s
of o t h e r media a c c o r d i n g t o t h e i r
i n d i v i d u a l n e e d s , Guest s p e a k e r s ,
f i e l d t r i p s and s l i d e - l e c t u r e s
w i l l be a f e a t u r e o f t h e c o u r s e
and b o t h i n d i v i d u a l and g r o u p
c r i t i q u e s w i l l be c o n d u c t e d a t
regular i n t e r v a l s .

D i s c u s s i o n o f h i s t o r i c a l and
contemporary approaches t o
i m a g e - m a k i n g w i l l be o n g o i n g .

A r t 185
Design Concepts

A fo/jndation course f o r those w i t h
l i t t l e o r no e x p e r i e n c e . An
i n t r o d u c t i o n to the b a s i c
t e c h n i q u e s of h a r d q r o u n d ,
s o f t g r o u n d , d r y p o i n t and
acquatint. Discussions regarding
the image-making p o t e n t i a l of
p r i n t m a k i n g and t h e c r e a t i v e
p r o c e s s e s i n g e n e r a l w i l l be
o n g o i n g . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis w i l l
be g i v e n t o t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p
between p r i n t m a k i n g and p a i n t i n g
w i t h the student producing a
number of p i e c e s d e m o n s t r a t i n g
t h e i r t e c h n i c a l c o m p e t e n c y and
c r e a t i v e p o t e n t i a l . Most work w i l l
be e x e c u t e d i n b l a c k and w h i t e .

A r t 189
Design Concepts

A r t 172
Two-Dimensional
II ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
Prerequisite:

Studies:

Painting

A r t 171

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f A r t 171 w i t h
added e m p h a s i s on d e v e l o p i n g
p e r s o n a l a r e a s o f i n t e r e s t and
research in additional to
d e s i g n a t e d p a i n t i n g problems which

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f A r t 182 w i t h
e m p h a s i s on p r i n t i n g p r o c e d u r e s
b o t h i n b l a c k and w h i t e and
c o l o u r . The s t u d e n t w i l l a l s o be
i n r o d u c e d t o mono and r e l i e f
p r i n t i n g methods ( i n c l u d i n g
l i n o / w o o d b l o c k s and e t c h e d
p l a t e s ) and e d i t i o n i n g p r o c e d u r e s .

(3,0,1)

II

(S)

(3,0,1)

A r t 185

E s s e n t i a l l y a c o n t i n u a t i o n of
D e s i g n C o n c e p t s I, but w i t h added
e m p h a s i s on t h e s t u d e n t s ' a b i l i t y
t o e f f e c t i v e l y communicate i d e a s
and i n t e n t i o n s t h r o u g h t h e i r work
and t o c r e a t e o r i g i n a l d e s i g n s
according to set c r i t e r i a .
Students w i l l f i n d o p p o r t u n i t i e s
to relate their experiences in
d e s i g n t o o t h e r and more
s p e c i a l i z e d areas of study i n t h e
Program a n d , by t h e end o f t h e
c o u r s e , w i l l be a b l e t o r e p s o n d t o
p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g s i t u a t i o n s i n an
original, creative fashion.

F i n e A r t s 210
Modern A r t ( 1 9 t h
(F)
(3,0,1)
No

A r t 183
Two-Dimensional S t u d i e s :
P r i n t m a k i n g II ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

(F)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c
e l e m e n t s o f b o t h two and
t h r e e - d i m e n s i o n a l d e s i g n and
t h e i r use a c c o r d i n g t o f o r m a l and
e x p r e s s i v e needs. Using a v a r i e t y
o f m a t e r i a l s and p r o c e s s e s ,
students w i l l t r a n s l a t e ideas i n t o
t a n g i b l e form through the
m a n i p u l a t i o n of c o l o u r , t o n e ,
shape, l i n e , t e x t u r e , volume,
rhythm, p r o p o r t i o n , e t c . Sources
o f i m a g e r y and methods of
extending the f o r m - v o c a b u l a r y w i l l
be i n v e s t i g a t e d and s t a n d a r d s o f
craftsmanship developed.

Prerequisite:
A r t 182
Two-Dimensional S t u d i e s :
P r i n t m a k i n g I (F)
(3,0,1)

I

Century)

prerequisite

A study of the beginnings of
modern a r t i n t h e work o f D a v i d ,
D e l a c r o i x , T u r n e r , Goya, Monet,
Van G o g h , G a u g i n and Cezanne and
movements s u c h as N e o - c l a s s i c i s m ,
Romanticism, Realism,
I m p r e s s i o n i s m and
P o s t - I m p r e s s i o n i sm.

65

F i n e A r t s 211
Modern A r t ( 2 0 t h
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
No

to other areas of the Program.
E x p e r i m e n t s w t i h i m a g e s , methods
and m a t e r i a l s w i l l be e n c o u r a g e d ,
w i t h a view t o the development of
p e r s o n a l modes o f e x p r e s s i o n .

Century)

prerequisite

This course begins with P i c a s s o
and C u h i s m and s t u d i e s t h e i m p a c t
o f r e v o l u t i o n a r y moveme'nts o f a r t
s u c h as F u t u r i s m , D a d a ,
C o n s t r u c t i v i s m and S u r r e a l i s m .
A m e r i c a ' s c o n t r i b u t i o n t o modern
a r t : A b s t r a c t E x p r e s s i o n i s m , Pop,
Minimalism, Conoceptual, Process
and E a r t h A r t i s s t u d i e d as w e l l
as new d i r e c t i o n s i n t h e a r t o f
the E i g h t i e s .

A r t 250
Two-Dimensional S t u d i e s :
III
(F)
(3,0,1)
Prerequisite:

Art

Painting

172

In a d d i t i o n t o a s s i g n e d p a i n t i n g
p r o b l e m s , s t u d e n t s w i l l be
r e q u i r e d t o d e f i n e t h e i r own a r e a s
o f r e s e a r c h and v i s u a l
a r t i c u l a t i o n as t h e y embark on a
t h e m a t i c a l l y l i n k e d s e r i e s of
w o r k s . As much f r e e d o m as p o s s i b l e
w i l l be g i v e n w i t h r e g a r d t o
subject matter, content,
m a t e r i a l s , methods, s c a l e , e t c .
and s t u d e n t s w i l l be e n c o u r a g e d t o
r e - d e f i n e the p a i n t i n g process in
t e r m s o f t h e i r own needs and
p r i o r i t i e s . E m p h a s i s w i l l be
p l a c e d on r e l a t i n g work i n t h i s
c o u r s e to o t h e r areas of the
Program, e s p e c i a l l y w i t h r e s p e c t
t o P r i n t m a k i n g and t o c u r r e n t
trends in the Visual A r t s .

A r t 255
Two-Dimensional
IV ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

Studies:

Prerequisite:

250

Art

A r t 257
Three-Dimensional Studies:
S c u l p t u r e and D e s i g n ( F ) ( 3 , 3 , 1 )
Prerequisite:

174

F u r t h e r s t u d y o f h i s t o r i c a l and
c u r r e n t s c u l p t u r e c o n c e r n s as w e l l
as t h e s t u d y o f t h e c r a f t and
d e s i g n f i e l d s . The f i r s t w o r k s h o p
p r o j e c t w i l l be a r e v i e w o f t h e
a v a i l a b l e techniques through the
process of producing set forms,
using s p e c i f i c m a t e r i a l s .
Throughout the remainder of t h e
c o u r s e t h e e m p h a s i s w i l l be on t h e
d e v e l o p m e n t o f p e r s o n a l modes o f
expression through the s t u d e n t ' s
c h o i c e o f m e d i a and s u b j e c t
m a t t e r . Each s t u d e n t w i l l be
e x p e c t e d t o work on two p r o j e c t s
from a s u p p l i e d l i s t of suggested
themes.

A r t 262
Drawing III

(F)

Prerequisite:

(3,0,1)

C o n t i n u e d s t u d y o f d r a w i n g as a
means o f d i s c o v e r y , e x p r e s s i o n and
communication. Conceptual,
p e r c e p t u a l and t e c h n i c a l a s p e c t s
o f d r a w i n g w i l l be e x a m i n e d .
S p e c i f i c s to t h i s course w i l l
i n c l u d e : advanced g r a p h i c
elements, unconventional media,
objective/subjective research.

A r t 263
D r a w i n g IV

(S)

Prerequisite:

Prerequsite:

Art

257

Advanced p r o b l e m s i n 3 - d i m e n s i o n a l
a r t . S t u d e n t s w i l l be e n c o u r a g e d
t o p u r s u e m e d i a and themes o f
t h e i r c h o i c e and t o d e v e l o p
i n d i v i d u a l s t y l e s . Bronze c a s t i n g
w i l l be o f f e r e d as a main
component o f t h i s c o u r s e .

A r t 282
Two-Dimensional
Printmaking III

Studies:
(F)
(3,0,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : A r t 183 o r
Instructor's permission
A comprehensive study of i n t a g l i o
and r e l i e f p r i n t i n g m e t h o d s , t h i s
course i s p r i m a r i l y designed for
the advanced p r i n t m a k i n g s t u d e n t .
O t h e r a r e a s t h a t come u n d e r
consideration w i l l include
c o l l o g r a p h s , u n i n k e d e m b o s s i n g and
the p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of
c o l o u r t h e o r y . D i s c u s s i o n of
current directions in printmaking
and t h e i r r e l a t i o n s h i p t o p a i n t i n g
and s c u l p t u r e w i l l be o n g o i n g .

A r t 151

Painting

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f A r t 250 but w i t h
an i n c r e a s e d need f o r s t u d e n t s t o
d e f i n e t h e i r own a r e a s o f i n t e r e s t
and t o e x t e n d t h e i r t h i n k i n g i n an
innovative, self-challenging
f a s h i o n . As i n A r t 2 5 0 , g u e s t
speakers, f i e l d - t r i p s , s l i d e
l e c t u r e s e t c . w i l l be a f e a t u r e o f
t h e c o u r s e . There w i l l be a
c o n t i n u i n g s t r e s s on r e l a t i n g work
in t h i s course to contemporary
a c t i v i t i e s i n t h e V i s u a l A r t s and

66

Art

A r t 265
Three-Dimensional Studies:
S c u l p t u r e (S) ( 3 , 3 , 1 )

(3,0,1)
Art

262

F u r t h e r s t u d y o f d r a w i n g w i t h an
e m p h a s i s on t h e d e v e l o p m e n t o f
p e r s o n a l modes o f e x p r e s s i o n . The
work o f t h e t h r e e ' p r e v i o u s c o u r s e s
w i l l he r e v i e w e d , w i t h t h e
a d d i t i o n of p e r c e p t u a l
e x p l o r a t i o n , arid p o r t f o l i o
presentation.

A r t 283
Two-Dimensional S t u d i e s :
P r i n t m a k i n g IV ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
P r e r e q u i s i t e : A r t 282 o r
Instructor's permission
Designed f o r the advanced
p r i n t m a k i n g s t u d e n t , the main
c o n c e r n w i l l be w i t h c o m b i n e
colour p r i n t i n g techniques based
upon t h e i n d i v i d u a l ' s n e e d . A
f o l i o o f work w i l l be p r o d u c e d t o
document t h i s r e s e a r c h . T e c h n i c a l
aspects that surface w i l l include
p h o t o g r a p h i c p o s s i b i l i t i e s and
dimensional p r i n t s .

A r t 300
Art Institute - Sculpture
P r i n t m a k i n g (F) ( 1 2 , 0 , 1 )

and

D e s i g n e d t o meet t h e needs o f
students w i t h s e v e r a l years of
e x p e r i e n c e i n s c u l p t u r e or
p r i n t m a k i n g o r who have l e f t
c o l l e g e , a r t school or u n i v e r s i t y

and may no l o n g p r have a c c e s s t o
s p e c i a l i z e d e q u i p m e n t and
f a c i l i t i e s , the Art I n s t i t u t e w i l l
emphasize-access to wel1-equipped
s t u d i o s as w e l l as l e c t u r e s ,
s e m i n a r s and t u t o r i a l s w i t h
i n s t r u c t o r s and i n v i t e d
p r o f e s s i o n a l a r t i s t s . The f o r m a t
w i l l be one day o f l e c t u r e and
t h r e e o r more d a y s o f w o r k i n g t i m e
per week.

A r t 301
Art I n s t i t u t e - Sculpture
P r i n t m a k i n g (S) ( 1 2 , 0 , 1 )
A continuation

of

Art

C o o r d i n a t o r ' s p e r m i s s i o n , the
p o r t f o l i o r e q u i r e m e n t may he
w a i v e d . P a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s may be
admitted without the n e c e s s i t y f o r
a portfolio.

Associate

in Arts

300.

and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a

Open t o b o t h f u l l and p a r t - t i m e
s t u d e n t s , the core content of t h i s
p r o g r a m c o n s i s t s of W e a v i n g ,
F a b r i c P r i n t i n g and C e r a m i c s and
i s s u p p o r t e d by c o u r s e s i n D r a w i n g
and D e s i g n .

Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements

Crafts

FIRST TERM
A r t 154
I n t r o d u c t o r y Drawing I
A r t 158
Design I
A r t 160
Fabric Printing I
A r t 163
Pottery I
A r t 168
Weaving I
A r t 190
S p i n n i n g and D y e i n g
'
SECOND TERM
A r t 161
F a b r i c P r i n t i n g II
A r t 153
I n t r o d u c t o r y Drawing
A r t 165
P o t t e r y II
A r t 169
W e a v i n g II
A r t 178
D e s i g n II

Those who g r a d u a t e may a l s o seek
employment as i n s t r u c t o r s i n a
v a r i e t y of community a r t p r o g r a m s
o r i n i n s t i t u t i o n s where a r t and
c r a f t c o u r s e s a r e used as t h e r a p y .

THIRD TERM
FA 104
Introduction to Visual
A r t 267
Weaving III
A r t 273
P o t t e r y III
A r t 284
F a b r i c P r i n t i n g III
*CMNS 150 R a s i c C o m m u n i c a t i o n s

Requirements

Prospective f u l l - t i m e students are
a d m i t t e d on t h e b a s i s o f an
i n t e r v i e w . A p o r t f o l i o which
c o n t a i n s as a c c u r a t e l y as p o s s i b l e
an o v e r v i e w o f t h e s t u d e n t s ' work
i s r e q u i r e d . With the

Credit
Hours

Lab
Hours

60
_6
66

Q_
30

Curriculum

Students are t r a i n e d to develop
s k i l l and u n d e r s t a n d i n g i n t h e
b r o a d e s t p o s s i b l e c o n t e x t so t h a t
g r a d u a t e s may c h o o s e t o work
i n d e p e n d e n t l y as a r t i s t / c r a f t s m e n
o r as d e s i g n e r s who b r i n g t h e
a r t i s a n ' s s p e c i a l knowledge and
s e n s i t i v i t y i n t o modern i n d u s t r i a l
production.

S t u d i o and
fiallery
v i s i t s a r e an
i m p o r t a n t l e a r n i n g segment of t h e
p r o g r a m . Guest l e c t u r e r s f r o m a l l
c r a f t d i s c i p l i n e s are brought i n
to e n r i c h the c o u r s e . Market
r e s e a r c h and m a r k e t i n g t e c h n i q u e s
for the c r a f t s p e r s o n are a v i t a l
p a r t of the program t h r o u g h
l e c t u r e s and s e m i n a r s .

Supplies

Some o f t h e m a t e r i a l s needed f o r
t h e c o u r s e a r e s u p p l i e d by t h e
C r a f t D e p a r t m e n t . The s t u d e n t c a n
e x p e c t an a d d i t i o n a l o u t l a y , w h i c h
amount may v a r y a c c o r d i n g t o t h e
needs o f t h e c o u r s e .

and

CRAFTS PROGRAM

Portfolio

M a t e r i a l s and

3
3
3
3
3
_3
18

3
3
3
3
« J
15

II

Literacy

FOURTH TERM
FA 105
I n t r o d u c t i o n to Visual L i t e r a c y
A r t 268
W e a v i n g IV
A r t 274
P o t t e r y IV
A r t 285
F a b r i c P r i n t i n g IV
•CMNS 153 C o m m u n i c a t i o n and t h e A r t s
A r t 270
Fabrics for Interiors

3
3
3
3
_3
15

II

.

3
3
3
3
3
_3
18

• S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o s u b s t i t u t e E n g l i s h c o u r s e s f o r
C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 1 5 0 / 1 5 3 may do so w i t h t h e p r o g r a m
representative's approval.

3

3
12

3
3
3
9

3

3

3

3
6

University

Transfer

Credit

A l l c o u r s e s marked w i t h an
a s t e r i s k ( i . e . * A r t 158) a r e
t r a n s f e r a b l e t o SFU and UBC and
c a r r y 1 . 5 t r a n s f e r u n i t s to the
BFA S t u d i o P r o g r a m a t UBC.

A r t 153
I n t r o d u c t o r y Drawing
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
Prerequisite:

Art

II

c r e a t i v e study of b a s i c elements
of p i c t o r i a l o r g a n i z a t i o n . P r o c e s s
and n a t u r e o f v i s u a l
communications, form
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s are i n v e s t i g a t e d
with reference to fine a r t s ,
c r a f t s and a p p l i e d a r t s . E x e r c i s e s
in c r e a t i n g meaningful graphic
c o m m u n i c a t i o n s on s e t and f r e e l y
c h o s e n t o p i c s w i l l be e m p l o y e d .
Media w i l l i n c l u d e p e n c i l , p a i n t ,
i n k , c o l l a g e m a t e r i a l s and m i x e d
medi a .

154

F u r t h e r e x p l o r a t i o n of d r a w i n g
media and t e c h n i q u e s w i t h an
e m p h a s i s on a more i n d i v i d u a l and
i n t e r p r e t i v p approach, developing
themes f o r d r a w i n g s aimed a t
i l l u s t r a t i o n and r e p r o d u c t i o n .
Study of d r a w i n g s t y l e s and modes
of g r a p h i c e x p r e s s i o n ,
i n t e r p r e t i v e s t y l i z a t i o n and
d i s t o r t i o n . D r a w i n g w i t h ppn and
i n k ; w a s h e s , i n k and b r o s h , f e l t
m a r k p r s , m i x e d m e d i a . S t u d y of
m a s s , l i g h t and d a r k , p l a n e , d e p t h
and s p a c e , and t h e i r g r a p h i c
representation through various
drawing t e c h n i q u e s .

A r t 160
Fabric Printing

Drawing

I

(F)

(3,0,1)

This course o f f e r s the students of
b o t h t h e f a b r i c and c e r a m i c a r t s
the o p p o r t u n i t y to develop those
d r a w i n g s k i l l s t h a t w i l l be u s e f u l
in the p r a c t i c e of t h o s e c r a f t s .
The s t u d y of p r i m a r y d r a w i n g media
and b a s i c t e c h n i q u e s , i n c l u d i n g
p e n c i l , pen and i n k , b r u s h and
i n k , m a r k i n g p e n s , c o n t e and
p a s t e l . S t u d y of p e r s p e c t i v e
drawing from d i r e c t o b s e r v a t i o n .
S t u d y of r e p r e s e n t a t i o n a l
r e n d e r i n g t e c h n i q u e s of o b j e c t s ,
s t r u c t u r e s , s u r f a c e s and t e x t u r e s .
Learning to v i s u a l i z e in graphic
t e r m s , s y m b o l i z i n g , s t y l i z i n g in
t e r m s of i n e and l i n e
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s . D e v e l o p i n g power
o f o b s e r v a t i o n and g r a p h i c
sensitivity.

* A r t 158
Design I (F)

A r t 161
Fabric Printing

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e c o n c e p t s
and p r i n c i p l e s o f v i s u a l a r t
f u n d a m e n t a l s w i t h a n a l y t i c a l and

68

II

(S)

Art

160

A r t 163
Pottery I

(F)

(3,3,1)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b a s i c p r o c e s s e s
of p o t t e r y , i n c l u d i n g p i n c h ,
d u g - o u t , c o i l and s l a b , e l e m e n t a r y
w h e e l w o r k , g l a z e t h e o r y and
a p p l i c a t i o n , k i l n l o a d i n g and
firing.
Transferable

t o SFU and

UBC.

163

Pottery

II

(S)

(3,3,1)

Prerequisite:

Art

Further

of w h e p l w o r k

study

Tranferable

A r t 168
Weaving I

t o SFU and UBC.

(F)

(3,3,1)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e
fundamentals of working w i t h
f i b e r s . Study of w e a v i n g t o o l s and
p r i m i t i v e l o o m s . The p r o c e s s o f
f e l t i n g . Tapestry weaving.
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o the h i s t o r y of
weavi n g .

A r t 169
Weaving II

(S)

(3,3,1)

B a s i c w o r k i n g s k i l l s i n loom
p r o c e d u r e s a r e d e v e l o p e d . The f o u r
h a r n e s s l o o m , a n a l y s i s and
d r a f t i n g o f w e a v e s , g a u z e and l i n o
weaves. Designing of garments.
S t u d y o f t e x t u r e and c o l o u r .

(3,0,1)

Exploring paste r e s i s t techniques
w i t h s t e n c i l s and s i l k s c r e e n
p r i n t i n g m e t h o d s . A p p l i q u e and
q u i l t i n g t e c h n i q u e s w i l l be u s e d
f o r s u r f a c e d e c o r a t i o n and d e s i g n
methods f o r e a c h method w i l l be
e x p l a i n e d . There w i l l he an
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o the h i s t o r y of
printed f a b r i c s .

Art
(3,0,1)

(3,3,1)

Exploring traditional printing
methods i n c l u d i n g wax r e s i s t w i t h
b r u s h , t j a n t i n g and b l o c k . T i e - d y e
t e c h n i q u e s w i l l a l s o be e x p l o r e d
u s i n g n a t u r a l and f i b r e - r e a c t i v e
d y e s . D e s i g n t e c h n i q u e s f o r each
medium w i l l be s t u d i e d and t h e r e
w i l l be an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e
h i s t o r y o f dyed f a b r i c s .

Prerequisite:
A r t 154
Introductory

I (F)

p r o g r e s s i v e l y more a d v a n c e d s h a p e s
and d e s i g n s . An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
g l a z e t h e o r y and t h e h i s t o r y o f
c e r a m i c s around the w o r l d .

163
with

* A r t 178
D e s i g n II ( S )

(3,0,1)

Prerequisite:

Art

158

F u r t h e r study of d e s i g n
principles, pictorial
o r g a n i z a t i o n , c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of
v i s u a l f o r m and m e d i a . E x t e n s i v e
s t u d y o f f o r m and c o l o u r
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s as a means o f
e x p r e s s i o n and c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
moods, a t t i t u d e s and a s s o c i a t i o n s
d e r i v e d from n o n v i s u a l
e x p e r i e n c e s . Study o f f o r m
s y m b o l i s m and c o n t e m p o r a r y
s o c i e t y . Introduction to
t h r e e - d i m e n s i o n a l s p a c e and f o r m .
Experiments w i t h various m a t e r i a l s
and e x p l o r a t i o n s o f t h e p r i n c i p l e s
o f d e s i g n as a p p l i e d t o c r a f t s ,
f i n e and a p p l i e d a r t s .

A r t 190
S p i n n i n g and D y e i n g

(F)

(3,3,1)

A s t u d y o f s p i n n i n g e q u i p m e n t and
n a t u r a l f i b e r s . Development of
s p i n n i n g s k i l l s . Study of n a t u r e
d y e s and c h e m i c a l d y e s as w e l l as
t h e use o f c o l o u r and t e x t u r e i n
textilp production.

A r t 194
Fabric Arts

(F)

* A r t 273
P o t t e r y III

(3,3,1)

The e x p l o r a t i o n o f f a b r i c
decoration techniques including
t i e - d y e methods, f a b r i c a p p l i q u e
and q u i l t i n g . The p r o c e s s o f
f e l t - m a k i n g and s t u d y o f i t s
p o t e n t i a l f o r f u n c t i o n a l and
a r t i s t i c o b j e c t s . Frame loom
w e a v i n g as an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
tapestry weaving.

A r t 267
Weaving I I I

(F)

(3,0,1)

Art

163

COMMERCIAL ART PROGRAM

(S)

(3,3,1)

Prerequisite:

A r t 273

169

Advanced loom t e c h n i q u e s : d o u b l e
w e a v e . Moorman t e c h n i q u e , p a i n t e d
warp, s t r i p - w e a v e s ,
Ikat.
E x p l o r a t i o n s of techniques w i t h
i n c r e a s i n g e m p h a s i s on
c r a f t s m a n s h i p and d e s i g n i n o r d e r
to create e f f e c t i v e wall hangings.
S t u d y of c o n t e m p o r a r y work i n B . C .
and a b r o a d .

(S)

(3,0,1)

Prerequisite:

A r t 267

Study of the e v o l u t i o n of non-loom
processes. Creating
f i b e r s t r u c t u r e s w i t h a v a r i e t y of
techniques: coling, crochet,
p l a i t i n g , b a s k e t r y and S p r a n g .
Emphasis w i 1 1 be on
three-dimensional design concepts.
F i e l d t r i p s t o weaver s t u d i o s , a r t
g a l l e r i e s and p o t e n t i a l work
situations.

A r t 270
Fabrics for

Art

F u r t h e r e x p l o r a t i o n of p o t t e r y
t e c h n i q u e s , p a r t i c u l a r l y wheelwork
and g l a z p m a t e r i a l s ; s t u d y o f
c o n t e m p o r a r y s t y l e s and c r e a t i v e
c e r a m i c s . F i e l d t r i p s to ceramic
s t u d i o s and a r t g a l l e r i e s .

* A r t 274
P o t t e r y IV

Prerequisite:

A r t 268
W e a v i n g IV

Prerequisite:

c o m p l e t e s a m p l e s and work as
d e s i g n a t e d by t h e i n s t r u c t o r .

(3,3,1)

(F)

Interiors

(S)

I n c r e a s i n g e m p h a s i s on
c r a f t s m a n s h i p and d e s i g n . An
p x p l n r a t i o n o f morp c o m p l e x f o r m s ,
m a i n l y madp on t h p w h e e l ;
devplopment of o r i g i n a l g l a z e s .

A r t 284
Fabric P r i n t i n g III

(F)

(3,0,1)

Repeat y a r r i a g p s c r e e n p r i n t i n g
t e c h n i q u e s w i l l be s t u d i e d , u s i n g
p a p e r , w a x , l a c q u e r and l i g h t
s e n s i t i v e s t e n c i l s . B l u e and brown
p r i n t i n g methods w i l l be s t u d i e d
a l o n g w i t h m a r b l i n g , mono p r i n t i n g
and r e l i e f f a b r i c p f f e c t s s u c h a s
t r a p u n t o and q u i l t i n g .

I n s t r u c t o r s a r e p r o f e s s i o n a l s who
t a k e t i m e away f r o m t h e i r own
c a r e e r s t o t e a c h , thus t h e program
r e l a t e s t o t h e c u r r e n t demands o f
b u s i n e s s and i n d u s t r y . R e a l and
s i m u l a t e d problpms are t a k e n from
i n i t i a l t o f i n i s h e d a r t and
reproduction. Frequently guests
from a l l l e v p l s of the p r o f e s s i o n
are brought i n to e v a l u a t e student
projpcts.

Admission
A r t 285
Fabric Printing

IV

(S)

(3,0,1)

D i r e c t p a i n t - o n e f f e c t s w i l l be
studied, including fabric painting
and a i r b r u s h i n g u s i n g
f i b e r - r p a c t i v e dyes, french
a l c o h o l and d i s p e r s e d y e s .
Three-dimensional fabric
c o n s t r u c t i o n w i l l be e x p l o r e d .

(3,3,1)

A comprehensive study of the f o u r
h a r n e s s and e i g h t h a r n e s s l o o m s .
B a s i c rug t e c h n i q u e s , l i n e n
w e a v e s , c l o t h f u n c t i o n and
p e r f o r m a n c e w i l l be e x p l o r e d .
Coordinated design for i n t e r i o r
with t e x t i l e samples. P o r t f o l i o .

Open t o f u l l - t i m e s t u d p n t s o n l y .
T h i s i s a t w o - y e a r program t o
p r o v i d e t r a i n i n g f o r t h o s p who
l i k e t o draw and p n j o y d p v e l o p i n g
a concept from i t s b p g i n n i n g i n t o
f i n i s h e d communication. Students
are t r a i n e d in d e s i g n , v i s u a l
i m a g e r y , media c h o i c e , t y p o g r a p h y
and c o n c e p t u a l t h i n k i n g . In s h o r t ,
t h e s t u d p n t becomes a p r o b l e m
s o l v e r . This i s a commercial
a r t i s t ' s f u n c t i o n , the r e s o l u t i o n
o f p r o b l e m s t h a t a f f e c t t h p way
ppople t h i n k , p l a y , work, t r a v e l ,
spend t h e i r money o r changp t h e i r
habits.

A r t 367
A r t 368
A r t 373
A r t 374
A r t 384
III
A r t 385
IV

-

O p t i o n Weaving
III
O p t i o n W e a v i n g IV
Option Pottery
III
O p t i o n P o t t e r y IV
Option F a b r i c P r i n t i n g

- Option

Fabric

Printing

Second y e a r f u l l - t i m e C r a f t
s t u d e n t s can c h o o s e two o f t h e
three studio options inwhich to
c o m p l e t e m a j o r p r o j e c t s . In t h e
t h i r d S t u d i o course they w i l l

Requirements

This program r e q u i r e s a h i g h l e v e l
o f m a t u r i t y and i n t p g r i t y .
S t u d e n t s w i t h a y e a r o r more o f
l i f e experience f o l l o w i n g high
s s c h o o l a r e u s u a l l y more
k n o w l e d g e a b l e and m a t u r e i n t h e i r
c h o i c p o f d i r e c t i o n and b e t t e r
p r e p a r e d . However, h i g h l y
motivated high school students
w i t h o u t t h i s y e a r o r morp o f
e x p e r i e n c e c a n s u c c e e d h e r e ; and
wp e n c o u r a g p t h o s e s t u d p n t s t o
apply.
A d m i s s i o n i s based on a p o r t f o l i o ,
p a s t work and e x p e r i e n c e i n
related f i e l d s , general a b i l i t y
and a p p l i c a n t ' s i n t e r e s t s .
A p p l i c a t i o n s and p o r t f o l i o s s h o u l d
be s u b m i t t e d f r o m A p r i l 16 t o
A p r i l 27 o f t h e d p s i r e d e n t r a n c e
year.
P o r t f o l i o s a r e r e v i e w e d by an
A d m i s s i o n s C o m m i t t e e and a r e
a s s e s s e d on t h e b a s i s of d r a w i n g ,

69

d e s i g n , c o l o u r , c r e a t i v i t y , media
v a r e t y and p r e s e n t a t i o n .
A p p l i c a n t s whose p o r t f o l i o s meet
t h e s t a n d a r d s o f t h e Program a r e
c a l l e d for i n t e r v i e w s with the
C o o r d i n a t o r w i t h i n f o u r weeks o f
s u b m i s s i o n . . F i n a l d e c i s i o n s on t h e
m a k e - u p o f t h e new c l a s s i s made
by t h e C o o r d i n a t o r and f a c u l t y by
May 3 1 .
•

Associate in Arts

Requirements

We c a n n o t a c c e p t p o r t f o l i o s l a r g e r
than 25" x 3 7 " . Colour s l i d e s or
p r i n t s o f any l a r g e r work may be
s e n t . However, p h o t o g r a p h s o r
s l i d e s do not r e p l a c e t h e r e q u i r e d
minimum o f 12 s a m p l e s o f o r i g i n a l
work.

be
in

I f a p o r t f o l i o i s t o be r e t u r n e d ,
send e i t h e r stamps or cheque t o
cover the cost of r e t u r n p o s t a g e .
Do not send any p o r t f o l i o s by
c r o s s - c o u n t r y bus s y s t e m as t h e y
a r e not d e l i v e r e d t o C a p i l a n o
C o l l e g e . P a r c e l Post i n s u r e d or
a i r p a r c e l post i n s u r e d i s u s u a l l y
t h e b e s t way t o have p o r t f o l i o s
s e n t and r e t u r n e d .
E v e r y p o s s i b l e c a r e i s t a k e n , hut
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e cannot a c c e p t
r e p o n s i b i l i t y f o r l o s s or damage
t o an a p p l i c a n t ' s w o r k .

70

Credit
Hours

Lab
Hours

66
_3
69

45
0
45

Curriculum

FIRST TERM
A r t 195
P r o g r e s s i v e Drawing I
A r t 180
Drawing f o r I l l u s t r a t i o n I
A r t 162
L e t t e r i n g and T y p o g r a p h y
A r t 175
Photography f o r the Graphic
A r t 177
Graphic Design I
A r t 192
A p p l i e d Design I
*CMNS 150 B a s i c C o m m u n i c a t i o n s

There s h o u l d be a minimum o f 12
s a m p l e s of o r i g i n a l work
representing current a b i l i t i e s
i n c l u d e d . I m a g i n a t i v e and
e x p e r i m e n t a l d r a w i n g s i n any
medium a r e a welcome a d d i t i o n t o
t h e p o r t f o l i o . Samples must be
f l a t m o u n t e d , not r o l l e d , f r a m e d
or g l a s s e d .

The a p p l i c a n t ' s name and
"Commercial Art Program" should
on t h e o u t s i d e of t h e p o r t f o l i o
large l e t t e r s .

Diploma

Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements

Commercial A r t
Portfolio

and S c i e n c e

Arts

...

SECOND TERM
A r t 181
D r a w i n g f o r I l l u s t r a t i o n II
A r t 170
Studio Production I
A r t 176
Photography f o r V i s u a l Communication
A r t 179
G r a p h i c D e s i g n II
A r t 196
P r o g r e s s i v e D r a w i n g II
A r t 193
A p p l i e d D e s i g n II

THIRD TERM
A r t 251
I l l u s t r a t i o n Media
A r t 252
A p p l i e d Design III
A r t 277
Environmental Design I
A r t 278
S t u d i o P r o d u c t i o n II
A r t 295
Advertising Illustration

I

FOURTH TERM
A r t 253
A p p l i e d D e s i g n IV
A r t 269
Experimental I l l u s t r a t i o n
A r t 279
E n v i r o n m e n t a l D e s i g n II
A r t 280
P o r t f o l i o Studio
Art. 298
A d v e r t i s i n g I l l u s t r a t i o n II

* S t u d e n t s who w i s h t o s u b s t i t u t e
Communciat.ions 150 may do so w i t h
Coordinator's approval,

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
*i

3
3
3
3
3
_3
18

3
3
3
3
_3
15

3
3
3
3
_3_
15

English courses f o r
the Communications

3
3
3
9

3
3
3
9

3
3
3
_3
15

3
3
3
3
12

FOUNDATIONS OF VISUAL
COMMUNICATIONS
Open t o b o t h
students.

full

and

Credit
Hours

Lab
Hours

part-time

T h i s program i s d e s i g n e d to
provide a foundation in drawing
s k i l l s , figure studies,
I l l u s t r a t i o n and p a i n t i n g , m e d i a
and t e c h n i q u e s , d e s i g n p r i n c i p l e s
and t h e h i s t o r y o f a r t and d e s i g n .
It s t r e s s e s the n e c e s s i t y of
developing consecutively the
c r e a t i v e t h o u g h t p r o c e s s e s and
s k i l l s necessary for v i s u a l
communication. This art basic
program p r o v i d e s the d i r e c t i o n s t o
prepare the student f o r f u r t h e r
s t u d i e s 1n any o f t h e many
p r o f e s s i o n a l l y - o r i e n t e d art
fields.
I n d i v i d u a l c o u r s e s may be t a k e n
but p r i o r i t y must be g i v e n t o
s t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d i n the f u l l
Foundations Program.

Major Program Requirements

Foundations of

Visual

Communication

42

Curriculum

FIRST TERM
A r t 158
Design I
A r t 152
L i f e Drawing I
A r t 154
General Drawing I
A r t 155
Mediums & T e c h n i q u e s I
A r t lfifi
Anatomy I
FA 100
The H i s t o r y o f A r t 1
*CMNS 150 B a s i c C o m m u n i c a t i o n s

SECOND TERM
A r t 178
D e s i g n II
A r t 184
L i f e D r a w i n g II
A r t 154
G e n p r a l D r a w i n g II
A r t 159
Mediums * T e c h n i q u e s II
A r t 188
Anatomy II
FA 101
The H i s t o r y o f A r t II
*CMNS 153 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s and t h e A r t s

3
3
3
3
3
3
_3_
21

3
3
3
3
3
3
_3_
21

71

University

Transfer

Credit

* A r t 15B
Design I (F)

A l l t h o s e c o u r s e s marked w i t h an
a s t e r i s k ( i . e . * A r t 15?) arp
t r a n s f e r a b l e t o SFU and UBC and
c a r r y 1 . 5 t r a n f e r u n i t s t o t h e BFA
S t u d i o Program at UBC.

* A r t 152
L i f e Drawing

I

(F)

(3,0,1)

The s t u d y o f d r a w i n g f r o m t h e
o b s e r v a t i o n o f t h e human f i g u r e ;
exercises in developing visual
p e r c e p t i o n , memory and b a s i c
d r a w i n g s k i l l s . Study o f t h e
p r o p o r t i o n s o f t h e human b o d y .
S t r u c t u r e and a c t i o n d r a w i n g s w i t h
e m p h a s i s on empathy and p e r c e p t i o n
of g r a p h i c e l e m e n t s ; i n s t i n c t i v e
and s t r u c t u r e d r a w i n g ; d e v e l o p i n g
t h o u g h t - h a n d c o o r d i n a t i o n . Study
of l i n e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s i n p e n c i l ,
pen, conte, charcoal techniques.
Contour, cross-contour, gesture
and volume d r a w i n g s f r o m d r a p e d
and u n d r a p e d .

* A r t 154
General Drawing

I

(F)

(3,0,1)

The s t u d y o f p r i m a r y d r a w i n g
m e d i a , t e c h n i q u e s and
representational drawing
a p p r o a c h e s . D r a w i n g as e x p r e s s i o n
o f o b s e r v a r t i o n and p e r c e p t i o n o f
v i s u a l a s p e c t s of e n v i r o n m e n t and
v i s u a l t h i n k i n g . Study of g r a p h i c
means of r e p r e s e n t i n g o b j e c t s ,
s t r u c t u r e , p l a n e s , volumes, space,
surface c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s . Learning
t o p e r c e i v e , i s o l a t e and s e l e c t
v i s u a l elements for d e s c r i p t i v e
r e n d e r i n g i n l e a d and c h a r c o a l
p e n c i l s . D e v e l o p i n g t h e h a b i t of
working d a i l y with a sketchbook,
power o f o b s e r v a t i o n , p e r c e p t i o n
and g r a p h i c
sensitivity.

( B a s i c D e s i g n 2 - D ) An i n t r o d u c t i o n
t o t h e c o n c e p t s and p r i n c i p l e s o f
v i s u a l a r t s w i t h a n a l y t i c a l and
c r e a t i v e study of b a s i c elements
and p i c t o r i a l o r g a n i z a t i o n .
P r o c e s s e s and n a t u r e o f v i s u a l
c o m m u n c i a t i o n s , f o r m , e l e m e n t s and
t h e i r c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s are
investigated with reference to
F i n e A r t , C r a f t s and A p p l i e d A r t s .
E m p h a s i s on t w o - d i m e n s i o n a l
c o m p o s i t i o n and g r a p h i c m e d i a ,
c o l l a g e and a s s e m b l a g e .

A r t 159
Medium X T e c h n i q u e s
Prerequisite:

I

(F)

(3,0,1)

C o l o u r , t h e o r y and p r a c t i c e .
Introduction to basic p a i n t i n g
mediums, through t e c h n i c a l
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and use f o r F i n e
and A p p l i e d A r t ( S t u d i o A r t s ,
I l l u s t r a t i o n , e t c . ) . Study o f
p o s t e r p a i n t , w a t e r c o l o u r , gouche
and wash t e c h n i q u e s .

72

Art

II

(S)

(3,0,1)

155

F u r t h e r s t u d y o f c o l o u r and
p a i n t i n g mediums. Inks, o i l s ,
a c r y l i c s and mixed media w i l l be
e x p l o r e d to acquaint, s t u d e n t s w i t h
n a t u r e and p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r usage
and a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e s e m e d i u m s .
S t u d i e s which are s u i t a b l e f o r
d e v e l o p m e n t as w o r k s i n s e v p r a l
mediums w i l l be e x p l o r e d d u r i n g
l o c a t i o n and s t u d i o t i m e .

A r t 162
Lettering

X Typography (F)

(3,0,1)

H i s t o r i c a l o r i g i n s of t h e
a l p h a b e t , n u m e r a l s and l e t t e r
s t y l e s . P r o p o r t i o n and s p a c i n g .
L e t t e r i n g i n d i c a t i o n in p e n c i l ,
b r u s h , c h a l k s and f e l t m a r k e r s .
C o m p r e h e n s i v e and r e p r o d u c t i o n
l e t t e r i ng.

A r t 164
General Drawing
Prerequisite:

A r t 155 •
Mediums X T e c h n i q u e s

(3,0,1)

II

(S)

Art

154

(3,0,1)

Further e x p l o r a t i o n of drawing
m e d i a and t e c h n i q u e s w i t h e m p h a s i s
on e x p r e s s i v e and i n t e r p r e t i v e
a p p r o a c h e s . D e v e l o p i n g themes and
d r a w i n g s aimed at i l l u s t r a t i o n ,
f o r r e p r o d u c t i o n and i n d i v i d u a l
expression. Stylization,
d i s t o r t i o n and c h a r i c a t u r i z a t i o n
are explored in r e l a t i o n to the
s t u d y o f l i n e , m a s s , v a l u e and
c o n t r a s t . V a r i o u s p e n , pen and i n k
drawing techniques are e x p l o r e d .

E m p h a s i s on s t u d e n t ' s i n i t i a t i v e
i n s e a r c h i n g , i n v e s t i g a t i n g and
e x p l o r i n g a w i d e range o f d r a w i n g
t h e o r i e s , s c h o o l s and t e c h n i q u e s .
Transferable

t o SFU and

* A r t 166
Anatomy I ( F )

(3,0,1)

UBC.

The main p u r p o s e o f t h i s c o u r s e i s
to help the student to understand
the s k e l e t a l - m u s c u l a r s t r u c t u r e ,
f u n c t i o n i n g o f t h e human b o d y , i t s
b a s i c p r o p o r t i o n s and s t r u c t u r a l
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s . T e a c h i n g w i l l be
c o n c e n t r a t e d on d r a w i n g t h e
s k e l e t a l and m u s c u l a r d e t a i l as
w e l l as on d r a w i n g s t r u c t u r a l
d i a g r a m s o f t h e body i n v a r i o u s
p o s i t i o n s , p o s e s , movements and
acti ons.

A r t 170
Studio Production

I

(S)

(3,3,1)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b a s i c s t u d i o
techniques encountered in a
graphic design s t u d i o . Students
w i l l l e a r n t h e p r o p e r way t o
p r e s e n t a r t w o r k and w i l l be
i n s t r u c t e d i n the r u l i n g of
s t r a i g h t l i n e s using the T-square,
drawing e l l i p s e s , cut masking
f i l m , p r e p a r a t i o n of a r t w o r k ,
c o p y f i t t i n g and t y p e s p e c i f y i n g .

A r t 175
Photography f o r
(F)
(3,3,1)

the Graphic

Arts

B a s i c p h o t o g r a p h y w i t h e m p h a s i s on
f u n d a m e n t a l camera and d a r k r o o m
procedures to prepare students for
A r t 1 7 6 . I n s t r u c t i o n i n 35mm
camera o p e r a t i o n s as an a s s i s t i n
g r a p h i c d e s i g n and i l l u s t r a t i o n .

A r t 176
Photography f o r V i s u a l
Communications (S)
(3,0,1)
Prerequisite:

Art

175

Instruction in basic advertising
and p h o t o - i l l u s t r a t i o n , C r e a t i v e
p r o c e d u r e s i n u s i n g a d v a n c e d B/W
photography. E f f e c t i v e exposure
and c o m p o s i t i o n a l s k i l l s i n c o l o u r
f i lm.

Art 177
Graphic Design

I

(F)

(3,3,1)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o d e s i g n e l e m e n t s
(shape, l i n e , v a l u e , t e x t u r e ,
c o l o u r ) to demonstrate the
v e r s a t i l i t y and a p p l i c a t i o n o f
e a c h . E x e r c i s e s t o d e v e l o p a sound
g r a s p o f d e s i g n p r i n c i p l e s and t o
e n c o u r a g e e x p e r i m e n t and
d i s c o v e r y as w e l l as how t h e s e
e l e m e n t s work i n c o m b i n a t i o n .
Media w i l l i n c l u d e p e n c i l , p a i n t ,
c o l l a g e m a t e r i a l s and m i x e d m e d i a .

c r e a t i v i t y . It i n t r o d u c e s t h e
s t u d e n t s t o t h e many s k i l l s t h a t
must be d e v e l o p e d i f t h e y a r e t o
v i s u a l l y communicate c o n s c i o u s l y
and e f f e c t i v e l y . B a s i c d r a w i n g and
wash media w i l l be u s e d .

A r t 181
Drawing f o r I l l u s t r a t i o n
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
Prerequisite:

Art

II

180

( B a s i c Design 3-D) F u r t h e r study
o f d e s i g n p r i n c i p l e s and
i n t r o d u c t i o n to the a r t of t h i r d
dimension. Basic three-dimensional
c o n c e p t s , components and
p r i n c i p l e s of t h r e e - d i m e n s i o n a l
a r t s m a t e r i a l and t e c h n i q u e s .
Functional a s t h e t i c aspects of
c o n t e m p o r a r y and t r a d i t i o n a l 3 - D
a r t . The e l e m e n t s o f 3 - D f o r u m .

An e x t e n s i o n o f A r t 180 where t h e
students play a greater role in
the choices of reference
m a t e r i a l s , mediums and t e c h n i q u e s
u s e d . The s k i l l f u l and i m a g i n a t i v e
u s e o f i l l u s t r a t i v e methods i s
stressed using l i g h t i n g , negative
shapes, depth, abstractions for
e m p h a s i s , p e r s p e c t i v e and c o r r e c t
p e r c e p t i o n ( i . e . t h e mind
i n t e r p r e t i n g c o r r e c t l y what t h e
e y e s e e s ) . Uses o f d r a w i n g and
wash mediums w i l l be e x p a n d e d . As
w e l l , t h e s t u d e n t w i l l he e x p e c t e d
t o become f a m i l i a r w i t h c u r r e n t
u s e s o f i l l u s t r a t i o n on a broad
level.

A r t 179
Graphic Design

II

(S)

* A r t 184
L i f e Drawing

II

Prerequisite:

Art

177

Prerequisite:

Art

* A r t 178
D e s i g n II (S)

(3,0,1)

Prerequisite:

Art

158

(3,3,1)

Further study of design
principles, pictorial
o r g a n i z a t i o n , c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of
v i s u a l f o r m . Combining d e s i g n
elements of the p r e v i o u s semester
w i t h t h e new e l e m e n t s o f
t y p o g r a p h y and p h o t o g r a p h y . Media
w i l l i n c l u d e a wide v a r i e t y of
m a t e r i a l s . An e x p e r i m e n t a l ,
i n v e n t i v e a p p r o a c h w i l l be
stressed.

A r t 180
Drawing f o r
(F)
(3,0,1)

Illustration

It i s expected t h a t the student
w i l l enter t h i s course with basic
d r a w i n g s k i l l s ( i . e . 1 5 4 , 164
G e n e r a l D r a w i n g I X II o r
equi l v a l e n t . ) .
I t s purpose i s to
develop the s t u d e n t s ' awareness,
the capac ity to perceive objects
c o r r e c t l y and t h e s k i l l s n e c e s s a r y
t o draw w i t h q u a l i t y and

(S)

(3,0,1)

152

F u r t h e r s t u d y of d r a w i n g f r o m t h e
d i r e c t o b s e r v a t i o n o f t h e human
f i g u r e . E x e r c i s e s in p e r c e i v i n g
and g r a p h i c a l l y i n t e r p r e t i n g t h e
elements of p l a n e , mass, rhythm
and f o r m ; r e l a t i n g p e r c e p t u a l
elements to drawing media.
R e p o r t a g e of v i s u a l e x p e r i e n c e and
g r a p h i c i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of p e r s o n a l
a t t i t u d e s . I n v e s t i g a t i o n o f more
c o m p l e x d r a w i n g t e c h n i q u e s and
m a t e r i a l s . Perceiving graphic
e l e m e n t s i n l i f e f o r m and a c t i o n ;
d r a w i n g f r o m memory and
i m a g i n a t i v e r e f l e c t i o n upon v i s u a l
experience. Student's individual
experimentation with drawing
m a t e r i a l s r e l a t e d t o e f f e c t s aimed
at.

A r t 188
Anatomy II

F u r t h e r s t u d y o f anatomy w i t h
e m p h a s i s on a n i m a l anatomy
c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d y o f humans and
a n i m a l s k e l e t a l and m u s c u l a r
structure, functioning,
p r o p o r t i o n s and m o v e m e n t s .
R e f e r e n c e s t o t h e s t u d y o f anatomy
and i t s a p p l i c a t i o n t o t h e F i n e
and A p p l i e d A r t s a f t e r t h e 1 6 t h
C e n t u r y w i l l be made t h o u g h o u t t h e
w h o l e c l a s s . S t u d y w i l l be t h r o u g h
d r a w i n g , f i e l d t r i p s and l e c t u r e s .

A r t 192
A p p l i e d Design

Prerequisite:

(3,0,1)
Art

166

(F)

(3,3,1)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o v i s u a l
c o m m u n i c a t i o n and t h e r o l e of
p r o f e s s i o n a l d e s i g n e r s . Design
p r i n c i p l e s , layout techniques,
l e a r n i n g t o o l s , methods, m a t e r i a l s
and m e d i a . E m p h a s i s w i l l be on
c o n c e p t r a t h e r t h a n on
"comprehensive" f i n i s h .

A r t 193
A p p l i e d D e s i g n II

(S)

Prerequisite:

177 and A r t

Art

(3,3,1)
192

A course in techniques r e l a t i n g to
p r e s e n t a t i o n of i d e a s at a
p r o f e s s i o n a l l e v e l . Making rough
l a y o u t s and t i g h t c o m p s . I d e a s
evaluated against c r i t e r i a
establi shed.

A r t 195
Progressive

Drawing

Prerequisite:

Art

I

(F)

(3,0,1)

1 5 2 / A r t 184

T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s expanded s k i l l s
i n p e r c e p t i o n , v i s u a l i z a t i o n and
c o n t i n u e d p r a c t i c e i n c o n t r o l of
various media. This course givps
the student the o p p o r t u n i t y to
d e v e l o p s i m i l a r s t y l e s of the o l d
m a s t e r s as w e l l as e x p e r i m e n t w i t h
h i s / h e r own d r a w i n g .

A r t 196
Progressive

Drawing

Prerequisite:
(S)

I

II

(S)

(3,0,1)

A r t 195

The s t u d e n t ' s p e r s o n a l s t y l e o f
r e a l i s t i c l i f e drawing i s pursued
t o a much f i n e r d e g r e e . S t r u c t u r e d
t u t o r i a l s i n the use of v a r i o u s

73

mediums as w e l l as a h i g h d e g r e e
of s t u d e n t / i n s t r u c t o r c r i t i c i s m of
work i n p r o g r e s s a r e e m p h a s i z e d .
E x p e r i m e n t a t i o n o f s t y l e and
mediums a r e e n c o u r a g e d .

Art 251

'
Illustration

Media (F)

Prerequisite:

Art

A f u r t h e r e x p a n s i o n of the uses o f
mediums t o i n c l u d e m i x e d media and
oi 1 s .

A r t 277
Experimental
(F) ( 3 , 3 , 1 )

Illustration

Prerequisite:

A r t 164 and A r t 179

(3,3,1)

164 and A r t 184

To i n t r o d u c e t h e s t u d e n t who has
a c h i e v e d a competent degree o f
d r a w i n g s k i l l s t o t h e mediums
necessary to i l l u s t r a t i v e
t e c h n i q u e s . The c o u r s e d e v e l o p s
t h r o u g h s t a g e s from p e n c i l , pen
and I n k , Ink and w a s h ,
w a t e r c o l o u r s and e e l v i n y l . The
use o f t h e I l l u s t r a t o r ' s t o o l s and
p r o c e s s e s s u c h as r e p e l l a n t s , a i r
b r u s h , mixed m e d i a , e t c . , a r e
reviewed.

T h i s s e c t i o n 1s I n t e n d e d t o g i v e
i n s i g h t i n t o the procedures
involved in the design of small
commercial r e t a i l s t r u c t u r e s such
as b o u t i q u e s and s e r v i c e s h o p s i n
s h o p p i n g c e n t r e s and m a l l s .
Model-hu1lding techniques are
s t u d i e d as w e l l as t h e use o f
c o l o u r 1n m e r c h a n d i s i n g and
d i s p l a y . During t h i s s e c t i o n the
e m p h a s i s i s on e x t e r i o r d e s i g n .

A r t 295
Advertising Illustration
(F) ( 3 , 3 , 1 )

Art 278

A r t 298
Advertising Illustration
(S)
(3,3,1)

Studio Production I I

Art 252
Applied Design U I
Prerequisite:

I

(F) (3,3,1)

A r t 179 and A r t 193

The a p p l i c a l t o n o f d e s i g n and
rendering s k i l l s to the
development of s o l u t i o n s t o p r i n t
a d v e r t i s i n g . Explores companies,
products, s e r v i c e s , corporate
i d e n t i f i c a t i o n and t h e i r
r e l a t i o n s h i p to print advertising
l a y o u t s and t i g h t comps p r e p a r e d
for class critiques.

A r t 253
A p p l i e d Design

IV ( S )

Prerequisite:

A r t 252

(3,3,1)

A d v e r t i s i n g a g e n c y o r i e n t e d . The
i n t e r w e a v i n g of I l l u s t r a t i o n ,
p h o t o g r a p h y , g r a p h i c s and
television into advertising,
p a c k a g i n g and p o i n t o f p u r c h a s e .
C o n s u l t a t i o n on s t u d e n t p o r t f o l i o .

Prerequisite:

(F)

(3,3,1)

A r t 170

A r t 279
Environmental
(S)
(3,3,1)

Design

Prerequisite:

A r t 277

Illustration

Prerequisite:

A r t 251

I

II

For t h e d u r a t i o n o f t h i s s e c t i o n
t h e s t u d e n t w i l l work on t h e
d e s i g n o f t h e i n t e r i o r o f a shop
p l u s methods o f p r e s e n t a t i o n . The
p s y c h o l o g y o f c o l o u r 1n
m e r c h a n d i s i n g w i l l be c o v e r e d as
w e l l as t h e u s e o f i n d o o r s i g n i n g
and i n s i g n i a f o r shop
identi f i c a t i o n . Des1gner-cl ient
r e l a t i o n s h i p s w i l l be d i s c u s s e d
w i t h methods o f p r e s e n t a t i o n .

T a k i n g t h e t e c h n i q u e s o u t l i n e d 1n
251 I n t o f i n i s h e d
Illustrations
for books, magazines, murals, e t c .

74

Art 280
Portfolio Studio (S)
Prerequisite:

Prerequisite:

(3,0,1)

A r t 252 and A r t 2 7 8

Students w i l l prepare p o r t f o l i o s
and s a m p l e s f o r d i s p l a y as w e l l as

I

A r t 164 and A r t 184

A comprehensive study of
contemporary i l l u s t r a t i o n
t e c h n i q u e s and m a t e r i a l s f r o m
o r i g i n a l concept to f i n a l
presentation.

Prerequisite:

A p p l i c a t i o n of learned techniques
w i l l be used 1n t h e d r a w i n g and
r e p r o d u c t i o n o f l o g o s and r e l a t e d
work. Stimulated assignments such
as b r o c h u r e s , r e p o r t s and
p a c k a g i n g w i l l be d o n e , and p r o p e r
p r i n t i n g s p e c i f y i n g w i l l be s h o w n .

Art 269
Experimental
(S) ( 3 , 3 , 1 )

d e s i g n i n g and p r o d u c i n g s p e c i f i c
i t e m s . P r o j e c t s w i l l be s e l e c t e d
t o c a p i t a l i z e on t h e s t u d e n t s '
a c q u i r e d k n o w l e d g e , s k i l l s and
w i l l involve t h e i r contact with
o u t s i d e a g e n t s and s u p p l i e r s . The
s t u d e n t w i l l be r e s p o n s i b l e f r o m
i n i t i a l concept to f i n i s h e d
product.

II

A r t 295

Further exploration of
I l l u s t r a t i o n techniques using a
v a r e l t y o f mediums and t e c h n i q u e s
w i t h t h e e m p h a s i s on a c t u a l
studio working methods.

Business Management Programs
Instructional

b u s i n e s s / i n d u s t r y who d e s i r e s a
comprehensive business educaiton
(2 y e a r s f u l l - t i m e ) .

Faculty

BEST, E . , B . S c , M . S c .
CARTER, A . W . , B . S c , C*G C e r t .
CLARK, H . , B . H . E . , T . T .
Dipl.
COBBETT, A . , D i p l . T . ,
M.B.A.,
R.I.A.
CDX, M.
DION, A . , P o l y t e c h n i c D i p l . o f
S u p e r v i s i ng
DOUGHERTY, B . , B.Comm., C A .
DUNLOP, S . , B . S c
FANE, C , D i p l . T e c h . ,
B.Sc,
R . I . A . , M.B.A.
FARRELL, G . H . , M . B . A . , R . I . A . ,
F.S.M.A.C.
GAGNE, A . , B . S c .
GOYETTE, R . , R . I . A .
GRUEN, F . , B . M . , M . S c
GWOZD, S . , D i p l . M a r k e t i n g
HALL, E . , B.A. ( H o n s ) , A . T . C .
HOULIHAN, J .
INGLIS, B.
JESSIMAN, J . , B . A . , L L . B . , L L . M . ,
LL.D.
KERSHAW, P . , F . C . I .
KILIAN, C , B . A . , M.A.
LOBLAW, J . D . ,
B.A.
LONGWORTH, R . , B . S c , M . E d .
MCKIE, C , B.Comm., M . B . A . , P . T . C .
MEGGY, M . , B . E d .
MICHAELS, L . , B . S c , B . E d . , M . E d .
MILNER, L . D i p l . T , C . G . A .
MOSELEY, B . , B . A . , M . B . A .
NICHOLS, R . C , B . C o m m . , R . I . A .
NORRIS, R . ,
CA.
OBERNDORF, A . G . , B . S . , M . I . M .
O'CONNOR, R . , B u s . A d m i n .
PODOLAK, P , C e r t .
REID, B . , B.A.
RENNIE, R . , B . S . , M . S . , P h . D .
SAYRE, J . , B . S . B . A . , M . A .
SHEARER, B . , B.Comm.
S P I C E R , L . , B.Comm.
TASKER, D . , B . S c .
TAYLOR, M . , B . S c .
TOWSON, K . V . , B . S c , M . S c .
V I C K , A . H . , B.Comm.
WELCH, J . , B.Comm.
WILLIAMS, J . , B . A . , M . B . A .
WILSON, J . , B.Comm, C A .
YACKNESS, H . B . , B.Comm., M . B . A . ,
CA.

General

Information

The p r o g r a m / c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s o f
t h i s department attempt to s a t i s f y
the f o l l o w i n g needs:
A. A high school graduate with
years business experience,
planning a career in

1-3

B. P e r s o n s w i t h a minimum o f 7
years business experience in
i n d u s t r y , government, the
m i l i t a r y or p r i v a t e busines
v e n t u r e s who d e s i r e a c o n c i s e
formal b u s i n e s s e d u c a t i o n (10
months f u l l - t i m e ) .
C
Persons p r e s e n t l y employed i n
b u s i n e s s who r e q u i r e a d d i t i o n a l
formal business education or
u p g r a d i n g ( p a r t - t i m e , day or
eveni n g ) .
D. P e r s o n s w a n t i n g t o t a k e c o u r s e s
that c a r r y c r e d i t towards
non-Capilano College c e r t i f i c a t e
and d i p l o m a p r o g r a m s ( p a r t - t i m e ,
day o r e v e n i n g ) .
E. P e r s o n s i n t e r e s t e d i n
f u r t h e r i n g t h e i r knowledge i n a
p a r t i c u l a r area of b u s i n e s s
( p a r t - t i m e , day o r e v e n i n g ) .
These p r o g r a m s / c o u r s e s p r o v i d e y o u
with a comprehensive education in
b a s i c m a n a g e r i a l s k i l l s . They have
a p r a c t i c a l foundation f o r those
who w i s h t o e n t e r a c a r e e r i n
b u s i n e s s or t o expand t h e i r c a r e e r
i n b u s i n e s s e i t h e r as an
i n d e p e n d e n t e n t r e p r e n e u r o r as a
p r o s p e c t i v e employee-manager. A
more d e t a i l e d d e s c r i p t i o n o f t h e
programs/courses f o l l o w s ( r e f e r to
c o r r e s p o n d i n g s e c t i o n s A - E ) , or
can be o b t a i n e d by c a l l i n g t h e
B u s i n e s s Management Department at
986-1911, local 425.

by a c c i d e n t . Our programs have
been d e s i g n e d by o u r A d v i s o r y
c o m m i t t e e c o n s i s t i n g o f 12
b u s i n e s s p r o f e s s i o n a l s . Employers
recognize the q u a l i t y of these
p r o g r a m s . We, t h e B u s i n e s s
Management D e p a r t m e n t , a s s i s t i n
a r r a n g i n g on-campus i n t e r v i e w s f o r
o u r g r a d s and t r a i n them i n j o b
s e a r c h t e c h n i q u e s . W i t h o n l y 100
g r a d u a t e s p e r y e a r , we c a n g i v e a
l e v e l of s e r v i c e t h a t i s
individualized.
3 . Our c l a s s s i z e f o r l e c t u r e s and
l a b s does not e x c e e d 33 s t u d e n t s .
We b e l i e v e t h a t t h i s s i z e i s
ideal.
4 . A l t h o u g h we demand a g r e a t d e a l
o f o u r s t u d e n t s , we a l s o demand an
e q u a l l e v e l of s u p p o r t f r o m o u r
f a c u l t y and s t a f f .

A.

TWO YEAR F U L L - T I M E PROGRAMS

These b e g i n
year.

i n September

each

1 . A c c o u n t i n g / F i n a n c i a l Management
Program
2 . A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Management
Program
3 . Computer S y s t e m s Management
Program
4 . M a r k e t i n g Managment P r o g r a m
5 . R e t a i l Management P r o g r a m
The A s s o c i a t e of A r t s and S c i e n c e
D i p l o m a i s awarded upon s u c c e s s f u l
c o m p l e t i o n of the program
r e q u i r e m e n t s as o u t l i n e d b e l o w .

Eligibility
Why B u s i n e s s a t C a p i l a n o

College?

1 . You w i l l t r u l y " l i v e " b u s i n e s s
i n our program, r a t h e r than m e r e l y
" l e a r n " i t . Many o f o u r f a c u l t y
have f u l l - t i m e j o b s i n b u s i n e s s i n
t h e i r area of s p e c i a l t y - - t h e y
t e a c h f o r us on a p a r t - t i m e b a s i s
o n l y . They have t h e p r a c t i c a l
u p - t o - d a t e k n o w l e d g e t h a t yo u
r e q u i r e t o be a s u c c e s s i n
business.
2 . Our g r a d u a t e s get m e a n i n g f u l
j o b s q u i c k l y . In t h e p a s t , 93% o f
o u r g r a d u a t e s have had j o b s i n
t h e i r area of s p e c i a l t y w i t h i n two
months o f g r a d u a t i o n . T h i s i s not

These i n t e n s i v e p r o g r a m s r e q u i r e a
minimum o f 30 h o u r s p e r week i n
c l a s s and 30 h o u r s p e r week
o u t s i d e of c l a s s . Because of the
l i m i t e d space i n t h e s e p r o g r a m s ,
i n t e r e s t e d p e r s o n s s h o u l d a p p l y by
A p r i l 1 s t . E n t r y t o t h e s e programs
i s b a s e d on b u s i n e s s
e x p e r i e n c e , h i g h school grades,
m a t u r i t y , i n t e r e s t and a p t i t u d e .
Grade 12 g r a d u a t i o n w i t h a minimum
o f C+ i n E n g l i s h 12 and a C i n
A l g e b r a 11 i s g e n e r a l l y r e q u i r e d ,
a l t h o u g h a d m i s s i o n may be g r a n t e d
t o m a t u r e s t u d e n t s who can p r o v i d e
e v i d e n c e of p r o b a b l e s u c c e s s i n
the program.

75

Career

Financial Planner
Administrative Officer

Opportunities

Successful completion of t h i s
program w i l l p r o v i d e you w i t h a
wide v a r i e t y of c a r e e r
opportunities.
1. Accounting/Financial

Management

S u c c e s s f u l c o m p l e t i o n of t h i s
program w i l l a l s o p r o v i d e a
v a r i e t y of c a r e e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s i n
f i n a n c i a l p l a n n i n g , budget
p r e p a r a t i o n and f i n a n c i a l c o n t r o l .
S p e c i a l i s t s i n a c c o u n t i n g commonly
e n t e r m i d d l e management p o s i t i o n s
in f i n a n c i a l accounting, cost
a c c o u n t i n g , i n t e r n a l a u d i t and
budgpt. p r e p a r a t i o n . G r a d u a t e s w i l l
receive transfer credit for t h e i r
work at t h e C o l l e g e t o w a r d s t h e i r
c e r t i f i c a t i o n as a C . G . A . o r
R . I . A . G r a d u a t e s can e x p e c t t o
o b t a i n employment i n t h e p u b l i c
and p r i v a t e s e c t o r i n i n v e s t m e n t ,
b a n k i n g , r e a l e s t a t e and r e l a t e d
i n d u s t r i e s . Previous graduates
have a c q u i r e d t h e f o l l o w i n g
p o s i t i o n s upon g r a d u a t i o n :
Consumer T a x a t i o n I n s p e c t o r
Account C o o r d i n a t o r - V . S . E .
Collection Officer
Accountant
A s s i s t a n t Manager
P r o j e c t Cost A c c o u n t a n t
2. Administrative

3 . Computer

This program p r o v i d e s a s o l i d core
o f b u s i n e s s management k n o w l e d g e
and s k i l l s w h i c h can e a s i l y be
f i t t e d i n t o any a r e a o f t h e
business community. This o p t i o n i s
p a r t i c u l a r l y valuable for students
who have a s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n
small or s e l f - o w n e d b u s i n e s s e s .
G r a d u a t e s o f t h i s p r o g r a m can
e x p e c t t o f i n d employment i n s u c h
d i v e r s e a r e a s as p l a n n i n g ,
banking,-finance, production, real
e s t a t e , p e r s o n n e l and i n d u s t r i a l
r e l a t i o n s . P r e v i o u s g r a d u a t e s have
acquired'the following positions
upon g r a d u a t i o n :

A n a l y s t Programmer
Systems A n a l y s t
Sales Representative
O p e r a t i o n s Manager
Technical Consultant

76

(FBDB)

M a r k e t i n g Management

T h i s p a r t i c u l a r program p r e p a r e s
you f o r a w i d e v a r i e t y o f
challenging positions requiring
s p e c i a l s k i l l s i n s u c h f i e l d s as
r e t a i l i n g , buying, advertising,
s a l e s and m a r k e t i n g r e s e a r c h .
P r e v i o u s g r a d u a t e s have a c q u i r e d
t h e f o l l o w i n g p o s i t i o n s upon
graduation:
Sales Representative
P r o p e r t y Manager
Department Manager
Manufacturer's Representative
Real E s t a t e S a l e s
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Manager
A s s i s t a n t O f f i c e Manager
S p e c i a l P r o m o t i o n s Manager
P r o d u c t Manager
5.

Stock Broker
S t o r e Manager
Personnel O f f i c e r
Sales Representative
Travel Consultant
A s s i s t a n t S t o r e Manager
Income Tax O f f i c e r
Management S e r v i c e s O f f i c e r

Management

The g r o w t h of t h e c o m p u t e r and
m i c r o c o m p u t e r i n d u s t r y has been
phenomenal d u r i n g t h e p a s t few
y e a r s . T h i s r a p i d g r o w t h has
produced a s e r i o u s s h o r t a g e of
q u a l i f i e d computer p e r s o n n e l .
S m a l l o r g a n i zar.i ons c a n n o t a f f o r d
s p e c i a l i s t s i n each segment of
c o m p u t e r a p p l i c a t i o n . They r e q u i r e
a person t r a i n e d i n systems
a n a l y s i s , programming, t h e
a p p l i c a t i o n o f c o m p u t e r s and a
c l e a r u n d e r s t a n d i n g of a l l
management o b j e c t i v e s . T h i s
program p r o v i d e s the s t u d e n t w i t h
the comprehensive t r a i n i n g
r e q u i r e d to s a t i s f y t h i s
r e l a t i v e l y new b u s i n e s s n e e d .
P r e v i o u s g r a d u a t e s have a c q u i r e d
t h e f o l l o w i n g p o s i t i o n s upon
graduati on:

4.

Management

Systems

Retail

Management

The R e t a i l Management P r o g r a m
p r e p a r e s s t u d e n t s f o r employment
i n t h e r p t a i l i n d u s t r y . The
program p r o v i d e s the student w i t h
the opportunity f o r concentrated
s t u d y i n t h e many f a c e t s o f
r e t a i l i n g , w i t h a f o c u s on t h e

c r e a t i v e aspects of the i n d u s t r y .
A p p l i c a n t s s h o u l d have some r e t a i l
or r e t a i 1 - r e l a t e d experience p r i o r
to e n t e r i n g the program. Graduates
o f t h e p r o g r a m w i l l be e l i g i b l e
for careers as:
A s s i s t a n t Buyers
S t o r e Managers
Sales Representatives
Sales Promoters
S a l e s Managers
M a j o r S t o r e Management
Detailed

Program o f

Trainees

Studies

Three p r o g r a m s ,
A c c o u n t i ng/Admi n i s t r a t i ve/
M a r k e t i n g , have a common f i r s t
y e a r of g e n e r a l b u s i n e s s s t u d i e s ,
w h i l e t h e Computer and R e t a i l
Management p r o g r a m s c o n s i s t o f
two-year s p e c i a l i z e d programs.
1. A c c o u n t i n g / F i n a n c i a l
Program

Management
Credit
Hours

FIRST TERM ( F A L L )
BSMG 158 M a r k e t i n g I
BSMG 170 Q u a n t . M e t h o d s I
BSMG 172
Intro to Business I
BSMG 175 O r g . B e h a v i o u r
BSMG 178 A c c o u n t i n g I
BSMG 182 S y s t e m s A n a l y s i s I
CMNS 150 B u s i n e s s Cmns.

SECOND TERM (SPRING)
II
BSMG 159 M a r k e t i n g
BSMG 171
O u a n t . M e t h o d s II
BSMG 176
I n t r o B u s i n e s s 11
BSMG 179 A c c o u n t i n g
II
Data P r o c e s s i n g
BSMG 180
BSMG 252 A c c t . A p p l i c a t i o n s
CMNS 152
Report W r i t i n g
ECON 200 M a c r o E c o n o m i c s

THIRD TERM ( F A L L )
Labour R e l a t i o n s
BSMG 253
BSMG 255 F i n . A c c o u n t i n g I
BSMG 260 F i n a n c e I
BSMG 264 M a n . A c c o u n t i n g I
Q u a n t . Methods
III
BSMG 265
BSMG 284
Taxation I

FOURTH TERM (SPRING)
BSMG 222 M i c r o c o m p u t e r A p p .
RSMG 241
B u s i n e s s Law II
BSMG 256 F i n . A c c o u n t i n g
II
BSMG 261
F i n a n c e II
BSMG 274 M a n . A c c o u n t i n g II

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
21

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
24

3
3
3
4.5
3
3
19.5

3
3
3
3
3

.

BSMG 280
BSMG 285

Auditing
Taxation

TOTAL = 84 c r e d i t
2. Administrative
Program

1.5
3
19.5

II
hours
Management

Credit
Hours
FIRST TERM ( F A L L )
BSMG 158 M a r k e t i n g I
BSMG 170 Q u a n t . Methods I
BSMG 172
Intro to Business
BSMG 175 O r g . B e h a v i o u r
BSMG 178 A c c o u n t i n g I
BSMG 180 Data P r o c e s s i n g
CMNS 150 B u s i n e s s Cmns.

3
3
3
3
21

THIRD TERM ( F A L L )
BSMG 205
"COBOL" P r o g .
II
BSMG 222 M i c r o c o m p u t e r A p p .
BSMG 24?
Q u a n t . Methods
III
BSMG 244 A c c o u n t i n g
II
BSMG 293 S y s t e m s Imp. I
BSMG 295
"BASIC" P r o g .
II
BSMG 298
Data Base Mgmt
Systems I

FOURTH TERM (SPRING)
BSMG 206
"COBOL" P r o g .
Ill
BSMG 230 S a l e s m a n s h i p
BSMG 267 F i nance
BSMG 296 S y s t e m s Imp.
II
BSMG 299 Mgmt. I n f o S y s t e m s
CMNS 152
Report W r i t i n g
TOTAL = 84 c r e d i t

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
21

FOURTH TERM (SPRING)
BSMG 241
B u s i n e s s Law II
BSMG 252 A c c o u n t i n g A p p .
BSMG 253
Labour R e l a t i o n s
BSMG 263 A d v . Data P r o c .
BSMG 267 F i nance
BSMG 282 Mgmt A u d i t i n g
BSMG 291
Mgmt A c c o u n t i n g

Systems

I

3
3
3
1.5
3
3
4.5
21

hours
Management

3
3
3
4.5
3
1.5
3
21

:

4.

Marketing

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
21

3
3
3
4.5
3
3
19.5

hours

Mangement

Program
Credit
Hours

FIRST TERM ( F A L L )
BSMG 158 M a r k e t i n g I
BSMG 170 Q u a n t . Methods I
BSMG 172
Intro to Business I
BSMG 175 O r g . B e h a v i o u r
BSMG 178 A c c o u n t i n g I
BSMG 182 Systems A n a l y s i s I
CMNS 150 B u s i n e s s Cmns.

SECOND TERM (SPRING)
BSMG 159 M a r k e t i n g
II
BSMG 171
Quant. Methods
II
BSMG 176
Intro Business
II
RSMG 17° A c c o u n t i n g
II
BSMG 180
I n t r o t o Data P r o c .
CMNS 152 R e p o r t W r i t i n g
ECON 200 Macro E c o n o m i c s
i

Credit
Hours
FIRST TERM ( F A L L )
BSMG 154
Prog. Structure I
BSMG 156
Q u a n t . Methods I
BSMG 172
Intro Businesss I
BSMG 175 O r g . B e h a v i o u r
BSMG 180
I n t r o Data P r o c .
BSMG 182 S y s t e m s A n a l y s i s I
CMNS 150
B u s i n e s s Cmns.

3
4.5
22.5

3
3
3

THIRD TERM ( F A L L )
BSMG 222 M i c r o c o m p u t e r A p p .
BSMG 230
Salesmanshi p
BSMG 265
Q u a n t . Methods
III
BSMG 275
Marketing Research
BSMG 240 B u s i n e s s Law I
BSMG 270
P e r s o n n e l Mgmt.
ECON 201
Micro Economics

3 . Computer
Program

I

3
3
3
3
3

FOURTH TERM (SPRING)
BSMG 222 M i c r o c o m p u t e r A p p .
BSMG 232 T r a n s p o r t a t i o n ft
Distribution
BSMG 253 L a b o u r R e l a t i o n s
BSMG 276 M a r k e t i n g Mgmt.
BSMG 278 S a l e s Management
BSMG 279 A d v e r t i s i n g II
TOTAL = 84 c r e d i t

3
3
3
I
3
3
3
3
21

SECOND TERM (SPRING)
BSMG 159 M a r k e t i n g
II
BSMG 171
Q u a n t . Methods
II
BSMG 176
Intro Business
II
BSMG 179 A c c o u n t i n g
II
BSMG 182 Systems A n a l y s i s I
CMNS 152 R e p o r t W r i t i n g
ECON 200 Macro E c o n o m i c s

TOTAL = 84 c r e d i t

SECOND TERM (SPRING)
BSMG 157 Q u a n t . Methods
II
BSMG 160 M a r k e t i ng
BSMG 176
Intro Business
II
BSMG 181
BASIC P r o g r a m m i n g
BSMG 188 Systems A n a l .
II
BSMG 189 COBOL P r o g r a m m i n g
BSMG 190 A c c o u n t i n g I

TH IRE 1 TERM ( F A L L )
BSMG 230 S a l e s m a n s h i p
BSMG 240 B u s i n e s s Law I
BSMG 265 O u a n t . Methods
III
BSMG 267 F i n a n c e
BSMG 271
M e r c h a n d i s i ng
RSMG 273 A d v e r t i s i n g I
BSMG 275 M a r k e t i n g R e s e a r c h
BSMG 277
Interntl.
Marketing

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
21

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
21

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
24

5.

Retail

3
3
3
3
3
3
18_

hours

Management

Program
Credit
Hours

F I R S T TERM ( F A L L )
BSMG 158 M a r k e t i n g I
CMNS 150 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s
RM 151
T e x t i l e s Merch. I
RM 176
Mass P r o d . Mgmt. I
RM 156
Sales Promotion
RM 158
B a s i c s o f C o l o u r ft
Design f o r R e t a i l e r s
RM 161
Mgmt. P r e s e n t a t i o n
Skills

SECOND TERM (SPRING)
BSMG 164 R e t a i l M a t h e m a t i c s
BSMG 159 M a r k e t i n g ' l l
RM 150
Consumerism
RM 153
C r e a t i v e Ad P r o d .
RM 172
T e x t i l e s M e r c h . II
RM 174
S o c i a l Survey
RM 177
Mass P r o d . Mgmt. II

SUMMER SECOND TERM
RM 164
Co-op Industry
Experience
THIRD TERM ( F A L L )
BSMG 169 A c c t g . F u n d a m e n t a l s
BSMG 230 S a l e s m a n s h i p
BSMG 271 M e r c h a n d i s i n g
BSMG ? 7 3 A d v e r t i s i n g I
RM ?65
Career Readiness
RM 272
Independent S t o r e
Management I

FOURTH TERM (SPRING)
BSMG 175 O r g . B e h a v i o u r
BSMG 222 M i c r o c o m p u t e r A p p .
RM 257
Visual Presentation
RM 259
P r i n c i p l e s of Buying
RM 264
Interiors
RM 273
Independent S t o r e
Management II
Elective
TOTAL = 84 c r e d i t

hours

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
21

3
3
3
3
3
3
_3_
21

3

3
3
3
3
3
3_
18

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
21_

B . ACCELERATED BUSINESS
ADMINISTATION AND COMPUTER SYSTEMS
MANAGEMENT PROGRAMS (10 m o n t h s )
These programs
year.

begin

in July

each

T h i s 10-month program i s designer!
to o f f e r a concise business
t r a i n i n g f o r mature s t u d e n t s . This
p r o g r a m i s seen as a t y p e o f
" f i n i s h i n g p r o c e s s " where t h e
s t u d e n t i s p r o v i d e d w i t h an
o p p o r t u n i t y to gain a c l e a r
u n d e r s t a n d i n g of b u s i n e s
p r i n c i p l e s and t o r e f i n e and add
tothe practical
on-the-job
e x p e r i e n c e that, he/she has
p r e v i o u s l y a c q u i r e d . This program
a l l o w s the student to s p e c i a l i z e
i n one o f f o u r a r e a s o f b u s i n e s s
administration:
1.
2.
3.
4.

A c c o u n t i n g / F i n a n c i a l Management
A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Management
Computer S y s t e m s Management
M a r k e t i n g Management

The u n i q u e f e a t u r e o f t h e s e
programs i s t h e c r e d i t g i v e n f o r
m i l i t a r y and c i v i l i a n b u s i n e s s
e x p e r i e n c e . In e s s e n c e , t h e
a d v a n c e c r e d i t a l l o w s one t o t a k e
a c o m b i n a t i o n o f f i r s t - y e a r and
second-year courses
(predominantly
s e c o n d - y e a r c o u r s e s ) a n d , upon
successful completion, results in
an A s s o c i a t e o f A r t s and S c i e n c e
Diploma ( t w o - y e a r d i p l o m a ) .
Eligibility
P o t e n t i a l s t u d e n t s w i l l have a
minimum o f s e v e n y e a r s b u s i n e s s
experience in industry,
government, e d u c a t i o n , p r i v a t e
b u s i n e s s or the m i l i t a r y . S i n c e
e n r o l l m e n t i n t h i s program i s
l i m i t e d , we recommend t h a t y ou
c o n t a c t t h e d e p a r t m e n t by F e b r u a r y
1 s t t o a r r a n g e an i n t e r v i e w w i t h
t h e program C o o r d i n a t o r .
Acceptance to t h i s program i s
based on b u s i n e s s e x p e r i e n c e ,
m a t u r i t y , i n t e r e s t and a p t i t u d e .
Career

Financial

Detailed

SPRING TERM - ACCOUNTING/FINANCE
3
BSMG 230 S a l e s m a n s h i p
BSMG 241
B u s i n e s s Law II
3
3
BSMG 252 A c c o u n t i n g A p p .
BSMG 256 F i n . A c c o u n t i n g
3
II
3
BSMG 261
Finance
II
BSMG 274 C o s t X M a n a g e r i a l
3
Accounting
II
1.5
BSMG 280 A u d i t i n g
3
BSMG 285
Taxation
II
=
22.5 credits
58.5 c r e d i t s
TOTAL

Program of

Studies

The B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
Program c o n s i s t s of the f o l l o w i n g
three components:
PART I - An e i g h t . - w e e k p r e p a r a t o r y
p e r i o d c o v e r i n g t h e months o f J u l y
and A u g u s t . L e c t u r e s w i l l t o t a l 36
hours/week and be h e l d between
8 : 0 0 am and 5 : 0 0 pm. The l e c t u r e s
w i l l be c r o s s d i s c i p l i n a r y and
deal w i t h f o u r or f i v e
"introductory"
topics.
PARTS II AND I I I
- The F a l l and
S p r i n g t e r m s w i l l c o n s i s t o f 15
weeks o f i n s t r u c t i o n e a c h .
Lectures w i l l t o t a l approximately
30 h o u r s / w e e k and may be h e l d
between 8 : 0 0 am and 1 0 : 0 0 pm ( t h e
m a j o r i t y w i l l be between 8 : 0 0 a m
and 5 : 0 0 p m ) . In o r d e r t o a l l o w
f o r some f l e x i b i l i t y i n m e e t i n g
p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l needs and
to allow for diverse working
backgrounds, i t i s p o s s i b l e , with
the approval of the Program
Coordinator, to substitute c e r t a i n
c o u r s e s i n P a r t s II and I I I
with
o t h e r c o u r s e s o f f e r e d by o u r
department.
P r o g r e s s f r o m P a r t I t o P a r t II
and t h e n t o P a r t I I I i s d e p e n d e n t
upon s a t i s f a c t o r y p e r f o r m a n c e and
i s s u b j e c t to the approval of the
Program C o o r d i n a t o r .
The r e q u i r e d p r o g r a m o f
f o r each of the o p t i o n s
d e t a i l e d below.

studies
is

Business Administration
Programs

Diploma
Credit
Hours

Support

F o r a l i m i t e d number o f

78

FALL TERM
BSMG 160
BSMG 176
BSMG 179
BSMG 255
BSMG 260
BSMG 264

Opportunities

A d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e s e programs
c a n be f o u n d above i n S e c t i o n A .

students,

- ACCOUNTING/FINANCE
Basic Marketing
I n t r o B u s i n e s s II
Accounting
II
F i n . Accounting I
Finance I
Cost X Managerial
Accounting I
Taxation I
22.5 credits

f i n a n c i a l support i n the form of
t u i t i o n and l i v i n g e x p e n s e s i s
a v a i l a b l e f r o m t h e Canada
Employment and I m m i g r a t i o n C e n t r e .
A f t e r a c c e p t a n c e i n t o the program
by t h e B u s i n e s s Management
Department o f C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e , we
s u g g e s t t h a t yo u c o n t a c t y o u r
l o c a l CEIC t o i n v e s t i g a t e
available financial support.

SUMMER TERM
BSMG 166 Quants I
BSMG 180 I n t r o Data P r o c .
BSMG 184 A c c o u n t i n g I
BSMG 187 I n t r o t o B u s i n e s s
=
13.5 c r e d i t s

3
3
4.5
3

BSMG 284
=

FALL TERM
BSMG 160
BSMG 176
BSMG 179
BSMG 222
BSMG 240
BSMG 270
BSMG 275
ECON 201
=

- ADMINISTRATION
Basic Marketing
I n t r o B u s i n e s s II
Accounting
II
Microcomputer App.
B u s i n e s s Law I
Personnel
Marketing Research
M i c r o Economics
24 c r e d i t s

SPRING TERM - ADMINISTRATION
BSMG 230 S a l e s m a n s h i p
BSMG 241
B u s i n e s s Law II
BSMG 252 A c c o u n t i n g A p p .
BSMG 253
Labour R e l a t i o n s
BSMG 267 F i n a n c e
BSMG 282 Mgmt. A u d i t i n g
BSMG 291
Mgmt. A c c o u n t i n g
=
22.5 credits
60 c r e d i t s
TOTAL
FALL TERM
BSMG 160
BSMG 176
BSMG 179
BSMG 240
BSMG 271
BSMG 273
BSMG 275
BSMG 277

- MARKETING
Basic Marketing
I n t r o B u s i n e s s II
Accounting
II
B u s i n e s s Law I
Merchandising
Advertising I
Marketing Research
Int. Marketing
24 c r e d i t s

SPRING TERM - MARKETING
BSMG 222 M i c r o c o m p u t e r A p p .
BSMG 230 S a l e s m a n s h i p
BSMG 252 A c c o u n t i n g A p p .
BSMG 253
Labour R e l a t i o n s
BSMG 267 F i n a n c e
BSMG 276 M a r k e t i n g Mgmt.

3
3
3
3
3
4.5
3

3 ,
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3
3
3
3
3
3
4.5

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3
3
3
3
3
3

BSMG 278
BSMG 279
TOTAL

S a l e s Management
A d v e r t i s i n g II
24 c r e d i t s
61.5 credits

Computer Systems

3
3

Term 3 :
BSMG 160
BSMG 180
Term 4 :
BSMG 267
BSMG 253
TOTAL

Management

Diploma Program
Credit
Hours
SUMMER TERM
BSMG 152 P r o g . S t r u c t u r e
BSMG 166 Q u a n t s . I
BSMG 180 I n t r o t o D a t a P r o c .
BSMG 182 S y s t e m s A n a l y s i s I
BSMG 187 I n t r o t o B u s i n e s s
13.5 credits
FALL
BSMG
BSMG
BSMG
BSMG
BSMG
BSMG
BSMG

TERM
160
181
188
189
190
222
293
=

Marketing
"BASIC" P r o g . I
Systems A n a l y s i s
II
"COBOL" P r o g . I
Accounting I
Microcomputer App.
Systems Imp. I
22.5 credits

SPRING TERM
BSMG 205
"COBOL"
II
BSMG 230 S a l e s m a n s h i p
BSMG 244 A c c o u n t i n g
II
BSMG 267 F i n a n c e
BSMG 296
S y s t e m s Imp.
II
BSMG 298
Data Base Mgmt
Systems I
BSMG 299 Mgmt. I n f o S y s t e m s
=
24 c r e d i t s
TOTAL 60 c r e d i t s

1.5
3
3
3
3

3
3
3
3
4.5
3
3

3
3
4.5
3
4.5
3
3

C . PART-TIME EVENING CERTICATE
PROGRAMS
These b e g i n i n S e p t e m b e r
January each y e a r .

Basic Marketing
'
I n t r o Data P r o c e s s i n g

3
3

Finance
Labour R e l a t i o n s
24 c r e d i t h o u r s

3
3

S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of the
above c o u r s e s w i l l p r o v i d e t h e
student w i t h a C e r t i f i c a t e in
A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Management (24
credit
hours).
i i . Provides a p r a c t i c a l exposure
t o t h e Data P r o c e s s i n g and
Business s k i l l s r e q u i r e d i n the
computer department of a s m a l l
o r g a n i z a t i o n . Students e n r o l l e d in
t h i s program complete a s e r i e s of
12 c o u r s e s (two p e r t e r m ) o v e r a
three or f o u r - y e a r p e r i o d .
Credit
Hours
Te rm 1 :
BSMG 187 I n t r o t o B u s i n e s s
3
BSMG 178 A c c o u n t i n g I
3
Term 2 :
BSMG 179 A c c o u n t i n g II
3
RSMG 175 O r g . B e h a v i o u r
3
Term 3 :
BSMG 160 B a s i c M a r k e t i n g
3
BSMG 180 I n t o D a t a P r o c e s s i n g
3
Term 4 :
BSMG 182 S y s t e m s A n a l y s i s I
3
BSMG 267 F i n a n c e
3
Term 5 :
BSMG 181 " B A S I C " P r o g r a m m i n g I
3
BSMG 188 Systems A n a l y s i s II
3
Term 6 :
BSMG 222 M i c r o c o m p u t e r A p p .
3
BSMG 293 S y s t e m s Imp. I
3
TOTAL
36 c r e d i t h o u r s

and

i . Provides a p r a c t i c a l exposure
to the Basic Mangerial S k i l l s
required in b u s i n e s s . Students
e n r o l l e d i n t h i s program c o m p l e t e
a s e r i e s o f e i g h t c o u r s e s (two p e r
t e r m ) o v e r a two o r t h r e e - y e a r
p e r i o d . While the p a r t i c u l a r
s e q u e n c e o f c o u r s e s i s not r i g i d ,
t h e f o l l o w i n g sequence i s
recommended:

S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of the
above c o u r s e s w i l l p r o v i d e t h e
s t u d e n t w i t h a C e r t i f i c a t e i n Data
P r o c e s s i n g (36 c r e d i t
hours).
i 1 i . Provides a p r a c t i c a l exposure
to the Managerial Marketing S k i l l s
required in operating a small
b u s i n e s s . Students e n r o l l e d in
t h i s program complete a s e r i e s o f
12 c o u r s e s (two p e r t e r m ) o v e r a
t h r e e or f o u r - y e a r p e r i o d .

Credit
Hours
Term
BSMG
BSMG
Term
BSMG
BSMG

1:
187
178
2:
179
175

Intro to Business
Accounting I

3
3

A c c o u n t i n g II
Org. Behaviour

3
3

Credit
Hours
Term
BSMG
BSMG
Term
BSMG

1:
187
178
2:
179

Intro to Business
Accounting I
Accounting

3
3

BSMG 175
Term 3 :
BSMG 160
BSMG 180
Term 4 :
BSMG 267
BSMG 253
Term 5 :
ECON 201
BSMG 241
Term 6 :
CMNS 152
BSMG 230

Org.

Behaviour

3

Basic Marketing
I n t r o Data P r o c e s s i n g

3
3

Finance
Labour R e l a t i o n s

3
3

Micro Economic Theory
B u s i n e s s Law II

3
3

Rusiness Writing
Salesmanship

3
3

S a t i s f a c t o r y c o m p l e t i o n of the
above c o u r s e s w i l l p r o v i d e t h e
student with a C e r t i f i c a t e in
S m a l l B u s i n e s s Management (36
credit
hours).
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n one o f
t h e s e p a r t - t i m e programs s h o u l d
c o n t a c t t h e B u s i n e s s Management
D e p a r t m e n t by A u g u s t 1 s t and
November 1 5 t h f o r t h e F a l l and
S p r i n g terms r e s p e c t i v e l y .

D.
We o f f e r c o u r s e s w h i c h c a r r y
c r e d i t towards n o n - C a p i l a n o
C o l l e g e c e r t i f i c a t e s and d i p l o m a
programs b e g i n n i n g i n September
and J a n u a r y e a c h y e a r . Those
p r o f e s s i o n a l areas c u r r e n t l y
r e c o g n i z i n g courses taken at
Capilano College are:
Chartered Accountant
(CA.)
C e r t i f i e d General Accountant
(C.G.A.)
S o c i e t y o f Management A c c o u n t a n t s
(R.I.A.)
I n s t i t u t e of C h a r t e r e d S e c r e t a r i e s
and A d m i n i s t r a t o r s
C e r t i f i c a t e in Municipal
Admi n i s t r a t i on
A s s o c i a t e o f t h e T r u s t Companies
Institute (A.T.C.I.)
Canadian C r e d i t Union I n s t i t u t e
Persons i n t e r e s t e d i n t r a n s f e r
c r e d i t courses should c a l l the
B u s i n e s s Management Department
further information.

for

E.
Persons i n t e r e s t e d in
f u r t h e r i n g t h e i r knowledge i n a
p a r t i c u l a r area of business should
c a l l t h e B u s i n e s s Management
Department f o r a l i s t of t h e
c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s f o r S e p t e m b e r and
January each y e a r .

II

79

Business Management Courses
B u s i n e s s Management 152
Programming S t r u c t u r e
(SU)
(1.5,0,.5)
I n t r o d u c t i o n to standard
programing s t r u c t u r e , standard
t e c h n i q u e s and p r o g r a m m i n g a i d s i n
r e l a t i o n to business a p p l i c a t i o n s .

B u s i n e s s Management 154
Programming S t r u c t u r e I
(3,0,1)

(F)

This course i n t r o d u c e s students to
programming m e t h o d s , t h e v a r i o u s
p r o g r a m m i n g a i d s ; and t h e s t a n d a r d
techniques for business
programming a p p l i c a t i o n s .

B u s i n e s s Management 156
Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods I ( F )

(3,0,1)

This course develops a strong
m a t h e m a t i c a l f o u n d a t i o n on w h i c h
to b u i l d q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y t i c a l
s k i l l s and t o s t u d y i n p a r t i c u l a r ,
b a s i c m a t h e m a t i c s of f i n a n c e
concepts i n c l u d i n g r e t a i l
o p e r a t i o n s , s i m p l e and compound
i n t e r e s t , a n n u i t i e s and d i s c o u n t e d
cash f l o w .

B u s i n e s s Management 157
Q u a n t i t a t i v e M e t h o d s II
(S)
(3,0,1)
This course f a m i l i a r i z e s the
student w i t h a v a r i e t y of b a s i c
s t a t i s t i c a l m e t h o d s . It i n t r o d u c e s
the student to the concepts of
b u s i n e s s d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g i n the
f a c e o f c e r t a i n t y and u n c e r t a i n t y ,
e n c o u r a g i n g the student to w r i t e
computer s o f t w a r e .

B u s i n e s s Management 158
Marketing I (F,S)
(3,0,1)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e C a n a d i a n
m a r k e t i n g e n v i r o n m e n t and
marketing i n s t i t u t i o n s . A d e t a i l e d
study to enable the student t o
understand the r e a l i s t i c ,
p r a c t i c a l w o r k i n g s and f u n c t i o n s
of product p l a n n i n g , p r o m o t i o n ,
market r e s e a r c h , s e l e c t i o n of
trade channels, merchandising,
a d v e r t i s i n g and s a l e s m a n s h i p w i t h
e m p h a s i s on b o t h consumer and
i n d u s t r i a l goods and s e r v i c e s .

80

B u s i n e s s Management 159
M a r k e t i n g II ( F . S )
(3,0,1)

B u s i n e s s Management 164
R e t a i l Mathematics (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

Prerequisite:
p e r m i s s i o n of
Coordi n a t o r .

This course provides a p r a c t i c a l
knowledge of the mathematical
methods u t i l i z e d i n r e t a i l
o p e r a t i o n s . Students w i l l develop
the a b i l i t y to e f f i c i e n t l y s o l v e
v a r i o u s types of problems r e l e v a n t
to r e t a i l i n g . .

BSMG 158 o r by
t h e Program

This course i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of
M a r k e t i n g I. It i s i n t e n d e d t o add
more d e p t h t o t h e b a s i c m a r k e t i n g
k n o w l e d g e and expand on t h e
o v e r a l l use o f t h e m a r k e t i n g
concept in t o d a y ' s c o m p e t i t i v e
e n v i r o n m e n t . F i e l d t r i p s and
s t u d e n t p r o j e c t s w i l l form p a r t o f
t h e c o n t e n t of t h i s c o u r s e .

B u s i n e s s Management 160
Marketing (F,S)
(3,0,1)
F a m i l i a r i z a t i o n w i t h a l l the b a s i c
C a n a d i a n m a r k e t i n g c o n c e p t s and
t h e i r r o l e s w i t h i n the t o t a l
C a n a d i a n economy and t h e
i n d i v i d u a l f i r m . E m p h a s i s w i l l be
on consumer p r o d u c t m a r k e t i n g ,
a l t h o u g h some i n d u s t r i a l m a r k e t i n g
c o n c e p t s w i l l be d i s c u s s e d .
S t u d e n t s w i l l be p n c o u r a g e d t o
a c t i v e l y p a r t i c i p a t e i n group and
c l a s s d i s c u s s i o n s on m a r k e t i n g
p r o b l e m s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s r e l a t e d
to product p l a n n i n g , r e s e a r c h ,
p l a n n i n g , p r o m o t i o n and
d i s t r i b u t i o n systems.
M e r c h a n d i s i n g , a d v e r t i s i n g and
s a l e s m a n s h i p w i l l a l s o be i n c l u d e d
i n the o v e r v i e w of the m a r k e t i n g
p r i n c i p l e s and t h e i r p r a c t i c a l
approach.

B u s i n e s s Management 163
P r i n c i p l e s of S u p e r v i s i o n
L e a d e r s h i p (F)
(3,0,1)

and

S t u d y o f human e l e m e n t s i n
o r g a n i z a t i o n s , w i t h e m p h a s i s on
group b e h a v i o u r . Concepts i n
p e r s u a s i o n , g u i d a n c e and
u n d e r s t a n d i n g of the i n d i v i d u a l
w i t h i n the g r o u p . A p p l i c a t i o n s of
human r e l a t i o n s management, i . e .
l e a d e r s h i p , power, a u t h o r i t y ,
g r o u p d y n a m i c s , f o r m a l and
informal organization,
c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , c o n f l i c t and t h e
i n t r o d u c t i o n of change.

B u s i n e s s Management 166
Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods I
(SU)
(3,0,1)
This course i s designed to a s s i s t
students in developing the b a s i c
s k i l l s and c o n c e p t s o f
q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s r e l a t i n g to
b u s i n e s s and p e r s o n a l f i n a n c e . .
Topics covered i n c l u d e : problem
a n a l y s i s , elementary a l g e b r a ,
b a s i c a r i t h m e t i c and m a t h e m a t i c s ,
and c a l c u l a t o r o p e r a t i o n .

B u s i n e s s Management 169
Accounting Fundamentals
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
T h i s c o u r s e d i s c u s s e s t h e ways i n
which a c c o u n t i n g systems are
d e v e l o p e d and a p p l i e d t o r e t a i l i n g
b u s i n e s s e s . In a d d i t i o n , t h e
t e c h n i q u e s used t o a p p l y
accounting information to
management d e c i s i o n s a r e
thoroughly covered.

B u s i n e s s Management 170
Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods I ( F )

(3,0,1)

T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d p yo u w i t h
the b a s i c q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y t i c a l
t o o l s used t o a i d d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g
i n modern o r g a n i z a t i o n s .
In
p a r t i c u l a r , the mathematics of
f i n a n c e w i l l be c o v e r e d
emphasizing the time value of
money.

B u s i n e s s Management 171
Q u a n t i t a t i v e M e t h o d s II
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
This course covers the
quantitative analytical tools
to aid in d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g ,
s t r e s s i n g common s t a t i s t i c a l
methods used i n the f a c e o f
c e r t a i n t y and u n c e r t a i n t y .

used

B u s i n e s s Management 172
Introduction to Business
(F.S)
(3.0,1)

I

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c
n a t u r e o f b u s i n e s s p r o b l e m s and t o
the a d m i n i s t r a t i v e process
i n v o l v e d i n h a n d l i n g them. Study
and d i s c u s s i o n o f a c t u a l b u s i n e s s
s i t u a t i o n s s e l e c t e d to i l l u s t r a t e
t y p i c a l p r o b l e m s met i n i n d u s t r y
r e q u i r i n g managerial a n a l y s i s ,
d e c i s i o n and a c t i o n .
Transferable

t o SFU,

UVic and

UBC.

The f o c u s o f t h i s c o u r s e i s on
human b e h a v i o u r w i t h i n
o r g a n i z a t i o n s . Students w i l l
actively participate in
r o l e - p l a y i n g and o t h e r s i m u l a t e d
a c t i v i t i e s dealing with
o r g a n i z a t i o n a l and p e r s o n a l
factors that influence d i f f e r e n t
t y p e s o f work b e h a v i o u r , s p e c i f i c
t o p i c s s u c h as m o t i v a t i o n ,
l e a d e r s h i p , change w i t h i n
o r g a n i z a t i o n s , and f o r m a l
and i n f o r m a l o r g a n i z a t i o n s w i l l be
explored.

to SFU,

UBC and

B u s i n e s s Management
A c c o u n t i n g II ( F . S )

179
(3,0,1)

UVic.

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f BSMG 178.
A n a l y s i s of funds f l o w s , both cash
and w o r k i n g c a p i t a l . Management
uses of a c c o u n t i n g ; cash
budgeting, forecasting, p r o f i t
p l a n n i n g and r e s p o n s i b i l i t y
accounting. Accounting for
manufacturing operations.
T r a n s f e r a b l e t o S F U , UVic and UBC.
N o t e : when b o t h BSMG 178 and 179
are completed they r e c e i v e three
semester c r e d i t s in Business at
S F U , 1.5 h o u r s c r e d i t f o r Commerce
151 a t UBC and 1.5 h r s . c r e d i t f o r
Commerce 251 a t U V i c .

II

P r e r e q u i s i t e : BSMG 172 o r BSMG 187
o r by w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f t h e
i n s t r u c t o r and/or C o o r d i n a t o r .
An o r i e n t a t i o n t o t h e n a t u r e o f
b u s i n e s s i n the p r i v a t e e n t e r p r i s e
s y s t e m , w i t h e m p h a s i s on t h e r o l e
and i n t e r a c t i o n o f t h e t h r e e
l e v e l s o f government w i t h
b u s i n e s s ; t h e r o l e of f i n a n c i a l
i n t e r m e d i a r i e s and t h e C a p i t a l
Market i n i n f l u e n c i n g the
b e h a v i o u r o f f i r m s ; and t h e
f i n a n c i a l f u n c t i o n s o f management.
T r a n s f e r a b l e t o SFU and U V i c .
N o t e : BSMG 172 and BSMG 176 t a k e n
together receive three semester
hours c r e d i t in Business at SFU.
B u s i n e s s Management 178
Accounting I (F,S)
(3,0,1)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b a s i c
a c c o u n t i n g p r i n c i p l e s and

Transferable

P r e r e q u i s i t e : BSMG 178 o r 184 o r
by p e r m i s s i o n o f t h e C o o r d i n a t o r .

B u s i n e s s Management 175
Organizational
Behaviour
(F.S)
(3,0,1)

B u s i n e s s Management 176
Introduction to Business
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

procedures i n c l u d i n g the r e c o r d i n g
o f t r a n s a c t i o n s , and a d j u s t m e n t s
i n b a s i c a c c o u n t i n g r e c o r d s . The
student w i l l prepare f i n a n c i a l
statements f o r the p r o p r i e t o r s h i p
and w i l l s t u d y , i n d e t a i l , t h e
a c c o u n t i n g and r e p o r t i n g o f c a s h ,
accounts r e c e i v a b l e , merchandise
i n v e n t o r y and l o n g - l i v e d a s s e t s .

B u s i n e s s Management 180
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Data P r o c e s s i n g
(F.S)
(3,0,1)
Provides a b a s i c understanding of
i m p o r t a n t EDP c o n c e p t s ,
t e r m i n o l o g y and t e c h n i q u e s used i n
business. Provides a general
o r i e n t a t i o n to the computer—what
i t i s , how it. f u n c t i o n s , and what
i t can and c a n n o t d o . P r o v i d e s an
u n d e r s t a n d i n g of the "BASIC"
p r o g r a m m i n g l a n g u a g e as i t r e l a t e s
t o t h e s o l u t i o n o f p r o b l e m s and
t a s k s i n t h e m a t h e m a t i c a l and
business a p p l i c a t i o n areas.
Transferable

t o UBC and

UVic.

B u s i n e s s Management 181
"BASIC" Programing I
(F,S)
(3,0,1)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : BSMG 180 w i t h a t
l e a s t a " C " g r a d e o r by w r i t t e n
p e r m i s s i o n of the i n s t r u c t o r or

Coordi n a t o r .
T h i s c o u r s e i s an e x t e n s i o n o f
BSMG 180 s t r e n g t h e n i n g t h e
s t u d e n t ' s knowledge o f programming
i n t h e "BASIC" language t o s o l v e
business problems. Areas of study
i n c l u d e : program f l o w c h a r t s ,
program o r g a n i z a t i o n , t a b l e
handling techniques, f i l e
maintenance, disk f i l e
o r g a n i z a t i o n s , a c c e s s m e t h o d s , and
programming e f f i c i e n t l y .

B u s i n e s s Management 182
Systems A n a l y s i s I ( F , S )

(3,0,1)

Provides a b a s i c understanding of
system concepts i n c l u d i n g the
l i f e c y c l e and t h e c o n c e p t o f a
b u s i n e s s as an i n f o r m a t i o n s y s t e m .
Introduces the s k i l l s t h a t are the
w o r k i n g t o o l s of s y s t e m s a n a l y s i s
i n c l u d i n g form d e s i g n , c o d i n g ,
c h a r t i n g , f l o w c h a r t i n g and w r i t t e n
verbal communication. Provides
d e t a i l e d understanding of the four
l i f e c y c l e phases ( S t u d y , D e s i g n ,
Development and O p e r a t i o n ) t h r o u g h
their application in a detailed
c o n t i n u o u s c a s e s t u d y . P r o v i d e s an
u n d e r s t a n d i n g of the l o g i c a l
approach to s o l v i n g a problem.

B u s i n e s s Management 184
Accounting I (F.S)
(4.5,0,1.5)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b a s i c
a c c o u n t i n g p r i n c i p l e s and
procedures i n c l u d i n g the r e c o r d i n g
o f t r a n s a c t i o n s , and a d j u s t m e n t s
i n b a s i c a c c o u n t i n g r e c o r d s . The
student w i l l prepare f i n a n c i a l
statements for the p r o p r i e t o r s h i p
and w i l l s t u d y , i n d e t a i l , t h e
a c c o u n t i n g and r e p o r t i n g o f c a s h ,
accounts r e c e i v a b l e , merchandise
i n v e n t o r y and l o n g - l i v e d a s s e t s .
Transferable

to SFU,

UBC and

UVic.

B u s i n e s s Management 185
A c c o u n t i n g II ( F . S )
(4.5,0,1.5)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : BSMG 184 o r by
p e r m i s s i o n of the C o o r d i n a t o r .
A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f BSMG 1 8 4 .
A n a l y s i s of funds f l o w s , both cash
and w o r k i n g c a p i t a l . Management
uses of a c c o u n t i n g ; cash

87

budgeting, forecasting, p r o f i t
p l a n n i n g , and r e s p o n s i b i l i t y
accounting. Accounting f o r
manufacturing operations.
T r a n s f e r a b l e t o S F U , U V i c and UBC.
N o t e : when both BSMG 184 and 185
are completed, they r e c e i v e three
s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s i n B u s i n e s s at
SFU and 1 . 5 h o u r s c r e d i t f o r
Commerce 151 a t UBC.

B u s i n e s s Management 186
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o R e t a i l Computer
S y s t e m s (S)
(3,0,1)
S i m i l a r in basic content to
B u s i n e s s Management 1 8 2 , t h i s
course i s designed to introduce
students to general business
s y s t e m s and m e t h o d s . S p e c i f i c
s t r e s s w i l l be p l a c e d on t h e
r e t a i l business
systems--inventory
control, etc.

B u s i n e s s Management 187
Introduction to Business
(F.S.SU) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
( T h i s course i s a c o n d e n s a t i o n of
t h e t h e o r e t i c a l a s p e c t s o f BSMG
172 and 1 7 6 . )
In t h i s c o u r s e t h e f i v e key t a s k s
i n m a n a g i n g an e n t e r p r i s e ,
i.e.
P l a n n i n g , A c q u i s i t i o n of
Resources,
Organization,
A c t i v a t i o n and C o n t r o l , a r e
e x p l a i n e d . In a d d i t i o n , t h e key
o r g a n i z a t i o n a l f u n c t i o n s of
M a r k e t i n g , P r o d u c t i o n , F i n a n c e and
P e r s o n n e l a r e c o v e r e d . The c o u r s e
i s e s s e n t i a l l y an o v e r v i e w o f t h e
t h e o r e t i c a l framework o f t h e t a s k
o f management.

B u s i n e s s Management 188
S y s t e m s A n a l y s i s II ( S )
P r e r e q u i s i t e : A "C" grade
b e t t e r i n BSMG 1 8 2 .

(3,0,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : A "C" grade
b e t t e r i n BSMG 1 8 0 .

B u s i n e s s Management 210
S m a l l B u s i n e s s Mangement
(F.S)
(3,0,1)

or

P r o v i d e s the student w i t h a
p r a c t i c a l t r a i n i n g in the
o r g a n i z a t i o n and w r i t i n g o f
programs i n t h e COBOL l a n g u a g e .
T o p i c s i n c l u d e : program
o r g a n i z a t i o n , program f l o w c h a r t s ,
program i n s t r u c t i o n s , c o m p i l a t i o n ,
desk c h e c k i n g and d e b u g g i n g .

B u s i n e s s Management 190
A c c o u n t i n g I (Computer Based)
(F.S)
(4.5,0,1.5)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b a s i c
a c c o u n t i n g p r i n c i p l e s and
procedures i n c l u d i n g the r e c o r d i n g
o f t r a n s a c t i o n s and a d j u s t m e n t s i n
b a s i c a c c o u n t i n g r e c o r d s . The
student w i l l prepare f i n a n c i a l
statements f o r the
proprietorship
and w i l l s t u d y , i n d e t a i l , t h e
a c c o u n t i n g and r e p o r t i n g o f c a s h ,
accounts r e c e i v a b l e , merchandise
i n v e n t o r y and l o n g - l i v e d a s s e t s
u t i l i z i n g micro-computers.

B u s i n e s Management 205
"COBOL" P r o g r a m m i n g II ( F )

(3,0,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : BM 189 w i t h a t l e a s t
a " C " g r a d e o r by p e r m i s s i s o n of
the C o o r d i n a t o r .
T h i s c o u r s e i s an e x t e n s i o n o f
BSMG 1 8 9 , s t r e n g t h e n i n g t h e
k n o w l e d g e o f COBOL. A r e a s o f s t u d y
include table handling techniques,
master f i l e updates, f i l e
m a i n t e n a n c e , program i n s t r u c t i o n s
related to disk f i l e handling
t e c h n i q u e s and p r o g r a m m i n g f o r
efficient
execution.

(3,0,1)
or

T h i s course a p p l i e s the v a r i o u s
t e c h n i q u e s l e a r n e d i n BSMG 182 t o
general business problems,
p r o v i d i n g the p r a c t i c a l experience
n e c e s s a r y f o r the s u c c e s s f u l
implementation of a business
system.

82

language.

B u s i n e s s Management 189
"COBOL" P r o g r a m m i n g I ( S )

B u s i n e s s Management 206
"COBOL" P r o g r a m m i n g I I I
(3,0,1)

(S)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : BM 189 and BM 205
w i t h a t l e a s t , a " C " g r a d e o r by
p e r m i s s i o n of the C o o r d i n a t o r .
T h i s c o u r s e i s an e x t e n s i o n o f
BSMG 189 and 2 0 5 . It b a s i c a l l y
c o n s i s t s o f p r e p a r i n g 12 c o m p l e x
p r o g r a m s u t i l i z i n g t h e C0B01

This course o f f e r s students a
special opportunity to develop
s k i l l s and c o n c e p t s i n a r e a s o f
" S m a l l B u s i n e s s Management" w h e r e
they recognize s p e c i f i c , personal
n e e d s . They w i l l l e a r n
down-to-earth techniques for
d e a l i n g w i t h many o f t h e
m u l t i p l i c i t y o f demands p l a c e d
upon t h e manager o f a s m a l l
b u s i n e s s . F u r t h e r , t h e r e w i l l be a
significant opportunity for
s t u d e n t s t o shape t h e e m p h a s i s o f
t h i s dynamic s e t of m i n i - c o u r s e s .
A f t e r a three to f o u r - s e s s i o n
s u r v e y o f s u c h i s s u e s as S m a l l
B u s i n e s s S u c c e s s and F a i l u r e ,
Methods and Forms o f O r g a n i z a t i o n ,
P u r c h a s e o f F r a n c h i s e s and G o i n g
C o n c e r n s ; t o p i c a l e m p h a s i s w i l l be
d e t e r m i n e d by t h e c l a s s . T o p i c s
w i l l be s e l e c t e d f r o m t h e
following areas:
1. Canadian Small Business
Management
2 . F i n a n c i a l Management f o r S m a l l
Business
3 . Cash Management f o r S m a l l
Btisi n e s s
4 . B u d g e t s and t h e S m a l l B u s i n e s s
5 . C r e d i t G r a n t i n g and t h e S m a l l
Business
6 . Your Bank Manager and t h e S m a l l
Business
7. T a x a t i o n f o r Canadian Small
Business
8 . C o m m e r c i a l Law f o r C a n a d i a n
Small B u s i n e s s
9 . Government and t h e S m a l l
Busines
1 0 . E l e c t r o n i c Data P r o c e s s i n g f o r
the Small B u s i n e s s

B u s i n e s s Management 222
Microcomputer A p p l i c a t i o n s
(F.S)
(3,0,1)
Prerequisite:
i n BSMG 1 8 0 .

At

least

a "C"

grade

T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an
u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e b u s i n e s s uses
o f m i c r o c o m p u t e r s . It o f f e r s
h a n d s - o n e x p e r i e n c e w i t h word
p r o c e s s i n g , spread-sheet, trend
a n a l y s i s and d a t a base management

p a c k a g e s . A d v a n t a g e s and
disadvantages of microcomputers
p l u s t i p s on s e l e c t i n n g a
m i c r o c o m p u t e r w i l l a l s o be
di s c u s s e d .

B u s i n e s s Management 230
Salesmanship ( F , S ) (3,0,1)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o p r o f e s s i o n a l
s e l l i n g . Communication i n c l u d i n g
effective l i s t e n i n g , probing,
p r o b l e m f i n d i n g and s o l v i n g and
c r e a t i v i t y w i l l be c o v e r e d .
S p e c i f i c techniques of
professional s e l l i n g Including
p r o s p e c t i n g , q u a l i f y i n g and
c o n t r a c t i n g p r o s p e c t s . The c o u r s e
w i l l a l s o cover i n depth t h e
o r g a n i z a t i o n and management o f
sales a c t i v i t i e s .

Business Management 232
T r a n s p o r t a t i o n and D i s t r i b u t i o n
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
Provides a basic understanding of
t h e C a n a d i a n t r a n s p o r t a t i o n and
d i s t r i b u t i o n s y s t e m and I t s r o l e
w i t h i n the t o t a l marketing
c o n c e p t . Various aspects of
warehousing, product p r o t e c t i o n ,
s e v e r i t y and c o s t e f f e c t i v e n e s s o f
t r a n s p o r t a t i o n and d i s t r i b u t i o n
s y s t e m s w i l l be e m p h a s i z e d .
S t u d e n t p r o j e c t s , f i e l d t r i p s and
a u d i o v i s u a l p r e s e n t a t i o n s w i l l be
u t i l i z e d as i n s t r u c t i o n a l m e t h o d s .

business r e l a t i o n s h i p s through the
study of Court d e c i s i o n s (case
l a w ) and r e s p e c t i v e l e g i s l a t i o n .
The a r e a s o f s t u d y t o be
p a r t i c u l a r l y c o v e r e d a r e t h e Law
o f P a r t n e r s h i p , Company Law and
t h e B . C . Companies A c t , T o r t s and
I n s u r a n c e , and R e a l P r o p e r t y .

T h i s course w i l l emphasize t h e
a p p l i c a t i o n of legal p r i n c i p l e s t o
business r e l a t i o n s h i p s through the
study of Court d e c i s i o n s (case
law), hypothetical
fact
s i t u a t i o n s , and l e g i s l a t i o n . The
a r e a s o f s t u d y t o he p a r t i c u l a r l y
c o v e r e d a r e t h e Law o f C o n t r a c t ,
t h e S a l e o f Goods A c t and Consumer
P r o t e c t i o n ; Secured T r a n s a c t i o n s
and C r e d i t o r s R i g h t s , and Agency
and P a r t n e r s h i p .

Business Management 241
Business Law II ( F , S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

This course w i l l emphasize the
a p p l i c a t i o n of l e g a l p r i n c i p l e s to

B u s i n e s s Management 255
F i n a n c i a l Accounting I (F)
Prerequisite:
by p e r m i s s i o n

B u s i n e s s Management 242
Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods
III
(F) (3,0,1)
T h i s c o u r s e r e v i e w s and a p p l i e s
sampling t e c h n i q u e s t o making
i n f e r e n c e s about p o p u l a t i o n s .
Applications will relate to
M a r k e t i n g R e s e a r c h and S t a t i s t i c a l
Quality Control.

Business Management 244
Accounting II (Computer Based)
(F.S) ( 4 . 5 , 0 , 1 . 5 )
A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f BSMG 1 P 0 .
A n a l y s i s of funds f l o w s , both cash
and w o r k i n g c a p i t a l . Management
uses of a c c o u n t i n g ; cash
budgeting, forecasting, p r o f i t
p l a n n i n g and r e s p o n s i b i l i t y
accounting. Accounting f o r
manufacturing operations.

Business Management 252
Accounting Applications
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
Prerequisite:

Business Management 240
Business Law I ( F . S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

u n i o n i s m , contemporary unionism,
B . C . L a b o u r Code and C o l l e c t i v e
Bargai ni n g .

(3,0,1)

BSMG 184 and 185 o r
of the C o o r d i n a t o r .

This course studies the t h e o r i e s
underlying f i n a n c i a l statement
p r e s e n t a t i o n s , and i s a l o g i c a l
c o n t i n u a t i o n and r e i n f o r c e m e n t o f
t h e m a t e r i a l c o v e r e d 1n BSMG 184
and 1 8 5 . The c o u r s e e n c o m p a s s e s
the study of F i n a n c i a l Accounting
at t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e l e v e l .
Transferable

to SFU.

B u s i n e s s Management 256
Financial Accounting
II
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
Prerequisite:

BSMG 255

This course i s a l o g i c a l sequel t o
BSMG 255 1n t h a t I t s t u d i e s
c u r r e n t developments i n f i n a n c i a l
a c c o u n t i n g and t h e i r e f f e c t s on
f i n a n c i a l statement p r e s e n t a t i o n .
The c o u r s e encompasses t h e s t u d y
of F i n a n c i a l A c c o u n t i n g at a l e v e l
beyond BSMG 2 5 5 .
Transferable

to SFU.

BSMG 17R

The s t u d e n t w i l l c o m p l e t e
accounting projects using special
j o u r n a l systems, o n e - w r i t e systems
and a m i c r o c o m p u t e r based
accounting system. Students w i l l
be e x p e c t e d t o u n d p r s t a n d t h e
p r a c t i c a l c o n s t r a i n t s and t h e
i n t e r n a l control requirements of
an a c c o u n t i n g s y s t e m i n s m a l l t o
medium b u s i n e s s e s . Systems
c o n c e r n e d w i t h r e v e n u e , payments
and I n v e n t o r y w i l l be s t u d i e d .

Business Management 253
Management R e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n
Labour R e l a t i o n s ( F , S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
A study of management's
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y and r o l e 1n
present-day labour r e l a t i o n s .
Topics Includp h i s t o r y of

B u s i n e s s Management 260
F i n a n c e I (F) (3,0,1)
Prerequisite:

RSMG 185/185

B u s i n e s s r i s k and u n c e r t a i n t y .
F i n a n c i a l measurements, r a t i o
a n a l y s i s , annual r a t e o f r e t u r n ,
net present v a l u e , i n t e r n a l
rate
of r e t u r n ; annual c o s t , p a y - b a c k
period. Anticipating financial
needs o f t h e f i r m . Tax
c o n s i d e r a t i o n s . Case s t u d i e s
c o v e r i n g f i n a n c i a l problems w i l l
form a major p a r t of t h i s c o u r s e .

Business Management 261
Finance II (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
Prerequisite:
Acquiring

BSMG 260.

financial

resources,

c o s t of c a p i t a l , i n t e r n a l
financing, allocating financial
resources w i t h i n the f i r m ,
l e v e r a g e and l i q u i d i t y ,
administering circulating c p a i t a l ,
f i n a n c i a l a s p e c t s o f m e r g e r s and
t a k e o v e r s . Case s t u d i e s w i l l f o r m
an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h i s c o u r s e .

B u s i n e s s Management 263
A d v a n c e d Data P r o c e s s i n g
(S)
(1.5,0,.5)
Prerequisite:

B u s i n e s s Management 264
C o s t and M a n a g e r i a l A c c o u n t i n g
(F)
(4.5,0,1.5)

I

P r e r e q u i s i t e : BSMG 184/185 o r by
w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n of the
i n s t r u c t o r and/or C o o r d i n a t o r .
D e c i s i o n - m a k i n g and p l a n n i n g i n
organizations using accounting
t o o l s . The n a t u r e o f a c c o u n t i n g
c o n t r o l s . Common c o n t r o l m e t h o d s .
M e a s u r e s o f management
p e r f o r m a n c e . The r o l e o f t h e
management c o s t a c c o u n t a n t .

B u s i n e s s Management 265
Q u a n t i t a t i v e Methods
III
(F)
(3,0,1)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : BSMG 170/171 o r by
w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n of t h e
i n s t r u c t o r and/or C o o r d i n a t o r .
This course demonstrates the
a p p l i c a t i o n of the a n a l y t i c a l
t o o l s c o v e r e d i n BSMG 170 and 1 7 1 .

B u s i n e s s Management 270
P e r s o n n e l Management ( F , S )

B u s i n e s s Management 274
C o s t and M a n a g e r i a l A c c o u n t i n g
(S)
(3,0,1)

BSMG 1 7 6 .

The c o u r s e w i l l

cover a

(3,0,1)

This course w i l l
explore
management s k i l l s d e v e l o p m e n t i n
t h e p e r s o n n e l f i e l d . Heavy
e m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on
p r o v i d i n g the student w i t h
p r a c t i c a l t o o l s and e x p e r i e n c e s i n
s u c h i n t e r v i e w i n g a r e a s as
r e c r u i t m e n t , s e l e c t i o n , placement
o f p e r s o n n e l , j o b d e s c r i p t i o n s and
a n a l y s i s , t r a i n i n g and p e r f o r m a n c e
a p p r a i s a l , wage and s a l a r y
a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , u n i o n management
relations, etc.

B u s i n e s s Management 271
Merchandising (F)
(3,0,1)
This course w i l l acquaint the
s t u d e n t w i t h an o v e r v i e w o f b o t h
r e t a i l i n g and m e r c h a n d i s i n g
operations in today's competitive
m a r k e t . D i s c u s s i o n w i l l cover t h e
types of r e t a i l i n g e s t a b l i s h m e n t s ,
a n a l y s i s of a t r a d i n g a r e a , s i t e
l o c a t i o n , s t o r e l a y o u t and d e s i g n ,
w i t h an e m p h a s i s on c h a n g i n g
l i f e s t y l e s and consumer demand
p a t t e r n s . In a d d i t i o n , s t u d e n t s
w i l l be e x p o s e d t o a w i d e range o f
m e r c h a n d i s i n g t e c h n i q u e s and
s t r a t e g i e s c o v e r i n g many
c o r p o r a t i o n s and c o m m o d i t i e s . The
c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e t h e use o f
g u e s t l e c t u r e r s and f i e l d t r i p s
t o emphasize t h e p r a c t i c a l a spec ts
of the s u b j e c t .

practical

Prerequisite:

To e x a m i n e t h e C a n a d i a n and
American a d v e r t i s i n g i n d u s t r y from
b o t h m i c r o and macro p e r s p e c t i v e s .
To e n a b l e t h e s t u d e n t t o g r a s p t h e

II

BSMG 264

A more i n - d e p t h s t u d y o f s u b j e c t s
c o v e r e d i n B u s i n e s s Management
264. Cost d e t e r m i n a t i o n f o r
manufacturing operations, planning
and c o s t c o n t r o l s y s t e m s ,
performance e v a l u a t i o n methods,
s t r a t e g i c d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g methods.

B u s i n e s s Management 275
Marketing Research (F,S)
Prerequisite:

(3,0,1)

BSMG 158 A 159

T h i s c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d as an
i n t r o d u c t o r y course i n the b a s i c s
of m a r k e t i n g r e s e a r c h . It w i l l
i n d i c a t e t h e methods o f m a k i n g t h e
most e f f e c t i v e u s e o f m a r k e t i n g
r e s e a r c h . T h r o u g h some p r a c t i c a l
a p p l i a t i o n s of a research p r o j e c t
the student w i l l learn the
elements of research d e s i g n , basic
methods o f c o l l e c t i n g d a t a ,
a n a l y s i s and r e p o r t i n g . The
student, w i l l g a i n a knowledge i n
t h e p r o c e d u r e s and a p p l i c a t i o n s o f
C a n a d i a n and A m e r i c a n r e s e a r c h .

B u s i n e s s Management 276
M a r k e t i n g Management ( S )
- Directed Studies
Prerequisite:

B u s i n e s s Management 273
A d v e r t i s i n g I (F)
(3,0,1)

B u s i n e s s Management 267
Finance (F.S)
(3,0,1)

84

b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l and p r a c t i c a l
a p p r o a c h e s t o a d v e r t i s i n g . To
p r o v i d e an i n s i g h t i n t o t h e
various aspects of a d v e r t i s i n g
history, creativity,
communication
s y s t e m s , m e d i a c h o i c e and o t h e r
f u n c t i o n s . T h i s i s n o t a c o u r s e on
d e s i g n i n g , c r e a t i n g and p r e p a r i n g
s p e c i f i c t y p e s of a d v e r t i s i n g , but
i s meant t o s e r v e as an o v e r v i e w
o f what a d v e r t i s i n g i s and how i t
r e l a t e s to other marketing
c o n c e p t s and o p e r a t i o n s .

BSMG 180

T h i s c o u r s e i s an e x t e n s i o n o f
BSMG 1 8 0 . A r e a s of s t u d y i n c l u d e
t h e measurements and c o s t s o f
r e s o u r c e s , the c r i t e r i a for
e s t a b l i s h i n g s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , the
c r i t e r i a for evaluating resources,
t h e r e s o u r c e s a v a i l a b l e on t h e
West C o a s t , i n s t a l l i n g a c o m p u t e r
s y s t e m and managing t h e c o m p u t e r
system.

Prerequisite:

approach to finance w i t h marketing
c o n s i d e r a t i o n s . The s c o p e and
n a t u r e o f f i n a n c i a l management,
risk/return tradeoffs,
ratio
a n a l y s i s , p r o f i t p l a n n i n g and
c o n t r o l , f i n a n c i a l needs o f f i r m ,
c o s t of c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
a l l o c a t i o n and b u d g e t i n g , l e a s e
financing, international financial
management, d e c i s i o n s o f
r e o r g a n i z a t i o n and b a n k r u p t c y .
Case s t u d i e s w i l l f o r m an i n t e g r a l
p a r t of t h i s c o u r s e .

(3,0,1)

BSMG 158/159

This course introduces the student
t o t h e a p p r o a c h e s and p r o b l e m s o f
t h e ' m a r k e t i n g management
d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g under the
i n f l u e n c e of c o n t r o l l a b l e
and u n c o n t r o l l a b l e
conditions.
M a r k e t i n g s t r a t e g y and

p l a n n i n g , buyer b e h a v i o u r , product
s t r a t e g y and i n t e g r a t e d p r o g r a m s
w i l l be s t u d i e d . The s t u d e n t w i l l
be r e q u i r e d t o spend a p p r o x . 12
h o u r s p e r week f o r 10 weeks
working with a f i r m during t h i s
course.

B u s i n e s s Management 277
International Marketing
(F.S)
(3,0,1)
A study of the mechanics of
international trade, foreign
exchange r a t e s , t a r i f f s , e t c .
Product-di s t r i buti on-promotion
mixes for export markets of
C a n a d i a n i n d u s t r y w i t h e m p h a s i s on
P a c i f i c Rim and U . S . A . m a r k e t
i n f l u e n c e s . Adapting domestic
marketing techniques to foreign
conditions.

B u s i n e s s Management 278
S a l e s Management ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
Prerequisite:

BSMG 230

The s c o p e o f t h i s c o u r s e i n c l u d e s
a l l of the a c t i v i t i e s which the
p e r s o n i n c h a r g e o f an o u t s i d e
sales force is l i k e l y to
e n c o u n t e r . More s p e c i f i c a l l y i t
covers sales o r g a n i z a t i o n ,
o p e r a t i o n s , p l a n n i n g , a n a l y s i s and
e v a l u a t i o n , and s a l e s m a n s h i p
techniques.

B u s i n e s s Management 279
A d v e r t i s i n g II ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
As a f o l l o w - u p t o A d v e r t i s i n g
I,,
t h i s course w i l l o f f e r the
s t u d e n t s an o p p o r t u n i t y t o c r e a t e
and p r e s e n t a f u l l a d v e r t i s i n g
c a m p a i g n f o r an o p e r a t i n g company.
A t e a m a p p r o a c h w i l l be used t o
c r e a t e an a d v e r t i s i n g a g e n c y
e n v i r o n m e n t w i t h s u c h a r e a s as
r e s e a r c h , c r e a t i v e m e d i a , and
account s u p e r v i s i o n being studied
and p o r t r a y e d . W h i l e not a
prerequisite, Advertising I is
recommended t o f u l l y u n d e r s t a n d
t h e c o u r s e c o n t e n t and p r o g r a m .

B u s i n e s s Management 280
Auditing (S) (1.5,0,.5)
Auditing

from t h e

receiver's

point

of v i e w . This course w i l l
briefly
d i s c u s s the q u a n t i t a t i v e t h e o r y of
a u d i t i n g . The m a j o r i t y o f t h e
c o u r s e w i l l be d e v o t e d t o t h e
v a r i o u s t y p e s of a u d i t t h a t t h e
Manager/Accountant i s l i k e l y to
encounter, eg. Internal Audit,
Revenue C a n a d a , P r o v i n c i a l and
F e d e r a l S a l e s T a x , e t c . The
s t u d e n t w i l l be made f a m i l i a r w i t h
t h e t y p e s o f a u d i t and t h e
a u d i t o r ' s r i g h t s and o b l i g a t i o n s .

B u s i n e s s Management 282
Management A u d i t i n g ( S )
Prerequisite:

(3,0,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : BSMG 178 X 179 o r
BSMG 190 & 2 4 4 .
The c o u r s e w i l l i n t r o d u c e t h e
student to the s p e c i a l i z e d area of
Management A c c o u n t i n g . I t w i l l
p r o v i d e an o v e r v i e w t o c o n t r o l s
e f f e c t e d i n t e r n a l l y by management,
u s i n g s u c h t o o l s as b u d g e t s ,
c o s t i n g and a n a l y s i s . P l a n n i n g f o r
an o r g a n i z a t i o n w i l l be e x a m i n e d
f r o m b o t h t h e c a p i t a l and
operational perspectives.

BSMG 178 X 179

The s t u d e n t w i l l be e x p o s e d t o t h e
management a s p e c t s o f an A u d i t
from a v a r i e t y of s o u r c e s , f o r
example: the Internal A u d i t ,
Provincial sales tax, Receiver
General a u d i t s , e t c . This course
i s offered i n r e c o g n i t i o n that the
s t u d e n t i s l i k e l y t o be e x p o s e d t o
an A u d i t i n t h e i r employment and
we t h e r e f o r e e x a m i n e t h e i r r i g h t s
and o b l i g a t i o n s , t h e r i g h t s and
e x p e c t a t i o n s o f t h e A u d i t o r s , and
how b e s t t o p r e p a r e f o r t h e A u d i t .

B u s i n e s s Management 284
Taxation I (F)
(3,0,1)
This course i s the f i r s t part of a
t w o - p a r t c o u r s e and i s c o n c e r n e d
w i t h the computation of income,
f o r t a x p u r p o s e s , from the f o u r
b a s i c income s o u r c e s — E m p l o y m e n t ,
B u s i n e s s , I n v e s t m e n t s and C a p i t a l
Gai n s .

B u s i n e s s Management 285
T a x a t i o n II ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
Prerequisite:

B u s i n e s s Management 291
Management A c c o u n t i n g
(S) (4.5,0,1.5)

BSMG 284

This course c o n t i n u e s from the
p r e r e q u i s i t e c o u r s e . Taxable
income i s computed and t h e f e d e r a l
and p r o v i n c i a l income t a x e s a r e
c a l c u l a t e d . Corporate surplus
d i s t r i b u t i o n s , t r u s t s and
p a r t n e r s h i p s , i n t e r n a t i o n a l income
and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n a r e a l s o
examined.

B u s i n e s s Management 293
Systems Implementation I
(F)
(3,0,1)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : RSMG 182 and BSMG
188 w i t h a t l e a s t a " C " g r a d e .
T h i s c o u r s e i s an e x t e n s i o n o f
BSMG 182 f u r t h e r i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s
a b i l i t y to analyze the managerial
r e q u i r e m e n t s of i n f o r m a t i o n
s y s t e m s . It p r o v i d e s a p r a c t i c a l
experience in the d e t a i l e d design
of o n - l i n e systems f o r business
a p p l i c a t i o n s . Topics i n c l u d e
o n - l i n e concepts, security, audit
c o n t r o l s , f i l e management, s c r e e n
d e s i g n and s y s t e m d o c u m e n t a t i o n .

B u s i n e s s Management 295
" B A S I C " P r o g r a m m i n g II
(F.S)
(1.5,0,.5)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : BSMG 181 w i t h
l e a s t a "C" g r a d e .

at

T h i s c o u r s e i s an e x t e n s i o n o f
BSMG 1 8 1 , s t r e n g t h e n i n g t h e
knowledge of BASIC. Areas of study
include disk f i l e organizations,
screen f o r m a t t i n g , access methods,
f i l e m a i n t e n a n c e and f i l e
reorgani z a t i o n .

B u s i n e s s Management 296
Systems Implementation
II
(S) ( 4 . 5 , 1 , 1 . 5 )
P r e r e q u i s i t e : BSMG 2 0 5 , 2 9 5 , and
293 w i t h at l e a s t a "C" grade
This course b r i n g s together the
v a r i o u s computer c o n c e p t s t h a t

85

Retail Management Courses
have been s t u d i e d i n t h e p r e v i o u s
t h r e e s e m e s t e r s . It i n v o l v e s an
i n - d e p t h c o m p u t e r s t u d y nf a
company s i t u a t i o n . T o p i c s i n c l u d e
integrated information systems,
i n t e g r a t e d data bases, c o n t r o l s ,
distributed processing,
f e a s i b i l i t y s t u d i e s , systems
d e v e l o p m e n t p h a s e s , and p r o j e c t
management c o n c e p t s .

B u s i n e s s Management 297
Data S y s t e m s Management
(S)
(3,0,1)
Prerequisite:

BSMG

RM 150
Consumerism (S)

Courses

See l i s t i n g s u n d e r C o m m u n i c a t i o n s
i n the Career S e c t i o n f o l l o w i n g .

Economics

Courses

See l i s t i n g s u n d e r E c o n o m i c s
the Academic S e c t i o n of t h e
calendar.

in

(3,0,1)

A study of the consumer's
decision-making process;
developments in the b a s i c s of
c o n s u m e r c r e d i t , and t h e a r t o f
s u c c e s s f u l buying. Students w i l l
u n d e r t a k e g r o u p r e s e a r c h and
p r e s e n t a t i o n s and i n d i v i d u a l
consumer r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t s .
P e r s o n a l f i n a n c i a l management i s
included.

II

298

T h i s c o u r s e i s an e x t e n s i o n o f
BSMG 298,
expanding the concept of
Data B a s e s and f o c u s i n g on t h e
" r e l a t i o n a l " d a t a base s t r u c t u r e .
I n c l u d e d i n t h i s c o u r s e w i l l be
d i s c u s s i o n s on Q u e r y L a n g u a g e s ,
Data B a s e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n and
D e s i g n and I m p l e m e n t a t i o n o f D a t a
Base s y s t e m s .

B u s i n e s s Management 298
Data S y s t e m s Management I
(F)
(3,0,1)
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l f o c u s on d a t a
s t r u c t u r e s and d a t a management
t e c h n i q u e s w i t h e m p h a s i s on t h e
p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of data base
methodology. Topics w i l l include
data s t r u c t u r e t y p e s ,
i n d e x - s e q u e n t i a l a c c e s s methods
and s u c h d a t a base t o p i c s as
elements of a data b a s e , f u n c t i o n s
o f a d a t a base a d m i n i s t r a t i o n ,
data i n t e g r i t y , data s e c u r i t y ,
d a t a d i c t i o n a r i e s , and Query
f a c i l i t i e s . Design c o n s i d e r a t i o n s
w i l l a l s o be d i s c u s s e d and l a b s
w i l l c o n c e n t r a t e on c r e a t i n g
accessing (both p r o g r a m a t i c a l l y
and Q u e r y ) and r e s t r u c t u r i n g d a t a
bases.
B u s i n e s s Management 299
Management I n f o r m a t i o n S y s t e m s
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
T h i s c o u s e w i l l f o c u s on t h e use
o f an o v e r a l l m a n a g e r i a l s y s t e m s
a p p r o a c h when w o r k i n g i n t h e
management i n f o r m a t i o n a r e a - - t h e
e v a l u a t i n g of management needs f o r
i n f o r m a t i o n and t h e i n t e g r a t i o n o f
t h o s e needs i n t o t h e management
system.

86

Communications

RM 151
Textiles Merchandising
(F)
(3,0,1)

I

An i n t r o d u c t o r y s t u d y o f t e x t i l e
f a b r i c s and t h e t e x t i l e i n d u s t r y
A s u r v e y o f t h e d e v e l o p m e n t and
use o f f a s h i o n f a b r i c s i n c l u d i n g
f i b r e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n and
c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s , p r o d u c t i o n and
t e s t i n g methods.

RM 153
Creative Advertising
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

Production

An e m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on t h e
p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of
a d v e r t i s i n g p r i n c i p l e s through
developing production s k i l l s .
C o p y w r i t i n g , l a y o u t , d e s i g n and
i l l u s t r a t i v e t e c h n i q u e s w i l l be
taught.

RM 156
Sales Promotion

(F)

(3,0,1)

An o v e r v i e w on p r o m o t i o n f r o m a
study of p e r s o n a l s e l f - p r o m o t i o n
to the l a r g e r world of promoting
r e t a i l i n g . The e m p h a s i s i n c l a s s
w i l l be on d e v e l o p i n g c o n f i d e n c e
and e x p e r t i s e on p r o m o t i n g
p r o d u c t s and i d e a s f o r i n d u s t r y
w h i c h w i l l i n c l u d e a s p e c t s and
b a s i c s of a d v e r t i s i n g , m e d i a ,
w r i t i n g s k i l l s and t r a d e show
product!on.

RM 158
Basics of
Retailers

Colour X Design
(F)
(3,0,1)

for

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e c o n c e p t s o f
c o l o u r and d e s i g n . A p p l i c a t i o n o f
t h e p r i n c i p l e s nf g r a p h i c

c o m p o s i t i o n , b a s i c f o r m and s h a p e ,
c o l o u r t h e o r y and v i s u a l
c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , i m p a c t on
f a s h i o n - r e l a t e d themes and
subjects through i n s t r u c t i o n ,
f i e l d t r i p s , i n d i v i d u a l d e s i g n and
analysi s .

RM 161
Management P r e s e n t a t i o n
(F)
(3,0,1)

Skills

B u s i n e s s s k i l l s w i l l be d e v e l o p e d
i n t r a i n i n g f o r management and
supervisory positions. Public
speaking, report w r i t i n g , c h a i r i n g
m e e t i n g s and management
c o m m u n i c a t i o n s k i l l s w i l l be
developed.

RM 164
Co-op Industry
(SU)
(3,0,1)

A l l students w i l l
receive
a s s i s t a n c e from the department i n
o b t a i n i n g summer employment i n a
r e t a i l or r e t a i 1 - r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s .
T h r e e c r e d i t s w i l l be a c q u i r e d ,
p r o v i d i n g the student r e c e i v e s a
s a t i s f a c t o r y r a t i n g from the
employer.

II

To d e v e l o p a more s o p h i s t i c a t e d
body o f k n o w l e d g e on t e x t i l e s .
Students w i l l accumulate complete
s e t s o f g l o s s a r y and i n f o r m a t i o n
f i l e s , and w i l l more t h o r o u g h l y
t e s t , d e m o n s t r a t e and r e s e a r c h
f a b r i c s . Case s t u d i e s and
d i s c u s s i o n g r o u p s w i l l f o r m an
important part of educational
experience.

(S)

(3,0,1)

An h i s t o r i c a l e x a m i n a t i o n o f
c l o t h i n g , a r c h i t e c t u r e and
i n t e r i o r d e s i g n as r e l a t e d t o
contemporary w o r l d .

RM 265
Career Readiness

I

The s t u d e n t w i l l a c q u i r e a b a s i c
w o r k i n g knowledge o f c l o t h i n g
manufacturing p l a n t s , covering
organization, factory planning,
c o s t i n g and c o s t c o n t r o l , q u a l i t y
c o n t r o l and g e n e r a l p l a n t
efficiency.

RM 177
Mass P r o d u c t i o n
(S)
(3,0,1)
Prerequisite:
permission of

Management

II

RM 176 o r w r i t t e n
instructor

RM 257
Visual Presentation

the

(S)

(3,0,1)

P r a c t i c a l t e c h n i q u e s and t h e o r y o f
v i s u a l l y presenting merchandise:
window d i s p l a y s ,
interior
d i s p l a y s , m a n n e q u i n s and
merchandising of f i x t u r e s .

RM 259
P r i n c i p l e s of

P r e r e q u i s i t e : T e x t i l e s I or
w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n of
instructor.

RM 174
S o c i a l Survey

Management

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f RM 1 7 6 .
C o o r d i n a t i o n of a s p r i n g t r a d e
show f r o m l o c a l m a n u f a c t u r e r s w i t h
t h e r e t a i l program w i l l form t h e
main t h r u s t of t h e c o u r s e
activities.

Experience

RM 172
T e x t i l e s Merchandising
(S)
(3,0,1)

RM 176
Mass P r o d u c t i o n
(F)
(3,0,1)

Buying

(S)

(S)

(3,0,1)

The o b j e c t i v e o f t h i s c o u r s e i s t o
and e x p e r t i s e on p r o m o t i n g
p r o d u c t s and i d e a s f o r
industry
w h i c h w i l l i n c l u d e a s p e c t s and
b a s i c s of a d v e r t i s i n g , m e d i a ,
w r i t i n g s k i l l s and t r a d e show
producti on.

RM 272
Independent S t o r e
(F.S)
(3,0,1)

Management

I

This course i s a p r a c t i c a l
a p p l i c a t i o n of the M e r c h a n d i s i n g
c o u r s e s . The i n s t r u c t o r w i l l
p r o v i d e t h e b a s i c management
s t r u c t u r e of the R e t a i l
M e r c h a n d i s i n g "Cap C o r n e r " s t o r e
a c t i v i t i e s w e e k l y . The s t u d e n t s
w i l l a c t as s t o r e managers i n :
c o n t r o l , s t a f f t r a i n i n g , buying
and d i s p l a y and p r o m o t i o n .
S t u d e n t s w i l l be e n t i r e l y
responsible for operating the
s t o r e and a l l t h o s e a c t i v i t i e s and
manangerial r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s i n
operating a successful small
retail store.

RM 273
Independent Store
(S)
(3,0,1)

Management

A continuation

RM 2 7 2 .

of

II

(3,0,1)

A study of the p r i n c i p l e s of
b u y i n g and s e l l i n g o f r e t a i l
goods, study of m e r c h a n d i s i n g
f u n c t i o n s s u c h as i n v e n t o r y
c o n t r o l , working with s u p p l i e r s ,
d e v e l o p i n g a s s o r t m e n t s , and b u y e r
responsi bi 1 i t i e s .

RM 264
Interiors

(F)

Elective
The s t u d e n t i s p r o v i d e d t h e
o p p o r t u n i t y t o s e l e c t any
t h r e e - c r e d i t course o f f e r e d at the
college (with Coordinator's
a p p r o v a l ) . The c o u r s e s e l e c t e d
must have a p o s i t i o n a v a i l a b l e t o
t h e s t u d e n t , as e n r o l l m e n t i s
l i m i t e d i n many c o u r s e s .

(3,0,1)

Fashion I n t e r i o r s teaches the
f u n d a m e n t a l s o f i n t e r i o r d e s i g n as
they r e l a t e to m e r c h a n d i s i n g .
Students design a store using the
f l o o r p l a n , renderings, choice of
f a b r i c , s e l e c t i o n o f c o l o u r s and
t e x t u r e t o showcase m e r c h a n d i s e .
A l l i n t e r i o r d e s i g n components a r e
d i s c u s s e d as an e x t e n s i o n o f t h e
retail world.

87

Communications Department
Instructional

Faculty

COBLEY, J . , B . A . ( B r i g h a m Y o u n g ,
M . A . (UBC)
K I L I A N , C , B . A . ( C o l u m b i a ) , M.A.
(SFU)
KUBICEK, R . , B . A . ( S i r G e o r g e
W i l l i a m s ) , M . A . (SFU)
REID, B., B.A. ( A l b e r t a )
TINSLEY, G . , B . A . ( M c G i l l ) , M.A.
(UBC)
WITTMAN, M . , B . A . ( T o r o n t o ) , M.A.
(UBC)

General

Information

The C o m m u n i c a t i o n s D e p a r t m e n t o f
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e has t h e broad
o b j e c t i v e s of p r o v i d i n g students
i n C a r e e r / V o c a t i o n a l Programs w i t h
competence i n t h e u s e o f t h e
E n g l i s h l a n g u a g e and i n media
communications.
Basic technical w r i t i n g ,
research
p a p e r s , spoken p r e s e n t a t i o n s ,
business r e p o r t s , press reports
and b r i e f s a r e some o f t h e t o p i c s
s t u d i e d i n a communications
course..

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 150
B a s i c Communications

(F,S)

The b a s i c s o f b u s i n e s s w r i t i n g :
r e s u m e s , memorandums, b u s i n e s s
l e t t e r s and r e p o r t s .
Development
of s u i t a b l e s t y l e s for d i f f e r e n t
b u s i n e s s p u r p o s e s . At l e a s t one
spoken p r e s e n t a t i o n .

(3,0,1)

R e s e a r c h i n g , o r g a n i z i n g and
presenting information for
b u s i n e s s and t e c h n i c a l
reports.
A t t e n t i o n t o g r a p h i c s , s t y l e and

88

Arts

The use o f l a n g u a g e i n c o m b i n a t i o n
w i t h g r a p h i c and o t h e r a r t s .
A t t e n t i o n to j o b - s e a r c h s t r a t e g i e s
s u i t a b l e f o r a r t i s t s and
c r a f t s p e r s o n s . W r i t i n g assignments
i n c l u d e an a r t i c l e on some a s p e c t ,
of a r t which the student w i l l
submit f o r p u b l i c a t i o n . A spoken
presentation is required.

Communications
Communications
(S)
(3,0,1)

154
in Recreation

W r i t i n g and s p e e c h r e l a t e d t o
O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n Management:
r e p o r t s , memorandums, p r e s s
r e l e a s e s , a r t i c l e s and b r i e f s .
Spoken p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e r e q u i r e d .

Childhood

(3,0,1)

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 151
B u s i n e s s Communications
(F.S)
(3,0,1)

152
(F,S)

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 153
C o m m u n i c a t i o n s and the
(S)
(3,0,1)

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 155
Communications i n E a r l y
E d u c a t i o n (S)
(3,0,1)

Development o f w r i t i n g and
speaking s k i l l s , with material
l a r g e l y r e l a t e d t.o s p e c i f i c c a r e e r
goals. Extensive practice in
i m p r o v i n g E n g l i s h b a s i c s , numerous
w r i t i n g a s s i g n m e n t s , and a t l e a s t
one spoken p r e s e n t a t i o n .

Communications
Report W r i t i n g

r e p o r t f o r m a t . Spoken
presentations using audiovisual
a i d s are r e q u i r e d .

E f f e c t i v e v e r b a l and n o n - v e r b a l
c o m m u n i c a t i o n , and t h e w r i t i n g o f
l e t t e r s , r e p o r t s and b r i e f s .
Spoken p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e r e q u i r e d .

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 156
Communications f o r the Media
Resources Student (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f CMNS 150 w i t h
e m p h a s i s on i n t e r v i e w i n g
techniques in applied s i t u a t i o n s .
The c o u r s e a l s o d e a l s w i t h p u b l i c
s p e a k i n g and g r o u p l e a d e r s h i p
techniques.

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 157
Career P r e p a r a t i o n f o r the Media
Resources Student (S)
(1.5,0,.5)
A t h o r o u g h l o o k at v a r i o u s
s t r a t e g i e s of "job s e a r c h , "
i n c l u d i n g the l e t t e r of
a p p l i c a t i o n , resume and j o b
interview.

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 170
Public Speaking (F.S)

(3,0,1)

R e s e a r c h i n g , o r g a n i z i n g and
presenting d i f f e r e n t kinds of
speeches. Attention to voice
training,
non-verbal
c o m m u n i c a t i o n , and p u b l i c s p e a k i n g
in various
contexts.

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 175
B a s i c Legal Communications
(F)
(1.5,0,.5)
Intended p r i m a r i l y f o r students
i n Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s .
Extensive p r a c t i c e in p e r f e c t i n g
E n g l i s h b a s i c s ; numerous w r i t i n g
a s s i g n m e n t s w i t h e m p h a s i s on
organization.

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 176
Advanced Legal Communications
(S)
(1.5,0,.5)
Prerequisite:
completion of

Successful
CMNS 1 7 5 .

The b a s i c s o f b u s i n e s s w r i t i n g :
memorandums, r e p o r t s and b u s i n e s s
l e t t e r s . Attention to the s t y l e s
and f o r m a t s o f w r i t i n g i n law
f i rms.

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 180
B a s i c Journalism I (F)

(3,0,1)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e g a t h e r i n g ,
w r i t i n g and e d i t i n g o f news
m a t e r i a l f o r p r i n t m e d i a . Course
content includes s p e c i f i c
r e q u i r e m e n t s of v a r i o u s t y p e s of
newswriting; acceptable
n e w s w r i t i n g s t y l e ; a n a l y s i s of
l o c a l , n a t i o n a l and w o r l d n e w s .
S t u d e n t s must, have good w r i t i n g
s k i l l s and be a b l e t o t y p e a t
l e a s t 30 w o r d s per m i n u t e .

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 181
B a s i c J o u r n a l i s m II

(S)

(3,0,1)

Prerequisiste: Successful
c o m p l e t i o n o f CMNS 180 o r
p e r m i s s i o n of the
instructor.
A c o n s o l i d a t i o n and e l a b o r a t i o n
o f m a t e r i a l c o v e r e d i n CMNS 1 8 0 .

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 190
Magazine A r t i c l e W r i t i n g
(F,S)
(3,0,1)
R e s e a r c h i n g and w r i t i n g a r t i c l e s
f o r p u b l i c a t i o n i n news m e d i a and
m a g a z i n e s , e s p e c i a l l y " t r a d e " and

special-interest

Analysis

effective

periodicals.

of magazine

prose

• %
t
'J0P9

^ . . m^mam.

mm

readershpi ,

style.

Students

w i l l write three a r t i c l e s in
s u i t a b l e f o r m a t , and s u b m i t them
for pubication in established
periodi cal s .

^j^^^^^jf^^^^^'

Health and Human Services
Programs
1 . E a r l y Chi 1 rlhood E d u c a t i o n
Program - 2 y e a r s
2 . Long Term C a r e A i d e P r o g r a m 15 weeks f u l l - t i m e
3 . Long Term C a r e A i d e U p g r a d i n g
12 weeks p a r t - t i m e
The f o l l o w i n g p r o g r a m s w i l l
pending funds:

be

-

run

1. Early Childhood Education
Upgrading - p a r t - t i m e
2. Working w i t h the
Developmentally Handicapped part-time
3 . R e g i s t e r e d Nurses R p f r e s h e r
P r o g r a m - 15 weeks
4 . Homemaker P r o g r a m - 15 weeks
full-time
5 . Homemaker P r o g r a m - p a r t - t i m e

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Instructional

Faculty

ADLER, M . T . , B . A . ( T o r o n t o ) ,
M . S . W . (UBC)
ANNE, R . , D i p l . E . C . E . ( R y e r s o n ) ,
A r t Therapy ( T o r o n t o )
BROWN, J . , B . S c . H . E c .
(Man.),
P . G . (Vancouver General)
CLARK, J . , R . N . ( R e g i n a l G e n e r a l
H o s p i t a l ) , Teaching D i p l . (Sask.)
KULICH, B . , O r f f T e a c h e r ' s C e r t .
(Toronto), Dipl. E.C.E.
(Copenhagen)
RAWSTHORNE, M . , B . H . E . ( U B C ) , R . D .
RENNIE, L . J . , B . S c , D i p l . E . C . E .
( B r i g h a m Young)
WARRELL, E . M . , D i p l . P h y s . E d .
( L i v e r p o o l ), M . E d . (W. W a s h .
State)
WORMAN, E . , B . A . , D i p l . C h i l d
Study ( T o r o n t o ) , C o o r d i n a t o r

E a r l y Childhood Education i s a
t w o - y e a r p r o g r a m based on t h e
Competencies in E a r l y Childhood
E d u c a t i o n d e v e l o p e d by t h e
M i n i s t r y o f E d u c a t i o n , March 1 9 7 9 .
On c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e p r o g r a m , t h e
s t u d e n t w i l l have d e m o n s t r a t e d
achievement of the Level
II
Competencies.
The p r o g r a m i s u n i q u e i n t h e
province since i t prepares the
g r a d u a t e t o work w i t h under t h r e e
y e a r o l d s as w e l l as w i t h t h r e e
t o f i v e y e a r o l d c h i l d r e n . Upon

90

f u l f i l l m e n t , o f t h e 5 0 0 - h o u r work
e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e d by the
P r o v i n c i a l C h i l d Care F a c i l i t i e s
L i c e n s i n g B o a r d , he/she i s
q u a l i f i e d t o be i n c h a r g e o f a
c e n t r e f o r e i t h e r age g r o u p . The
p r o g r a m a l s o i n c l u d e s a f o c u s on
c h i l d r e n with Special Needs. This
p r e p a r e s g r a d u a t e s f o r work i n
S p e c i a l i z e d Programs.
The f o u n d a t i o n o f t h e p r o g r a m l i e s
i n the i n - d e p t h study of the
continuum of development from
b i r t h t o a d u l t h o o d . The h i s t o r y
and c u r r e n t p h i l o s o p h i e s o f E a r l y
Childhood Education are examined.
An i n t e r r e l a t e d s e r i e s o f c o u r s e s
f o c u s i n g on t h e c h i l d f r o m i n f a n c y
t o s c h o o l age p e r m i t s d e t a i l e d
study of program o r g a n i z a t o n ,
c u r r i c u l u m c o n t e n t and g u i d a n c e
methods. Other areas of study
include health, n u t r i t i o n ,
first
a i d , f a m i l y l i f e , the c h i l d w i t h
special needs, parent-teacher
r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t h e
a d m i n i s t r a t i o n of c e n t r e s f o r
young c h i l d r e n .
T h e o r y and p r a c t i c e a r e c l o s e l y
related throughout the program.
S t u d e n t s spend e x t e n d e d p e r i o d s
e a c h t e r m o b s e r v i n g and
p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n a v a r i e t y of
f a c i l i t i e s f o r young c h i l d r e n
i n c l u d i n g t h e C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e Day
Care C e n t r e , S p e c i a l Education
programs, "Under Three" Day C a r e
c e n t r e s , I n f a n t p r o g r a m s and
r e g u l a r Three t o F i v e year o l d
c e n t r e s , under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n of
College instructors.
C o u r s e s a r e p r e s e n t e d i n a manner
which promotes a c t i v e s t u d e n t
p a r t i c i p a t i o n through l a b s ,
practical demonstratoins, reports,
p r o j e c t s and g e n e r a l d i s c u s s i o n .
Considerable r e s p o n s i b i l i t y is
g i v e n s t u d e n t s , e n a b l i n g them t o
develop t h e i r
creativity,
i n d e p e n d e n c e and c o m p e t e n c e .

Applications
A p p l i c a t i o n s to the f i r s t year of
t h e p r o g r a m w h i c h a r e r e c e i v e d by
M a r c h 1 5 , w i l l be s u r e o f
consideration for admission.
Applications received after that
d a t e w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d IF s p a c e
permits.

A p p l i c a n t s w i l l be i n v i t e d t o an
information meeting in l a t e March,
a t w h i c h i n t e r v i e w s w i l l be
a r r a n g e d . A s e c o n d m e e t i n g and
i n t e r v i e w s u s u a l l y occur in the
f i r s t week i n A u g u s t d e p e n d i n g on
spaces a v a i l a b l e . A p p l i c a n t s are
required to present a medisal
r e p o r t on a f o r m s u p p l i e d by t h e
C o l l e g e , plus evidence of absence
of a c t i v e t u b e r c u l o s i s .
S i n c e w r i t i n g s k i l l s and t h e
a b i l i t y t o comprehend f a i r l y
advanced t e x t b o o k s are r e q u i r e d
f o r s u c c e s s f u l completion of
c o u r s e work and a s s i g n e m t n s ,
a p p l i c a n t s are asked to t a k e a
test to determine i f p r e l i m i n a r y
h e l p i s needed i n t h e s e s k i l l
a r e a s . Where a p p r o p r i a t e , t h e
a p p l i c a n t w i l l be r e f e r r e d t o
s p e c i f i c w o r k s h o p s g i v e n by t h e
Achievement Resources C e n t r e .
A p p l i c a n t s who have p r e v i o u s l y
taken Early Childhood Education
c o u r s e s e l s e w h e r e may s u b m i t a
record of these courses f o r
c o n s i d e r a t i o n for c r e d i t towards
the College Diploma.
I n d i v i d u a l c o u r s e s may be t a k e n
space p e r m i t s , w i t h the w r i t t e n
p e r m i s s i o n of the course
Coordi n a t o r .

if

Persons p r e s e n t l y h o l d i n g Level I
q u a l i f i c a t i o n may a p p l y f o r F o u r t h
Term c o u r s e s o r a n o t h e r
c o m b i n a t i o n o f c o u r s e s a p p r o v e d by
t h e C o o r d i n a t o r . On c o m p l e t i o n o f
one s e m e s t e r ' s work a C e r t i f i c a t e
w i l l be g r a n t e d . T h i s w i l l
acknowledge t h e achievement of
L e v e l II c o m p e t e n c i e s .
For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n c o n t a c t
t h e P r o g r a m C o o r d i n a t o r . To e n s u r e
t h a t you a r e n o t i f i e d of t h e
Information meeting d a t e , contact
the Reception O f f i c e at 986-1911,
local 391.

Associate in Arts

E d u c a t i o n 151
Language A r t s ( S )

and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a

Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements
A p p l i e d Theory - P r a c t i c u m

FIRST TERM
CMNS 150
Basic Communications
E d u c a t i o n 152 P r o g r a m D e v e l o p m e n t I
E d u c a t i o n 154 H e a l t h and F i r s t A i d
E d u c a t i o n 1 5 5 * Human Growth and D e v e l o p m e n t I
E d u c a t i o n 364 A p p l i e d T h e o r y - P r a c t i c u m I

SECOND TERM
E d u c a t i o n 151
E d u c a t i o n 153
E d u c a t i o n 156
E d u c a t i o n 164
E d u c a t i o n 365
E d u c a t i o n 366

Language A r t s
P r o g r a m D e v e l o p m e n t II
Human G r o w t h and D e v e l o p m e n t
Nutrition
A p p l i e d T h e o r y P r a c t i c u m II
A p p l i e d Theory P r a c t i c u m III

Lab
Hours

37.5
6
18
61.5

6
0
30
36

3
3
3
3
_3
15

3
3
3
3
3
_3
18

II

THIRD TERM
E d u c a t i o n 157
E d u c a t i o n 250
E d u c a t i o n 262
E d u c a t i o n 268
E d u c a t i o n 367

The C h i l d and F a m i l y L i f e
Program Development III
Special Education I
Interpersonal R e l a t i o n s i n Teaching
A p p l i e d T h e o r y P r a c t i c u m IV

FOURTH TERM
CMNS 155
E d u c a t i o n 252
E d u c a t i o n 264
E d u c a t i o n 368

Communications i n E.C.E
Program D e v e l o p m e n t IV
Preschool A d m i n i s t r a t i o n I
A p p l i e d Theory P r a c t i c u m V

* E d u c a t i o n 155 Human G r o w t h ' a n d D e v e l o p m e n t
t o or c o n c u r r e n t l y with Education 152.

Credit
Hours

.

1.5
3
3
3
3
13.5

3
3
3
_6
15
I must be t a k e n

2

6
8

(3,0,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : E d u c a t i o n 152 o r by
w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n of the Program
Coordi n a t o r .
The f o c u s o f t h i s c o u r s e i s on t h e
development of l i s t e n i n g s k i l l s
and o r a l l a n g u a g e . E m p h a s i s w i l l
be p l a c e d on t h e t e a c h e r ' s r o l e i n
implementing a p p r o p r i a t e language
a c t i v i t i e s t o meet t h e p a r t i c u l a r
needs o f i n d i v i d u a l c h i l d r e n ,
i n c l u d i n g t h e c h i l d Under T h r e e
a n d t h e ESL c h i l d . C o n s i d e r a t i o n
w i l l be g i v e n t o t h e c r i t e r i a f o r
s e l e c t i o n o f l i t e r a t u r e f o r young
c h i l d r e n . Techniques f o r
p r e s e n t i n g s t o r i e s and p o e t r y w i l l
be d e v e l o p e d .

2

6
6
14

2

6
8

6
6
prior

E d u c a t i o n 152
Program Development

I

(F)

(3,2,1)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e p l a n n i n g
and d e v e l o p m e n t o f p r o g r a m s f o r
young c h i l d r e n w i t h a major f o c u s
on Day C a r e . B a s i c p l a y a c t i v i t i e s
and r o u t i n e s w i l l be d i s c u s s e d
with attention to t h e i r
c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e development of
t h e c h i l d , m a t e r i a l s r e q u i r e d and
g u i d a n c e m e t h o d s . Weekly l a b
sessions provide d i r e c t
i n v o l v e m e n t w i t h m a t e r i a l s and
acti v i t i e s .

E d u c a t i o n 153
Program Development
Prerequisite:

II

(S)

(3,2,1)

152

4

Education

155

F u r t h e r study of program
development w i t h p a r t i c u l a r
r e f e r e n c e t o day c a r e . W r i t i n g
p r o g r a m g o a l s and a c t i v i t y p l a n s
w i l l be e m p h a s i z e d . A t t e n t i o n w i l l
be g i v e n t o m e e t i n g t h e needs o f
the i n d i v i d u a l c h i l d i n c l u d i n g the
new c h i l d t o t h e p r o g r a m , and
a p p r o p r i a t e g u i d a n c e methods f o r
t h e c h i l d who i s w i t h d r a w n ,
a g g r e s s i v e , e t c . Lab s e s s i o n s
provide further involvement w i t h
m a t e r i a l s and a c t i v i t i e s .

E d u c a t i o n 154
H e a l t h and F i r s t
This course

Aid

(F)

i s designed

(3,0,1)
to

97

f a m i l i a r i z e s t u d e n t s w i t h some o f
t h e common c h i l d h o o d i l l n e s s e s .
P a r t i c u l a r e m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on
t h e management o f t h e y o u n g c h i l d
w i t h a h e a l t h problem i n a
p r e s c h o o l s e t t i n g . The c o u r s e
s t u d i e s p r e v e n t i v e h e a l t h measures
and f i r s t a i d p r a c t i c e s and
p r o c e d u r e s . On s u c c e s s f u l
c o m p l e t i o n of t h e c o u r s e t h e
student w i l l receive a S t . John's
Ambulance S a f e t y O r i e n t e d F i r s t .
Aid C e r t i f i c a t e .

E d u c a t i o n 155
Human Growth and D e v e l o p m e n t
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

I

The f i r s t h a l f o f a t w o - p a r t
s e q u e n c e . Course m a t e r i a l spans
t h e p e r i o d from c o n c e p t i o n t h r o u g h
t h e p r e s c h o o l y e a r s and e x a m i n e s
p h y s i c a l and p e r c e p t u a l
d e v e l o p m e n t , c o g n i t i o n and
l a n g u a g e , s o c i a l and e m o t i o n a l
d e v e l o p m e n t . An i n t r o d u c o t r y s t u d y
of t h e o r i e s , p r i n c i p l e s of
d e v e l o p m e n t and c h i l d s t u d y
techniques is included.

E d u c a t i o n 156
Human G r o w t h and D e v e l o p m e n t
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
Prerequisite:

II

E d u c a t i o n 155

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f E d u c a t i o n 155
f o l l o w i n g the p r e s c h o o l e r through
the middle years of c h i l d h o o d ,
a d o l e s c e n c e and l a u n c h i n g i n t o
adulthood.

E d u c a t i o n 157
The C h i l d and F a m i l y
(F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )

Life

A s o c i o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e on
f a m i l y l i f e i n o u r c u l t u r e and
o t h e r s , f o c u s i n g on c h i l d h o o d
s o c i a l i z a t i o n and t h e f a c t o r s
a f f e c t i n g i t : socio-economic
c o n d i t i o n s , c u l t u r a l v a l u e s and
i d e o l o g y , e t h n i c and r a c i a l
o r i g i n s . C o n s i d e r a t i o n w i l l be
g i v e n to the f u n c t i o n s of f a m i l y ,
family l i f e s t y l e s , roles, routines
and l i m i t s , and t h e r o l e of t h e
p r e s c h o o l t e a c h e r as a r e s o u r c e t o
the f a m i l y .

92

E d u c a t i o n 164
N u t r i t i o n (S)

(3,0,1)

This course introduces the student
t o t h e b a s i c n u t r i e n t s and t h e i r
r o l e i n hyman p h y s i o l o g y , and t h e
s p e c i a l requirements of the i n f a n t
and p r e s c h o o l c h i l d f o r optimum
h e a l t h . The s e c o n d p a r t o f t h e
course deals with the preparation
o f f o o d s and s n a c k s f o r i n f a n t s
and p r e s c h o o l c h i l d r e n , menu
p l a n n i n g f o r day c a r e f a c i l i t i e s ,
f o o d s t o r a g e and f o o d s a n i t a t i o n .

E d u c a t i o n 250
Program Development
(F)
(3,2,1)

III

A d e t a i l e d l o o k at c h i l d r e n ' s
e a r l y concept development i n
s c i e n c e , s o c i a l s t u d i e s and
m a t h e m a t i c s . S t u d e n t s w i l l work
i n d i v i d u a l l y and i n g r o u p s w i t h
m a t e r i a l s and r e s o u r c e s t o p l a n
a c t i v i t i e s and e x p e r i e n e s , m a k i n g
adaptations appropriate to varying
d e v e l o p m e n t a l l e v e l s , 18 months t o
5 y e a r s . Included are weekly l a b
experience.

E d u c a t i o n 252
Program Development

IV

(S)

(3,0,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : E d u c a t i o n 153 and
156 o r by w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f
t h e Program C o o r d i n a t o r .
A c o u r s e w h i c h c o m b i n e s t h e o r y and
p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n A r t , M u s i c and
Movement f o r young c h i l d r e n . The
c o u r s e i n t e g r a t e s and e x t e n d s t h e
e x p e r i e n c e and knowledge g a i n e d i n
previous c o u r s e s . Implementation
o f a c t i v i t y p l a n s w i l l be r e q u i r e d
as t h e s t u d e n t f u r t h e r s h e r / h i s
teaching s k i l l s .

E d u c a t i o n 262
Special Education

(F)

(3,0,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : E d u c a t i o n 153 and
156 o r by w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f
the i n s t r u c t o r .
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s t u d y o f
s p e c i a l needs c h i l d r e n . The
student w i l l develop her/his
a b i l i t i e s t o i d e n t i f y and work
w i t h exceptional preschool
c h i l d r e n i n r e g u l a r and s p e c i a l

p r o g r a m s . E m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d
on community r e s o u r c e s f o r
e x c e p t i o n a l c h i l d r e n and t h e i r
f a m i l i e s . Areas of study i n c l u d e
gifted, developmentally-delayed,
n e u r o l o g i c a l l y handicapped,
e m o t i o n a l l y d i s t u r b e d and
multi-handicapped c h i l d .

E d u c a t i o n 264
Administration

I

(S)

(3,0,1)

A course designed to acquaint the
student, w i t h the a d m i n i s t r a t i v e
functions necessary to ensure the
e f f e c t i v e o p e r a t i o n of a program
f o r young c h i l d r e n . Topics covered
w i l l include licensing
r e g u l a t i o n s , procedures f o r
s e t t i n g up a c e n t r e , w o r k i n g w i t h
a Board of D i r e c t o r s , d e v e l o p i n g ,
p o l i c i e s and p r o c e d u r e s , budget
p l a n n i n g , h i r i n g and d i s m i s s i n g
s t a f f , w r i t i n g job d e s c r i p t i o n s ,
s t a f f r e l a t i o n s h i p s , record
keeping.

E d u c a t i o n 268
Interpersonal Relationships
Teaching (F)
(3,0,1)

in

P r e r e q u i s i t e : E d u c a t i o n 153 and
156 o r by w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f
the Program C o o r d i n a t o r .
An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e r o l e o f t h e
preschool teacherin e s t a b l i s h i n g
meaningful r e l a t i o n s h i p s w i t h
p a r e n t s , c o l l e a g u e s and community
representatives. Specific
c o m m u n i c a t i o n s k i l l s w i l l be
developed through the group
p r o c e s s , r o l e p l a y and
i n t e r v i e w i n g t e c h n i q u e s . Community
r e s o u r c e s and r e f e r r a l p r o c e d u r e s
w i l l a l s o be s t u d i e d .

E d u c a t i o n 364
A p p l i e d Theory (F) ( 3 , 6 , 2 )

Practicum I

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Taken c o n c u r r e n t l y
w i t h E d u c a t i o n 152 o r by w r i t t e n
p e r m i s s i o n of the Program
Coordinator.
The f i r s t o f a f i v e - p a r t s e q u e n c e
of courses i n which the student
relates classroom theory to i t s
p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n through
d i s c u s s i o n , o b s e r v a t i o n and

p a r t i c i p a t i o n in a preschool
p r o g r a m . T h i s c o u r s e has towo
a s p e c t s : a) the development of
s k i l l i n o b j e c t i v e l y o b s e r v i n g and
r e c o r d i n g the b e h a v i o u r of young
c h i l d r e n ; b) a p a r t i c i p a t i o n
p e r i o d o f one f u l l week i n t h e
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e Day C a r e C e n t r e
under t h e d i r e c t g u i d a n c e o f a
s t a f f member.

E d u c a t i o n 364-367*
A p p l i e d Theory - P r a c t i c u m

(F.S)

II-Iv

(3,6,2)

T h i s i s a s e r i e s of t h r e e c o u r s e s ,
i n w h i c h c l a s s r o o m d i s c u s s i o n and
supervised p a r t i c i p a t i o n in a
program f o r young c h i l d r e n combine
t o enable the student to develop
i n c r e a s i n g competence i n w o r k i n g
as p a r t o f a t e a c h i n g team
p l a n n i n g , i m p l e m e n t i n g and
e v a l u a t i n g p r o g r a m a c t i v i t i e s , and
i n t e r a c t i n g w i t h c h i l d r e n and
t h e i r p a r e n t s . In e a c h c o u r s e , t h e
s t u d e n t has a b l o c k f i e l d work
placement of f i v e weeks, f o u r f u l l
days per week, or e q u i l v a l e n t .
Assignments are designed to
f a c i l i t a t e the t r a n s l a t i o n of
t h e o r y i n t o p r a c t i c e and t o
f u r t h e r develop the s t u d e n t s '
a b i l i t y t o o b s e r v e and r e c o r d
children's behaviour.

E d u c a t i o n 368*
A p p l i e d Theory -

(S)

Practicum V

(6,6,2)

T h i s i s t h e f i f t h and f i n a l c o u r s e
i n t h e f i v e - c o u r s e s e q u e n c e . It i s
f o r f o u r t h t e r m s t u d e n t s and t h o s e
working towards the C e r t i f i c a t e
f o r L e v e l II C o m p e t e n c i e s . A
five-week block practicum i s
combined w i t h c l a s s r o o m
d i s c u s s i o n , t u t o r i a l s and
a s s i g n m e n t s . O b s e r v a t i o n s of
i n f a n t s i n a number o f community
s e t t i n g s are included for regular
f o u r t h t e r m s t u d e n t s . In p l a c e o f
these infant observations,
a l t e r n a t i v e a r r a n g e m e n t s can be
made f o r s t u d e n t s w o r k i n g t o w a r d s
C e r t i f i c a t e f o r Level
II
Competencies since these students
w i l l n o t be r e c e i v i n g r e c o g n i t i o n
f o r Under T h r e e s .
• N o t e : Each s t u d e n t w i l l have
placements i n a v a r i e t y of

s e t t i n g s i n c l u d i n g programs f o r
t h r e e t o f i v e y e a r o l d s , Under
T h r e e Day C a r e C e n t r e s , and
Specialized Centres.
LONG TERM CARE AIDE PROGRAM

Instructional

Faculty

ADLER, T . , B . A . ( T o r o n t o ) , M . S . W .
(UBC)
DAY, I.,
R.N.
TURLAND, M . , R . N .
RAWSTHORNE, M . , B . H . E . ( U B C ) ,
R.D., M.Ed, i n progress

G r o w t h and d e v e l o p m e n t o f t h e l o n g
term care c l i e n t .
Need f o r N u t r i t i o n
Need f o r S e x u a l i t y
Need f o r S e n s o r y S t i m u l a t i o n
Need f o r S e c u r i t y / S e l f - E s t e e m
Need f o r P r o t e c t i o n and S a f e t y
Need f o r R e s t and A c t i v i t y
Need f o r E l i m i n a t i o n
Need f o r Oxygen
Graduates w i l l r e c e i v e a
p r o v i n c i a l l y r e c o g n i z e d Long Term
Care Aide C e r t i f i c a t e .

Admission

T h i s 15 week f u l l - t i m e p r o g r a m
q u a l i f i e s t h e s t u d e n t t o work w i t h
long term care c l i e n t s i n a
v a r i e t y of s e t t i n g s :
1 . Group homes f o r p h y s i c a l l y
handicapped a d u l t s
2. Personal care r e s i d e n c e s
3. Intermediate care residences
4 . Extended c a r e f a c i l i t i e s
The p r o p o r t i o n o f e l d e r l y i n t h e
population is ever-growing;
s e r v i c e s to the handicapped are
i n c r e a s i n g . Consequently, there i s
a s t e a d y demand f o r q u a l i f i e d men
and women t o work f u l l - t i m e o r
p a r t - t i m e in t h i s f i e l d .
Training

includes:

1 . Long Term C a r e A i d e T h e o r y :
LTCA 003
a) C o m m u n i c a t i o n s and human
r e l a t i ons
b ) I n d i v i d u a l and f a m i l y g r o w t h
and d e v e l o p m e n t
c ) Employee r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s
d ) I n d e p e n d e n c e and c a r e i n
a c t i v i t i e s of d a i l y l i v i n g
2 . Long Term C a r e A i d e P r a c t i c e :
LTCA 004
A p p l i c a t i o n o f k n o w l e d g e and
s k i l l s in supervised laboratory
and c l i n i c a l s e t t i n g s .

Course

Content

Requirements

1 . D e s i r e t o work w i t h p e o p l e
r e q u i r i n g long term c a r e .
2 . Good p h y s i c a l and m e n t a l h e a l t h
(a m e d i c a l c e r t i f i c a t e and c h e s t
x - r a y are n e c e s s a r y ) .
3 . Grade 10 E n g l i s h o r e q u i v a l e n t .
( A p p l i c a n t s may be r e q u i r e d t o
complete a reading comprehension
test.)
4 . Minimum age 1 9 .
A p p l i c a n t s who a p p l y b e f o r e M a r c h
w i l l be i n v i t e d t o an i n f o r m a t i o n
m e e t i n g at which i n t e r v i e w s w i l l
be a r r a n g e d . A p p l i c a t i o n s r e c e i v e d
a f t e r t h a t d a t e w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d
i f space p e r m i t s .
F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e may be
avai l a b l e .
F o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n and
application forms, please c a l l
986-1911, local 391.

LONG TERM CARE UPGRADING PROGRAM LTCA 005
T h i s 12 w e e k , p a r t - t i m e p r o g r a m i s
intended to upgrade the s k i l l s of
p r e s e n t l y e m p l o y e d LTC A i d e s t o
the p r o v i n c i a l s t a n d a r d s .
G r a d u a t e s r e c e i v e t h e same
p r o v i n c i a l l y r e c o g n i z e d LTCA
C e r t i f i c a t e as i s g i v e n upon
s u c c e s s f u l c o m p l e t i o n of t h e
f u l l - t i m e program.

The c o u r s e w i l l run two d a y s a
week f o r 12 w e e k s . One s i x - h o u r
E f f e c t i v e communication w i t h the
day w i l l be s p e n t a t t h e C o l l e g e
l o n g t e r m c a r e c l i e n t and members
H e a l t h Lab i n c l a s s r o o m and
of the h e a l t h care team.
l a b o r a t o r y a c t i v i t i e s . The s e c o n d
E t h i c a l and p r o f e s s i o n a l s t a n d a r d s day w i l l be a 7 1/2 h o u r d a y - s h i f t
of b e h a v i o u r .

Media Resources Programs
i n a c l i n i c a l s e t t i n g under t h e
s u p e r v i s i o n of the C o l l e g e N u r s i n g
Instructor in cooperation with the
Nurse-in-Charge.
A maximum o f 20 s t u d e n t s w i l l be
a c c e p t e d . Half the group w i l l
a t t e n d C o l l e g e on Mondays and have
c l i n i c a l p r a c t i c e on T u e s d a y s ; t h e
o t h e r h a l f w i l l a t t e n d C o l l e g e on
T h u r s d a y s and have c l i n i c a l
p r a c t i c e on F r i d a y s .

Entrance

Requirements

Instructional

Faculty

AZAROFF, P . , B . A . ( H e b . U . ,
Israel)
BIZZOCCHI, J . V . , B . A . ( M i c h i g a n ) ,
Teaching C e r t . (Sec.) (Michigan)
BLITSTEIN, G . , A . S . P . , Brooks
Institute
COOK, R . D . , B . A . ( T o r o n t o ) ,
A . A . S . , Media S p e c . C e r t .
( C a p i l a n o ) , M.A. ( I o w a )
KELLINGTON, T . P . , A . A . S . , M e d i a
Spec. C e r t .
(Capilano)
LUSCOMBE, B . , B . S . ,
(Plymouth
Polytechnical)
LYNCH, N . , B . A . ( W e s t e r n O n t . ) ,
M . A . ( U B C ) , M . B . A . (SFU)
MORLEY, A . , B . A . , O . E d . (London
U . ) , A . A . S . , Media S p e c . C e r t .
(Capi l a n o )
REID, B . , B.A. ( A l t a . )
SIMPSON, M . , B . A .
(UBC)
THOMPSON, P . , B . A .
(Stanford),
M . E d . , Teaching C e r t .
(Minnesota)

1 . The e q u i v a l e n t , of at l e a s t s i x
months f u l l - t i m e work e x p e r i e n c e
in intermediate/extended care.
2 . A w r i t t e n r e f e r e n c e from t h e
nursing supervisor.
3 . The a b i l i t y t o s p e a k , r e a d and
w r i t e E n g l i s h at a g r a d e 8 l e v e l .
( A p p l i c a n t s may be r e q u i r e d t o
complete a reading comprehension
test.)

Support

Course content i s i d e n t i c a l to
t h a t o f t h e f u l l - t i m e LTCA
P r o g r a m . For c o u r s e commencement
d a t e , a p p l i c a t i o n s and r e f e r e n c e
forms, please c a l l 98fi-1911, local
391.

Ken B l a i n e
Bryan C h r i s t i e
Anne G i l b e r t
A l a n Hovden
M i c k Magui r e
Diane M u l l i g a n

General

Staff

Information

F I L M , PHOTOGRAPHY, VIDEO, AUDIO
and COMPUTERS a r e now v i t a l
components o f t h e media mix used
i n a l l l e v e l s of e d u c a t i o n ,
community a g e n c i e s and i n d u s t r i a l
training.

t e c h n i c a l s k i l l s are taught in a l l
m e d i a a r e a s , and a l a r g e number o f
f i n i s h e d p r o j e c t s a r e done by
s t u d e n t s d u r i n g t h e i r t r a i n i n g . In
t h i s way s t u d e n t s a r e p r e p a r e d f o r
a w i d e range o f p r a c t i c a l work
p o s s i b i l i t i e s , r a t h e r than s i m p l y
a proficiency in theory.
The p r o g r a m i n v o l v e s more t h a n
t e c h n i c a l s k i l l s . Courses a l s o
d e v e l o p k n o w l e d g e and s k i l l s i n
communication, learning theory,
i n s t r u c t i o n a l d e s i g n , t h e uses of
media i n e d u c a t o n , m a i n t e n a n c e and
p u r c h a s i n g o f e q u i p m e n t and
resources d i s t r i b u t i o n .
The p r o g r a m ' s i n s t r u c t i o n a l d e s i g n
reflects its practical goals.
Workshp m e t h o d s , h a n d s - o n t r a i n i n g
and f i e l d t r i p s a r e used
throughout the program.
The c o l l e g e ' s t r a i n i n g f a c i l i t i e s
are equipped w i t h a broad v a r i e t y
of standard audiovisual equipment.
This ensures that students are
r e a d y t o do h i g h e s t q u a l i t y work
w i t h the types of equipment
p r e s e n t l y used i n e d u c a t i o n a l ,
t r a i n i n g and community f a c i l i t i e s .
The p r o g r a m i s e x t r e m e l y d e m a n d i n g
o f s t u d e n t s ' t i m e and e n e r g y .
S t u d e n t s work i n d e p e n d e n t l y and i n
g r o u p s on a w i d e r a n g e o f
productions, and, in t h e i r f i n a l
t e r m , p r e p a r e a media package f o r
an o u t s i d e c l i e n t . Each s t u d e n t
a l s o spends f o u r weeks o f t h e
f i n a l t e r m i n a p r a c t i c a l work
si tuati on.

The Media R e s o u r c e s P r o g r a m i s a
t w o - y e a r program t r a i n i n g s t u d e n t s
f o r new and d e v e l o p i n g
a p p l i c a t i o n s of e d u c a t i o n a l media
t e c h n o l o g i e s . In a r e a s o f
e d u c a t i o n , s o c i a l a n i m a t i o n and
community m e d i a , t h e r e i s a
g r o w i n g r e a d i n e s s t o use new
techniques to f o s t e r l e a r n i n g ,
g r o w t h and s o c i a l i n t e r a c t i o n .
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e ' s Media R e s o u r c e s
Program p r e p a r e s s t u d e n t s f o r work
and l e a d e r s h i p i n t h i s g r o w i n g
media r e s o u r c e s f i e l d .

S t u d e n t s w i l l be g i v e n e v e r y
a s s i s t a n c e t o f i n d employment
t h r o u g h t h e program p r i o r t o
t h e i r g r a d u a t i o n . The p r o g r a m
l e a d s d i r e c t l y t o employment i n
education at a l l l e v e l s , s o c i a l
a g e n c i e s , community m e d i a and
industrial training.
The Media R e s o u r c e s P r o g r a m
c o n s i s t s of f o u r terms of s t u d y .
New s t u d e n t s a r e a d m i t t e d each
y e a r i n September i n a c l a s s o f
25.

The c o r e of t h e p r o g r a m i s
production t r a i n i n g . Students are
t a u g h t s t a n d a r d s o f e x c e l l e n c e and
e f f e c t i v e n e s s i n a l l forms of
educational production work. Basic

P e r s o n s o v e r 18 y e a r s o f age o r
w i t h secondary school graduation
are e l i g i b l e f o r a d m i s s i o n to the
c o l l e g e and t h i s p r o g r a m .
I n q u i r i e s t o t h e d e p a r t m e n t may be

94

i

made a t any t i m e ; i n f o r m a t i o n
m e e t i n g s of p o t e n t i a l a p p l i c a n t s
are held d u r i n g January, February
and M a r c h .
A f t e r c o n s i d e r a t i o n of the w r i t t e n
a p p l i c a t i o n s , a p p l i c a n t s w i l l be
c o n t a c t e d f o r an i n t e r v i e w i n t h e
January-May period and, i f there
Associate in Arts

and S c i e n c e

are places a v a i l a b l e , in August.
Interviews are conducted u n t i l the
ic l a s s i s f i l l e d . A d m i s s i o n i s
Ib a s e d on g e n e r a l a b i l i t y ,
interest
in media, noteworthy e x p e r i e n c e ,
|p a s t work and e d u c a t i o n , p o r t f o l i o
and commitment t o t h e Media
Resources Program.

M a j o r Program Requirements
General Education Requirements
F I R S T TERM
CMNS 150
B a s i c C o m m u n i c a t i o n s f o r t h e Media
ources Student
M e d i a 152 G r a p m c s f o r t h e Media S p e c i a l i s t
M e d i a 154 M e d i a A p p l i c a t i o n s I
M e d i a 156 I n t r o t o Media R e s o u r c e s M i c r o c o m p u t i n g
M e d i a 181 B a s i c A u d i o P r o d u c t i o n n
M e d i a 183 T h e o r y ft A p p l i c a t i o n s o f P h o t o g r a p h i c
Production
M e d i a 189 R e s e a r c h Methods
r

SECOND TERM
M e d i a 151 G r a p h i c s f o r M u l t i - M e d i a P r o d u c t i o n s . .
M e d i a 153 F i l m A n i m a t i o n
M e d i a 155 M e d i a A p p l i c a t i o n s II
CMNS 156
Communications f o r the Media Resources
Student
M e d i a 171 S m a l l Format T e l e v i s i o n
M e d i a 182 Advanced A u d i o P r o d u c t i o n
M e d i a 173 A u d i o T e c h n o l o g y
M e d i a 17? V i d e o T e c h n o l o g y
M e d i a 185 A d v a n c e d P h o t o g r a p h y

THIRD
Media
Media
^Media
Media
Media
Media

Credit
Hours

Studio
Lab
Hours

81
6
87

36
0
36

D i p l o m ai

TERM
253 F i l m Making
254 M e d i a A p p l i c a t i o n s I I I
260 S l i d e - t a p e P r o d u c t i o n s
271 E d u c a t i o n a l T e l e v i s i o n
272 V i d e o T e c h n o l o g y
304 Computers i n E d u c a t i o n

3
3
6
1.5
3
6
3
25.5

3
3
1.5
1.5
3
3
3
1.5
3
22.5

6
3
3
Systems

FOURTH TERM
CMNS 157
C a r e e r P r e p a r a t i o n f o r t h e Media
Resource Student
M e d i a 256 L e a r n i n g R e s o u r c e s C.pntre
M e d i a 263 T e c h n i c a l A p p l i c a t i o n s IV
M e d i a 301 S p e c i a l I n s t r u c t i o n a l A i d s
M e d i a 302 I n s t r u c t i o n a l M e d i a P r o d u c t i o n
M e d i a 303 M e d i a S p e c i a l i s t i n E d u c a t i o n ft T r a i n i n g
M e d i a 305 F r e e l a n c i n g i n M e d i a
M e d i a 307 Computer S y s t e m s f o r Media T e c h n o l o g i s t .

fi

1.5
3
22.5

1.5
3
1.5
3
1.5
3
1.5
1.5
16.5

Option

Courses

Each term the department w i l l
o f f e r a l i m i t e d number o f c o u r s e s
t h a t a r e open t o c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s
and community members not e n r o l l e d
f u l l - t i m e i n t h e Media R e s o u r c e s
P r o g r a m . These c o u r s e s c a r r y
c o l l e g e c r e d i t and may be a p p l i e d
towards a C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e
D i p l o m a . In g e n e r a l , t h e s e c o u r s e s
a r e numbered M e d i a 050 o r M e d i a
0 8 5 . Check t h e t i m e t a b l e t o see
w h i c h o n e s w i l l be o f f e r e d i n a
given term.

M e d i a 055
Basic Television Studio
( F , S ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , 0 ) (Open)

3
3
6

3

3

3
9

3
3
3

9

6
6

12

Prerequisite:
experience

Operation

Some media

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o v i d e o and
t e l e v i s i o n techniques f o r both
f i e l d and s t u d i o p r o d u c t i o n .
S t u d e n t s w i l l d e s i g n , s h o o t and
e d i t several short subjects using
the C o l l e g e ' s t e l e v i s i o n .studio
(Dynamics L a b ) .

M e d i a 064
F i l m Usage

(S)

(1.5,0,.5)

(Open)

A course i n f i l m making f o r
a m a t e u r f i l m m a k e r s . The c l a s s
w i l l c o v e r f i l m a e s t h e t i c s and
techniques for beginners. Topics
i n c l u d e camera w o r k , e d i t i n g ,
t i t l i n g , use o f sound and c h o i c e
of e q u i p m e n t . Students t o use
t h e i r own e q u i p m e n t and s u p p l i e s .

M e d i a 070
B a s i c P h o t o g r a p h y - Open Lab
( F . S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) (Open)
A p r a c t i c a l and l e c t u r e c o u r s e i n
beginning photography s i m i l a r t o
Media 0 7 2 . T h i s c o u r s e w i l l
p r o v i d e open a c c e s s t o l a b o r a t o r y
times in place of s t r u c t u r e d
laboratory i n s t r u c t i o n .

M e d i a 071
A d v a n c e d P h o t o g r a p h y - Open Lab
( F . S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) (Open)
A p r a c t i c a l and l e c t u r e c o u r s e i n
advanced photography s i m i l a r t o

Media 0 7 3 . T h i s c o u r s e w i l l
p r o v i d e open a c c e s s t o l a b o r a t o r y
t i m e s i n p l a c e of s t r u c t u r e d
laboratory i n s t r u c t i o n .

M e d i a 072
B a s i c Photography
(Open)

(F,S)

(3,3,1)

A p r a c t i c a l and l e c t u r e c o u r s e
beginning photography. S i m i l a r
Media 1 8 3 .

M e d i a 073
Advanced Photography
(Open)

(F,S)

in
to

(3,3,1)

A p r a c t i c a l and l e c t u r e c o u r s e i n
advanced p h o t o g r a p h y . S i m i l a r t o
Media 185.

M e d i a 074
B a s i c F i l m Making ( F , S )
(Open)

i n g r a p h i c s i s d e s i r a b l e . An
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e d e s i g n and
p r o d u c t i o n o f g r a p h i c pages f o r
v i d e o t e x systems ( e . g .
Telidon).
Content i n c l u d e s v i d e o t e x
t e c h n o l o g y , computer g r a p h i c
d e s i g n , page c r e a t i o n on an
Information Provider System,
a p p l i c a t i o n s i n b u s i n e s s and
industry.

(3,3,1)

A p r a c t i a l and l e c t u r e c o u r s e i n
f i l m m a k i n g , s i m i l a r t o Media 2 5 3 .

M e d i a 075
B a s i c F i l m M a k i n g - Open Lab
( F , S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 ) (Open)

M e d i a 306
Medianalysis

(S)

(1.5,0,.5)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : One and a h a l f y e a r s
o f media p r o d u c t i o n and
f a m i l i a r i t y w i t h media t e r m i n o l o g y
An i n t r o d u c t o r y c r i t i c a l a n a l y s i s
o f mass and a l t e r n a t i v e m e d i a r a d i o , TV, n e w s p a p e r s , m a g a z i n e s ,
r e c o r d s and o t h e r s o f t w a r e - f r o m
a number o f d i f f e r e n t ,
perspectives, including production
techniques, social impact,
i n f l u e n c e s on t h e m e d i a ,
h i s t o r i c a l and t e c h n o l o g i c a l
development, e v o l u t i o n of media
s o p h i s t i c a t i o n and p o t e n t i a l
f u t u r e r o l e of m e d i a i n s o c i e t y .

MAJOR PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
M e d i a 151

A p r a c t i c a l and l e c t u r e c o u r s e i n
c i n e m a t o g r a p h y , s i m i l a r t o Media
2 5 3 , but more l i m i t e d i n scope and
depth of c o v e r a g e . This c o u r s e
w i l l p r o v i d p access to p r o d u c t i o n
f a c i l i t i e s r a t h e r than s t r u c t u r e d
laboratory i n s t r u c t i o n .

M e d i a 082
Commercial Microcomputer
( F , S ) ( 3 , 0 , 0 ) (Open)

Graphics

No p r e r e q u i s i t e , but a b a c k g r o u n d
i n g r a p h i c s or computer programing
i s d e s i r a b l e . An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
the p r o d u c t i o n of m i c r o c o m p u t e r
g r a p h i c s . Content i n c l u d e s
o p e r a t i o n o f m i c r o c o m p u t e r and
g r a p h i c s t a b l e t , computer g r a p h i c
d e s i g n , c o m m e r c i a l s o f t w a r e and
applications.
M e d i a 083
V i d e o t e x Page G e n e r a t i o n
( F , S ) ( 3 , 3 , 0 ) (Open)
No p r e r e q u i s i t e ,

but

a background

Graphics for Multi-Media
P r o d u c t i o n s (S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
P r o d u c t i o n of f i l m s t r i p p r i n c i p l e s
and work i n d e s i g n , l a y o u t and
d i s p l a y ; c o n t i n u a t i o n of f i r s t
t e r m g r a p h i c s p r i n c i p l e s and
techni ques.

M e d i a 152
G r a p h i c s f o r t h e Media S p e c i a l i s t
(F)
(3,0,1)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h p m e t h o d s ,
m a t e r i a l s and e q u i p m e n t r e l a t e d t o
m i x e d media p r o d u c t i o n ; s p e c i a l
c o n s i d e r a t i o n g i v e n t o l a y o u t and
fundamental d e s i g n .

animation, studio l i g h t i n g ,
t i t l i n g and t h e o r y o f c e l l
animati on.

M e d i a 154
Media A p p l i c a t i o n s

(3,3,1)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o f i l m a n i m a t i o n
u s i n g S u p e r - 8 f i l m : B a s i c motion
p i c t u r e t e c h n i q u e , d r a w i n g on
f i l m , cutout animation, tabletop

(F)

(6,0,2)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e e d u c a t i o n a l
and s o c i a l u s e s o f m e d i a .
E m p h a s i s w i l l be on p r o j e c t s
involving basic media,
photography, g r a p h i c s ,
t r a n s p a r e n c i e s and p r i n t .

M e d i a 155
Media A p p l i c a t i o n s
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )

II

Intermediate course i n the
e d u c a t i o n a l and s o c i a l u s e s o f
media. I n t r o d u c t i o n to t h e o r i e s
l e a r n i n g , communication systems
and e d u c a t i o n a l a p p l i c a t i o n s .

of

M e d i a 156
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Media Resources
Microcomputing (F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e c o n c e p t s o f
m i c r o c o m p u t i n g as t h e y r e l a t e t o
e d u c a t i o n a l media p r o d u c t i o n .
C o n t e n t i n c l u d e s s e t up and
o p e r a t i o n of a microcomputer
s y s t e m , use o f a s i m p l e
word p r o c e s s i n g p a c k a g e ,
generation of simple graphics
u s i n g a m i c r o c o m p u t e r s y s t e m and
analog to d i g i t a l t h e o r y .

M e d i a 171
Small Format
(S) ( 3 , 3 , 1 )

Television

Camera w o r k , l i g h t i n g , a u d i o ,
e d i t i n g and t e l e v i s i o n g r a p h i c s
u s i n g 1/2" p o r t a b l e v i d e o
e q u i p m e n t . The d e v e l o p m e n t o f a
shooting script is also
emphasi z e d .

M e d i a 172
Video Technology (S)
M e d i a 153
F i l m A n i m a t i o n (S)

I

(1.5,0,.5)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o v i d e o s y s t e m s ,
i n c l u d i n g a h i s t o r y of video
t e c h n o l o g y , components of a
c o m p l e t e v i d e o s y s t e m , and a
comparison of d i f f e r e n t f o r m a t s .

M e d i a 173
Audio Technology

(S)

M e d i a 185
Advanced P h o t o g r a p h y

(3,0,1)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e f u n d a m e n t a l
p r i n c i p l e s o f sound g e n e r a t i o n and
r e p r o d u c t i o n , and t o t h e
t e r m i n o l o g y , hardware and s y s t e m s
r e l a t e d to audio components.
V a r i o u s t e c h n o l o g i e s and
t e c h n i q u e s o f c o n t e m p o r a r y sound
r e c o r d i n g and p r o d u c t i o n - i n c l u d i n g sound r e i n f o r c e m e n t ,
b r o a d c a s t f a c i l i t i e s and r e c o r d i n g
s t u d i o s — a r e e x p l o r e d and
a t t e n t i o n i s given to the nature
o f h e a r i n g and h e a r i n g l o s s ,
e q u i p m e n t m a i n t e n a n c e and c r i t i c a l
a n a l y s i s of p r o d u c t
specifications.

M e d i a 181
Basic Audio P r o d u c t i o n

(F)

Production

The a p p l i c a t i o n o f p r o d u c t i o n
techniques in a v a r i e t y of
situations, including
sophisticated mixing,
documentaries, location recording,
d r a m a , m u s i c r e c o r d i n g , and
s o u n d t r a c k s , often using the
d e p a r t m e n t ' s sound p r o d u c t i o n
studi o.

M e d i a 183
T h e o r y and A p p l i c a t i o n s
Photographic Production
(6,3,2)

(3,3,1)

The a p p l i c a t i o n of p h o t o g r a p h i c
t e c h n i q u e s , w i t h e m p h a s i s on
combining shot sequences to t e l l
a s t o r y , as w e l l as e d i t i n g ,
l a y o u t and p r e s e n t a t i o n .

Media 189
R e s e a r c h Methods

(F)

R e s e a r c h and b a c k g r o u n d t e c h n i q u e s
f o r media p r o d u c t i o n s . The r o l p of
t h e media s p e c i a l i s t i n
c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h c l i e n t s and
c o n t e n t e x p e r t s , a p p l i c a t i o n nf
I n s t r u c t i o n a l Design Theories to
p r o d u c t i o n s , use o f s o u r c e
m a t e r i a l s and c r i t i c a l p a t h
applications to productions.

of
(F)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e
p h o t o g r a p h i c base r e l a t i v e t o
audiovisual production, including
t h e camera and i t s c o n t r o l s ,
darkroom t e c h n i q u e s ,
p h o t o s e n s i t i v e m a t e r i a l s and t h e i r
c o n t r o l and v i s u a l
reproduction.

Media 253
F i l m Making (F)

(6,3,2)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b a s i c m o t i o n
p i c t u r e production: camera, f i l m
s t o c k , l i g h t i n g , exposure
c o n t r o l s , l e n s e s and p e r s p e c t i v e s ,
camera movement, p i c t o r i a and
directional continuity, editing,
t i t l i n g , sound f o r f i l m and
s c r i p t i n g , w i t h emphasis upon f i l m
as a g r a p h i c m e d i u m . A p r o d u c t i o n
course u t i l i z i n g Super-8
equi pment.

Media 254
Media A p p l i c a t i o n s

III

(F)

Productions

(F)

(3,3,1)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e d e s i g n and
p r o d u c t i o n of i n s t r u c t i o n a l
s l i d e / t a p e programs.
Includes
o p e r a t i o n nf s l i d e / t a p e e q u i p m e n t ,
p r o d u c t i o n o f t r a n s p a r e n c i e s and
sound t r a c k , d e s i g n c o n s i d e r a t i o n s
and i n t e g r a t i o n of sound and
v i sua 1s .

Media 263
Technical Applications
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
The c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d y o f media
t e c h n i c a l s y s t e m s and t h e i r
o p e r a t i o n ; e v a l u a t i o n of v a r i o u s
r e s o u r c e s a v a i l a b l e i n t h e Lower
M a i n l a n d ; d e s i g n and/or
m o d i f i c a t i o n of systems f o r media
p r o d u c t i o n and d e l i v e r y , and
i n t e r f a c e of d i f f e r e n t t y p e s o f
systems.

M e d i a 271
Educational Television
(F)
(6,3,2)

Systems

A production course u t i l i z i n g a
f u l l s t u d i o f a c i l i t y w i t h two
c o l o u r cameras p l u s two p o r t a b l e
3/4" s y s t e m s f o r l o c a t i o n t a p i n g
T r a i n i n g i n c l u d e s camera w o r k ,
directing, switchinq, lighting,
e d i t i n g , a u d i o , g r a p h i c s and t h e
telecine chain.

(3,0,1)

F u r t h e r work i n t h e u s e s and
a p p l i c a t i o n o f media i n
educational resource c e n t r e s .
S p p c i a l e m p h a s i s on t h e p h i l o s o p h y
of m e d i a . P r o d u c t i o n of a
mil 1 1 i - m e d i a k i t , based on thp
p r i n c i p l e s of media s e l e c t i o n ,
u t i l i z a t i o n , a p p l i c a t i o n and
instructional design.

Media 256
Learning Resources
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

M e d i a 260
Slide/Tape

(3,0,1)

(3,3,1)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b a s i c
production techniques for
e d u c a t i o n a l m a t e r i a l s . Emphasis
w i l l be on i n t e r v i e w i n g ,
S c r i p t i n g , dubbing, e d i t i n g ,
m i x i n g and p a c k a g i n g . The c o u r s e
w i l l a l s o cover the o p e r a t i o n of
m i c r o p h o n e s , t a p e r e c o r d e r s and
dub/mix f a c i l i t i e s .

Media 182
Advanced Audio
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

(S)

Centre

A c o u r s e in which the student w i l l
p r o d u c e a p l a n o f an a u d i o v i s u a l
resource i n r e l a t i o n t o the
d e v e l o p i n g concept of t o t a l
learning resources s e r v i c e s .

M e d i a 272
Video Technology (F)

(1.5,0,1)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of video systems
w i t h an e m p h a s i s on c o l o u r , t h e
p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of t e s t
e q u i p m e n t , s y s t e m s d e s i g n , and a
look i n t o the f u t u r e of video
technology.

M e d i a 301
Specialized Instructional
(S)
(3,6,1)

Aids

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Completion of the
s p e c i a l t y courses in the f i r s t
y e a r o f t h e Media R e s o u r c e s
Program
An a d v a n c e d c o u r s e
and p r e p a r a t i o n o f

i n the planning
special

g r a p h i c and i n s t r u c t i o n a l a i r l s f o r
t h e c l a s s r o o m , f i l m and v i d e o
p r o d u c t i o n s , as w e l l as the s t u d y
of p r o d u c t i o n t e c h n i q u e s ,
c o l o u r t o n e p r o d u c t i o n and o t h e r
d i s p l a y m e d i a . A group m a j o r
p r o j e c t i s produced f o r a c l i e n t .

M e d i a 302
I n s t r u c t i o n a l Media
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 6 , . 5 )

Productions

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Completion of
s p e c i a l t y c o u r s e s 1n t h e f i r s t
y p a r o f t h e Mpdia R e s o u r c e s
Program.
An advanced c o u r s e 1n media
productions, including audio,
s l i d e , t a p e , f i l m . VTR and F.TV as
t h e s e r e l a t e t o e d u c a t i o n a l and
t r a i n i n g needs, with production
s t y l e s f o r s p e c i f i c needs and
a u d i e n c e s . A group major p r o j e c t
1s p r o d u c e d f o r a c l i e n t .

Media 303
The Media S p e c i a l i s t 1n E d u c a t i o n
and T r a i n i n g ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Completion of
s p e c i a l t y c o u r s e s 1n t h e f i r s t
y e a r o f the Media R e s o u r c e s
Program
A c o u r s e concerned w i t h the uses
o f media f o r m o t i v a t i o n , t r i g g e r s ,
Information t r a n s m i s s i o n , emotive
l e a r n i n g and s e l f - a w a r e n e s s ; t h e
r e l a t i o n s h i p of t h e Media
S p e c i a l i s t t o e d u c a t i o n 1n
g e n e r a l , w i t h e m p h a s i s on t h e
tasks confronting him. A f i e l d
p r a c t i c u m c o u r s e i n v o l v i n g one or
more m a j o r a s s i g n m e n t s .

Media 304
Computers i n E d u c a t i o n ( F )

(S)

(1.5,0,.5)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o many o f t h e
s k i l l s needed t o s u r v i v e i n t h e
ever-growing, ever c o m p e t i t i v e ,
world of a u d i o v i s u a l p r o d u c t i o n .
Some o f t h e a r e a s t o be r e v i e w e d
a r e f i n a n c i a l , l e g a l and m a r k e t i n g
components, p o r t f o l i o p r e p a r a t i o n
and d e v e l o p i n g c l i e n t e l e .

M e d i a 307
Computer Systems f o r t h e M e d i a
T e c h n o l o g i s t (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e computer
systems w i t h which the e d u c a t i o n a l
media t e c h n o l o g i s t w i l l come I n t o
contact, excluding CAI.
Includes
c o m p u t e r a p p l i c a t i o n s 1n a u d i o ,
v i d e o , m u l t 1 - 1 m a g e , f i l m and
graphics production.

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 150
B a s i c Communications f o r t h e Media
Resources Student (F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o
Interviewing
w i t h s p e c i a l e m p h a s i s on t h e v i d e o
and a u d i o I n t e r v i e w .
Interviewing
s t r a t e g i e s , questioning techniques
and r e s e a r c h methods a r e d i s c u s s e d
in d e t a i l . Related w r i t i n g
assignments are g i v e n .

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 156
Communications f o r the Media
Resources Student (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
A c o n t i n u a t i o n of Communications
150 w i t h e m p h a s i s on i n t e r v i e w i n g
techniques in applied s i t u a t i o n s .
The c o u r s e a l s o d e a l s w i t h p u b l i c
s p e a k i n g and group l e a d e r s h i p
techniques.

(3,0,1)

A t h e o r e t i c a l and h a n d s - o n
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e use o f
computers i n e d u c a t i o n . Includes
o p e r a t i o n of a microcomputer,
p r o d u c i n g and e v a l u a t i n g
computer-assisted
Instruction
p a c k a g e s and m i c r o c o m p u t e r
graphics.

98

M e d i a 305
Freelancing

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 157
C a r e e r P r e p a r a t i o n f o r the Media
Resources Student (S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
A thorough look at v a r i o u s
s t r a t e g i e s of " j o b s e a r c h "
i n c l u d i n g the l e t t e r of
a p p l i c a t i o n , resume and j o b
1ntervlew.

Music
Instructional
ARDIEL,

Faculty

F.

ARMSTRONG, K . , A . R . C . M . ( R o y a l
C o l l e g e o f M u s i c , London)
BEATTY, B . , B . S c . ( P h y s . T h e r . ) ,
C P . A . Teacher's C e r t .
(McGill)
BOHNA, N . , D i p l .
(Capilano),
B . M u s . (UBC)
BOSWELL, S .
BRANTER, D . , B . M u s . , M . M u s .
(Indiana)
BROWN, D.
BURKE, K . , B . A . ( A n t i o c h ) , MTA
D i p l , M.T. ( C a p i l a n o ) , Music
Therapy C o o r d i n a t o r
CERNAUSKAS, K . , D i p l .
(Salzburg),
B.Mus. (Toronto)
DOYLE, R.
DUNAWAY, B . , B . A . (W. W a s h i n g t o n )
FALLS, L., A . R . C . T . ( T o r o n t o ) ,
B . M u s . , M.Mus. (UBC)
FEINGOLD, S . , B . A . ( H o n s . ) , (SFU)
GRAYSON, J . , M . A . (SFU)
GUNN, S .
GURR, R.
HARLOW, A .
H A Z L I T T , T.
KING, S . , B . M u s . (UBC)
KOBYLANSKY, K . , D i p l .
(Ryerson),
D i p l . (Tchaikowsky
Conservatory,
K i e v ) , B . M u s . , M.Mus. (UBC),
External X University
Tranfer
Coordi nator
KUKURUDZA,
I.
MCINTYRE, A . , B . M u s .
MCMASTER, N . , B . A . ( U B C ) , D i p l .
M u s i c T h e r a p y ( N o r d h o f f ft
Robbins), M.T.A.
MEEK, D . , B . M u s . ( U B C
M I L L , D . , B . A . ( U B C ) , M.A.
(Antioch)
MOFFITT, E . , B . M u s . ( M c G i l l ) ,
D i p l . Music Therapy ( C a p i l a n o ) ,
M.T.A.
MOORE, K . , B . M u s . (UBC)
OSADCHY, E . , D i p l .
(Tchaikovsky
Conservatory,
Kiev)
REVELEY, M . , B . M u s . ( U B C ) ,
Commercial Music C o o r d i n a t o r
SIMPSON, J . , B . M u s . , M . A .
(UBC)
SLEMON, P . , B . A . ( T o r o n t o ) , B . S c ,
B.Mus. (UBC), M.M.A. ( M c G i l l )
WATERS, V . , D i p l . ( P h i l a d e l p h i a ) ,
(Julliard)
WHITING, J . , L . T . C . L . / F . T . C . L .
(Trinity)
WOLD, A . , B . M u s . ( U B C ) , A . R . C . T .
(Toronto)

Music Therapy P r a c t i c u m Placements
CHILDREN
G . F . Strong R e h a b i l i t a t i o n Centre
Handsworth Secondary School
I r w i n Park Elementary School
Oakridge School
UBC P r e s c h o o l f o r S p e c i a l K i d s
Windsor Secondary School
ADOLESCENTS
The M a p l e s
PSYCHIATRY
Children's Hospital
Riverview Hospital
UBC H o s p i t a l D a y c a r e
W e s t s i d e Community C a r e Team
ADULTS
Chown A d u l t D a y c a r e
German C a n a d i a n R e s t Home
Pearson H o s p i t a l
S t . Vincents Hospital
E.CU.
UBC E x t e n d e d C a r e U n i t
Valleyview Hospital
Woodlands S c h o o l
P A L L I A T I V E CARE
L i o n ' s Gate H o s p i t a l
Royal Columbian H o s p i t a l
V . G . H . P a l l i a t i v e Care U n i t

General

F u l l - t i m e Commercial Music
students w i l l e n r o l l in a l l of the
b a s i c core courses plus those
s p e c i a l i t y courses necessary to
f u l f i l l their option requirements.
Any o t h e r a v a i l a b l e m u s i c c o u r s e s
may be t a k e n f o r e l e c t i v e c r e d i t .
Guitarists enrolling in
i n s t r u m e n t a l p e r f o r m a n c e may
s u b s t i t u t e both the g u i t a r r e a d i n g
w o r k s h o p and g u i t a r e n s e m b l e f o r
t h e i r ensemble r e q u i r e m e n t s .
Upon s u c c e s s f u l c o m p l e t i o n o f a
piano p r o f i c i e n c y t e s t , students
may e x c l u d e c l a s s p i a n o from t h e i r
core c u r r i c u l u m .
A l l students in instrumental
p e r f o r m a n c e , v o c a l p e r f o r m a n c e and
arranging/composition options w i l l
be e x p e c t e d t o g i v e a g r a d u a t i o n
r e c i t a l i n the l a s t semester of
t h e i r a t t e n d a n c e of at l e a s t
o n e - h a l f hour i n l e n g t h .
S t u d e n t s not r e a d y t o e n t e r t h e
d i p l o m a p r o g r a m w i l l be a d v i s e d as
to the appropriate coursework.

Information

Capilano College offers three
programs: the Commercial Music
Program, t h e Music Therapy Program
and t h e M u s i c T r a n s f e r P r o g r a m .
Most c o u r s e s a r e open t o p a r t - t i m e
students.

Commercial

Music

Program

T h i s program o f f e r s t h e a s p i r i n g
jazz/commercial musician or
v o c a l i s t an i n - d e p t h g r o u n d i n g i n
h i s / h e r f i e l d . To e n s u r e a
p r a c t i c a l e d u c a t i o n , the program
o f f e r s a c h o i c e of s p e c i a l i z e d
areas of s t u d y . Two-year A s s o c i a t e
i n A r t s and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a s a r e
offered with options in
I n s t r u m e n t a l P e r f o r m a n c e , Vocal
Performance, Arrangi ng/Composition
and G e n e r a l M u s i c . A o n e - y e a r
C e r t i f i c a t e program i s a v a i l a b l e
f o r i n d i v i d u a l s w i s h i n g to pursue
t h e f i e l d of Song W r i t i n g .
Most C o m m e r c i a l M u s i c c o u r s e s
c a r r y t r a n s f e r c r e d i t towards a
B a c h e l o r of M u s i c d e g r e e 1n J a z z
a t t h e U n i v e r s i t y of W e s t e r n
Washington.

Core

Curriculum
Credit
Hours

FIRST
Music
ENS
Music
PMI
Music
Music

TERM
114 C l a s s P i a n o
100 o r 110 . . . . . . .
184 S i g h t / E a r
100 l e v e l
103 Comm. Harmony I . .
170 H i s t o r y J a z z

1.5
3
3
2
1.5
1.5

1775
SECOND TERM
M u s i c 115 C l a s s P i a n o
ENS
150 o r 150
M u s i c 185 S i g h t / E a r
PMI
200 l e v e l
M u s i c 104 Comm. Harmony
M u s i c 105 O r c h e s t r a t i o n

THIRD
Music
ENS
Music
PMI
Music
Music

II .
I ..

TERM
214 C l a s s P i a n o
200 o r 210
284 S i g h t / E a r
300 l e v e l
203 Comm. Harmony I I I
171 H i s t o r y o f Pop . . .

1.5
3
3
2
1.5
1.5
12.5

1.5
3
3
2
1.5
1.5
12.5

99

FOURTH TERM
M u s i c 215 C l a s s P i a n o
ENS
250 o r 260
M u s i c 285 S i q h t / E a r
PMI
400 l e v e l
M u s i c 204 Comm. Harmony IV .
M u s i c 260 Comm. R e l a t i o n s . .

Commercial Music
Instrumental

FIRST
Music
Music
Music

1.5
3
3
2
1.5
1.5
12.5

Options

Performance

TERM
194 R e p e r t o i r e I . . . .
180 Improv I
188 Improv Ensemble I

Credit
Hours

SECOND TERM
M u s i c 195 R e p e r t o i r e II . . . .
M u s i c 181 Improv II
M u s i c 189 Improv E n s e m b l e II

3
1.5
1.5
6

3
1.5
1.5
6

FOURTH TERM
M u s i c 295 R e p e r t o i r e IV
M u s i c 281 Improv IV
M u s i c 289 Improv E n s e m b l e
Grad R e c i t a l

Vocal

3
1.5

Arranging/Composition
FIRST TERM
M u s i c 106 Harmony X
Composition I ,
Music E l e c t i v e s

SECOND TERM
M u s i c 107 Harmony X
C o m p o s i t i o n II
M u s i c 17? A r r a n g i n g I . . . .
Music E l e c t i v e s

1.5
3
4.5

1.5
1.5

1*5

THIRD
Music
Music
Music

TERM
206 C o m p o s i t i o n
III
?72 A r r a n g i n g II
?05 O r c h e s t r a t i o n
II
Music E l e c t i v e s .

FOURTH TERM
M u s i c ?07 C o m p o s i t i o n IV ,
M u s i c 273 A r r a n g i n g I I I
.,
Music E l e c t i v e s
Grad R e c i t a l . . .

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
6

1.5
3
1.5
0
6

IV
General

FIRST TERM
M u s i c 132 V o c a l Group I . . ,
M u s i c 134 S o l o V o i c e Rep I
Music E l e c t i v e s ,

Music

FIRST TERM
Music E l e c t i v e s

4.5

Credit
Hours

SECOND TERM
Music E l e c t i v e s

4.5

1.5
1.5
1.5
4.5

THIRD TERM
Music E l e c t i v e s

4.5

FOURTH TERM
Music E l e c t i v e s

4.5

Performance

SECOND TERM
M u s i c 133 V o c a l Group II
..
M u s i c 135 S o l o V o i c e Rep II
Music E l e c t i v e s .,

THIRD TERM
M u s i c 232 Vocal Group I I I
M u s i c 234 S o l o V o i c e Rep
Music E l e c t i v e s

1.5
1.5
1.5
4.5

4.5
3
1.5
US
6

THIRD TERM
M u s i c 294 R e p e r t o i r e I I I
...
M u s i c 280 Improv I I I
M u s i c 288 Improv E n s e m b l e I I I

FOURTH TERM
M u s i c 233 V o c a l Group IV . . .
M u s i c 235 S o l o V o i c e Rep IV
Music E l e c t i v e s . .

1.5
1.5
1.5
4.5

Songwriting

1.5
1.5
U5
4.5

Certificate

FIRST TERM
M u s i c 171

..
III
..

- One Y e a r

H i s t o r y o f Pop . . .
Music E l e c t i v e s . .

SECOND TERM
Music ?70 S o n g w r i t i n g
Music E l e c t i v e s

..

1.5
3
4.5

1.5
2
4.5

See- r e g i s t r a t i o n p r o c e d u r e p r i n t e d
a f t e r Music T r a n s f e r Program.

Music Transfer

Program

T h i s program i s designed f o r
s t u d e n t s who d e s i r e t o go on t o a
B . M u s . degree program at a
Canadian u n i v e r s i t y . A l l courses
i n t h i s program c a r r y t r a n f e r to
t h e M u s i c Department o f UBC.
T r a n s f e r a b i l i t y has a l s o been
arranged w i t h the F a c u l t y of Music
a t t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f V i c t o r i a . The
program c o n s i s t s o f a l i b e r a l a r t s
e d u c a t i o n and s p e c i a l i z e d m u s i c
t r a i n i n g , including theory,
h i s t o r y and a p p l i e d m u s i c . Some
courses also carry t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y
i n t o the F a c u l t y of Education at
UBC.
In a d d i t i o n , s t u d e n t s d e s i r i n g
to t r a n s f e r i n t o the F a c u l t y of
A r t s w i t h a m a j o r i n M u s i c may
t a k e M u s i c 100/101 and M u s i c 120/1
i n t h e i r f i r s t y e a r , and M u s i c
200/1 and 2 2 0 / 1 i n t h e i r s e c o n d
year.

Associate

i n A r t s and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a

Credit
Hours

M a j o r Program Requirements
General Education Requirements
FIRST TERM
English
M u s i c 120
ENS 100 o r 110
PMI 100 l e v e l
M u s i c 110
or
M u s i c 210
M u s i c 114
M u s i c 100
Elective

SECOND TERM
English
M u s i c 121
ENS 150 o r 160
PMI 200 l e v e l
M u s i c 111
or
M u s i c 211
M u s i c 115
M u s i c 101
Elective

THIRD TERM
E n g l i s h 200
M u s i c 200
ENS 200 o r 210
M u s i c 110
or
M u s i c 210
M u s i c 220
PMI 300 L e v e l
Music 214
Elective

FOURTH TERM
E n g l i s h 201
M u s i c 201
ENS 250 o r 260
M u s i c 111
or
M u s i c 211
M u s i c 221
PMI 400 L e v e l
M u s i c 215
Elective

62
24
86

Any t r a n s f e r a b l e E n g l i s h
History I

Class

coursp

C l a s s Woodwinds
Class Piano
Theory I
Chosen i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h
coordinator

Any t r a n s f e r a b l e
History

English

I.
3
the
3
21.

course

II

3
3
3
2
3

Class Strings
C l a s s Woodwinds
C l a s s Piano
T h e o r y II
Chosen i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h
Coordinator

Literature
Theory U I

....

the
3
21.

3
3
3
3

Class Strinqs
C l a s s Woodwinds
H i s t o r y III

1 . Comply w i t h g e n e r a l a d m i s s i o n
r e q u i r e m e n t s of C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e .
2 . P a r t i c i p a t e i n an i n t e r v i e w .
3. W r i t e a theory placement
examination.
4 . P l a y an a u d i t i o n on t h e i r m a j o r
i nstrument.
5 . Take an E n g l i s h P l a c e m e n t T e s t .
6. Students are advised to take a
h e a r i n g t e s t and s u b m i t t h e
r e s u l t s to the department.
A u d i t i o n s w i l l i n v o l v e the
p r e s e n t a t i o n of a s h o r t prepared
p i e c e and a d e m o n s t r a t i o n o f t h e
student's instrumental technique
and s i g h t r e a d i n g a b i l i t y .

1.
3

t o 1660

B o t h t h e c o m m e r c i a l and m u s i c
t r a n s f e r programs o f f e r s t u d e n t s
e n r o l l e d i n o t h e r C o l l e g e programs
a c o n t i n u i n g education in music
and e l e c t i v e c r e d i t . Numerous
music courses are a v a i l a b l e t o
part-time students.
A l l a p p l i c a n t s f o r e i t h e r the
Commercial or the Music T r a n s f e r
p r o g r a m s must do t h e f o l l o w i n g :

3
3
3
?
3

Strings

Lab
Hours

3
1.

Returning commercial music
s t u d e n t s may p r e r e g i s t e r d u r i n g
t h e month of A p r i l . New f u l l - t i m e
students demonstrating s u f f i c i e n t
i n s t r u m e n t a l and/or t h e o r e t i c a l
accomplishment in t h e i r placement
t e s t and a u d i t i o n may p r e r e g i s t e r
d u r i n g May and A u g u s t t o e n s u r e
their full enrollment. Part-time
c o m m e r c i a l s t u d e n t s may r e g i s t e r
during in-person r e g i s t r a t i o n .
M u s i c t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s may
r e g i s t e r a t any t i m e .

7

Class Piano
Chosen i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h
Coordinator

Literature
Theory IV

since

the
_JL
21.

1660

3
3
3
3

Class Strings
C l a s s Woodwinds
H i s t o r y IV
C l a s s Piano
Chosen i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h
Coordinator

3
?
1.
the
3_
21.

A l l i n t e r v i e w s , a u d i t i o n s and
p l a c e m e n t t e s t s w i l l he h e l d i n
May and August, o f e a c h y e a r
I n t e r e s t e d persons are asked t o
phone t h e C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e M u s i c
Department, 986-1911, for f u r t h e r
information .

Music Therapy

Program

M u s i c T h e r a p i s t s use t h e c r e a t i v e
process inherent in musical
p a r t i c i p a t i o n to a s s i s t
i n d i v i d u a l s and g r o u p s t o f u n c t i o n
b e t t e r m e n t a l l y , p h y s i c a l l y and
e m o t i o n a l l y . M u s i c t h e r a p i s t s work
w i t h deep e m o t i o n s i n s p e c i a l
t h e r a p e u t i c p r o g r a m s , run e x e r c i s e

701

and dance p r o g r a m s , l e a d c h o i r s o r
i n s t r u m p n t a l e n s e m b l e s . Program
g r a d u a t e s work on t r e a t m e n t teams
in h o s p i t a l s , c l i n i c s , boarding
homes, community s e r v i c e
o r g a n i z a t i o n s and f o r s c h o o l
boards.

open's.
7 . T h i s p r o g r a m r e q u i r e s an
unusually high l e v e l of m a t u r i t y
and i n t e g r i t y . S t u d e n t s w i t h a
y e a r o r more of l i f e e x p e r i e n c e
f o l l o w i n g high school are u s u a l l y
more k n o w l e d g e a b l e and m a t u r e i n
t h e i r c h o i c e of d i r e c t i o n .
8 . I n t e r v i e w a r e h e l d i n A p r i l and
May.

T h i s f i e l d i s new and e x p a n d i n g
i n t o a l l areas of the h e a l t h
f i e l d . The s a l a r y s c a l e i s
equivalent to other therapy
specialties
Graduates complete
the f i r s t stage of the Canadian
A s s o c i a t i o n f o r Music Therapy
accreditation process.

A

s

o

c

i

a

t

i n A r t s and S c i e n c e D i p l o m a

e

Major
J

T

Program Requirements
Education Requirements

SEMESTER
'
M

(

j

s

i

c

m

T

h

m

T

m

M

M

u

s

i

c

1

8

n

M

|

s

i

c

T

h

e

h

a

r

t

i

s

t

C o n t i n u a t i o n i n t h e p r o g r a m and
g r a n t i n g of t h e A r t s and S c i e n c e
d i p l o m a w i l l be c o n t i n g e n t upon

3

p

y

1

9

0

i

n

c

f

1

J

h

u

p

n

c

e

o

f

Mask

3

,

3

p
Improvisation
icum I

Instruction

Intervention

in Child

v

a

t

P

2
1.5
fi

P r a c t

Development

3
^ 5

A l l students e n t e r i n g Music
Therapy must:
,
„
,
.:.
.
,,
1. Comply w i t h t h e g e n e r a l c o l l e g e
entrance requirements.
2. P a r t i c i p a t e i n an m t p r v i e w
w i t h t h e Music Therapy
Coordinator.
3. P l a y an a u d i t i o n on h i s / h e r
c o n c e n t r a t i o n i n s t r u m e n t and
d e m o n s t r a t e both t e c h n i q u e and
r e p e r t o i r e o f a Grade 7 T o r o n t o
C o n s e r v a t o r y l e v e l (or e q u i v a l e n t )
together with musical s e n s i t i v i t y .
4 . Take a t h e o r y p i a c e m e n t ' t e s t
and d e m o n s t r a t e a g r a s p o f t o n a l
h a r m o n y . Those w i t h Grade 4
T o r o n t o C o n s e r v a t o r y Harmony o r
e q u i v a l e n t are exempted.
5. Have s u c c e s s f u l l y c o m p l e t e d a
course in introductory
psychology.
6 . Have some e x p e r i e n c e w i t h ( o r
exposure to) people with s p e c i a l

M

m

P

J

s

y

h

Q

Q

T

h

p

n

o

1

o

q

c

L

p

v

p

]

]

2

y

SEMESTER

M

u

s

i

s

c

i

c

q

l

u

s

i

c

E

l

p

c

t

i

h

e

T

h

P

r

r

y

p

r

i

c

v

s

a

te

T

a

c

t

i

h

c

p

u

r

a

n

p

Music Therapy

.

1.5
3

y

3

2
6
_3_
1^5

H

Psychology

3

T

v

j
i

S k i l l s for
of Music
„
Music I n s t r u c t i o n

Abnormal

a

p

a

p

y

y

2

2

fin
9

0

Music Therapy III
P r i v a t e Music I n s t r u c t i o n
ni
M u s i c and t h e C r e a t i v e A r t s
Group Dynamics
consultation w i t h t h e
C h o s £ n
i n
Coordinator
raj

P

T h e r a p y 250
P s y c h o l o g y 201

M

(
r

P

2 2

^
PMI 300 L e v e l
u

Interpersonal
The I n f l u e n c e

m

?

^
P

and f i e l d

2

M u s i c T h e r a p y 180
^ T h e r a p y 151
^

fc

supervisors.

702

I

s

r i

r

SEMESTER

d e m o n s t r a t i o n o f an a d e q u a t e l e v e
o f p e r s o n a l , a c a d e m i c and c l i n i c a l
s k i l l s as j o i n t l y e v a l u a t e d e a c h
s e m e s t p r by t h e s t u d e n t , m u s i c
faculty

j

and

s

therapy

p

(

^

m

60.5
_12_
"TFT

1

T

M u s i c T h e r a p y 170
M u s i c t h e r a p i s t s l e a r n t o be
expressive m u s i c i a n s , dancers
-

Credit
Hours

r

_
,.
.
,i
The Music T h e r a p y p r o g r a m i n c l u d e s
a c a d e m i c and e x p e r i m e n t a l
coursework. Students explorp t h e i r
v a l u e s , b e l i e f s , f e e l i n g s and
s e l f - c o n c e p t s w h i l e t h e y examine
t h e many m e a n i n g s and components
o f m u s i c from around t h e w o r l d
S t u d e n t s a r e t r a i n e d t o be h e a l t h
field clinicians.
Tl

s

y

r

a

c

t

i

c

u

m

3
2
6
1.5
3
3
^

SEMESTER 4
y
p

M

I

M

u

s

i

c

E

1

e

c

t

? f ) l

4 r ) Q

i

L

J

h

T

h

v

P

p

v

e

l
2

p

m

P

1

f

k

J

s

k

T

P r i v

ate

P

c

r

a

t

1

c

h

p

r

a

p

y

Music
u

n

I

I

V

3

Instruction

2
6
3

v

C l i n i c a l Orientation
Chosen i n c o n s u l t a t i o n
Coordinator .

with

the
3
T J

-

ENS 100
Choir I (F)

ENS 210
Orchestra

(3,0,1)

III

An e x p l o r a t i o n t h r o u g h f i v e
c e n t u r i e s of c h o r a l music from the
Renaissance to the p r e s e n t .
Opportunities for singing without
a c c o m p a n i m e n t (a c a p e l l a ) , w i t h
p i a n o , w i t h rhythm s e c t i o n and/or
c o m p l e t e symphony o r c h e s t r a .
P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n w i l l be p a i d
t o p i t c h , r h y t h m , d i c t i o n and
b a l a n c e . P e r f o r m a n c e b e f o r e an
a u d i e n c e w i l l be t h e c u l m i n a t i n g
e v e n t o f the s e m e s t e r .

A continuation

ENS 110
Orchestra

ENS 260
Orchestra

I

(F)

(3,0,1)

R e h e a r s a l and p e r f o r m a n c e o f
concert r e p e r t o i r e . String players
w i l l be a c c e p t e d w i t h o u t a u d i t i o n .
Wind p l a y e r s must c o n t a c t t h e
M u s i c Department at l e a s t one week
b e f o r e c l a s s e s commence t o a r r a n g e
f o r an a u d i t i o n . P e r s o n s w i n n i n g a
p o s i t i o n t h r o u g h a u d i t i o n w i l l be
allowed to r e g i s t e r .

ENS 120
G u i t a r Ensemble

I

(F)

(1.5,0,.5)

Performance in a l l " A l l G u i t a r "
ensemble f o r the development of
s i g h t r e a d i n g and p h r a s i n g s k i l l s .

ENS 150
C h o i r II

(S)

(3,0,1)

A continuation

of

ENS 1 0 0 .

ENS 160
Orchestra

II

(S)

A continuation
ENS 170
G u i t a r Ensemble

of

II

of

ENS 1 1 0 .

ENS 220
G u i t a r Ensemble III
A continuation
ENS 250
C h o i r IV

of

(S)

ENS 1 2 0 .

of

ENS 2 0 0 .

(S)

A continuation

A continuation

(3,0,1)

of

ENS 270
G u i t a r Ensemble

M u s i c 100
Theory I (F)

(1.5,0,.5)

(3,0,1)

A continuation

IV

(F)

IV
of

ENS 2 1 0 .

(SI

(1.5,0,.5)

ENS 2 2 0 .

(3,0,1)

A study i n aspects of melodic
s t r u c t u r e , demonstrated i n the
s t u d y of m e l o d i e s i n v a r i o u s
s t y l e s , s c a l e s , modes, o t h e r
c o l l e c t i o n s . T h i s i s f o l l o w e d by a
s t u d y o f e l e m e n t a r y modal
c o u n t e r p o i n t (2 p a r t ) o f t h e 1.6th
c e n t u r y . The s t u d e n t w i l l compose
i n t h e s t y l e o f t h e p e r i o d where
a p p r o p r i a t e . Ear T r a i n i n g and
f a c i l i t y in sight recognition w i l l
be e m p h a s i z e d .

M u s i c 101
T h e o r y II ( S )

(3,0,1)

ENS 1 1 0 .

Prerequisite:

M u s i c 100

(S)

(1.5,0,.5)

of ENS 1 2 0 .

ENS 200
C h o i r III

(3,0,1)

A continuation

(3,0,1)

(3,0,1)

A continuation

(F)

(F)

of ENS 1 5 0 .

A s t u d y o f m u s i c from c . 1600 t o
1800 w i t h an e m p h a s i s on d i a t o n i c
harmony up t o s i m p l e m o d u l a t i o n .
R e l a t e d c o n c e p t s of form w i l l be
e x p l o r e d . The s t u d e n t w i l l l e a r n
c o n t r o l o f c h o r d p r o g r e s s i o n and
v o i c e l e a d i n g . He/she w i l l be
familiarized with figured bass.
E a r t r a i n i n g and f a c i l i t y i n s i g h t
r e c o g n i t i o n w i l l be a c o n t i n u a t i o n
from Music 100.

M u s i c 103
C o m m e r c i a l Harmony
(F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )

I

P r e r e q u i s i t e : A w o r k i n g knowledge
of music rudiments ( s c a l e s ,
intervals, triads)
A p r a c t i c a l l o o k at m e l o d i c /
harmonic r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n t o n a l
m u s i c . Includes study of the
overtone s e r i e s , i n t e r v a l s ,
s c a l e s , modes, chord s y m b o l s ,
d i a t o n i c t r i a d s , root motion,
Roman numeral a n a l y s i s , p r i n c i p l e s
of chord p r o g r e s s i o n , i n v e r s i o n s ,
l i n e a r harmonic c o n t i n u i t y ,
f u n c t i o n a l harmonic a n a l y s i s ,
m e l o d i c a n a l y s i s and c h o r d s c a l e s .

M u s i c 104
C o m m e r c i a l Harmony
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
Prerequisite:

II

C o m m e r c i a l Harmony

I

Continued e x p l o r a t i o n of chord
p r o g r e s s i o n and m e l o d y , i n c l u d i n g :
7th c h o r d s , secondary dominants,
chord p a t t e r n s , p a s s i n g d i m i n i s h e d
c h o r d s , m i n o r key c h o r d
p r o g r e s s i o n , subdominant minor i n
major k e y s , chord s c a l e s .

M u s i c 105
Orchestration

I

(S)

(1.5,0,.5)

Students w i l l undertake the study
of score p r e p a r a t i o n , basic
musical terms.and a r t i c u l a t i o n s ,
and w r i t i n g f o r t h e rhythm s e c t i o n
instruments.

M u s i c 106
T r a d i t i o n a l Harmony and
Composition I (F)
(1.5,0,.5)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : To be t a k e n
c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h Commercial
Harmony I
A course o r i e n t e d to those
i n t e r e s t e d in developing t h e i r
a b i l i t i e s i n c o m p o s i n g and
a r r a n g i n g . A s t u d y of t r a d i t i o n a l
p r i n c i p l e s of v o i c e l e a d i n g f o r
chorale textures with t r i a d i c
harmony and m e l o d y w r i t i n g .

703

M u s i c 107
T r a d i t i o n a l Harmony and
C o m p o s i t i o n II ( S ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )

M u s i c 116
Guitar/Bass Sight
I (F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )

Prerequi si tp : Composition I or
p e r m i s s i o n o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r . To
be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h
C o m m e r c i a l Harmony II

An a p p r o a c h t o s i n g l e n o t e r e a d i n g
d e v e l o p e d f o r g u i t a r and b a s s
p l a y e r s . Study of p h r a s i n g ,
a p p r o p r i a t e p o s i t i o n u s a g e , and
d r i l l i n r h y t h m s and s i g h t
reading.

I n c l u d e s the study of part w r i t i n g
t h r o u g h 7 t h and a l t e r e d c h o r d s .

M u s i c 110
Class Strings

(F)

(3,2,1)

A.practical
fami l y .

study

of the

Transferable

t o UBC and

M u s i c 111
Class Strings

(S)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of
Transferable

M u s i c 114
Piano Class

(F)

M u s i c 117
G u i t a r / B a s s S i g h t R e a d i n g Workshop
II ( S ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
violin

UVic.

(3,2,1)
Music 110.

t o UBC and

UVic.

(1.5,2,.5)

This course is designed f o r
s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o l e a r n b a s i c
keyboard s k i l l s . R e a d i n g ,
i m p r o v i s a t i o n , t r a n s p o s i t i o n and
harmonization are the s k i l l s
d e v e l o p e d d u r i n g t h i s c o u r s e and
the t h r e e subsequent l e v e l ' ; .
T h e o r e t i c a l concepts are a p p l i e d
a t t h e k e y b o a r d and i n c l u d e
d i a t o n i c t r i a d s and s e v e n t h s o f
the major key, a l l m a j o r , minor
and modal t e t r a c h o n i s . A w e e k l y
l a b reviews m a t e r i a l covered i n
c l a s s . S t u d e n t s p r a c t i c e on t h e
department's piano's.
Transferable

M u s i c 115
Piano Class

t o UBC and

(S)

UVic.

(1.5,2,.5)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f M u s i c 1 1 4 . In
a d d i t i o n , keyboard s e q u e n c e s ,
a r p e g g i o s and m a j o r s c a l e s a r e
i n t r o d u c e d a l o n g w i t h easy
original repertoire.
Transferable

704

t o UBC and

R e a d i n g Workshop

UVic.

A continuation

M u s i c 120
H i s t o r y I (F)

of

Workshop

M u s i c 121
H i s t o r y II

from
to

UBC and

UVic.

II

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of Solo Voice
Repertoire I i n s t r u c t i o n .

M u s i c 170
H i s t o r y of J a z z

(F)

(1.5,0,.5)

A survey of j a z z through s t y l s
and s t y l i s t s f r o m i t s r o o t s i n
A f r i c a to the p r e s e n t .
Q

(S)

(3,0,1)

A study of music h i s t o r y
Dufay t o M o n t e v e r d i .
Transferable

I.

(3,0,1)

to SFU,

I

A course which develops the
a b i l i t i e s needed f o r s u c c e s s f u l
s o l o vocal performance. Course
content i n c l u d e s : s t y l e a n a l y s i s ,
m i k e t e c h n i q u e , d e v e l o p m e n t of
stage presence, solo performance
in various s t y l e s with
accompaniment, m e m o r i z a t i o n of a
number of s o n g s , s t u d i o r e c o r d i n g
p r o j e c t s , v i d e o t a p e a n a l y s i s , and
development of a "book" of rhythm
section arrangements.

M u s i c 135
Solo Voice Repertoire
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 1 , . 5 )

A s t u d y of m u s i c a l h i s t o r y
t h e t i m e of a n c i e n t G r e e c e
Dufay.
Transferable

M u s i c 134
Solo Voice R e p e r t o i r e
(F) ( 1 . 5 , 1 , . 5 )

from

t o S F U , UBC and

UVic.

A s u r v e y of p o p u l a r m u s i c
o f t h e ?Oth century.

M u s i c 132
V o c a l Group R e p e r t o i r e
(F) ( 1 . 5 , 1 . . 5 )
This course w i l l develop the
a b i l i t y of v o c a l i s t s t o f u n c t i o n
as p a r t o f a s m a l l v o c a l e n s e m b l e
i n j a z z and pop s t y l e s . C o u r s e
content i n c l u d e s : group"
i n s t r u c t i o n in phrasing,
i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , b l e n d and t u n i n u , ;
s t y l e a n a l y s i s of v o c a l g r o u p s ;
memorization of vocal m a f p r i a l ;
p e r f o r m a n c e i n v a r i o u s pop g r o u p
s t y l e s w i t h and w i t h o u t r h y t h m
accompaniment; r e c o r d i n g s t u d i o
labs.

M u s i c 133
V o c a l Group R e p e r t o i r e
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 1 , . 5 )

M u s i c 171
H i s t o r y of Popular Music
(F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )

M u s i c 172
Arranging I

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of V o c a l Group
Repertoire I i n s t r u c t i o n .

(1.5,0,0)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : C o m m e r c i a l Harmony
I, t o be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h
C o m m e r c i a l Harmony II and
Orchestration
I.
A study of f o u r - p a r t b l o c k
harmonization arranqing
techniques .

M u s i c 180
Improvisation
II

(S)

styles

(F)

(1.5,0,.5)

S e c t i o n 1: M u s i c T h e r a p y . S e c t i o n
2: Commercial m u s i c . This s e c t i o n
by a u d i t i o n o n l y . A c o u r s e t o
t e a c h the b a s i c s of i m p r o v i s a t i o n
on c h o r d c h a n g e s . The f i r s t
s e m e s t e r w i l l be d e v o t e d t o

rhythmic concepts, b a s i c
c h o r d - s c a l e r e l a t i o n s h i p s and
development of t e c h n i c a l e x e r c i s e s
f o r b a s i c chord p r o g r e s s i o n s .

M u s i c 181
Improvisation

(S)

(1.5,0,.5)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of M u s i c 1 8 0 . T h i s
s e m e s t e r w i l l be d e v o t e d t o
a n a l y s i s of c h o r d p r o g r e s s i o n s and
more advanced c h o r d - s c a l e
a n a l y s i s . At t h e end o f t h i s
s e m e s t e r , s t u d e n t s s h o u l d have t h e
b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l knowledge
n e c e s s a r y t o a n a l y z e and l e a r n t o
i m p r o v i s e on any " s t a n d a r d " j a z z
tune.

M u s i c 184
Sightsinging/Ear
(F)
(1.5,2,.5)

A u r a l and s i g h t t r a i n i n g
c o n c e n t r a t i n g on m e l o d i c , r h y t h m i c
d i c t a t i o n and s i g h t s i n g i n g .

Training

A continuation

Music 184.

of

M u s i c 188
I m p r o v i s a t i o n Ensemble
(F)
(1.5,0,.5)
To be t a k e n w i t h Music 1 8 0 .
P r a c t i c a l experience in a small
group s i t u a t i o n . Students w i l l
p l a y t u n e s based on c h o r d
p r o g r e s s i o n s s t u d i e d i n Music 180.
By a u d i t i o n o n l y .

M u s i c 189
I m p r o v i s a t i o n Ensemble
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
A continuation

of

Music 1 8 8 .

J a z z and C o m m e r c i a l
Repertoire

Instrumental

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Adequate s i g h t
r e a d i n g and t e c h n i c a l a b i l i t y
c h o s e n i n s t r u m e n t or v o i c e .

I

with

(F)

(3,2,1)

For a l l i n s t r u m e n t s , r e q u i r e m e n t s
i n c l u d e s i x hours of r e h e a r s a l a
week p l u s a number o f
p e r f o r m a n c e s . The s t y l e s t u d i e d i s
o p e n , but a l l s t u d e n t s must
m e m o r i z e a s e t number o f t u n e s ,
take part in recording sessions
and accompany v o c a l i s t s .

M u s i c 195
Repertoire

instruments; small o r c h e s t r a l
s c o r e s . Ear T r . a i n i n g : c o n t i n u a t i o n
of harmonic d i c t a t i o n , i n c l u d i n g
chromatic m a t e r i a l . Aural
i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of formal p l a n s .
Transferable

(S)

(3,2,1)

A continuation

of

Repertoire

M u s i c 200
Theory III

(3,0,1)

(F)

M u s i c 101 o r
instructor

to SFU,

UBC and

M u s i c 201
T h e o r y IV ( S )

(3,0,1)

Prerequisite:

M u s i c 200

UBC and

UVic.

III

M u s i c 104

Continued e x p l o r a t i o n of chord
p r o g r e s s i o n and m e l o d y i n c l u d i n g :
a n a l y s i s of p o p u l a r c h o r d
p r o g r e s s i o n , modal harmony, m i x e d
mode c h o r d p r o g r e s s i o n , augmented
6th c h o r d s , t o n i c i z a t i o n , chord
scales/harmonic extensions, turn
a r o u n d s , c o r r e c t i o n of s t a n d a r d
progressi ons.

I

A d e t a i l e d study of s h o r t
e s s e n t i a l l y contrapuntal pieces
( e g . t r i o sonata movements, s u i t e
movements, i n v e n t i o n s ) ; r e l a t e d
f o r m a l c o n c e p t s . The s t u d e n t w i l l
do e l e m e n t a r y e x e r c i s e s i n t h e
18th c e n t u r y c o u n t e r p o i n t l e a d i n g
up t o t h e c o m p o s i t i o n o f s h o r t
i n v e n t i o n s or d a n c e f o r m s . Sight,
r e c o g n i t i o n w i l l c o n t i n u e from
T h e o r y I I but pxpands t o i n c l u d p
f o u r p a r t open s c o r e . Ear
t r a i n i n g , a l s o a c o n t i n u a t i o n of
s e c o n d t e r m , w i l l expand t o
include d i c t a t i o n with modulatory
p a t t e r n s and two v o i c e
c.ounterpoi n t .
Transferable

to SFU,

M u s i c 203
C o m m e r c i a l Harmony
(F)
(1.5,0,.5)
Prerequisite:

II

Prerequisite:
p e r m i s s i o n of

Training

M u s i c 185
Sightsinging/Ear
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 2 , . 5 )

M u s i c 194
Repertoire

UVic.

A study of music from the l a t e
I8th century to elementary
c h r o m a t i c i s m of the e a r l y Romantic
P e r i o d (up t o 1 8 5 0 ) . F o r m : a
d e t a i l e d s t u d y o f c o m p l e t e works
i n s h o r t f o r m s . Harmony: c h r o m a t i c
harmony e x e r c i s e s l e a d i n g up t o
the c o m p o s i t i o n of s h o r t p i e c e s
(minuet, l i e d , piano pieces^ using
s i m p l e homophonic t e x t u r e s . S i g h t
r p c o n i t i o n : a c o n t i n u a t i o n of
t h i r d term expanding to i n c l u d e
open s c o r e w i t h t r a n s p o s i n g

M u s i c 204
C o m m e r c i a l Harmony
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
Prerequisite:

IV

Music 203

Continued e x p l o r a t i o n of chord
p r o g r e s s i o n and melody i n c l u d i n g :
l i n e c l i c h e s , a n a l y s i s o f modern
j a z z chord p r o g r e s s i o n , i n t e r n a l
elaboration tonicization,
deceptive t o n i c i z a t i o n , organpoint
equal d i v i s i o n of the o c t a v e ,
p a r a l l e l harmony, modal j a z z c h o r d
p r o g r e s s i o n , 70's j a z z theory of
modal a r e a s .

M u s i c 205
Orchestration

II

(F)

(1.5,0,.5)

Orchestration for brass,
saxophones, woodwinds, v o i c e s
strings.

M u s i c 206
Composition

III

(F)

and

(1.5,0,.5)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Composition II,
be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h
C o m m e r c i a l Harmony II

to

Study i n c l u d e s : the c o m p o s i t i o n
j a z z and pop s t y l e m e l o d i e s on
standard chord p r o g r e s s i o n s ,
a n a l y s i s o f j a z z and p o p u l a r
tunes.

of

105

M u s i c 207
Composition

IV

(S)

A continuation

(1.5,0,.5)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Composition III,
be t a k e n c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h
C o m m e r c i a l Harmony IV
Study i n c l u d e s : composition
p o p , r o c k and j a z z t u n e s i n
harmonic s t y l e s .

M u s i c 210
C l a s s Woodwinds ( F )
of

too

of
all

A practical
family.

study

the

Transferable

t o UBC and

woodwind

UVic.

M u s i c 211

A continuation
Transferable
M u s i c 214
Piano Class

of

Music 210.
UVic.

(1.5,2,.5)

For s t u d e n t s who have t a k e n M u s i c
115 o r have had p r e v i o u s k e y b o a r d
e x p e r i e n c e . Students are
i n t r o d u c e d t o common i d i o m a t i c
accompaniment p a t t e r n s as w e l l as
four-part chorale studies,
keyboard sequences, minor s c a l e s
and c h o r d s . B a s i c k e y b o a r d
t e c n i q u e s are emphasized i n c l u d i n g
relaxation, touch, rotation,
w e i g h t t r a n s f e r and t h e i r m u s i c a l
a p p l i c a t i o n in simple r e p e r t o i r e .
The l a b h o u r i s u t i l i z e d t o
d e v e l o p s i g h t r e a d i n g s k i l l s at
the keyboard.
Transferable

M u s i c 215
Piano Class

to

(S)

UBC.

(1.5,2,.5)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of M u s i c 214 w i t h
i n c r e a s e d c o m p l e x i t y of r e p e r t o i r e
and t e c h n i q u e .
Transferable

to

of

(F)

Workshop

III.

(3,0,1)

T h i s c o u r s e 1s d e s i g n e d as a
complementary study both f o r Music
and G e n e r a l A r t s s t u d e n t s . The
music from C a v a l l i to Mozart w i l l
be e x a m i n e d e m p h a s i z i n g a u r a l
r e c o g n i t i o n of t h e e v o l u t i o n o f
musical s t y l e .
to SFU,

M u s i c 221
H i s t o r y IV

(S)

UBC and

UVic.

A c o u r s e d e s i gned as a
complementary study both f o r Music
and G e n e r a l A r t s s t u d e n t s . T h i s
c o u r s e w i l l examine m u s i c from
B e e t h o v e n t o t h e p r e s e n t d a y . The
e m p h a s i s w i l l be on a u r a l
r e c o g n i t i o n of the e v o l u t i o n of
m u s i c a l s t y l e and i t s
r e l a t i o n s h i p to i t s h i s t o r i c a l
context.
Transferable

to SFU,

Workshop

UBC and

UVic.

M u s i c 232
V o c a l Group R e p e r t o i r e
(F) ( 1 . 5 , 1 , . 5 )

III

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of Solo Voice
R e p e r t o i r e II i n s t r u c t i o n p l u s
m e m o r i z a t i o n o f a f i x e d number o f
s o n g s , a c c u m u l a t i o n o f a book o f
rhythm accompaniment c h a r t s t o a l l
songs r e q u i r e d , s t u d i o r e c o r d i n g
l a b s , vocal improvisation.

M u s i c 235
Solo Voice R e p e r t o i r e
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 1 , . 5 )
A continuation
R e p e r t o i r e III

IV

of Solo Voice
instruction.

M u s i c 236
G u i t a r Ensemble III
Ensemble

(F)
I

(Music

M u s i c 237
G u i t a r E n s e m b l e IV

(S)

As G u i t a r

I

Ensemble

(1.5,1,.5)

(1.5,0,0)

(Music

M u s i c 260
Commercial R e l a t i o n s i n
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )

136).

136).

Music

A c o u r s e i n v o l v i n g a s p e c t s of the
music i n d u s t r y i n c l u d i n g
copyright, c o n t r a c t s , performing
r i g h t s o r g a n i z a t i o n s and t h e
recording
industry.

III

Prerequisite: Sightsinging
a b i l i t y , h i g h e r l e v e l of
performance a b i l i t i e s .
A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f V o c a l Group
R e p e r t o i r e II i n s t r u c t i o n w i t h
more e m p h a s i s on i n d i v i d u a l
c o n t r i b u t i o n and r e s p o n s i b i l i t y
f o r r e h e a r s a l and s t u d i o r e c o r d i n g
labs.

A continuation
R e p e r t o i r e III

M u s i c 234
Solo Voice Repertoire
(F)
(1.5,1,.5)

As G u i t a r

(3,0,1)

M u s i c 233
V o c a l Group R e p e r t o i r e
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 1 , . 5 )

UBC.

M u s i c 216
Guitar/Bass Sight Reading
III
(F)
(1.5,0,.5)

706

A continuation

(3,2,1)

t o UBC and

(F)

II.

G u i t a r / B a s s S i g h t R e a d i n g Works
IV ( S ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )

Transferable

C l a s s Woodwinds ( S )

Workshop

M u s i c 217

M u s i c 220
H i s t o r y III
(3,2,1)

of

M u s i c 270
Song W r i t i n g

of V o c a l Group
instruction.

(1.5,0,.5)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : C o m m e r c i a l Harmony
or p e r m i s s i o n of i n s t r u c t o r .

I

An i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f t h e t e c h n i q u e s
and r o l e s o f l y r i c s and l y r i c
w r i t i n g f o r p o p u l a r song s t y l e s .

M u s i c 272
A r r a n g i n g II
IV

(S)

(F)

(1.5,0,.5)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : A r r a n g i n g I and
O r c h e s t r a t i o n I, t a k e n
c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h Commercial
Harmony I I I and O r c h e s t r a t i o n
A continuation

and e x p a n s i o n

II.
of

the section w r i t i n g techniques
begun i n A r r a n g i n g I, p l u s a s t u d y
o f two and t h r e e - p a r t w r i t i n g .

M u s i c 294
Repertoire

MUSIC THERAPY
III

(F)

(3,2,1)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of R e p e r t o i r e
Music 273
Arranging III

(S)

(3,0,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Arranging II,
O r c h e s t r a t i o n I f, I I , t a k e n
c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h Commercial
Harmony I V .
Course c o n t e n t i n c l u d e s : advanced
chord v o i c i n g c o n c e p t s , background
writing, linear writing
techniques, arranging projects f o r
v a r i o u s I n s t r u m e n t a l v.ocal and
r h y t h m s e c t i o n c o m b i n a t i o n s , and
Studio recording labs.

Music 280
Improvisation ( F )

(1.5,0,.5)

M u s i c 295
Repertoire

IV ( S )

II.

(3,2,1)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of Repertoire

PMI
(Various Numbers) ( F ) ( S )

III.

(2,0,0)

A course designed to permit the
Student t o pursue 1n-dppth study
o f h i s / h e r own m u s i c s p e c i a l t y .
The c o u r s e c o n s i s t s o f a s e r i e s o f
one-hour l e s s o n s .

PMI
(Various Numbers) ( F ) ( S )

(1,0,0)

This course c o n s i s t s of a s e r l p s
o f h a l f - h o u r l e s s o n s on t h e
s t u d e n t ' s secondary Instrument.

Music 281

N o t e : To e n r o l l 1n any PMI c o u r s p s
s t u d e n t s must g e t p e r m i s s i o n f r o m
the external coordinator of the
Music Department.

(1.5,0,.5)

M u s i c T h e r a p y 150
The I n f l u e n c e o f M u s i c ( F )

(3,0,1)

T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e an
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o the w o r l d ' s major
musical c u l t u r e s , with
c o n c e n t r a t i o n on t h e h e a l i n g and
t h e r a p e u t i c a s p e c t s of t h e s e
m u s i c s . S p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n w i l l be
paid t o the psychophyslcs of a u r a l
p e r c e p t i o n anH t o t h e a s s e s s m e n t "
o f t h e e v o c a t i v e powers o f m u s i c .
E x t e n s l v p use w i l l be made o f
music recorded throughout t h e
w o r l d a l o n g w i t h f i l m and v i d e o
tape I l l u s t r a t i o n s of these
approaches to m u s i c .

M u s i c T h e r a p y 151
The I n f l u e n c e o f M u s i c ( S )

A c o n t i n u a t i o n of Music 1 8 1 ,
S t u d e n t s must a u d i t i o n .

Improvisation ( S )

COURSES

(3,0,1)

T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n c e n t r a t e on a
more d e t a i l e d a n a l y s i s and
e x p l a n a t i o n o f m a t e r i a l c o v e r e d 1n
M u s s l c T h e r a p y 1 5 0 . Sound
r p c o r d l n g s s , f i l m and v i d e o t a p p s
w i l l provldp c o l o u r f u l
I l l u s t r a t i o n s of the subject
m a t t e r under s t u d y .

A continuation of Music 2 8 0 .
M u s i c 284
S1ghts1ng1ng/Ear
(F) ( 1 . 5 , 2 , . 5 )
A continuation

Training

of M u s k 1 8 5 .

Music 285
Sightsinging/Ear
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 2 , . 5 )
A continuation

M u s i c T h e r a p y 160
Music Therapy I ( F )

Training

o f Music 2 8 4 .

M u s i c 288
I m p r o v i s a t i o n Ensemble
(F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
A c o n t i n u a t i o n of Music 1 8 9 .
S t u d e n t s must a u d i t i o n f o r t h i s
course.

M u s i c 289
I m p r o v i s a t i o n Ensemble
(S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
A continuation

of Music 2 8 8 .

(3,0,0)

This course w i l l i n t r o d u c e
s t u d e n t s t o t h e c o n c e p t and
e x p e r i e n c e o f m u s i c t h e r a p y and
i t s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o movement
therapy, a r t therapy, psychodrama,
and n t h e r t h e r a p i e s i n g e n e r a l . A
b r i e f h i s t o r y of music therapy
w i l l be s t u d i e d . B r a i n f u n c t i o n s
and t h e c r e a t i v e p r o c e s s w i l l ho
e x p l o r e d a l o n g w i t h an
e x p e r i e n t i a l study of t h e s p e c i f i c
o p p o r t u n i t i e s music b r i n g s t o t h e
therapeutic environment.

M u s i c T h e r a p y 161
Music Therapy II ( S )

(3,0,1)

T h i s c o u r s e p r e s e n t s an o v e r v i e w
of contemporary s t y l e s of music
t h e r a p y used i n a v a r i e t y o f
s e t t i n g s . S t u d p n t s w i l l be
encouraged to pxplorp t h e i r
r e s o u r c e s and v a l u e s 1n o r d e r t o
d e v e l o p t h e i r own s t y l e .

M u s i c T h e r a p y 170
Music I n t e r v e n t i o n i n C h i l d
Development ( F )
(3,0,1)

M u s i c T h e r a p y 250
Music Through t h e C r e a t i v e
(F)
(1.5,0,.5)

This course w i l l survey
therapeutic intervention in c h i l d
development, s t r e s s i n g the r o l e of
t h e e x p r e s s i v e a r t s as a
t h e r a p e u t i c medium. C o n n e c t i o n s
w i l l be s o u g h t between m u s i c and
current studies in language,
m o t o r , c o g n i t i v e and s o c i a l
development.

This course w i l l acquaint students
w i t h c r e a t i v e a r t s w h i c h can be
used t h e r a p e u t i c a l l y i n
c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h m u s i c , w i t h an
e m p h a s i s on movement f o r v a r i o u s
age g r o u p s . The c o u r s e w i l l be
e x p e r i e n t i a l . Discussions w i l l
e x p l o r e p o s s i b l e g o a l s and
extensions of the a c t i v i t i e s
presented in c l a s s .

M u s i c T h e r a p y 180
Interpersonal S k i l l s f o r Music
T h e r a p i s t s (F)
(1.5,0,0)
This course w i l l acquaint, s t u d e n t s
w i t h s e v e r a l s k i l l areas which a r e
r e l e v a n t to Music T h e r a p y ,
p a r t i c u l a r l y communication s k i l l s
and o b s e r v a t i o n s k i l l s .
Communication s k i l l s w i l l i n c l u d e
behaviour d e s c r i p t i o n , perception
c h e c k i n g , p a r a p h r a s i n g and
d e s c r i p t i o n of f e e l i n g .
Observation s k i l l s w i l l include
g r o u p i n t e r a t i o n , i n t e r v i e w i n g and
s m a l l group e x e r c i s e s . B o t h t h e o r y
and p r a c t i c e w i l l be i n c l u d e d .

M u s i c T h e r a p y 190
P r a c t i c u m I (F)
(6,0,2)
This i s the f i r s t of a f o u r - p a r t
p r a c t i c u m s e q u e n c e . The s t u d e n t
w i l l a t t e n d one c l i n i c a l , s c h o o l
o r community s e t t i n g and w i l l
o b s e r v e c l i e n t s and s t a f f t h e r e ,
as w e l l as d e s i g n i n g , l e a d i n g and
documenting music therapy
s e s s i o n s , in c o n s u l t a t i o n with a
s t a f f s u p e r v i s o r . Weekly s e m i n a r s
a r e p r o v i d e d t o c l a r i f y and expand
r e s o u r c e s a v a i l a b l e out i n t h e
field.

M u s i c T h e r a p y 191
P r a c t i c u m II ( S )
(6,0,2)
The s t u d e n t p a r t i c i p a t e s as a
s t u d e n t t h e r a p i s t i n one c e n t r e 80
h o u r s . Weekly s e m i n a r s t h r o u g h o u t
the t e r m . Refer t o Music Therapy
190.

M u s i c T h e r a p y 260
Music Therapy III
(F)

Arts

(3,0,1)

This course w i l l
provide
e x p e r i e n c e and a n a l y s i s of m u s i c
therapy techniques a p p r o p r i a t e to
a r a n g e o f c l i n i c a l s e t t i n g s . The
a n a l y s i s w i l l develop the exposure
to basic therapeutic models.
S t u d e n t s w i l l be o b s e r v i n g
t e c h n i q u e s used by t h e i n s t r u c t o r
and by e a c h V t h e r i n t h e c l a s s
s e t t i n g . This r o l l i c k i n g course
c o v e r s 1001 s k i l l s needed by t h e
p r o f e s s i o n a l music t h e r a p i s t .

M u s i c T h e r a p y 264
C l i n i c a l Orientations

(S)

M u s i c T h e r a p y 291
P r a c t i c u m IV ( S )
(6,0,2)
The s t u d e n t , p a r t i c i p a t e s as a
s t u d e n t t h e r a p i s t i n one c e n t r e 80
h o u r s . Weekly s e m i n a r s t h r o u g h o u t
the t e r m . Refer to Music Therapy
190.

M u s i c T h e r a p y 261
M u s i c T h e r a p y IV ( S )

(3,0,1)

This course w i l l develop the
o t h e r 1001 p r o f e s s i o n a l s k i l l s
needed by t h e m u s i c t h e r a p i s t .
It
w i l l a l s o examine the p o s s i b l e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s of a music t h e r a p i s t
to organizations in e x i s t i n g
t r e a t m e n t c e n t r e s and t o l o c a l
resources in the community.
S t u d e n t s l e a r n t o c r e a t e , f i l l and
keep j o b s w h i l e t h e y i d e n t i f y
t h e i r own m u s i c t h e r a p y s t y l e .

(3,0,1)

This course w i l l provide the
s t u d e n t s w i t h p r a c t i c a l s k i l l s and
knowledge o f t h e p h y s i c a l a s p e c t s
of therapy r e q u i r e d to f u n c t i o n
e f f e c t i v e l y i n a v a r i e t y of
h o s p i t a l and c l i n i c a l s e t t i n g s .
Course content w i l l i n c l u d e b a s i c
k n o w l e d g e i n anatomy and
physiology related to s p e c i f i c
handicaps; acquaintance with basic
t e r m s commonly i n u s e s i n
p s y c h i a t r i c and m e d i c a l
f a c i l i t i e s ; and a r e v i e w o f d r u g s
and t h e i r e f f e c t s .

M u s i c T h e r a p y 290
Practicum III
(F)

(6,0,2)

The s t u d e n t p a r t i c i p a t e s as a
s t u d e n t t h e r a p i s t i n one c e n t r e 80
h o u r s . Weekly s e m i n a r s t h r o u g h o u t
the t e r m .
Refer t o Music Therapy
190.

Rob Atkins

708

photo

Office Administration Division
Instructional

Faculty

BAKER, L . , B . A . ( U B C ) , L L . B .
( U B C ) , ' T e a c h i n g C e r t . (SFU)
BLANEY, D.
BROWN, W . , Lab S u p e r v i s o r
BROWN, W . , R . A .
BURY, N . , B . A . ( U B C ) , A C I , BOT
Coordi nator
CLARK, D . , Lab S u p e r v i s o r
COCHRAN, V . , L L . B . ( U B C ) ,
C o o r d i n a t o r Legal
Assistant
Program
CRAGG, M . , R . A . Law ( D u r h a m ) ,
Teaching C e r t .
(UBC)
DUMOULIN, A . , R . A . L L . B . (UBC)
FREUND, S .
HAMMOND, D.
JEST, L., I.D.
(UBC)
KYLE, R., B.A.
(Portland)
LITTLE, D., R.N. (St. P a u l ' s ) ,
P . H . N . (UBC)
LUDGATE, A . , I . D .
(UBC)
MATHEWS, P .
MCCANDLESS, C , B . A . ( S F U ) , M . A .
(UBC)
MCPHEDRAN, L . , Lab S u p e r v i s o r
PHILLIPS, D., C o - o r d i n a t o r , Legal
S e c r e t a r y y Program
PIEKAAR, M . , B . A . ( S F U ) ,
Coordinator Medical O f f i c e
A s s i s t a n t Program
PLANT, L . , I . D .
(UBC)
SALUSBURY, P .
SEWARD, M . , R . S . A . ( S t . F r a n c i s
X a v i e r ) , M.Ed. (Mt. S t . Vincent)
SMITH, B . , B . A . , P r o f . T e a c h i n g
C e r t . ( U R C ) , C o o r d i n a t o r Word
P r o c e s s i n g Programs
S P I C E R , L . , R.Comm., P r o f .
T e a c h i n g C e r t . (UBC)
STEWART, W . , B . A . ( H o n s . ) ( S F U ) ,
M.Ed
(UBC)
T H I R K E L L , L . , Lab S u p e r v i s o r
TILLEY, W., B.F.d. (UBC), M.A.
(SFU)
V I C K A R S , K . , B . E d . (UBC)
WAUGH, G . , B . A . ( R e a d i n g ) , M . A .
(UBC), Standard TeachingC r e d e n t i a l s (UK), B.C.
Registered Psychologist
WHITE, A . , Lab S u p e r v i s o r

General

Information

The O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n D i v i s i o n
o f f e r s business t r a i n i n g through
the f o l l o w i n g programs:
Business Office Training
Legal A s s i s t a n t Studies Option
Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s Program
L e g a l S e c r e t a r y Program

Medical O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t Program
Medical O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t Upgrading
Program
O f f i c e Technology Program
S e c h e l t / S q u a m i sh
Word P r o c e s s i n g C a r e e r C e r t i f i c a t e
Program
Word P r o c e s s i n g T r a i n e e
C e r t i f i c a t e Program

s t e n o g r a p h e r and b o o k k e e p i n g .
T r a i n i n g in the s p e c i a l i z e d
courses of these options begins in
t h e s e c o n d month o f t h e p r o g r a m .
The p r o g r a m c o n s i s t s o f two l e v e l s
- a b a s i c l e v e l and an a d v a n c e d
l e v e l , both of which are four
months i n d u r a t i o n .

at

The BOT Program may be t a k e n on a
p a r t - t i m e b a s i s , space p e r m i t t i n g .
P a r t - t i m e typing courses a v a i l a b l e
day o r e v e n i n g , s e v e r a l i n t a k e s
f r o m September t o May.

Quality Education:
- small c l a s s e s
- personalized instruction
- professional instructors

S t u d e n t s must a t t a i n a minimum
grade p o i n t average of 2 . 0 0 i n
order to a t t a i n graduation s t a t u s .

Program V a r i e t y :
- c l e r k t y p i s t , bookkeeper,
stenographer, medical o f f i c e
a s s i s t a n t , 1egal s e c r e t a r y ,
word p r o c e s s i n g , l e g a l
assi stant

A p p l i c a n t s f o r t h i s program s h o u l d
contact the O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
D i v i s i o n for admission
i n f o r m a t i o n . T h i s p r o g r a m has
i n t a k e s i n S e p t e m b e r , J a n u a r y and
May.

Why O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
Capilano College?

Flexibility:
- day o r e v e n i ng
- p a r t - t i m e or f u l l - t i m e
- t a i l o r your courses to
y o u r needs

fit

Low C o s t :
- our p r o f e s s i o n a l t r a i n i n g
courses are c o m p e t i t i v e w i t h
o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n s on t h e
Lower M a i n l a n d
New T e c h n o l o g y :
- word p r o c e s s o r s , e l e c t r o n i c
t y p e w r i t e r s , computer t r a i n i n g
The O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
d e p a r t m e n t c o o r d i n a t e s and
d e l i v e r s seven d i f f e r e n t programs
to students with varying l e v e l s of
s k i l l s . These p r o g r a m s / c o u r s e s
p r o v i d e you w i t h a c o m p r e h e n s i v e
education in preparation for
employment i n b u s i n e s s .

BUSINESS OFFICE TRAINING PROGRAM
The B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g
Program i s designed t o t r a i n
s t u d e n t s i n b a s i c o f f i c e s k i l l s as
w e l l as t o i n t r o d u c e them t o t h e
modern t e c h n o l o g y and e q u i p m e n t
i n c r e a s i n g l y used i n t o d a y ' s
offices.
There a r e t h r e e o p t i o n s
program: c l e r k t y p i s t ,

within

Business O f f i c e
Outline

Training

LEVEL

SKILLS

I - BASIC

Program

MONTH
12 3 4

SUBJECT

Business English I
Typing I
Math/Machines I
Record Keeping I
Filing I
One W r i t e I
Bookkeeping I (Bookkeeping
option only)
Shorthand I (Stenographer
option only
X
LEVEL

II

- ADVANCED

SKILLS

B u s i n e s s E n g l i s h II
X
T y p i n g II
X
O f f i c e Procedures I
X
EDP and t h e O f f i c e Worker
X
Personal Finance
Payroll (optional for clerk
t y p i s t s and s t e n o g r a p h e r s ,
mandatory f o r Bookkeepers
Machine T r a n s c r i p t i o n
(Bookkeepers exempt)
Dicta Typing (Bookkeepers
exempt)
X|
B o o k k e e p i n g II
X|
Shorthand
II

the

709

Business Office Training
Business English I
(F.S.SU) (3,0.1)

100

The c o u r s e w i l l f a m i l i a r i z e
students with business
c o m m u n i c a t i o n s w i t h e m p h a s i s on
s p e l l i n g , p u n c t u a t i o n and g r a m m a r . .
In a d d i t i o n , a component on c a r e e r
d e v e l o p m e n t and c r e a t i v e j o b
s e a r c h w i l l e n a b l e s t u d e n t s t o use
their training effectively.

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 101
B u s i n e s s E n g l i s h II
(F.S.SU) (3,0,1)
A c o n t i n u a t i o n of

BOT 1 0 0 .

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 102
Typing I (F.S.SU) ( 6 , 1 0 , 2 )
Students w i l l l e a r n the b a s i c
s k i l l s of t y p e w r i t i n g u s i n g
c o r r e c t techniques to acquirp
speed and a c c u r a c y . The c o u r s e i s
a l s o d e s i g n e d t o i n s t r u c t the
student in the current business
s t y l e s of p r e s e n t i n g t y p e w r i t t e n
m a t e r i a l , and t h e c o r r e c t methods
of achieving these s t y l e s .

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 103
T y p i n g II ( F . S . S I I ) ( 3 , 1 0 , 1 )
An i n t e r m e d i a t e l e v e l c o u r s e f o r
s t u d e n t s who can a l r e a d y t y p e 25
wpm. Emphasis i s on f o r m a t t i n g
s k i l l s and speed d e v e l o p m e n t .

Business Officp
F i l i n g (F.S.SU)

T r a i n i n g 104
(1,0,.25)

Thp c o u r s e c o n t p n t o f i n s t r u c t i o n
in four basic f i l i n g methods:
a l p h a b e t i c , s u b j p c t , n u m e r i c and
g e o g r a p h i c , w i t h e m p h a s i s on
r e p e a t e d p r a c t i c e f o r speed and
a c c u r a c y . The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e
i n f o r m a t i o n on c o n t r o l of o f f i c e
f i l e s and good r e c o r d s management
practices.

Business Office Training
O f f i c e Procedures
(F.S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )

105

T h i s i s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
p r o c e d u r e s common t o a b u s i n e s s

770

o f f i c e . Students w i l l gain
knowledge i n h a n d l i n g i n c o m i n g and
outgoing m a i l , operating a Telex,
and c o r r e c t t e l e p h o n e and
recpptionist tpchniqups.

Business O f f i c e Training
Machine T r a n s c r i p t i o n
(F,S,SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
A c o n t i n u a t i o n of

106

BOT 1 1 1 .

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 111
Dicta-Typing (F.S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
Stuents w i l l develop machine
transcription s k i l l s .
S p p c i f i c a l l y , students w i l l learn
to operate e f f i c i e n t l y the
Lanier-Edisette transcriber,
review s y s t e m a t i c a l l y points of
grammar, p u n c t u a t i o n , s p e l l i n g and
t r a n s c r i p t i o n s t y l e , and

transcribe mailable

iPtters.

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 107
Record Keeping ( F . S . S U ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 113
Shorthand I ( F . S . S U ) ( 4 . 5 , 0 , 1 . 5 )

This course w i l l introduce basic
b u s i n e s s r e c o r d s and r e c o r d
k e e p i n g and w i l l e x p l a i n s t a n d a r d
p r o c e d u r e s used i n r e c o r d i n g
f i n a n c i a l t r a n s a c t i o n s , i . e . petty
c a s h , s a l e s , p u r c h a s e s and s t o c k
rpcords.

The c o u r s e w i l l t r a c e t h e
d e v e l o p m e n t and s t r u c t u r e o f t h e
Gregg s y s t e m o f s h o r t h a n d , and
develop the s t u d e n t ' s e x p e r t i s e i n
the w r i t i n g of t h i s s y s t e m .

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 108
Bookkeeping I (F.S.SU) ( 3 , 4 , 1 )
The s t u d e n t w i l l a c q u i r e a s o l i d
grounding i n the d o u b l e - e n t r y
system of b o o k k e e p i n g , w i t h
e m p h a s i s p l a c e d on c o r r e c t
a n a l y s i s , a c c u r a c y and
t h o r o u g h n e s s , as w e l l as on
a t t i t u d e s of p r o f e s s i o n a l i s m and
i n d e p e n d e n c e . In a d d i t i o n , t h e
s t u d e n t w i l l become a c q u a i n t e d
w i t h t e c h n i q u e s r e q u i r e d f o r use
of a mini-computer.

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 109
B o o k k e e p i n g II ( F . S . S U ) ( 3 , 4 , 1 )
A c o n t i n u a t i o n of

BOT 1 0 8 .

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 115
E l e c t r o n i c D a t a P r o c e s s i n g and t h e
O f f i c e Worker ( F . S . S U ) ( 1 , 0 , . 2 5 )
This course w i l l give students
some f a m i l i a r i t y w i t h c o m p u t e r
t e r m s and f u n c t i o n s and p r o v i d e a
background f o r the " h a n d s - o n " d a t a
entry p o r t i o n of the c o u r s e .

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 116
One W r i t e ( F . S . S U ) ( 1 , 0 , . 2 5 )
T h i s s y s t e m was d e s i g n e d f o r use
by i n d i v i d u a l s h a v i n g m i n i m a l
knowledge of r e c o r d k e e p i n g . Using
actual business forms, students
w i l l prepare records f o r the
Accounts R e c e i v a b l e , Accounts
P a y a b l e and P a y r o l l components o f
the system.

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 110
Math/Machines ( F . S . S U ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 117
Payroll (F.S.SU) (1,0,.25)

This course w i l l i n s t r u c t students
i n t h e use o f t h e e l e c t r o n i c
c a l c u l a t o r as a t o o l f o r s o l v i n g
a r i t h m e t i c a l prohlpms i n b u s i n e s s
so t h a t s t u d e n t s may b e t t e r
understand the o p e r a t i o n of the
c a l c u l a t o r . A r e v i e w of the b a s i c
a r i t h m e t i c f u n c t i o n s w i l l be
u n d e r t a k e n , and i n o r d e r t o
o p e r a t e thp c a l c u l a t o r
e f f i c i e n t l y , the touch system w i l l
be t a u g h t .

A study of a p a y r o l l system,
i n c l u d i n g the p r e p a r a t i o n of b a s i c
p a y r o l l , general ledger accounts
r e l a t i n g to p a y r o l l t r a n s a c t i o n s ,
and government r e p o r t s r e l a t i n g t o
payrol1.

Business O f f i c e Training
Personal Finance
(F.S.SU) ( . 5 , 0 , . 1 0 )
This course w i l l

give

118

students

a

b r o a d e r d e p t h of knowledge about
f i n a n c i a l m a t t e r s so t h a t t h e y may
u n d e r s t a n d and b e t t e r c o n t r o l t h e
f i n a n c i a l a s p e c t s of t h e i r
personal l i v e s .

Legal A s s i s t a n t
Outline

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 120
Introduction to the Typewriter
Keyboard ( F . S . S U ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

M
ajor Program
Recommended
C oR
u resqeusi r e m e n t s

This course w i l l teach the student
the basic s k i l l of t y p e w r i t i n g
using correct techniques to
a c q u i r e speed and a c c u r a c y .

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 121
T y p i n g S k i l l Development
(F.S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
This course w i l l take the t y p i s t
f r o m t h e p o i n t a t w h i c h he o r she
is currently performing to
appreciably higher typing l e v e l s .

B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 122
Introduction to Basic Formatting
(F.S.SU) (3,0,1)
Students w i l l continue to develop
t h e i r s k i l l s in t y p e w r i t i n g using
c o r r e c t techniques to develop
h i g h e r speed and a c c u r a c y ; and
a c q u i r p knowledge of b a s i c
formatti ng.

LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES OPTION
This i s a p a r t - t i m e evening
program designed f o r s t u d e n t s w i t h
a t l e a s t two y e a r s l e g a l
e x p e r i e n c e , who a r e p r e s e n t l y
w o r k i n g i n a law o f f i c e .
A l t h o u g h some p r o c e d u r a l c o u r s e s
are s u g g e s t e d , the emphasis i n the
Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s Option i s
on p r o v i d i n g s t u d e n t s w i t h a
thorough grasp of the t h e o r e t i c a l
a s p e c t s of t h e p r a c t i c e o f l a w and
p r a c t i c e s w i t h i n the l e g a l o f f i c e .
C o u r s e s may be t a k e n i n any o r d e r
and i n d i v i d u a l s a r e e n c o u r a g e d t o
a d o p t a program t h a t meets t h e i r
s p e c i f i c i n t e r e s t s and
r e q u i r e m e n t s . Programs must be
a p p r o v e d by t h e C o o r d i n a t o r .
S t u d e n t s must p r o v i d e e v i d e n c e
t h a t t h e y have l e g a l o f f i c e
experience before being a d m i t t e d .

Studies

Option
Credit
Hours

Capilano College

Certificate
....

REQUIRED COURSES
Two 100 l e v e l E n g l i s h c o u r s e s
or CMNS 150 and 151
LGAS 150 I n t r o t o Law I
LGAS 151 I n t r o t o Law II
LGAS 170 L e g a l R e s e a r c h
LGAS 180 C o n t r a c t s I
LGAS 181 C o n t r a c t s II

21
18

5
3
3
3
3
3
21

See C o u r s e D e s c r i p t i o n s f o r
d e t a i l s on r e q u i e d and recommended
courses.
N o t e : C o u r s e s marked w i t h a + a r e
t o be t a k e n by p e o p l e w i t h o t h e r
f o r m a l l e g a l c o u r s e s o r two y e a r s
work e x p e r i e n c e i n a r e l a t e d
f i e l d . F o r t h o s e p e o p l e who a r e
doing the Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s
O p t i o n see c o u r s e s marked w i t h a

LEGAL STUDIES ASSISTANT PROGRAM
The g r a d u a t e s of t h i s p r o g r a m have
s t u d i e d l e g a l t h e o r y and
p r o c e d u r e s and cana a p p l y t h i s
knowledge t o a s s i s t l e g a l
p r a c t i t i o n e r s . Legal A s s i s t a n t s
w i l l be w o r k i n g i n a p r o f e s s i o n a l
environment, d i r e c t l y or
i n d e p e n d e n t l y , under t h e
s u p e r v i s i o n of a
B a r r i s t e r / S o l i c i t o r . S i n c e one of
the f u n c t i o n s of a l e g a l a s s i s t a n t
i s t o r e l i e v e t h e l a w y e r o f many
r o u t i n e l e g a l and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e
r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s , students prepare
l e g a l documents i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h
t h e Supereme C o u r t R u l e s and
v a r i o u s S t a t u t e s , c a r r y out
i n v e s t i g a t i o n s and i n t e r v i e w
w i t n e s s e s , handle l e g a l
c o r r e s p o n d e n c e and a c t i n a
s u p p o r t i v e c a p a c i t y w i t h i n the law
f i r m or l e g a l d e p a r t m e n t . In
complicated legal matters a legal
a s s i s t a n t may work d i r e c t l y w i t h
t h e l a w y e r , but i n many c a s e s
i n d e p e n d e n t judgement i s r e q u i r e d .
Program r e q u i r e m e n t s : S t u d e n t s a r e
expected to m a i n t a i n a "B" average

throughout the program. A "B"
g r a d e i s u s a l l y 80% and up i n
p r o c e d u r a l c o u r s e s and 70% i n
t h e o r y c o u r s e s . In o r d e r t o
r e c e i v e t h e A s s o c i a t e o f A r t s and
S c i e n c e D i p l o m a , s t u d e n t s must
c o m p l e t e a s i x - m o n t h work s t u d y
practicum in relevant legal work.
The s t u d e n t s s h o u l d b e g i n t h e i r
p r a c t i c u m a t t h e end of t h e i r
fourth term.
E n t r y i n t o the program i s i n the
F a l l term o n l y . For f u r t h e r
admission information please
contact the O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
Division.
Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s
Requi r e m e n t s

Program

M a j o r Program R e q u i r e m e n t s
Recommended C o u r s e s

Major Program Requirement

CREDIT
HOURS
. . 58.5
21
79.5

Courses

A l l c o u r s e s marked w i t h an
a s t e r i s k a r e r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s . In
a d d i t i o n , s t u d e n t s must t a k e CMNS
1 7 5 , 1 7 6 , 177 and 178 AND two
E n g l i s h 100 l e v e l c o u r s e s .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 150 +*
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e S t u d y o f Law I
(F) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o l e g a l c o n c e p t s and
l e g a l r e a s o n i n g . It w i l l c o v e r t h e
h i s t o r i c a l development of l e g a l
i n s t i t u t i o n s and t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f
common law and equity, the
i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of s t a t u t e s , t h e
d o c t r i n e of a n a l y s i s of the
s y s t e m ; i t s s t r e n g t h s and
weaknesses.
Transferable

to

SFU.

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 151 +
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e S t u d y o f Law
II ( S ) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f LGAS 150 and an
i n t r o d u c t i o n to s p e c i a l areas of
l a w . The a r e a s c o v e r e d w i l l
include c o n s t i t u t i o n a l law, with
an e m p h a s i s on t h e C h a r t e r of
R i g h t s , and t h e l a w o f E v i d e n c e .
A l t h o u g h some s t a t u e s w i l l be

177

c o n s i d e r e d , e m p h a s i s w i l l be on
c a s e law and c u r r e n t d e v e l o p m e n t
in the l a w .
Transferable

to

SFU.

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 152 *
L i t i g a t i o n Procedures I
(F)
(3,0,.5)
I n t r o d u c t i o n to the court
p r o c e d u r e s i n County and Supremo
C o u r t s o f B . C . The c o u r s e w i l l
cover procedures i n p r e - t r i a l
p r e p a r a t i o n , t h e p r e p a r a t i o n of
d o c u m e n t s , t h e use o f p r e c e d e n t s
i n County and Supreme C o u r t s .
Legal A s s i s t a n t
Basic Corporate
(F)
(3,0,.5)

relpvance, m a t e r i a l i t y ,
a d m i s s i b i l i t y , opinion evidence,
etc.

S t u d i e s 153 *
Procedures I

An e x a m i n a t i o n of t h e B . C . Company
A c t and t h e v a r i o u s documents t h a t
a l e g a l a s s i s t a n t must be f a m i l i a r
with in order to incorporate a
company and a t t e n d t o r o u t i n e
f i l i n g s and r e s o l u t i o n s . R e c o r d s
o f f i c e r e q u i r e m e n t s , annual
proceedings, p r e p a r i n g share
c e r t i f i c a t e s and r e g i s t r a t i o n s
w i l l a l s o be c o v e r e d . D i f f e r e n c e s
between r e p o r t i n g and
n o n - r e p o r t i n g c o m p a n i e s w i l l be
s t u d i e d . S o c i e t i e s and
c o o p e r a t i v e s may be i n c l u d e d i n
the course i f there i s t i m e .
L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 155 *
C o n v e y a n c i n g and M o r t g a g i n g I
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 157 *
W i l l s and P r o b a t e P r o c e d u r e s
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e W i l l s A C t ,
P r o b a t e Fees Act and
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n A c t . Students w i l l
p r e p a r e t h e n e c e s s a r y documents t o
o b t a i n L e t t e r s P r o b a t e and L e t t e r s
of A d m i n i s t r a t i o n . Students w i l l
a l s o l e a r n how t o d e a l w i t h t h e
various assets after Letters
P r o h a t e or A d m i n i s t r a t i o n have
been o b t a i n e d .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 159 *
A c c o u n t i n g f o r the Legal A s s i s t a n t
(F)
(3,0,1)
P r o v i d e s the student w i t h
knowledge o f b a s i c a c c o u n t i n g
p r i n c i p l e s . Through l e c t u r e s and
problem-solving labs the student
w i l l g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e
a c c o u n t i n g c y c l e ; be a b l e t o
analyze f i n a n c i a l statements,
r e p o r t s and b u d g e t s . E m p h a s i s i s
on t h e i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and a n a l y s i s
o f a c c o u n t i n g d a t a , not t h e
p r a c t i c e of keeping b o o k s .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 160 +
Legal Theory ( F , S )
(3,0,1)

T h i s c o u r s e c o v e r s h i s t o r y and
e x a m i n a t i o n of t h e Land T i t l e s
System in B . C . , search p r o c e d u r e s ,
i n t e r i m a g r e e m e n t s , Land T i t l e s
A c t r e q u i r e m e n t s and p r o c e d u r e s ,
documents and forms used i n
c o n v e y i n g t i t l e and r e g i s t e r i n g
v a r i o u s c h a r g e s . Emphasis w i l l be
on p r e p a r i n g a c c e p t a b l e
documentation to t r a n f e r t i t l e ,
p l a c e a m o r t g a g e and t h e n e c e s s a r y
related forms.

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e m a j o r
t h e o r i e s o f l a w , t h e n a t u r e of
l e g a l o b l i g a t i o n and t h e
r e l a t i o n s h i p between law and
m o r a l i t y . Although i t i s a course
i n l e g a l philosophy the p r i n c i p l a
s t u d i e s w i l l be d i s c u s s e d i n t h e
c o n t e x t of such p r a c t i c a l i s s u e s
as d e f e n d i n g t h e g u i l t y , o b e y i n g
immoral l a w s , l e g i s l a t i n g m o r a l s ,
p e n a l r e f o r m , l a w and s o c i a l
c h a n g e s , and t h e use and abuse of
l e g a l t e c h n i c a l i t i e s . The e m p h a s i s
w i l l be on t h e r o l e t h e l e g a l
system plays i n our s o c i e t y .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 156 *
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e S t u d y o f Law
II ( F , S )
(1.5,0,.5)

Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s
L e g i s l a t i v e P r o c e s s (S)

This course i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of
LGAS 150 and i s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
t h e l a w of e v i d e n c e i n c l u d i n g

A n a l y s i s of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p
between l e g i s l a t i v e and
a d m i n i s t r a t i v e t r i b u n a l s and t h e

No

772

prerequisite

161 +
(3,0,.5)

c o u r t s ; t h e n a t u r e and l i m i t s o f
executive policy in statutory
f o r m , t r a n s l a t i o n of p u b l i c p o l i c y
i n t o l e g i s l a t i o n and l e g a l
problems i n implementing
l e g i s l a t e d p o l i c y . The
C o n s t i t u t i o n A c t and C h a r t e r w i l l
a l s o be d i s c u s s e d as t h e b a s i s o f
l e g i s l a t i v e power.

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 162 *
L i t i g a t i o n Procedures
II
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
Prerequisite:

LGAS 152

This course i s designed for l e g a l
a s s i s t a n t a s s i s t i n g in a
l i t i g a t i o n p r a c t i c e . Supreme C o u r t
R u l e s w i l l be s t u d i e d i n d e t a i l
from t h e b e g i n n i n g o f a p r o c e s s t o
trial.

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 165 +
C o n v e y a n c i n g and M o r t g a g i n g
II
(F)
(3,0,1)
Prerequisite:

LGAS 154 and 155

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f LGAS 154 and 155
w i t h a more i n t e n s i v e and i n - d e p t h
a p p r o a c h t o Land T i t l e s d o c u m e n t s
and d i f f i c u l t t i t l e c o n v e y a n c e s ,
s t a e m e n t s o f a d j u s t m e n t , and
r e c o n c i l i a t i o n . E m p h a s i s w i l l be
p l a c e d on c l i e n t a p p r o a c h ,
p r e p a r a t i o n of documents, fee
s t r u c t u r e , t r a n s f e r and m o r t g a g i n g
o f e q u i t i e s , power o f a t t o r n e y ,
s u b r i g h t to purchase s t r a t a
t i t l e s , t r a n s f e r s and d i s c h a r g e s .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 170 +
L e g a l R e s e a r c h (SU)
(3,0,1)
Provides the Legal A s s i s t a n t w i t h
t h e t e c h n i q u e s and m e t h o d o l o g y o f
l e g a l r e s e a r c h and w i l l i n c l u d e
f u n c t i o n s s u c h as r e a d i n g b r i e f s
and l e g a l d o c u e m t n s ; u s i n g
e n c y c l o p e d i a e , annotated r e p o r t s ,
law r e v i e w s , c a s e c o m m e n t s ;
l o c a t i n g d e c i s i o n s and p r e p a r i n g
memoranda o f l a w .

Legal
Legal

A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 172 +
Writing (F.S)
(3,0,1)

C o u r s e work i n c l u d e s d r a f t i n g o f
agreements, statements of c l a i m

and d e f e n c e s , l e t t e r s and memos,
and a s t u d y o f t h e r u l e s o f
s t a t u r o y i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . Emphasis
w i l l he p l a c e d on d e v e l o p i n g
d i f f e r e n t writing s t y l e s , rather
than o b t a i n i n g a d e t a i l e d
knowledge o f s p e c i f i c a r e a s of
1 aw.

Legal
Legal

A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 173 +
W r i t i n g I (F)
(1.5,0,.5)

C o u r s e work i n c l u d e s d r a f t i n g o f
agreements, statements of c l a i m
and d e f e n c e s , e t c . Emphasis w i l l
be on c r e a t i n g e f f e c t i v e w r i t t e n
communication in various areas of
l a w , a n a l y s i n g t h e " l e g a l e s e " and
v e r b o s i t y i n l e g a l documents w i t h
a v i e w t o i m p r o v e m e n t s , and
examining the j u d i c i a l
i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of words commonly
found in l e g a l documents.

Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s
Legal O f f i c e Procedures
(S)
(1.5,0,.5)
Prerequisite:

177 *
II

LGAS 176

An e x a m i n a t i o n o f o f f i c e m a c h i n e s ,
an e x a m i n a t i o n o f b o o k k e e p i n g and
a c c o u n t i n g s y s t e m s f o r a law
o f f i c e i n c l u d i n g trust, a c c o u n t s ;
use o f o f f i c e e q u i p m e n t and
r e l a t i n g c o s t s of m a c h i n e r y and
s e r v i c e s ; t i m e management and
dictation s k i l l s .

Legal
Legal

A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 179 *
I n t e r v i e w i n g (F)
(3,0,1)

T h i s c o u r s e w i l l g i v e an
u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e r o l e of t h e
l e g a l a s s i s t a n t and o f t h e p r o c e s s
of legal i n t e r v i e w i n g .
Students
w i l l acquire s k i l l s in conducting
v a r i o u s t y p e s of i n t e r v i e w s and
p r e p a r i n g minutes of e v i d e n c e .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 174 +
L e g a l W r i t i n g II ( S )
(1.5,0,.5)
Prerequisite:

Legal A s s i s t a n t
C o n t r a c t s I (F)

LGAS 173

T h i s i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of t h e work
begun i n LGAS 173 and s t u d e n t s
w i l l be e x p e c t e d t o d r a f t more
complex d o c u m e n t a t i o n .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 175 *
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Legal Research
(F)
(1.5,0,.5)
T h i s i s an i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e on
basic legal research techniques.
S t u d e n t s w i l l l e a r n how t o use a
law l i b r a r y and how t o p r e p a r e a
memorandum of l a w .

C o v e r s m a j o r a s p e c t s o f t h e law of
c o n t r a c t s . S t u d e n t s w i l l be made
aware o f how law i n g e n e r a l and
t h e law o f c o n t r a c t s i n p a r t i c u l a r
f i t s i n t o the o » e r a l l p a t t e r n of
s o c i e t y , and i t s p u r s u i t s . To t h i s
end s t u d e n t s w i l l d i s c u s s
c r i t i c a l l y i n t h e c l a s s l a w , as
w e l l as t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f c o n t r a c t
1 aw.

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 181 +
C o n t r a c t s II (S)
(3,0,1)
Prerequisite:

Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s
Legal O f f i c e Procedures
(F)
(1.5,0,.5)

176 *
I

P r a c t i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n about t h e
o r g a n i z a t i o n of l e g a l o f f i c e s .
I n s t r u c t i o n in timekeeping, f i l i n g
and c o m m u n i c a t i o n s s y s t e m s , use o f
d a t a p r o c e s s i n g equipment i n t h e
law o f f i c e , e t h i c a l
r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s of l e g a l
a s s i s t a n t s and l e g a l
terminology
w i l l be c o v e r e d .

S t u d i e s 180 +
(3,0,1)

LGAS 180

A c o n t i n u a t i o n o f LGAS 1 8 0 . T o p i c s
covered w i l l i n c l u d e s p e c i a l types
o f c o n t r a c t s such as a g e n c y ,
b a i l m e n t and i n s u r a n c e ; c r e d i t
t r a n s a c t i o n s such as c h a t t e l
m o r t g a g e s , c o n d i t i o n a l s a l e s , and
p a r t n e r s h i p and company l a w .

Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s
C r e d i t o r s ' Remedies ( F )

182 +
(3,0,1)

D i s c u s s i o n of t h e p r i n c i p l e s ,
p r a c t i c e and i n f o r m a t i o n g a t h e r i n g
p r o c e d u r e s n e c e s s a r y t o r e a l i z e on
j u d g m e n t s , i n c l u d i n g : Mareva

I n j u n c t i o n , W r i t s of E x e c u t i o n ,
Garnishee Proceedings,
Fraudulent
C o n v e y a n c e s and P r e f e r e n c e s , and
B u i l d e r ' s L i e n s . The c a s e method
w i l l be used and s t u d e n t s a r e
e x p e c t e d t o be f a m i l i a r w i t h t h e
d o c u m e n t a t i o n used i n t h e above
process.

Legal A s s i s t a n t
C o n t r a c t s I (S)

S t u d i e s 183 *
(1.5,0,.5)

The o b j e c t i v e o f t h i s c o u r s p i s t o
give students a general
u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the f u n d a m e n t a l
p r i n c i p l e s o f c o n t r a c t law
i n c l u d i n g o f f e r and a c c e p t a n c e ,
c e r t a i n t y of t e r m s , i n t e n t i o n t o
c r e a t e l e g a l r e l a t i o n s and
consideration.

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 184 *
C o n t r a c t s II (S)
(3,0,1)
T h i s i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n o f LGAS 183
and w i l l c o v e r p r i v i t y , m i s t a k e ,
f r u s t r a t i o n , parole evidence,
d u r e s s , r e m e d i e s and c o n t i n g e n t
agreements.

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 185 *
C o n t r a c t s III
(S)
(3,0,1)
T h i s i s t h e f i n a l segment of
c o n t r a c t law and w i l l i n c l u d e
remoteness of damages, e x c l u s i o n
c l a u s e s and s p e c i a l i z e d c o n t r a c t
p r o b l e m s u n d e r t h e S a l e o f Goods
A c t and t h e B i l l s o f Exchange A c t .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 199 *
Career Practicum (F.S.SU) ( 6 , 1 , 1 )
T h i s i s the work p o r t i o n o f t h e
C a r e e r P r a c t i c u m and c o n s i s t s o f
s i x months i n a law f i r m . S t u d e n t s
w i l l be a s s i s t e d by t h e i n s t r u c t o r
i n f i n d i n g a p r a c t i c u m , hut i t i s
the s t u d e n t ' s r e s p o n s i b i l i t y to
obtain a practicum p o s i t i o n .

Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s
T o r t s I (F)
(1.5,0,.5)

250 *

The o b j e c t i v e o f t h i s c o u r s e i s t o
give students a general
u n d e r s t a n d i n g of the fundamental
p r i n c i p l e s of t h e law o f t o r t s
w i t h p a r t i c u l a r e m p h a s i s oh

113

n e g l i g e n c e i n c i t i n g , d u t y nf c a r e ,
stanrlar of c a r e , c a u s a t i o n ,
r e m o t e n e s s of damages, a s s e s s m e n t
o f damages and d e f e n c e s t o
negligence
liability.

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 251 *
T o r t s II ( S ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
T h i s i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n o f LGAS 250
- T o r t s I and t h e e m p h a s i s on t h i s
c o u r s e i s on i n t e n t i o n a l
torts,
including assault, battery,
false
i m p r i s o n m e n t and t r e s p a s s t o l a n d .

Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s
Torts (F,S)
(3,0,1)

p u r e economic

loss.

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 262 *
L i t i g a t i o n Procedures
III
(S)
(1.5,0,.5)

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 255 +
Real P r o p e r t y ( F , S )
(3,0,1)
Prerequisite:

LGAS 165

A r e v i e w o f t h e common law
r e l a t i n g t o r e a l p r o p e r t y , ad
m o d i f i e d by l e g i s l a t i o n w i l l be
studied in t h i s course using the
case a n a l y s i s method. Students
h a v i n g work e x p e r i e n c e i n t h i s
f i e l d may c h a l l e n g e t h e
prerequi si t e .

252 +
L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 256 +
F a m i l y Law ( F , S )
(3,0,1)

An i n t r o d u c t o r y s t u d y o f " t o r t s " the p r o t e c t i o n of p e r s o n a l
i n t e r e s t from i n t e r f e r e n c e and t h e
way i n w h i c h t h e c o u r t s meet t h i s
need i n a c h a n g i n g s o c i e t y .
P r i n c i p a l t o p i c s t o be s t u d i e d
are: intentional
torts,
negligence, s t r i c t
liability,
d e f a m a t i o n and n u i s a n c e , c o n c e p t s
of s t a n d a r d of c a r e , c a u s a l i t y ,
d u t y and r e m o t e n e s s . S t u d e n t s w i l l
be r e q u i r e d t o p r e - r e a d c a s e s f o r
d i s c u s s i o n in the c l a s s .

Law and t h e f a m i l y , m a r r i a g e and
i t s d i s s o l u t i o n ; r i g h t s and d u t i e s
o f s p o u s e s and p a r e n t s ; t h e law i n
respect to c h i l d c a r e ; c u s t o d y ;
access, guardianship adoption; the
r o l e of F a m i l y C o u r t , J u v e n i l e
C o u r t and human r e s o u r c e a g e n c i e s
w i l l be c o v e r e d . The v a r i o u s
l e g i s l a t i o n i n t h i s a r e a w i l l be
examined w i t h s p e c i a l e m p h a s i s on
t h e D i v o r c e A c t and t h e F a m i l y
Relations Act.

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 253 +
Company Law ( F , S )
(3,0,1)

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 257 +
E s t a t e Law ( F , S )
(3,0,1)

Prerequisite

A c o n s i d e r a t i o n of advanced
p r o c e e d i n g s r e l a t i n g to estates
and p r o p e r t y i n t e r e s t s o f d e c e a s e d
and i n c o m p e t e n t p e r s o n s i n c l u d i n g
related litigous matters.

LGAS 153

The law r e l a t i n g t o c o r p o r a t i o n s
and p a r t n e r s h i p s i n C a n a d a ;
historical formation, structure
and r e o r g a n i z a t i o n of a
c o r p o r a t i o n ; a u t h o r i t y and
f i d u c i a r y o b l i g a t i o n of
management; l e g a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s ,
r i g h t s and d u t i e s o f o f f i c e r s ,
d i r e c t o r s and s h a r e h o l d e r s .
S t u d e n t s who have e x p e r i e n c e i n
t h i s f i e l d may c h a l l e n g e t h e
prerequi si t e .

Legal A s s i s t a n t
Further Studies
(S)
(3,0,1)

S t u d i e s 254 +
i n T o r t Law

T h i s i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of LGAS 252
and w i l l go i n t o more d e t a i l i n
t h e s t u d y of n e g l i g e n c e l a w ,
i n c l u d i n g remoteness of damages,
defences to n e g l i g e n c e ,
negligent
m i s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n and r e c o v e r y o f

774

Transferable

to

258 +
(3,0,1)

An e x a m i n a t i o n of t h e C r i m i n a l
Code, t h e o r y of c r i m i n a l
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y ; l e g a l elements of
a c r i m e ; c r i m i n a l p r o c e d u r e ; the
law r e s p e c t i n g t h e use of f o r c e ,
r u l e s of e v i d e n c e , c o n f e s s i o n ;
i d e n t i f i c a t i o n p r o c e d u r e s and
s e n t e n c i n g . This course w i l l
receive 3 general e l e c t i v e c r e d i t s
at SFU.
to

LGAS 152 and 162

This course i s designed for l e g a l
a s s i s t a n t s a s s i s t i n g in a
l i t i g a t i o n p r a c t i c e . The c o u r s e
w i l l c o v e r e n f o r c e m e n t of
j u d g e m e n t s , d i v o r c e and A p p e a l
Court, p r o c e d u r e s .

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 268 +
C r i m i n a l Law ( S )
(3,0,1)
S u b s t a n t i a l elements of s e l e c t e d
c r i m i n a l o f f e n c e s and
c o n s i d e r a t i o n of the r u l e s of
evidence. P a r t i c u l a r subjects
i n c l u d e t h e n a t u r e o f r e a l and
c i r c u m s t a n t i a l e v i d e n c e , burden o f
p r o o f , h e a r s a y , c o n f e s s i o n and
a d m i s s i o n , competence,
c o m p e l l a b i l i t y of w i t n e s s e s . This
course w i l l receive 3 general
e l e c t i v e c r e d i t s at S F U .
Transferable

to

SFU.

L e g a l A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s 270 +
L a b o u r Law ( F , S )
(3,0,1)
Union-Management r e l a t i o n s ; t h e
c o l l e c t i v e bargaining process;
a r b i t r a t i o n and c o n c i l i a t i o n
p r o c e d u r e s . Thp c o u r s e i n c l u d e s
d e t a i l e d c o n s i d e r a t i o n of the B . C .
L a b o u r Code and a s t u d y o f
d e c i s i o n s of t h e B . C . Labour
Relations Board.

SFU.

Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s
C r i m i n a l Procedures (F)

Transferable

Prerequisites:

SFU.

L e g a l S t u d i e s 271 +
A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Law ( F , S )

(3,0,1)

The l a w r e l a t i n g t o a d m i n i s t r a t i v e
t r i b u n a l s i n C a n a d a . The r u l e s o f
n a t u r a l j u s t i c e w i l l be e x a m i n e d .
E m p h a s i s w i l l be on p r o v i n c i a l
a d m i n i s t r a t i v e t r i b u n a l s . The
Workers' Compensation A c t , the
G . A . I . N . Act, the Residential
Tenancy A c t , t h e L a b o u r Code and
t h e Unemployment I n s u r a n c e A c t
w i l l be s t u d i e d . S t u d e n t s w i l l be
required to pre-read cases f o r
class discussion.

CMNS 151

LEGAL SECRETARY PROGRAM
Thp e x a c t i n g f i » l H o f l a w o f f e r s
excellent career opportunities for
s t u d e n t s g r a d u a t i n g as l e g a l
secretaries.
This eight-month vocational
program w i t h i n t a k e s i n September
and J a n u a r y c o v e r s t h r e e main
c a t e g o r i e s of i n f o r m a t i o n : c o u r s e s
which p r o v i d e a fundamental
u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e l e g a l s y s t e m
i n B . C . ; s h o r t h a n d and t y p i n g ; and
legal o f f i c e procedures.
P a r t - t i m e courses are a v a i l a b l e .
For i n f o r m a t i o n r e g a r d i n g
p r e r e q u i s i t e s and a d m i s s i o n
procedures contact the O f f i c e
Administration Division.
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e Program
Completion C e r t i f i c a t e i s granted
upon s u c c e s s f u l c o m p l e t i o n o f 45
credits.
FIRST TERM CREDITS

Credits

Typing S k i l l A
Speed Development
LGST 109 B a s i c L i t i g a t i o n . .
LGST 114 W i l l s A P r o b a t e
Procedures
LGST 116 L e g a l O f f i c e
Procedures I
LGST 118 D i r e c t e d Work
Experience
LGST 120 L e g a l B o o k k e e p i n g I
CMNS 150 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s . . . .
T y p i n g s and S h o r t h a n d c o u r s e s
w i l l be a s s i g n e d a c c o r d i n g t o
the s t u d e n t ' s present l e v e l .

1.5

LGST 107
LGST 110
LGST 111
LGST 117
LGST 119
LGST 121
LGST 122

Prerequisite:

Typing

speed o f 50

wpm
Emphasis i s p l a c e d upon d e v e l o p i n g
a p r o f e s s i o n a l and p r a c t i c a l
approach to t y p i n g problems w i t h a
minimum o f s u p e r v i s i o n . S t u d e n t s
are given timed production
a s s i g n m e n t s and a c c e p t a b l e work
standards are s t r e s s e d .

L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 101
P r o d u c t i o n T y p i n g II
(S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
LGST 100 ( a b o v e )

P r o d u c t i o n p r o b l e m s o f a more
c o m p l e x n a t u r e w i l l be i n t r o d u c p d ,

1.5
1.5

1.5
3

7.5
?0.5

SECOND TERM CREDITS
Typing S k i l l A
Speed Dev. II
....
Machi ne
Transcription
....
Basic Corporate

L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 100
Production Typing I
(F.S) ( 4 . 5 , 0 , 1 . 5 )

Prerequisite:

LGST 105

LGST 106

Rusiness
Communications . . .
3
A d d i t i o n a l T y p i n g and S h o r t h a n d
c r e d i t s w i l l be a s s i g n e d
according to the s t u d e n t ' s
level
_£—
24.5

1.5

Legal S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g
Beginning Shorthand
(F.S) ( 4 . 5 , 0 , 1 . 5 )

102

B p g i n n i n g s t u d y o f an a l p h a b e t i c
Gregg o r P i t m a n s h o r t h a n d s y s t e m
w i t h e m p h a s i s on a p p l i c a t i o n o f
t h e o r y and d e v e l o p m e n t o f s p e e d
u t i l i z i n g high frequency
vocabulary. Successful students
s h o u l d be a b l e t o t a k e d i c t a t i o n
a t 80 wpm a f t e r c o m p l e t i n g one
t e r m . T h i s c o u r s e r e q u i r e s an
a d d i t i o n a l 1 . 5 hours of l a b t i m e
p e r week.

3

3
B a s i c Conveyance and
Mortgage P r o c e d u r e 3
Legal O f f i c e
1.5
P r o c e d u r e s II
....
D i r e c t e d Work
1
Legal Bookkeeping
1.5
Word P r o c e s s i n g
1 -

L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 103
S h o r t h a n d Speed Development I
(F.S.SU) (3,0,1)
P r e r e q u i s i t e : BOT 170 o r a
s h o r t h a n d speed of 80 wpm.
C o n t i n u a t i o n o f speed d e v e l o p m e n t
along with theory review,
increased v o c a b u l a r y , d i c t a t i o n of
f a m i l i a r and u n f a m i l i a r m a t e r i a l
a i m i n g a t 90% a c c u r a c y i n

transcription.

L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 104
S h o r t h a n d Speed D e v e l o p m e n t II
(S.SU) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
P r e r e q u i s i t e : BOT 174 o r a
s h o r t h a n d speed o f 80 wpm.
C o n t i n u a t i o n o f speed d p v p l o p m p n t
w i t h 95% a c c u r a c y i n
t r a n s c r i p t i o n , incrpasprl
v o c a b u l a r y , d i c t a t i o n of f a m i l i a r
and u n f a m i l i a r m a t e r i a l . E m p h a s i s
w i l l be p a l c e d on r e i n f o r c i n g
theory.

L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 105
T y p i n g S k i l l and Speed D e v e l o p m e n t
I (F,S) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
R e m e d i a l d r i l l s , power d r i l l s ,
s h o r t and s u s t a i n e d t i m e d w r i t i n g s
t o i n c r e a s e speed and a c c u r a c y i n
typewriting.

L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 106
T y p i n g S k i l l and Speed D e v e l o p m e n t
II ( S . S U ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
C o n t i n u a t i o n o f LGST 1 0 5 .

Legal S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g
Machine T r a n s c r i p t i o n
(S.SU) ( 3 , 1 . 5 , 1 )
Prerequisite:

107

T y p i n g speed o f 40

wpm.
Lpgal machine t r a n s c r i p t i o n .
Practice in t r a n s c r i b i n g forms,
l e t t e r s and r e p o r t s f r o m L a n i e r
d i c t a t i o n equipment. This course
e n t a i l s a mandatory 1 . 5 l a b h o u r s .

Legal S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g
Basic L i t i g a t i o n I (F,S)

109
(3,0,1)

I n t r o d u c t i o n to the court
p r o c e d u r e s i n Small C l a i m s , County
and Supreme C o u r t s o f B . C . The
course w i l l cover procedures in
p r e - t r i a l p r e p a r a t i o n , the
p r e p a r a t i o n o f d o c u m e n t s , t h e use
of p r e c e d e n t s i n S m a l l C l a i m s ,
C o u n t y and Supreme C o u r t s .

775

Legal S e c r e t a r y
Basic Corporate
(S,SU) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

T r a i n i n g 110
Procedures I

An e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e B . C .
Companies Act and t h e v a r i o u s
documents t h a t a l e g a l a s s i s t a n t
o r s e c r e t a r y must be f a m i l i a r w i t h
i n o r d e r t o i n c o r p o r a t e a company
and a t t e n d t o r o u t i n e f i l i n g s and
r e s o l u t i o n s . Records, o f f i c e
r e q u i r e m e n t s , annual p r o c e e d i n g s ,
p r e p a r i n g s h a r e c e r t i f i c a t e s and
r e g i s t r a t i o n , e t c . , w i l l a l s o he
covered.

L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 111
B a s i c Conveyance ft M o r t g a g e
Procedures (S,SU) ( 3 , 0 , 1 . 5 )
H i s t o r y and e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e
l a n d r e g i s t r y s y s t e m i n R . C . Land
T i t l e s Act r e q u i r e m e n t s , documents
necessary for r e g i s t r a t i o n ; the
n a t u r e and e f f e c t o f t r a n s f e r s and
c h a r g e s ; s e a r c h p r o c e d u r e s w i l l be
c o v e r e d . The c o u r s e c o v e r s i n t e r i m
a g r e e m e n t s , Land T i t l e s Act
requirements, procedures,
d o c u m e n t s , forms i n v o l v e d i n
c o n v e y i n g t i t l e and r e g i s t e r i n g
v a r i o u s c h a r g e s . Emphasis w i l l be
on p r e p a r i n g a c c e p t a b l e d o c u m e n t s ,
t r a n s f e r s , m o r t g a g e s , agreements
f o r s a l e and n e c e s s a r y r e l a t e d
forms.

Legal
Wills
(F.S)

S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 114
and P r o b a t e P r o c e d u r e s
(1.5,0,.5)

An e x a m i n a t i o n of t h e W i l l s A c t ,
P r o b a t e Fees Act and
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n A c t . Students w i l l
p r e p a r e t h e n e c e s s a r y documents t o
o b t a i n L e t t e r s P r o b a t e and L e t t e r s
of A d m i n i s t r a t i o n i n t h e Supreme
C o u r t of B . C .

office, ethical responsibilities,
l e g a l t e r m i n i o l o y y , f i l i n g and
other procedures p a r t i c u l a r to the
professi on.

Legal S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g
Legal O f f i c e Procedures
(F,SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
Continuation
116.
.

o f work

S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 116
O f f i c e Procedures I
(1.5,0,.5)

A course to prepare l e g a l
secretary students for p o s i t i o n s
i n law o f f i c e s . I n s t r u c t i o n i n
t i m e k e e p i n g and a c c o u n t i n g
s y s t e m s , use o f t r a n s c r i b e r s ,
l e g a l b r i e f s , use of l a w l i b r a r y ,
l i b r a r y i n d e x i n g , use o f d a t a
p r o c e s s i n g e q u i p m e n t i n t h e law

776

begun

Legal S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g
D i r e c t e d Work E x p e r i e n c e

in

LGST

118
(F,S)

I n - t e r m work e x p e r i e n c e i n v o l v i n g
approximately e i g h t l e c t u r e hours
and at l e a s t 30 h o u r s o f r e l a t e d
o f f i c e experience in the f i e l d .
A l s o covered i s the resume, j o b
a p p l i c a t i o n , c o v e r l e t t e r and
i nterview.

(Proposed)

(Part-time

UPGRADING

evening)

T h i s p r o g r a m i s d e s i g n e d as an
u p g r a d i n g program f o r those people
who a r e c u r r e n t l y w o r k i n g i n
h o s p i t a l s , c l i n i c s , or m e d i c a l
o f f i c e s and have g a i n e d at l e a s t
one y e a r ' s e x p e r i e n c e as a m e d i c a l
r e c e p t i o n i s t , s e c r e t a r y or
a s s i s t a n t . The p r o g r a m i s d e s i g n e d
f o r t h o s e who w i s h t o u p g r a d e
t h e i r c l i n i c a l , c l e r i c a l or
interpersonal
skills.
Following s a t i s f a c t o r y completion
of r e q u i r e c o u r s e s a C a p i l a n o
C o l l e g e c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be
a w a r d e d . For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n
contact the O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
Di v i s i o n .

MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT PROGRAM
L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 119
D i r e c t e d Work E x p e r i e n c e
(S.SU) ( 1 , 3 0 , 2 )
I n - t e r m work e x p e r i e n c e i n v o l v i n g
t h r e e l e c t u r e h o u r s and at l e a s t
30 h o u r s o f r e l a t e d o f f i c e
experience in the legal f i e l d .

Legal
Legal
(F.S)

Secretary Training
Bookkeeping I
(1.5,0,.5)

120

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b o o k k e e p i n g and
an e x a m i n a t i o n o f b o o k k e e p i n g and
a c c o u n t i n g systems f o r a law
office including trust accounts.

L e g a l S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g 121
L e g a l B o o k k e e p i n g II
(S,SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
A continuation
LGST 1 2 0 .

Legal
Legal
(F,S)

117
II

MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT
PROGRAM

o f work

begun

Legal S e c r e t a r y T r a i n i n g
Word P r o c e s s i n g T h e o r y
(S.SU) ( 1 , 0 , . 2 5 )
An i n t r o d u c t i o n
Theory.

in

122

t o Word P r o c e s s i n g

Graduates from t h i s e i g h t - m o n t h
p r o g r a m r e c e i v e employment i n
m e d i c a l o f f i c e s as w e l l as i n a
d i v e r s e number of h o s p i t a l
s e t t i ngs.
A l l a p p l i c a n t s w i l l have t h e
o p p o r t u n i t y t o meet w i t h t h e
Program C o o r d i n a t o r p r i o r to
r e g i s t r a t i o n to a s s e s s whether or
not t h e y have p e r s o n a l q u a l i t i e s
and c l e r i c a l s k i l l s n e c e s s a r y t o
he a s u c c e s s f u l M e d i c a l O f f i c e
Assi s t a n t .
For a d d i t i o n a l a d m i s s i o n
information contact the O f f i c e
Administration Division.

Credit
Hours
FIRST TERM
CMNS 150 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s
MOA 100
T y p i n g II
MOA 101
T y p i n g Speed D e v e l o p m e n t
MOA 105
Medical O f f i c e Procedures I
MOA 107
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o H e a l t h Care I
MOA 109
Anatomy and P h y s i o l o g y I
MOA 111
Medical Terminology I
MOA 114
D i r e c t e d Work E x p e r i e n c e

course d e s c r i p t i o n s

are l i s t e d below.

Medical O f f i c e
Medical O f f i c e
(F.S)
(3,0,1)

A s s i s t a n t 106
Procedures

3

Continuation
1.5
3
3
3
3

_L
22

SECOND TERM
MOA 102
T y p i n g Speed and S k i l l Development
MOA 103
Machine T r a n s c r i p t i o n
MOA 106
M e d i c a l O f f i c e P r o c e d u r e s II
MOA 108
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o H e a l t h C a r e II
MOA 110
Anatomy and P h y s i o l o g y II
MOA 112
M e d i c a l T e r m i n o l o g y II
MOA 113
I n t e r p e r s o n a l S k i l l s and O r g a n i z a t i o n a l
Psychology
MOA 115
D i r e c t e d Work E x p e r i e n c e

Individual

Lab
Hours

1.5
3
3
3
3
3
3
_1_
20.5

o f MOA 1 0 5 .

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 107
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Health Care
(F.S)
(3,0,1)
S t u d e n t s w i l l l e a r n about c l i n i c a l
procedures pertinent to the
d o c t o r ' s o f f i c e and t h e h o s p i t a l
s e t t i n g . The c o u r s e i n c l u d e s
g e n e r a l i n f o r m a t i o n about p h y s i c a l
and m e n t a l h e a l t h ; m e d i c a t i o n s and
health products. Students w i l l
a l s o l e a r n how t o use and m a i n t a i n
medical o f f i c e equipment. Half the
t i m e i s s p e n t on F i r s t A i d , and
students w i l l receive a Standard
F i r s t A i d C e r t i f i c a t e upon
c o m p l e t i o n of t h i s phase o f t h e
course.

.
M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 108
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Health Care
(F.S)
(3,0,1)

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 100
T y p i n g II ( F . S ) ( 4 . 5 , 0 , 1 . 5 )

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 103
Machine T r a n s c r i p t i o n
(F.S)
(3,3,1)

Prerequisite:
wpm.

Prerequisite:

T y p i n g speed o f 40

MOA 100 and 111

Speed d e v e l o p m e n t and a c c u r a c y i n
t y p e w r i t i n g w i t h e m p h a s i s on
p r o d u c t i o n , c o m p o s i t i o n of l e t t e r s
and l e t t e r s t y l e s and e x t e n s i v e
p r a c t i c e in typing various o f f i c e
forms.

Medical machine t r a n s c r i p t i o n .
Practice in transcribing forms,
l e t t e r s and r e p o r t s f r o m L a n i e r
d i c t a t i o n equipment. This course
e n t a i l s a mandatory three l a b
hours.

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 101
T y p i n g S k i l l and Speed Development
I (F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 105
Medical O f f i c e Procedures
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

R e m e d i a l d r i l l s , power d r i l l s ,
s h o r t and s u s t a i n e d t i m e d w r i t i n g s
t o i n c r e a s e speed and a c c u r a c y i n
typewriting.

T h i s i s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o o f f i c e
p r o c e d u r e s common t o g e n e r a l
m e d i c a l o f f i c e s and h o s p i t a l s .
Students w i l l gain e x p e r t i s e i n
making a p p o i n t m e n t s ; k e e p i n g
medical r e c o r d s ; keeping f i n a n c i a l
records; b i l l i n g ; dealing with
p a t i e n t s , e t c . Students w i l l a l s o
become f a m i l i a r w i t h t h e
p r o f e s s i o n a l e t h i c s of the
para-medical.

M e d i a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 102
T y p i n g S k i l l and Speed D e v e l o p m e n t
II ( S ) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
Continuation

of MOA 1 0 1 .

C o n t i n u a t i o n o f MOA 1 0 7 .

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 109
Anatomy and P h y s i o l o g y I
(F.S)
(3.0,1)
A study of the s t r u c t u r e , f u n c t i o n
and i n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f t h e
o r g a n i c systems of the body.
Common m e d i c a l d i s o r d e r s ,
o p e r a t i v e p r o c e d u r e s and r e l a t e d
t e r m i n o l o g y w i l l be s t u d i e d i n
conjunction with the systems.

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 110
Anatomy and P h y s i o l o g y
II
(F.S)
(3,0,1)
Continuation
MOA 1 0 9 .

o f t h e work begun

in

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 111
Medical Terminology I
(F.S) (3,0,1)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o G r e e k and L a t i n
p r e f i x e s , s u f f i x e s , r o o t s , and
c o m b i n i n g forms common t o m e d i c a l
terminology.

777

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 112
Medical Terminology
II
(F,S)
(3,0,1)
C o n t i n u a t i o n and r e i n f o r c e m e n t
t e r m i n o l o g y i n MOA 1 1 ] .

equi pment.

of

Medical O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 1 1 3 ,
I n t e r p e r s o n a l S k i l l s and
Organizational Psychology
(F,S)
(3,0,1)
This course i s designed to provide
students with basic psychological
c o n c e p t s and e x p e r i e n c e i n s e v e r a l
s k i l l areas important in b u s i n e s s .
It i n c l u d e s p r a c t i c e i n r e l a t i n g ,
a s s e r t i o n , f e e d b a c k and
p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g s k i l l s . Other
t o p i c s i n c l u d e small group
b e h a v i o u r , v e r b a l and n o n - v e r b a l
communication; dynamics of
personality; leadership stylps;
s u p e r v i s o r y d i f f i c u l t i e s and
c o n f l i c t r e s o l u t i o n . An
e x p e r i e n t i a l approach allows the
student to p r a c t i c e c o n s t r u c t i v e
interpersonal s k i l l s in a
supportive s e t t i n g .

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 114
D i r e c t e d Work E x p e r i e n c e ( F )
In-term experience involving
a p p r o x i m a t e l y e i g h t l e c t u r e hours
and at l e a s t . 30 h o u r s o f r e l a t e d
o f f i c e e x p e r i e n c e i n the f i e l d .
Also covered i s the resume, j o b
a p p l i c a t i o n , c o v e r l e t t e r and
i nterview.

M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t 115
D i r e c t e d Work E x p e r i e n c e ( S )
I n - t e r m work e x p e r i e n c e i n v o l v i n g
t h r e e l e c t u r e hours and a t l e a s t
30 h o u r s o f r e l a t e d o f f i c e
experience in the f i e l d .

OFFICE TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM
(Squamish/Sechelt)
The O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y Program has
been d e s i g n e d t o e n s u r e t h a t
graduates w i l l possess the basic
s k i l l s e s s e n t i a l f o r both the
t r a d i t i o n a l and modern o f f i c e s .
S p e c i a l e m p h a s i s , h o w e v e r , w i l l be
p l a c e d on d e v e l o p i n g p r o f i c i e n c y
i n t h e use o f e l e c t r o n i c

778

S t u d e n t s - must a t t a i n a minimum
grade p o i n t average of 2 . 0 0 i n
order to a t t a i n graduation s t a t u s ,
E n t r y i n t o t h i s program i s i n t h e
F a l l o n l y . A p p l i c a n t s should
contact the O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
D i v i s i o n for admission
information.

O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 100
Typing (F,S) ( 4 . 5 , 6 , 1 . 5 )
The student, w i l l l e a r n t h e t o u c h
s y s t e m , s k i l l d e v e l o p m e n t and
formatting.

Office
Office

T e c h n o l o g y 101
Records I ( F , S )

(1.5,0,.5)

The d e v e l o p m e n t o f c l e r i c a l s k i l l s
and i m p o r t a n c e o f m a i n t a i n i n g
r e c o r d s a c c u r a t e l y and n e a t l y a r e
s t r e s s e d throughout t h i s c o u r s e .

Office
Office

T e c h n o l o g y 102
R e c o r d s II ( F , S )

(2,0,.5)

A manual s y s t e m w i l l be s t u d i e d t o
the t r i a l balance l e v e l e n a b l i n g
students to s u c c e s s f u l l y m a i n t a i n
accounts for small b u s i n e s s s .

O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 104
Computer L i t e r a c y ( F . S )

A hands-on course to develop
p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h e use o f t h e
c o m p u t e r as an a i d t o c o m p l e t i n g
bookkeeping t a s k s .

O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 106
E l e c t r o n i c Communications
(F,S)
(3,6,1)
A h a n d s - o n c o u r s e i n t h e use o f
t h e word p r o c e s s o r f o r t h e
p r e p a r a t i o n of f o r m s , documents,
and c o r r e s p o n d e n c e .

O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 107
Computerized O f f i c e Communications
(F) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
The s t u d e n t w i l l be p r o v i d e d w i t h
an o v e r - v i e w o f t h e w o r l d o f
c o m p u t e r s and an o p p o r t u n i t y t o
become k n o w l e d g e a b l e a b o u t a r a n g e
of e l e c t r o n i c processing
functions.

(1,0,.25)

A c o n t i n u a t i o n and e x p a n s i o n o f
the s t u d i e s undertaken in O f f i c e
Records I w i t h p a r t i c u l a r emphasis
on f i l i n g , m a c h i n e t r a n s c r i p t i o n ,
p e t t y c a s h and p a y r o l l .

O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 103
Bookkeeping B a s i c s (F,S)

O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y 105
E l e c t r o n i c Bookkeeping
(F,S)
(2,6,.5)

(1,0,.25)

H i s t o r i c a l background,
t e r m i n o l o g y , h a r d w a r e and
s o f t w a r e , a p p l i c a t i o n s and t h e
i m p a c t o f c o m p u t e r s on t h e o f f i c e
w i l l be d i s c u s s e d .

WORD PROCESSING PROGRAMS
Word P r o c e s s i n g T r a i n e e
C e r t i f i c a t e Program
The Word P r o c e s s i n g T r a i n e e
C e r t i f i c a t e Program i s a
seven-week program d e s i g n e d t o
p r o v i d e t h e s t u d e n t w i t h an
u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e c o n c e p t s and
p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n s o f word
p r o c e s s i n g and p r o v i d e s t h e
student, w i t h t h e a b i l i t y t o
o p e r a t e word p r o c e s s i n g e q u i p m e n t .

Program Requirements

CREDITS
7.5

REQUIRED COURSE
WDPR 100 B a s i c O p e r a t o r
Training Level I . . 3
WDPR 101 Language A r t s and
Machine
Transcription
1.5
WDPR 200 B a s i c O p e r a t o r
T r a i n i n g L e v e l II . 3

Word P r o c e s s i n g 100
Basic Operator Training

Credit
Hours

(3,4,1)

Word P r o c e s s i n g O p e r a t o r T r a i n i n g
i s a seven-week course designed to
provide the student with a mastery
o f b a s i c r e c o r d and p l a y b a c k
o p e r a t i o n s on b o t h b l i n d and
v i s u a l word p r o c e s s o r s . The
s t u d e n t w i l l a l s o be i n t r o d u c e d t o
word p r o c e s s i n g t e r m i n o l o g y and
b a s i c word p r o c e s s i n g c o n c e p t s and
theories.

Word P r o c e s s i n g 101
Language A r t s and M a c h i n e
Transcription
(1.5,2,.5)

Level

II

In L e v e l II t h e s t u d e n t w i l l
become p r o f i c i e n t i n t h e use o f
extended t e x t - e d i t i n g f u n c t i o n s
s u c h as r e p a g i n a t i o n ; h e a d e r s , and
f o o t e r s ; r i g h t margin
j u s t i f i c a t i o n ; f i l e duplication
a n d , s p e c i a l forms a p p l i c a t i o n s .
The s t u d e n t w i l l become f a m i l i a r
w i t h several types o f word
p r o c e s s i n g e q u i p m e n t and w i l l
i d e n t i f y word p r o c e s s i n g as one
component i n t h e t o t a l i n f o r m a t i o n
p r o c e s s i n g system understanding
i t s i n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p with other
components.

Word P r o c e s s i n g C a r e e r

Program R e q u i r e m e n t s

Certificate

Program
The Word P r o c e s s i n g C a r e e r
C e r t i f i c a t e Program i s a
f o u r - m o n t h , f u l l - t i m e p r o g r a m . The
s t u d e n t w i l l r e c e i v e t r a i n i n g on
s c r e e n e d t e x t - e d i t o r s as w e l l as
r e l a t e d equipment.

1

REQUIRED COURSES
CMNS 150 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s
OFTR 153 E l e c t r o n i c t y p i n g
OFTR 181 M a c h i n e T r a n s c r i p t i o n
OFTR 186 O f f i c e T e c h n o l o g y
OFTR 187 Word P r o c e s s i n g
OFTR ?52
I n t e r p e r s o n a l S k i l l s and O r g .
OFTR 300 Work E x p e r i e n c e

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 164
E l e c t r o n i c Typing (F,S)

T h i s c o u r s e p r o . ides t h e s t u d e n t
w i t h t h e l a n g u a g e a r t s and m a c h i n e
t r a s n c r i p t i o n s k i l l s necessary for
the e n t r y - l e v e l p o s i t i o n of
associate correspondence
s e c r e t a r y . Students w i l l learn the
c o r r e c t ue of p u n c t u a t i o n ,
c a p i t a l i z a t i o n and a b b r e v i a t i o n .
Theywill also acquire s k i l l s in
p r o o f r e a d i n g , v e r i f y i n g and
editing.

Word P r o c e s s i n g 200
Basic Operator Training
(3,4,1)

Major

Prerequisite:
wpm.

Typing

(3,0,1)

speed o f 50

E m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d upon d e v e l o p i n g
a p r o f e s s i o n a l and p r a c t i c a l
approach to t y p i n g problems w i t h a
minimum o f s u p e r v i s i o n . S t u d e n t s
are given timed p r o d u c t i o n
a s s i g n m e n t s and a c c e p t a b l e work
standards are s t r e s s e d .

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 181
Machine T r a n s c r i p t i o n
(F.S)
(3,0,1)
This course p r o v i d e s the student
w i t h advanced machine
t r a n s c r i p t i o n s k i l l s . The main
f o c u s i n on p r o d u c i n g m a t e r i a l
f r e e of a l l p u n c t u a t i o n , s p e l l i n g
and s y n t a x e r r o r s . A w i d e v a r i e t y
of business communications are
t r a n s c r i b e d ; s u c h as l i s t s and
statistical information. A
c o n s i d e r a b l e e m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on
proofreading s k i l l s .

Office
Office

T r a i n i n g 186
Technology (F,S)

(3,0,1)

This course w i l l acquaint students
with o f f i c e procedures,
o r g a n i z i n g and p l a n n i n g work f l o w ,
communication t r a n s m i t t a l , records
management and v a r i o u s c a r e e r
paths in the i n t e g r a t e d o f f i c e .

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 187
Word P r o c e s s i n g ( F , S )
Word P r o c e s s i n g t r a n s f o r m a t i o n of

the
ideas

(3,6,1)

Lab
Hours

9

3

Psychology

..

3
3
3
3
3
_!
19

_
6

t y p e w r i t t e n or p r i n t e d form - i s a
major f u n c t i o n of a correspondence
s e c r e t a r y . This course w i l l
a c q u a i n t the student w i t h the
c o n c e p t s o f word p r o c e s s i n g and
i n t r o d u c e the student to s p e c i a l
t e r m s , l a n g u a g e and t h e o p e r a t i o n
of t e x - e d i t i n g equipment r e s u l t i n g
i n more e f f i c i e n t p r o d u c t i o n o f
w r i t t e n , v e r b a l , or recorded
i nformati on.

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 252
I n t e r p e r s o n a l S k i l l s and
Organizational
Psychology
(F,S)
(3,0,1)
This course i s designed to provide
students with basic psychological
c o n c e p t s and e x p e r i e n c e i n s e v e r a l
s k i l l areas important in b u s i n e s s .
It i n c l u d e s p r a c t i c e in r e l a t i n g ,
a s s e r t i o n , f e e d b a c k and
p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g s k i l l s . Other
t o p i c s i n c l u d e : small group
b e h a v i o u r , v e r b a l and n o n - v e r b a l
communications; dynamics of
personality; leadership s t y l e s ;
s u p e r v i s o r y d i f f i c u l t i e s and
c o n f l i c t r e s o l u t i o n . An
e x p e r i e n t i a l approach allows the
student to p r a c t i c e c o n s t r u c t i v e
interpersonal s k i l l s in a
supportive setting.

O f f i c e T r a i n i n g 300
D i r e c t e d Work E x p e r i e n c e
(F.S)
(1,0,.25)
I n - t e r m work e x p e r i e n c e i n v o l v i n g
a p p r o x i m a t e l y e i g h t l e c t u r e hours
and at l e a s t 30 h o u r s o f r e l a t e d
o f f i c e experience i n the f i e l d .
A l s o covered i s the resume, j o b
a p p l i c a t i o n , c o v e r l e t t e r and
interview.

into

779

Outdoor Recreation Programs
Instructional

Faculty

BASHAM, D . F .
ROYDE, J . E . , R . A . ( S F U ) , C A N S I ,
Canoe S p o r t , R . C . I n s t r u c t o r ' s
Cert.
BOYDE, P . , R . N . , CPR I n s t r u c t o r ,
Wilderness F i r s t Aid Instructor
ROWER ING, L . , R . E d . (URC)
BRAAKSMA, T . , W i l d e r n e s s
Leadership Cert.
(Capilano),
Canoe S p o r t I n s t r u c t o r C e r t . ,
CANSI
CANNING, , ) . , B . S c . (URC)
CARTER, S . , R . S c . B i o l o g y X.
K i n e s i o l o g y (SFU), M.Ed. Adult
E d u c a t i o n (UBC)
CHESTER, N . , R . E d . , B . A . ( P . E . )
( S a s k . ) , M . P . E . (UBC)
CHRISTENSEN, A . , CPR I n s t r u c t o r ,
RLSS E x a m i n e r , W i l d e r n e s s F i r s t
A i d I n s t r u c t o r , BCRCA I n s t r u c t o r ,
Wilderness Leadership C e r t .
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n M g t . D i p l .
(Capilano)
CRAWFORD, S , B . H . E . ( U B C ) , M . S c ,
(U. of London, E n g . ) , C e r t i f i e d
Dietitian
EWENS, P . , B . E d . (UBC) W i l d e r n e s s
Leadership D i p l . (Capilano), S t .
Johns F i r s t A i d C e r t .
GRIFFITHS, R . , O . N . C .
(England),
CANSI A s s o c . Mount G u i d e C e r t .
HATCHARD, J . , D i p l . O u t d o o r R e c .
Mgt., Wilderness Leadership C e r t .
( C a p i l a n o ) , Canoe S p o r t ( B . C . )
I n s t r u c t o r C e r t . , CANSI
H I L L S , S . , R . N . E x e r c i s e Mgmt.
C e r t . (BCIT)
KOSKITALO, L . , B . S c . ( M a n i t o b a ) ,
P h . D . ( U B C ) , Head
Instructor,
A p p l i e d Landscape H o r t i c u l t u r e
MACINTOSH, B . , B . E d . , S e c o n d a r y
M a j o r P . E . N a t i o n a l L p v e l Four
Off Track O f f i c i a l C e r t . ,
N a t i o n a l T r a c k and F i e l d Coach
Level 3 C e r t .
SCARNELL, R. ( R . A . ) ( H o n s . )
Geography ( D u r h a m ) , M . A . G e o g .
(URC)
SCHMIDT, L . , R . E d . , M . E d . , P h . D . ,
(Alta.)
SMITH, C , R . S . c (Oregon S t a t e ) ,
M . C . P . A . C e r t . Canadian A t h l e t i c
T h e r a p i s t , C e r t . Canadian
Physiotherapy Assn.
STEVENS, D . , D i p l . Outdoor R e c .
Mgt., Wilderness Leadership Cert.
( C a p i l a n o ) , Canoe S p o r t
instructors C e r t . , S t . John's
Ambulance I n s t r u c t o r s
Cert.
C A N S I , CSA Tour L e a d e r s C e r t .
STEWART, G . , R . S c . K i n e s i o l o g y ,
M . S c . K i n e s i o l o g y (SFU)

720

STEWART, S . , W i l d e r n e s s F i r s t A i d
Instructor
TAUNTON, C , R . S c K i n e s i o l o g y ,
M . S c K i n e s i o l o g y (SFU)
VAJDA-JANYK, A . , R . S c K i n e s i o l o g y
( S F U ) , M . S c R e c r e a t i o n (II. o f
Brussels)
WEBSTER, W . , B . A . ( C e n t r a l
Washington), M . S c (Oregon)
WELSH, R . , D i p l . i n L a n d s c a p i n q
(BCIT)
WESMAN, S . , C e r t , B a l l e t f o r
C h i l d r e n , C e r t . Gymnastics f o r
C h i l d r e n , Head Coach G y m n a s t i c s
Teams, Workshops i n r e l a t e d
f i e l d s a t UBC and IWCA
WHITE, B . P . , B . A . , M . A . ( S F U ) ,
Coordi nator
WRIGHT, R . , W i l d e r n e s s P h o t o g r a p h y

General

Information

Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n i s p l a y i n g an
i n c r e a s i n g l y important role in the
s o c i a l and economic l i f e o f
B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a . An i n c r e a s e i n
a v a i l a b l e l e i s u r e t i m e and p u b l i c
i n t e r e s t in the preservation
o f n a t u r a l a r e a s have i n c r e a s e d
t h e need f o r q u a l i f i e d ,
w e l l - t r a i n e d graduates c a p a b l e of
p l a n n i n g and d i r e c t i n g r e c r e a t i o n
p r o g r a m s , f a c i l i t i e s and t e a c h i n g
outdoor a c t i v i t y
skills.
The d e p a r t m e n t a l s o o f f p r s a
f u l l - t i m e six-month Applied
Landscape H o r t i c u l t u r e Program.
A l l e n q u i r i e s s h o u l d bp d i r e c t e d
t o t h e Outdoor R e c r p a t i o n
Dppartmpnt, l o c a l 3 9 1 .

Outdoor

R e c r e a t i o n Diploma

Program

The C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e Outdoor
R e c r e a t i o n Diploma Program
p r o v i d e s t r a i n i n g f o r program
p r a c t i t i o n e r s f o r a w i d e range o f
c a r e e r s i n a g e n c i e s s u c h as
p r o v i n c i a l and f e d e r a l p a r k s ,
human s e r v i c e s a g e n c i e s , human
r e s o u r c e s and c o r r e c t i o n a l o u t d o o r
l e a d e r s h i p , commercial outdoor
r e c r e a t i o n , environmental
education, ski areas, municipal
and r e g i o n a l r e c r e a t i o n . The
v a r i e t y o f j o b o p p o r t u n i t i e s and
c a r e f u l p r a c t i c u m p l a c e m e n t s has
r e s u l t p d i n a v e r y good j o b
placement record f o r graduates
over the past ten y e a r s .

The d e p a r t m e n t s e e k s t o a t t r a c t
c o m m i t t e d a p p l i c a n t s w i t h an
i n t e r e s t i n p e o p l e and t h e
o u t - o f - d o o r s whose p r e v i o u s
e d u c a t i o n and e x p e r i e n c e w o u l d
e n a b l e them t o b e n e f i t f r o m t h e
t r a i n i n g o f f e r e d . The d i p l o m a
program p r o v i d e s c a r e e r e n t r y
l e v e l t r a i n i n g f o r people
b e g i n n i n g o r c h a n g i n g c a r e e r s , and
a t t e m p t s t o match s t u d e n t needs
and t h e needs o f t h e employment
f i e l d i n a f l e x i b l e , s e n s i t i v e and
pragmatic manner. P r a c t i c u m
placements i n the f i n a l semester
a r e i n a wide range o f a g e n c i e s ,
which r e f l e c t r e a l i s t i c j o b market
o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Program f a c u l t y
provide guidance t o students i n
regard to the r e a l . t i e s of t h e i r
own c o m p e t e n c e , employment
o p p o r t u n i t i e s a v a i l a b l e , and
c h o i c e s of a p p r o p r i a t e o p t i o n a l
c o u r s e s . The d i p l o m a p r o g r a m ' i s
r e g u l a r l y r e - e v a l u a t e d and u p d a t e d
through input from i t s a d v i s o r y
c o m m i t t e e , f a c u l t y and s t u d e n t s .
Each s t u d e n t ' s p a r t i c u l a r p r o g r a m
c o n c e n t r a t i o n w i l l be d e c i d e d i n
consultation with the coordinator.
Students are required t o take
W i l d e r n e s s F i r s t A i d as p a r t o f
t h e i r s k i l l s d e v e l o p m e n t , and w i l l
be r e q u i r e d t o pay an a d d i t i o n a l
levy to cover p a r t i a l costs of
e q u i p m e n t , f i e l d t r i p s and s k i l l s
d e v e l o p m e n t c o u r s e s . In f i e l d work
c o u r s e s , s t u d e n t a t t i t u d e and
l e a d e r s h i p c a p a b i l i t i e s w i l l be
taken i n t o account i n the
instructor's evaluation p r o f i l e .
Access t o other departmental
programs i s a v a i l a b l e t o q u a l i f i e d
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n d i p l o m a
students.
The i n s t r u c t i o n a l a p p r o a c h used i n
the department i n c l u d e s emphasis
on f i e l d e x p e r i e n c e s , w h i c h a r e
p l a c e d t h r o u g h o u t t h e p r o g r a m . The
program s t a r t s w i t h a one-week
backpacking experience i n the
coast mountains, which r e q u i r e s
s t u d e n t s t o be b o t h f i t and w e l l
prepared i n regard t o t h e i r
p e r s o n a l o u t d o o r e q u i p m e n t . There
i s e x t e n s i v p c l a s s r o o m work i n t h e
program and t h e c u r r i c u l u m
i n c l u d e s v o l u n t e e r work i n t h e
field.

A p p l i c a n t s f o r the Outdoor
R e c r e a t i o n Diploma Program s h o u l d
f a m i l i a r i z e themselves with the
f o l l o w i n g admission requirements:
1 . A r r a n g e an i n t e r v i e w w i t h t h e
C o o r d i n a t o r of the p r o g r a m .
( I n t e r v i e w s are held throughout
the academic y e a r . )
2 . In o r d e r t o be c o n s i d e r e d f o r
t h e p r o g r a m , a p p l i c a n t s must be at
l e a s t 19 y e a r s o f age at t h e d a t e
of e n t r y i n t o the program.
3 . A p p l i c a n t s s h o u l d have good
r e a d i n g and w r i t i n g s k i l l s and
must be p h y s i c a l l y f i t .

Associate in Arts

and S c i e n c e

4. A f t e r the i n t e r v i e w the
C o o r d i n a t o r of the Outdoor
R e c r e a t i o n D i p l o m a Program w i l l
request the f o l l o w i n g
documentation:
a . At l e a s t two l e t t e r s of
reference.
b. High school or p o s t - s e c o n d a r y
education t r a n s c r i p t s
c . A l e t t e r of a p p l i c a t i o n ,
i n c l u d i n g a resume o f p a s t
experiences.
N o t e : A d o c t o r ' s c e r t i f i c a t e of
h e a l t h w i l l be r e q u i r e d o f a l l
accepted candidates prior to
admi s s i o n .

Diploma

Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements

F I R S T SEMESTER
CMNS 150 B a s i c C o m m u n i c a t i o n s
Rec 140
R e c r e a t i o n D e l i v e r y Systems
Rec 15?
I n t r o d u c t i o n to Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n
Rec 160
P h y s i c a l F i t n e s s i n T h e o r y and P r a c t i c e
Rec 161
Wildernesss Backpacking I
Rec 166
Environmental Education

SECOND SEMESTER
CMNS 154 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s i n R e c r e a t i o n
Rec 141
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n Programming
Rec 151
The O u t d o o r E n v i r o n m e n t . . . . «
Rec 153
L e i s u r e Issues
Rec 157
S k i l l s Development
Rec 163
Wilderness F i r s t Aid I
Rec 164
Nordic S k i i n g I

THIRD SEMESTER
Rec 178
Human R e l a t i o n s i n R e c r e a t i o n
Rec 190
Leisure Counselling
Rec 240
Recreation Administration
Rec 293
Human S e r v i c e s A p p l i c a t i o n s
Rec 250
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n E c o l o g y
Rec 259
S k i l l s Development

FOURTH SEMESTER
Rec 255
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n

Practicum

...

Credit
Hours

Lab
Hours

^3.5
_ 2 _
69.5

I

17

3
3
3
3
3
_6
21

4

7

4

3
3
3
3

3

I3
_J
19.5

5

3
3
3
2
3
_J
17

12
12

fi

3
3

Wilderness

Leadership

Program

The W i l d e r n e s s L e a d e r s h i p Program
i s d e s i g n e d t o meet p h y s i c a l ,
s o c i a l and a e s t h e t i c needs f o r
personal development. This
d e v e l o p m e n t w i l l be a c h i e v e d
through involvement with
low-impact, environmentally
s e n s i t i v e outdoor a c t i v i t i e s . A
s t r o n g commitment t o t h e s e o u t d o o r
a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be e x p e c t e d . The
program thus encourages the
i n t e g r a t i o n o f l i f e s t y l e and
recreational a c t i v i t i e s in a
manner w h i c h p r o m o t e s
e n v i r o n m e n t a l i n t e g r i t y and
r e a l i s t i c human n e e d s .
The p r o g r a m s e e k s t o e d u c a t e t h o s e
who w i s h t o s p r v e as s k i l l e d
l e a d e r s i n w i l d e r n e s s and
semi-wilderness recreation.
Canoeing, backpacking,
m o u n t a i n e e r i n g and n o r d i c s k i i n g
are the major a c t i v i t i e s t a u g h t .
F i e l d experience i s given
p r i o r i t y . Outdoor s a f e t y i s
emphasized w i t h i n s t r u c t i o n in
management o f e m e r g e n c i e s , and i n
p r e v e n t a t i v e s a f e t y . A second
m a j o r e m p h a s i s i s on t h e
e n c o u r a g e m e n t of e t h i c a l b e h a v i o u r
in natural environments, with the
added r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r s t u d e n t s
t o p a s s t h e s e a t t i t u d e s on t o
other wilderness users.
The g o a l o f t h e W i l d e r n e s s
L e a d e r s h i p Program i s t o p r o v i d e a
means by w h i c h i n d i v i d u a l s r e a l i z e
wilderness leadership roles with
c o n f i d e n c e and a s e n s e o f
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y and s a f e t y . T h r o u g h
a c t i v i t y - o r i e n t e d courses that
demand a h i g h l e v e l of f i t n e s s ,
t h e program promotes t h e
development of w e l l - t r a i n e d
i n s t r u c t o r s who a r e w i l l i n g and
c a p a b l e o f s h a r i n g i n f o r m a t i o n and
o f d e m o n s t r a t i n g sound l e a d e r s h i p
i n t h e o u t d o o r s . S k i l l s can o n l y
be o b t a i n e d t h r o u g h p r a c t i c e ; t h e
program t h e r e f o r e encourages the
a c q u i s i t i o n of outdoor s k i l l s
through p r a c t i c a l experience.
S t u d e n t s w i l l e n r o l l i n one c o u r s e
p e r s e m e s t e r , and must
s u c c e s s f u l l y complete each course
in order to continue in the
p r o g r a m . S t u d e n t s must a l s o o b t a i n
a " h " grade or b e t t e r i n o r d e r to
p r o g r e s s t o t h e n e x t c o u r s e . It i s

727

n e c e s s a r y t h a t a c t i v i t y s k i l l s and
l e a d e r h s i p q u a l i t i e s be h i g h 1n
o u t d o o r a c t i v i t i e s where l e a d e r s
are r e s p o n s i b l e f o r p e o p l e ' s
l i v e s . A student r e c e i v i n g a " c "
g r a d e may r e p e a t t h e c o u r s e o r
show p r o f i c i e n c y 1n that, a c t i v i t y
d u r i n g the f o l l o w i n g
appropriate
semester before c o n t i n u i n g i n the
p r o g r a m . T h i s must be a r r a n g e d
w i t h the consent of the Program
C o o r d i n a t o r and C o u r s e I n s t r u c t o r .
S t u d e n t s must be a d u l t
of age and o l d e r ) .

(19 y e a r s

An a d d i t i o n a l f e e 1s c h a r g e d f o r
each course to cover f i e l d t r i p s
and e q u i p m e n t c o s t s .
Nordic

Skiing

The W i l d e r n e s s N o r d i c P r o g r a m 1s
s p e c i f i c a l l y designed to deal w i t h
the winter w i l d e r n e s s environment
and t h e a c t i v i t y s k i l l
required
during that season.
Canoeing
The W i l d e r n e s s C a n o e i n g P r o g r a m 1s
summer o r i e n t e d , d e a l i n g
s p e c i f i c a l l y with wilderness
s k i l l s o f c a n o e i n g on l a k e s and
r i v e r s . E m p h a s i s 1s p l a c e d upon
t h e a c q u i s i t i o n o f r i s k management
t e c h n i q u e s and t h e e v o l u t i o n o f
environmentally-sound canoeing
e t h i c s . S k i l l s and t e c h n i q u e s
t a u g h t a r e based upon p r o g r e s s i o n s
d e s i g n e d by t h e R e c r e a t i o n a l
C a n o e i n g A s s o c i a t i o n (RCA) and t h e
Canadian R e c r e a t i o n a l Canoeing
A s s o c i a t i o n (CRCA).
Backpacking
The W i l d e r n e s s B a c k p a c k i n g p r o g r a m
1s d e s i g n e d t o t r a i n w i l d e r n e s s
l e a d e r s f o r the r e c r e a t i o n a l
group
a c t i v i t i e s o f summer h i k i n g and
b a c k p a c k i n g . E m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on
the s k i l l s in p r e - t r 1 p
organization, preventative safety
and w o r k i n g w i t h g r o u p s . .

r i s k management t e c h n i q u e s
leadership s k i l l s .

Wilderness

Leadership

Wilderness

Nordic S k i i n g

and

SECOND SEMESTER
Rec 263
F i r s t A i d II
Rec 271 M o u n t a i n e e r i n g

Fitness Leadership
Option
Credit
Hours

CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE
M a j o r Requl r e m e n t s

15

FIRST SEMESTER
Rec 161
Backpacking I
Rec 163 F i r s t A i d I
Rec 164 N o r d i c S k i i n g I

3
3
3

SECOND SEMESTER
Rec 263 F i r s t A i d II
Rec 264
Nordic S k i i n g

II

3
3

....

Wilderness Canoeing Option
CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE
Major Requirements

15

FIRST SEMESTER
Rec 161 B a c k p a c k i n g I
Rec 162 C a n o e i n g I
Rec 163 F i r s t A i d I

3
3
3

SECOND SEMESTER
Rec 262 C a n o e i n g I
Rec 263 F i r s t A i d II

3
3

Wilderness Backpacking Option
CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE
Major Requirements

12

F I R S T SEMESTER
Rec 161
Backpacking I
Rec 163 F i r s t A i d I

3
3

SECOND SEMESTER
Rec 261
B a c k p a c k i n g II
Rec 263 F i r s t A i d II

3
3

722

Program

The c o u r s e f o r m a t p r o v i d e s t h e
n e c e s s a r y t h e o r e t i c a l and
p r a c t i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n r e q u i r e d by
p r a c t i t i o n e r s 1n o r d e r t o
administer health-oriented
fitness
p r o g r a m s . E m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d
on t h e p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n o f
the t h e o r e t i c a l
knowledge
r e q u i r e d . A l l graduates w i l l
q u a l i f y t o r e g i s t e r as a BC
F i t n e s s I n s t r u c t o r through the
B.C.R.A.
The p r o g r a m 1s o f f e r e d e v e n i n g s
and weekends o v e r f o u r c o l l e g e
s e m e s t e r s and must be t a k e n 1n
sequential order. Applicants
s h o u l d be 1n good h e a l t h and be
p h y s i c a l l y a c t i v e as most c o u r s e s
Involve physical
activity.
A p p l i c a n t s must be a d u l t (19 y e a r s
and o l d e r ) . C l a s s s i z e w i l l be
l i m i t e d . P a r t i c i p a n t s 1n t h e
p r o g r a m w i l l have t h e
opportunity
to r e c e i v e the B . C . Sports Aid
C e r t i f i c a t e w h i l e doing the
program.

Leadership
Credit
Hours

Mountaineering Option
CAPILANO COLLEGE C E R T I F I C A T E
Major Requirements
FIRST SEMESTER
Rec 163
F i r s t Aid I
Rec 171 M o u n t a i n e e r i n g
or
Rec 172
Rockcllmbing I

3
3

...

The F i t n e s s L e a d e r s h i p Program 1s
a program d e s i g n e d t o t r a i n
F i t n e s s I n s t r u c t o r s , t e a c h e r s and
o t h e r s f o r p r o f e s s i o n a l and
v o l u n t e e r work 1n e x e r c i s e
management and f i t n e s s p r o g r a m
d e s i g n . It 1s meant f o r t h e
I n d i v i d u a l whose a l m s have been o r
w i l l be 1n t h e p r o m o t i o n a n d / o r
e x e c u t i o n o f " e x e r c i s e management"
or " f i t n e s s " programs, at the
community l e v e l w i t h r e c r e a t i o n
centres or p r i v a t e companies.

Fitness

12

CAPILANO COLLEGE C E R T I F I C A T E
Major Requirements

3
3

One e v e n i n g a w e e k , 1.5 h o u r s
s e m i n a r , 1.5 hours l e c t u r e f o r
w e e k s . Minimum o f 36 h o u r s
practicum experience.

Mountaineering
The m o u n t a i n e e r i n g p r o g r a m 1s
designed to develop c l i m b i n g
s k i l l s 1n r o c k , snow, and g l a c i a l
t r a v e l . E m p h a s i s w i l l a l s o be
p l a c e d on sound e n v i r o n m e n t a l
e t h i c s related to alpine t r a v e l ,

II

I

....

15

13

3
S t u d e n t s may c h a l l e n g e c o u r s e s 1n
t h i s program or r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r

c o u r s e s o f a l i k e n a t u r e at o t h e r
i n s t i t u t i o n s o r a g e n c i e s . These
c o u r s e s w i l l be r e v i e w e d by t h e
p r o g r a m ' s head i n s t r u c t o r b e f o r e
advance c r e d i t i s i s s u e d .
Credit
Hours
F I R S T SEMESTER ( O f f e r e d F a l l - S p r i n g )
Rec 180
F i t n e s s L e a d e r s h i p Theory

3

SECOND SEMESTER ( F a l l )
Rec 181
Endurance A c t i v i t i e s
Rec 183
Strength Fitness
Rec 184
F i t n e s s F i r s t Aid
Rec 185
Fitness for Children

1
1
1
1

(Running)

THIRO SEMESTER ( S p r i n g and Summer)
Rec 182
E x e r c i s e Design
Rec 186
A q u a t i c F i t n e s s P r o g r a m (Summer)
Rec 187
Fitness for Seniors
Rec 188
Nutrition
Rec 189
P r e - ft P o s t - N a t a l E x e r c i s e s (Summer)

(3)

1
1
1
1
1

N o t e : S t u d e n t s w i l l c h o o s e s i x o f t h e above n i n e a c t i v i t y
o v e r t h e s e c o n d and t h i r d s e m e s t e r s . Each a c t i v i t y c o u r s e
c o n s i s t o f 1 0 - 1 5 h o u r s o f i n s t r u c t i o n and w i l l be o f f e r e d
w e e k l y b a s i s f o r s i x weeks o r as a weekend w o r k s h o p .
FOURTH SEMESTER ( S p r i n g )
Rec 280
Advanced F i t n e s s L e a d e r s h i p T h e o r y
Rec 281
Fitness Leadership Practicum

Lab
Hours

(3)
courses
will
on a

3
3

and s c o p e o f o u t d o o r r e c r e a t i o n i n
r e l a t i o n t o modern l e i s u r e , n a t u r e
o f s u p p l y and d e m a n d , demand
a n a l y s i s as a p l a n n i n g t o o l ,
c o n c e p t s and p h i l o s o p h i e s o f p a r k s
management, o u t d o o r r e c r e a t i o n
resources perception,
p s y c h o l o g i c a l nature of outdoor
r e c r e a t i o n , e x p e r i e n c e and
behaviour, outdoor r e c r e a t i o n
l e g i s l a t i o n , carrying capacities
o f w i l d l a n d s , l a n d use c o n f l i c t ,
m u l t i p l e use p o l i c i e s , i n v e n t o r y
techniques.

R e c r e a t i o n 153
L e i s u r e I s s u e s (S)

(3,0,1)

Overview of the f u n c t i o n a l r o l e s
o f work and l e i s u r e i n v a r i o u s
c u l t u r a l c o n t e x t s . E v o l u t i o n of
l e i s u r e behaviour in western
s o c i e t y , t h e p r o t e s t a n t work
ethic, utilitarianism,
l i f e s t y l e - b a s e d v a r i a t i o n i n work
and l e i s u r e , modern c o n c e p t s o f
work and l e i s u r e , n a t u r e o f
s t r e s s , s o c i o l o g i c a l and
p s y c h o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e s i n work
and l e i s u r e , c u r r e n t t r e n d s i n
l e i s u r e , p r o g n o s t i c a t i o n s for the
future.

R e c r e a t i o n 157
S k i l l s Development
R e c r e a t i o n 140
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n D e l i v e r y
Systems (S)
(3,0,1)

program p l a n n i n g
recreati on.

The c o u r s e w i l l d e a l w i t h t h e
s t r u c t u r e o f d e l i v e r y s y s t e m s and
the p h y s i c a l f a c i l i t i e s which
operate to deal with these
d e l i v e r y systems. Although the
course w i l l include a general
overview in these t o p i c s , there
w i l l be an e m p h a s i s p l a c e d on
o u t d o o r s y s t e m s and f a c i l i t i e s .

R e c r e a t i o n 151
The O u t d o o r E n v i r o n m e n t
(S) ( 3 , 2 , 1 )

R e c r e a t i o n 141
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n Program
P l a n n i n g (S)
(3,3,1)
This course w i l l explore the
program p l a n n i n g f u n c t i o n i n
outdoor r e c r e a t i o n . Topics w i l l
i n c l u d e : the problems of p l a n n i n g
programs i n e x i s t i n g d e l i v e r y
s y s t e m s , s e e k i n g ways t o s o l v e
t h e s e p r e s e n t p r o b l e m s , new
philosophies to consider in

in

outdoor

A c o n c e n t r a t i o n on t h e b a s i c s o f
w e a t h e r and c l i m a t e and how
weather a f f e c t s outdoor r e c r e a t i o n
a c t i v i t i e s . M o u n t a i n w e a t h e r and
p e r s o n a l f o r e c a s t i n g w i l l be
d e a l t w i t h i n d e t a i l . The c o u r s e
w i l l a l s o f o c u s on t h e
i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of the environment
f r o m t o p o g r a p h i c maps and a e r i a l
photographs, emphasizing
r e c r e a t i o n map d e s i g n .

R e c r e a t i o n 152
Introduction to
(F)

Outdoor

Recreation

(3,0,1)

(S)

(1.5,3,.5)

This course i s designed t o broaden
students' existing proficiencies
i n w i n t e r w i l d e r n e s s s k i l l s and
a l t e r n a t i v e summer s k i l l s .

R e c r e a t i o n 160
P h y s i c a l F i t n e s s i n T h e o r y and
P r a c t i c e (F)
(3,0,1)
An o v e r v i e w o f t h e c o n s t i t u e n t s of
p h y s i c a l f i t n e s s i n which the
f o l l o w i n g t o p i c s are d e a l t w i t h :
What i s p h y s i c a l f i t n e s s ? What a r e
i t s physiological determinants?
How c a n p h y s i c a l f i t n e s s be
a c h i e v e d and m a i n t a i n e d ? W e i g h t
c o n t r o l , p h y s i o l o g i c a l changes
r e s u l t i n g from t r a i n i n g and
exercise, tests for physical
f i t n e s s , designing fitness
programs.
Transferable

to

SFU.

A b r i e f h i s t o r i c a l o v e r v i e w of the
development of r e c r e a t i o n . Nature

123

Recreation 161
Wilderness Backpacking I
(SU.F) (3,0,1)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s k i l l s o f
summer h i k i n g and camp c r a f t s i n
w i l d e r n e s s a r e a s . E m p h a s i s w i l l be
p l a c e d on l e a d e r s h i p d e v e l o p m e n t
i n o r g a n i z a t i o n , s a f e t y and group
assessment. Topics w i l l i n c l u d e
access to wilderness a r e a s ,
equipment, n a v i g a t i o n , t r i p
p l a n n i n g and o r g a n i z a t o n .
C o n s i d e r a t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o t h e
problems of working w i t h groups,
p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e r m s o f budget,
l i m i t a t i o n s and i m p r o v i s i n g
equi pment.

R e c r e a t i o n 162

Wilderness Canoeing I (SU)

(3,0,1)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s k i l l s ,
t e c h n i q u e s and knowledge o f b a s i c
p a d d l i n g i n open c a n o e s . T h i s
course includes i n s t r u c t i o n in
proper handling of equipment;
p a d d l i n g s k i l l s in grades of water
up t o and i n c l u d i n g g r a d e t w o ,
p r a c t i c e and r e s c u e , t r a c k i n g ,
l i n i n g , portaging, river reading,
c a n o e c a m p i n g and t e a c h i n g .
L e a d e r s h i p t e c h n i q u e s and c a n o e i n g
s k i l l s w i l l be s t r e s s e d t h r o u g h o u t
the c o u r s e .

Recreation 163
Wilderness First Aid (F.)

(3,0,1)

This course i n c o r p o r a t e s the b a s i c
p r i n c i p l e s of F i r s t Aid with the
s p e c i a l i z e d needs o f t h e o u t d o o r
l e a d e r . The c o u r s e i n c l u d e s CPR,
i m p r o v e d t e c h n i q u e s , and t h e u s e
of m e t a l l i c s p l i n t s i n a d d i t i o n to
the content of a standard f i r s t
aid course. Special attention w i l l
a l s o be g i v e n t o t h e t o p i c s o f
h y p o t h e r m i a and h y p e r t h e r m i a .
S k i l l l e v e l s developed w i l l
r e f l e c t S t . J o h n ' s Ambulance
course c o n t e n t .

Recreation 164
Wilderness Nordic Skiing I
(S) (3,0,1)
T h i s i s an i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e
d e s i g n e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s an
i n i t i a l exposure to winter
e n v i r o n m e n t s on c r o s s - c o u n t r y

724

s k i s . The c o u r s e i n c l u d e s b o t h a
l e c t u r e and a f i e l d t r i p s e r i e s
w i t h e m p h a s i s on o u t d o o r a c t i v i t y .
L e c t u r e t o p i c s a r e on e q u i p m e n t ,
waxing, c l o t h i n g , f i t n e s s ,
n u t r i t i o n and s a f e t y . S k i l l l e v e l s
w i l l r e f l e c t CANSI and CSA
material content.

R e c r e a t i o n 166
Environmental Education

(F) (6,4,3)

An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e
p h i l o s o p h i e s and c o n c e p t s o f
e n v i r o n m e n t a l e d u c a t i o n and
e x p e r i e n t i a l e d u c a t i o n . Students
are encouraged to develop a
questioning attitude in reviewing
i n d i v i d u a l and g r o u p r e s p o n s e t o
contemporary environmental
phenomena. B a s e l i n e i n t e r p r e t i v e
s k i l l s a r e promoted w h i c h i n c l u d e
such f e a t u r e s of the B r i t i s h
C o l u m b i a l a n d s c a p e as f l o r a and
f a u n a , g e o l o g y , and g e o m o r p h o l o g y .
S t u d e n t s w i l l be e x p e c t e d t o l e a r n
t o i n t e r p r e t l a n d s c a p e s and
i d e n t i f y main l a n d s c a p e
components.

Recreation 171
Mountaineering I (SU)

(3,0,1)

The c o u r s e w i l l c o v e r t h e b a s i c
p r i n c i p l e s of equipment, s a f e t y ,
g l a c i e r t r a v e l and c l i m b i n g on
r o c k , i c e and s n o w . A l t h o u g h t h e
course i s p r i m a r i l y designed for
the beginner, i t i s f l e x i b l e
enough t o c a t e r t o p e o p l e w i s h i n g
t o i m p r o v e t h e i r s k i l l s beyond t h e
novice l e v e l . Lectures are i n the
e v e n i n g and f i e l d e x p e r i e n c e s on
weekends.

Recreation

a l t e r n a t i v e b e l a y and r a p p e l
s y s t e m s , and b a s i c r e s c u e
t e c h n i q u e s . S t u d e n t s w i l l be
introduced to further leadership
t e c h n i q u e s r e q u i r e d t o run c l u b
o u t i n g s and r o c k s c h o o l s .

Recreation 178
Human Relations in Recreation
(F) (3,0,1)
T o p i c s i n c l u d e Human R e l a t i o n s i n
Management, Management S t y l e s ,
Time Management, t h e L e a d e r s h i p
R o l e , P e r s o n n e l Management and
Citizen
Involvement.

Recreation 180
Fitness Leadership Theory
(F.S) (3,0,1)
T h i s c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d t o combine
t e c h n i c a l and p r a c t i c a l
i n f o r m a t i o n n e c e s s a r y t o run a
f i t n e s s p r o g r a m . The a c c e n t w i l l
be on p r a c t i a l a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e
t e c h n i c a l knowledge a c q u i r e d .
Transferable

to

SFU

Recreation 181
Endurance A c t i v i t i e s (Running)
(F) (1,0,.33)
This course i s designed to provide
fitness instructors with
information p e r t a i n i n g to the
o r g a n i z a t i o n and management o f
r u n n i n g programs. Through
t e c h n i c a l , p r a c t i c a l and
discussion sessions, students
s h o u l d g a i n t h e i n f o r m a t i o n and
c o n f i d e n c e t o m o t i v a t e and c o u n s e l
o t h e r s who a r e i n v o l v e d i n o r
about t o begin a r u n n i n g program.

172

Rock Climbing I (F)

(3,0,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : S t u d e n t s w i l l be
e x p e c t e d t o have done some r o c k
climbing p r i o r to taking t h i s
course.
This course i s devoted e n t i r e l y t o
improving s k i l l s i n rock c l i m b i n g ,
r i s k management and l e a d e r s h i p .
L e c t u r e s and f i e l d t r i p s w i l l be
i n the f o r m a t . S k i l l s w i l l i n c l u d e
l e a d i n g c l i m b s t o a grade 5 . 6 ,
advanced c h o c k s t o n e p l a c e m e n t ,

R e c r e a t i o n 182
E x e r c i s e Design

(S) (1,0,.33)

This course i s designed f o r
f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r s who w i s h t o
i n c o r p o r a t e t h e use of music i n t o
t h e i r f i t n e s s p r o g r a m s and l e a r n
good p r o g r a m a d m i n i s t r a t i o n . T h i s
w i l l be a c h i e v e d by p h y s i c a l
involvement in a f i t n e s s c l a s s
where m u s i c i s u s e d and by
p r e s e n t a t i o n and d i s c u s s i o n i n t h e
classroom.

R e c r e a t i o n 183
Strength Fitness

(F)

(1,0,.33)

This course i s designed to provide
f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r s , t e a c h e r s and
c o a c h e s w i t h t h e k n o w l e d g e and
s k i l l s necessary to design safe
and e f f e c t i v e s t r e n g t h t r a i n i n g
p r o g r a m s . The c o u r s e w i l l f o c u s on
s t r e n g t h t r a i n i n g programs f o r
g e n e r a l f i t n e s s and f o r
p r e p a r a t i o n f o r s p o r t s and
recreational
activities.

R e c r e a t i o n 184
Fitness F i r s t Aid

(F)

(1,0,.33)

This course i s designed to give
f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r s knowledge and
i n f o r m a t i o n on p r e v e n t i o n ,
i d e n t i f i c a t i o n and t r e a t m e n t o f
i n j u r i e s common t o
extracurricular
a c t i v i t i e s . The c o u r s e w i l l
c o n t a i n b o t h t h e o r e t i c a l and
practical material.

R e c r e a t i o n 185
Fitness for Children

(F)

Program

This course i s designed to provide
f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r s and o t h e r s
w o r k i n g i n a q u a t i c s With the
k n o w l e d g e and s k i l l s n e c e s s a r y t o
d e v e l o p a v a r i e t y o f s a f e and
e f f e c t i v e f i t n e s s programs i n t h e
a q u a t i c s e t t i n g . The c o u r s e d e a l s
w i t h e x e r c i s e programs b o t h i n t h e
w a t e r and on t h e p o o l d e c k .

R e c r e a t i o n 187
Fitness for Seniors

and

agencies.

practical

R e c r e a t i o n 250
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n
(F)
(3,2,1)

R e c r e a t i o n 188
N u t r i t i o n (S) ( 1 , 0 , . 3 3 )
This course i s designed to give
f i t n e s s instructors basic
knowledge of n u t r i t i o n . Emphasis
w i l l be p l a c e d on t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p
between n u t r i t i o n p r i n c i p l e s and
physical
activity.

R e c r e a t i o n 189
Pre X P o s t - N a t a l
(SU)
(1,0,.33)

Exercises

This course i s designed to give
the f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r
knowledge
and s k i l l s i n c o n d u c t i n g e x e r c i s e
programs f o r women i n b o t h t h e
p r e - and p o s t - n a t a l c o n d i t i o n .
Emphasis w i l l he on t h e o r y . It i s
s t r o n g l y recommended t h a t s t u d e n t s
have t a k e n R e c r e a t i o n 182 Exercise Design, prior to t h i s
course.

(1,0,.33)

This course i s designed to g i v e
the f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r the
k n o w l e d g e and s k i l l s n e c e s s a r y t o
a d m i n i s t e r a s a f e and m o t i v a t i n g
f i t n e s s program f o r c h i l d r e n .
E m p h a s i s w i l l be g i v e n t o
practical skills acquisition.

R e c r e a t i o n 186
Aquatic Fitness
(SU)
(1,0,.33)

theoretical
materi a l .

(1,0,.33)

This course i s designed f o r
f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r s who w i s h t o
g a i n k n o w l e d g e and e x p e r i e n c e i n
d e s i g n i n g and i m p l e m e n t i n g f i t n e s s
programs f o r s e n i o r c i t i z e n s . The
c o u r s e w i l l c o n t a i n both

R e c r e a t i o n 190
Leisure Counselling

(F)

(3,0,1)

This course w i l l provide t r a i n i n g
in l e i s u r e c o u n s e l l i n g for
p r a c t i t i o n e r s i n the area of
r e c r e a t i o n , classroom teaching,
s o c i a l and n e i g h b o u r h o o d
services,
s c h o o l c o u n s e l l i n g and r e t i r e m e n t
and p r e - r e t i r e m e n t p l a n n i n g . The
e m p h a s i s w i l l be upon t h e
a p p l i c a t i o n of c o u n s e l l i n g
s t r a t e g i e s i n t h e l e i s u r e and
recreation f i e l d .

R e c r e a t i o n 240
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n
(F)
(3,0,1)

Ecology

A study of basic e c o l o g i c a l
p r i n c i p l e s and t h e i r a p p l i c a t i o n
i n environmental issues with
r e s p e c t t o management and
conservation.

R e c r e a t i o n 255
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n
(S) ( 1 2 , 0 , 3 )

Practicum

The p r a c t i c u m i s d e s i g n e d t o
integrate classroom theory with
working experience in the f i e l d .
Students w i l l arrange w i t h the
f a c u l t y S u p e r v i s o r t o spend t h r e e
and one h a l f months i n an
a c c e p t a b l e agency p l a c e m e n t and
w i l l he r e s p o n s i b l e t o a s p e c i f i c
agency s u p e r v i s o r . S t u d e n t s w i l l
be p r o v i d e d w i t h
terms of
reference f o r the practicum
e x p e r i e n c e . S t u d e n t work
p e r f o r m a n c e and p o t e n t i a l w i l l be
e v a l u a t e d by t h e f a c u l t y and
a g e n c y s u p e r v i s o r , and s t u d e n t s
w i l l make a m a j o r p r e s e n t a t i o n t o
t h e department at the c o n c l u s i o n
of the p r a c t i c u m .

R e c r e a t i o n 259
S k i l l s Development

(F)

(1.5,3,5)

To d e v e l o p s p e c i a l i z e d s k i l l s
r e l a t e d t o the s t u d e n t ' s
employment g o a l s . S t u d e n t s w i l l
upgrade s k i l l s i n w i l d e r n e s s
photography, d i s p l a y d e s i g n ,
b r o c h u r e d e s i g n , l a y o u t and
graphic a r t s .

Administration

N o t e : T h i s c o u r s e i s open t o
recreation p r a c t i t i o n e r s in the
field.
A study of general business
p r a c t i c e s in the o p e r a t i o n of
various outdoor
recreation
f a c i l i t i e s , s u c h as r e c o r d
keeping, budgeting, accounting,
p u r c h a s i n g , a d v e r t i s i n g and
concession agreements,
l i a b i l i t i e s , l a w s and s t a t u t e s
g o v e r n i n g p a r k s and r e c r e a t i o n

I

R e c r e a t i o n 261
Wilderness Backpacking
(SU)
(3,0,1)
Prerequisite:
Backpacking I

|

II

Wilderness

The c o u r s e o b j e c t i v e i s t o f u r t h e r
involve students with wilderness
b a c k p a c k i n g s k i l l s i n an
atmosphere of s a f e t y , enjoyment
and e n v i r o n m e n t a l
understanding.
E m p h a s i s w i l l be d i r e c t e d t o w a r d s
t h e development of l e a d e r s h i p

725

e x p e r i e n c e as i t a p p l i e s t o
i n d i v i d u a l and group r e q u i r e m e n t s
in wilderness s e t t i n g s ,
i n t e r p r e t i v e s t u d i e s and g e o l o g y .
F i e l d t r i p f o r m a t i s weekends p l u s
a one week f i e l d t r i p .

R e c r e a t i o n 262
Wilderness Canoeing
(SU) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )
Prerequisite:
I

II

Wilderness

Canoeing

T h i s c o u r s e i s a r e v i e w and
a d d i t i o n to the Canoeing I
m a t e r i a l . The a d d i t i o n s i n c l u d e :
canoe c o n s t r u c t i o n and r e p a i r ,
c a n o e h i s t o r y and e v o l u t i o n o f t h e
a b o r i g i n a l c a n o e s , tandem and s o l o
m o v i n g w a t e r s k i l l s and canoe
p o l i n g . The c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d t o
f u r t h e r develop paddling s k i l l s ,
personal experience, teaching
a b i l i t y and l e a d e r s h i p t e c h n i q u e s .
Where a p p l i c a b l e t h e s t a n d a r d s and
i n s t r u c t i o n w i l l be f r o m RCA and
the Canadian R e c r e a t i o n a l Canoeing
Assnci a t i o n .

R e c r e a t i o n 263
Wilderness F i r s t
(F.S)
(3,0,1)
Prerequisite:
I

Aid

a c q u i s i t i o n of techniques f o r
teaching the s k i l l s of
c r o s s - c o u n t r y s k i i n g i n a group
s i t u a t i o n and s k i t o u r i n g
techniques for multi-day t r i p s .
Thic course w i l l a l s o deal w i t h
s a f e w i n t e r t r a v e l and w i n t e r
survival.

R e c r e a t i o n 271
M o u n t a i n e e r i n g II

(SU)

(3,0,1)

P r e r e q u i s i t e : M o u n t a i n e e r i n g I,
F e d e r a t i o n of Mountain Clubs B a s i c
Mountaineering course, equivalent
t r a i n i n g and e x p e r i e n c e a c c e p t a b l e
to I n s t r u c t o r . Students should
expect to take a s k i l l s t e s t p r i o r
t o c o u r s e commencement.
The c o u r s e w i l l d e a l w i t h t h e
p r i n c i p l e s and t e c h n i q u e s o f
m o u n t a i n e e r i n g l e a d e r s h i p up t o
and i n c l u d i n g an i n t e r m e d i a t e
l e v e l on b o t h snow and i c e and on
r o c k . A one week f i e l d t r i p w i l l
conclude the c o u r s e .
N o t e : An a d d i t i o n a l f e e w i l l
l e v i e d to cover f i e l d t r i p
expenses.

be

II

Wilderness

First

Aid

R e c r e a t i o n 280
Advanced F i t n e s s
(S) ( 3 , 0 , 1 )

Leadership

P r e r e q u i s i t e : R e c . 180 and s i x
the 9 one-credit courses

of

This course reviews the m a t e r i a l
presented in Wilderness F i r s t Aid
I w i t h e m p h a s i s on i n c r e a s e d
p r o f i c i e n c y under c o n d i t i o n s o f
i s o l a t i o n . w h e r e medical a s s i s t a n c e
i s d i s t a n t and where t h e r e a r e
e v a c u a t i o n p r o b l e m s . A heavy
e m p h a s i s i s p l a c e d on p r a c t i c a l
p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g which r e l a t e s to
b o t h summer and w i n t e r o u t d o o r
a c t i v i t i e s and s e t t i n g s .

This course i s designed to e x p l a i n
in d e t a i l the p h y s i o l o g i c a l ,
p h y s i c a l and s o c i a l f a c t o r s
involved i n the preparation of
persons i n t e r e s t e d in the area of
f i t n e s s l e a d e r s h i p . The
h o w - t o - d o - i t aspect of being a
f i t n e s s i n s t r u c t o r w i l l be
emphasized.

R e c r e a t i o n 264
Wilderness Nordic
(S)
(3,0,1)

R e c r e a t i o n 281
Fitness Leadership
(S)
(3,0,1)

Skiing

P r e r e q u i s i t e : Wilderness
Ski i n g I or e q u i v a l e n t

II

Nordic

This course i s designed to f u r t h e r
e x p e r i e n c e , a w a r e n e s s , knowledge
and a c t i v i t y s k i l l s i n i t i a t e d i n
Wilderness Nordic S k i i n g
I.
E m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d upon t h e

726

Practicum

P r e r e q u i s i t e : To be t a k e n
concurrently with Rec. 280.
T h i s i s a 4 0 - h o u r program d e s i g n e d
to give p r a c t i c e in Fitness
L e a d e r s h i p s k i l l s . The p r a c t i c u m
w i l l take place with a recognized
a g e n c y and under s u p e r v i s i o n by

t h e a g e n c y and t h e c o l l e g e . A
p r a c t i c u m r e p o r t , w i l l be r e q u i r e d
f r o m t h e s t u d e n t and p r i v a t e
d i s c u s s i o n and e v a l u a t i o n w i t h t h e
head i n s t r u c t o r o f t h e F i t n e s s
Leadership Program.
R e c . 280/281 i s t r a n s f e r a b l e
SFU

to

R e c r e a t i o n 293
Human S e r v i c e s A p p l i c a t i o n s
(2.0,1)
A s t u d y o f human s e r v i c e p o l i c i e s ,
statutory responsibilities, social
s e r v i c e s t r e n d s , outdoor
recreation services for special
p o p u l a t i o n s , human g r o w t h and
development through r e c r e a t i o n ,
a p p r o p r i a t e l e a d e r s h i p and
programming a p p l i c a t i o n s .

Applied

Landscape

Horticulture

OBJECTIVE:
The a i m o f t h i s p r o g r a m i s t o
provide i n d i v i d u a l s with the b a s i c
s k i l l s and k n o w l e d g e p r e r e q u i s i t e
to beginning a career in
l a n d s c a p i n g or landscape r e l a t e d
industries.

a t t e n d and p a r t i c i p a t e i n a l l
c l a s s e s . S t u d e n t s w i t h poor
a t t e n d a n c e may be r e q u e s t e d t o
withdraw.
FURTHER INFORMATION:
Contact t h e Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n
Department.

GENERAL INFORMATION:
The m a i n a r e a s o f s t u d y i n c l u d e :
s o i l s , plant n u t r i t i o n , plant
m a t e r i a l s , b a s i c s of landscape
d e s i g n , grounds maintenance,
e q u i p m e n t m a i n t e n a n c e and
o p e r a t i o n , business p r a c t i c e s ,
l a n d s c a p e i n s t a l l a t i o n , and
p e s t i c i d e d i s p e n s i n g and
a p p l i c a t i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l be
given i n s t r u c t i o n to aid in
s u c c e s s f u l l y completing the B . C .
M i n i s t r y of Environment
c e r t i f i c a t i o n examinations in
p e s t i c i d e d i s p e n s i n g , and
l a n d s c a p e and g r o u n d s a p p l i c a t i o n .

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS:
A p p l i c a n t s s h o u l d have a g e n u i n e
i n t e r e s t and d e s i r e f o r a c a r e e r
i-n t h e l a n d s c a p e i n s t a l l a t i o n /
m a i n t e n a n c e or r e t a i l garden
c e n t r e b u s i n e s s and a l s o an
i n t e r e s t in working outdoors.
T h e r e i s a minimum e d u c a t i o n a l
p r e r e q u i s i t e of grade 1 0 , w i t h
g r a d e 12 p r e f e r r e d . S t u d e n t s n o t
p r o f i c i e n t i n m a t h e m a t i c s may he
r e q u i r e d t o t a k e a math u p g r a d i n g
course.
PROGRAM TIMES AND DATES:
C l a s s e s run d a i l y from 9 : 0 0 t o
4 : 0 0 , f i v e days p e r w e e k . The
p r o g r a m commences at t h e b e g i n n i n g
o f September and c o n c l u d e s i n
March.
APPLICATIONS:
Due t o t h e p o p u l a r n a t u r e o f t h e
p r o g r a m and i t s l i m i t e d
e n r o l l m e n t , a p p l i c a n t s are advised
t o n o t i f y C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e Outdoor
R e c r e a t i o n Department p r e f e r a b l y
by m i d - A u g u s t 1 9 8 4 . Under c e r t a i n
c i r c u m s t a n c e s a d m i s s i o n c a n be
o b t a i n e d up t o one month a f t e r t h e
c o u r s e b e g i n s , space p e r m i t t i n g .
ATTENDENCE:
Due t o t h e i n t e n s e n a t u r e o f t h e
program, regular attendance i s
c r u c i a l . Students are expected to

Capilano

Courier

photo

Vocational Pre-Employment and Upgrading
VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS
F o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t any
o f t h e s e programs p l e a s e c a l l the
Coordinator of Mechanical/
I n d u s t r i a l Programs. A l l of these
programs a r e o f f e r e d s u b j e c t t o
approved f u n d i n g .

Drafting

-

Architectural

T h i s nine-month program i s
designed to develop b a s i c
t e c h n i q u e s and s k i l l s . D e t a i l s
a v a i l a b l e from t h e C o o r d i n a t o r

are

t e c h n i q u e s . These w o r k s h o p s a r e
d e s i g n e d to i n c r e a s e r e a d i n g speed
and c o m p r e h e n s i o n .

A . R . C . P r o g r a m 016
How t o T h i n k
Logically/Creatively
(F.S.SU) (0,0,2)

A . R . C . P r o g r a m 012
V o c a b u l a r y Development
(F.S.SU) (0,0,2)

An a p p r o a c h t o l o g i c a l t h i n k i n g ,
c o n c e n t r a t i o n on c r e a t i v e
t h i n k i n g , p r o b l e m - s o l v i n g and g o a l
achievement.

In t h e V o c a b u l a r y Development
Workshop s t u d e n t s w i l l a c q u i r e a
methodology f o r s y s t e m a t i c a l l y
d e v e l o p i n g an e f f e c t i v e
v o c a b u l a r y . As w e l l , e f f o r t s w i l l
be made t o p r o v i d e s t u d e n t s w i t h
some o f t h e t e r m i n o l o g y
appropriate to t h e i r f i e l d of
study.

Waiter/Waitress
C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e o f f e r s short term
W a i t e r / W a i t r e s s T r a i n i n g on
l o c a t i n i n areas of i t s region
t h a t have a l a r g e h o s p i t a l i t y
i n d u s t r y . Recent c o u r s e s have
c o n c e n t r a t e d on t h e W h i s t l e r a r e a .
For f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n c a l l the
Col l e g e .

ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE
COURSES
In a d d i t i o n t o i t s s e r v i c e s as a
r e s o u r c e c e n t r e (see page 1 5 ) , t h e
Achievement Resource Centre o f f e r s
d a y t i m e , weekend and e v e n i n g
w o r k s h o p s and c o u r s e s . F o r
s p e c i f i c t i m e s and d a t e s , c o n t a c t
t h e c e n t r e a t Lynnmour Campus,
Squamish or S e c h e l t .

Courses

at

Lynnmour

A . R . C . P r o g r a m 010
L e a r n i n g and S t u d y S k i l l s
(F.S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )

Workshop

Students w i l l develop basic s k i l l s
i n r e a d i n g , s t u d y i n g , w r i t i n g and
s p e l l i n g . The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t
o f some g r o u p w o r k , but w i l l
e m p h a s i z e i n d i v i d u a l i z e d programs
based on s t u d e n t a s s e s s m e n t a t t h e
b e g i n n i n g of t h e c o u r s e .

A . R . C . Program O i l
R e a d i n g Workshops ( F . S . S U )

(0,0,2)

Through a s e r i e s o f i n t e n s i v e
reading workshops, students learn
and p r a c t i c e e s s e n t i a l r e a d i n g

A . R . C . P r o g r a m 013
S p e l l i n g Improvement
(F.S.SU) (0,0,1.5)
The S p e l l i n g Improvement w o r k s h o p
series w i l l a s s i s t students
i n a n a l y z i n g t h e s t r e n g t h s and
weaknesses of t h e i r s p e l l i n q
a b i l i t y . There w i l l be some
d i s c u s s i o n o f common e r r o r
p a t t e r n s , mnemonic s t r a t e g i e s and
traditional spelling rules.
Students w i l l receive a high
d e g r e e o f i n d i v i d u a l a t t e n t i o n and
w i l l have a c c e s s t o a t a p e d
s p e l l i n g program.

A . R . C . P r o g r a m 014
Writing the College
(F.S.SU) (0,0,2)

Essay

In t h i s w o r k s h o p s e r i e s , s t u d e n t s
w i l l receive a brief
introduction
t o t h e a p p r o a c h , f o r m a t and method
of the r e s e a r c h p a p e r . A l i b r a r y
o r i e n t a t i o n , a n o t e - t a k i n g method
and t o p i c d e v e l o p m e n t a r e
included.

A . R . C . P r o g r a m 015
Communication S k i l l s
(F,S,SU) (0,0,2)
The a i m o f t h i s w o r k s h o p w i l l be
t o enhance d i s c u s s i o n s k i l l s
through a t t e n t i o n t o such f a c t o r s
as c o n c i s e e x p r e s s i o n , n o n - v e r b a l
c o m m u n i c a t i o n and s e l f - i m a g e .

A . R . C . P r o g r a m 017
Memory T r a i n i n g
(F.S.SU) (0,0,2)
P a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l l e a r n major
memory s y s t e m s t o i m p r o v e a c a d e m i c
p e r f o r m a n c e . T h e r e w i l l be some
e v a l u a t i o n of i n d i v i d u a l l e a r n i n g
s t y l e s . T e c h n i q u e s w i l l be
i n t r o d u c e d f o r remembering
numbers, languages, a p p o i n t m e n t s ,
e x a m i n a t i o n m a t e r i a l and s p e e c h e s .

A . R . C . Program 018
Time Management
(F.S.SU) (0,0,2)
A n a l y s i s of present time use,
familiarization with
o r g a n i z a t i o n a l t e c h n i q u e s and
development of s t r a t e g i e s f o r
s h o r t and l o n g t e r m g o a l s e t t i n g .

A . R . C . P r o g r a m 019
Study S k i l l s
(F.S.SU) (0,0,2)
Time m a n a g em en t, n o t e t a k i n g ,
study t e c h n i q u e s , essay w r i t i n g ,
c o n c e n t r a t i o n b u i l d i n g , exam
writing.

A . R . C . P r o g r a m 201
Reading Dynamics
(F.S.SU) ( 1 . 5 , 0 , . 5 )
This c o u r s e aims t o improve
r e a d i n g speed and c o m p r e h e n s i o n .
The l e a r n i n g and p r a c t i s i n g o f
basic reading techniques a s s i s t s
s t u d e n t s i n becominq v e r s a t i l e ,
effective readers.

WOMEN'S ACCESS CENTRE COURSES
In a d d i t i o n t o i t s s e r v i c e s as a
r e s o u r c e c e n t r e , t h e Women's
Access Centre o f f e r s daytime,
weekend and e v e n i n g w o r k s h o p s and
c o u r s e s . F o r s p e c i f i c t i m e s and
d a t e s , c o n t a c t the c e n t r e at t h e
Lynnmour C a m p u s .

Courses at

Lynnmour

Strategies
(F.S.SU)

for

Confidence

Building

C o n f i d e n c e i s n o t an a t t r i b u t e
some l u c k y few n a t u r a l l y h a v e ; i t
i s an a t t i t u d e t h a t i s a c q u i r e d .
In t h i s c o u r s e we w i l l u s e
c o n c r e t e s k i l l s s u c h as
interpersonal communication,
assertiveness, transactional
a n a l y s i s and b e h a v i o u r a l
c o n t r a c t i n g as a way t o d e v e l o p
s e l f - c o n f i d e n c e . This course
i n v o l v e s s m a l l group d i s c u s s i o n
and w i l l r e q u i r e a c t i v e
p a r t i c i p a t i o n by t h o s e a t t e n d i n g .

How t o D e c i d e : L i f e and C a r e e r
P l a n n i n g f o r Women ( F . S . S U )
This course i s designed to help
p a r t i c i p a n t s assess t h e i r present
s i t u a t i o n and c l a r i f y p o s s i b l e
o p t i o n s f o r c h a n g e . We w i l l
i d e n t i f y e x i s t i n g and p o t e n t i a l
s k i l l s , d e v e l o p s h o r t and
l o n g - t e r m g o a l s and make a c t i o n
plans for reaching those g o a l s .
The s t e p s i n v o l v e d i n
d e c i s i o n - m a k i n g w i l l be c o v e r e d .

C o m m u n i c a t i n g More
(F,S)

Confidently

A s s e r t i v e behaviour allows a
person to express honest f e e l i n g
c o m f o r t a b l y , t o be d i r e c t and
s t r a i g h t f o r w a r d and t o e x e r c i s e
personal rights without denying
t h e r i g h t s o f o t h e r s and w i t h o u t
e x p e r i e n c i n g undue a n x i e t y and
g u i l t . Three s t y l e s :
N o n - a s s e r t i o n , a g g r e s s i o n and
a s s e r t i o n , w i l l be e x p l o r e d . An
e m p h a s i s w i l l be p l a c e d on
p r a c t i c i n g t h e components o f
b e c o m i n g more a s s e r t i v e .

L i f e and C a r e e r
Interviews

PROGRAMS AND COURSES FOR S P E C I A L
NEEDS

Planning

A r e you t h i n k i n g about f u r t h e r
e d u c a t i o n / t r a i n i n g and/or j o i n i n g
t h e p a i d l a b o u r f o r c e ? Would y o u
l i k e more i n f o r m a t i o n on
e d u c a t i o n a l o p p o r t u n i t i e s ? We c a n
a s s i s t y o u i n m a k i n g some c h o i c e s
and i n a n s w e r i n g some q u e s t i o n s
a l o n g t h e w a y . Here a r e some
examples:
Where do I s t a r t ?
How t o I a s s e s s my a b i l i t i e s and
Interests?
What a r e my o p t i o n s ?
How do I s e t g o a l s and make
action plans?
How a r e t h e j o b p r o s p e c t s o f t h e
future?
How do I w r i t e r e s u m e s , make
c o n t a c t s and h a n d l e an i n t e r v i e w ?
I f you would l i k e t o t a l k w i t h u s ,
c a l l 9 8 6 - 1 9 1 1 , l o c a l 2 7 9 , and make
an a p p o i n t m e n t .
C a r e e r Change

Interviews

The key t o m a k i n g a c a r e e r change
i s the t r a n f e r r i n g of s k i l l s , t h a t
i s , a s s e s s i n g c u r r e n t s k i l l s and
f i n d i n g out which o t h e r
o c c u p a t i o n s r e q u i r e t h e s e same
s k i l l s . Once y o u r s k i l l s a r e
a s s e s s e d , y o u may w i s h t o u p g r a d e
them o r d e v e l o p o t h e r a b i l i t i e s
w h i c h complement y o u r b a s i c
s k i l l s . The i m p o r t a n t t h i n g t o
remember i s t h a t y o u a r e not
s t a r t i n g f r o m s c r a t c h when m a k i n g
a c a r e e r c h a n g e , no m a t t e r how
d r a m a t i c a c h a n g e y o u may m a k e .
I n t e r v i e w s a r e a v a i l a b l e by
appointment. C a l l 986-1911, l o c a l
279.

CAP 005
Career Planning f o r the
Computer Age ( F , S )

T h e r e a r e many a d u l t s i n t h e
c o l l e g e r e g i o n whose e d u c a t i o n a l
n e e d s a r e not met by t h e c r e d i t o r
c r e d i t - f r e e programs or c o u r s e s
leading to college c e r t i f i c a t i o n .
Accordingly, the College o f f e r s a
number o f o t h e r c o u r s e s and
p r o g r a m s w h i c h meet t h e s e s p e c i a l
n e e d s . Such p r o g r a m s and COUTSPS
c a n be o r g a n i z e d i n r e s p o n s e t o
c o m m u n i t y r e q u e s t t o b e g i n a t any
t i m e o f t h e y e a r . Those o f f e r e d i n
1983/84 i n c l u d e :

P r e p a r a t o r y and S p e c i a l
Programs

Needs

Capilano College o f f e r s the
f o l l o w i n g s p e c i a l programs t o
meet t h e v a r i e d needs o f a l l
students in i t s region:

help

1. Basic S k i l l s in
Math/English/Science.
2. College Preparatory courses in
M a t h e m a t i c s (Math 0 0 9 - 0 1 2 )
3. College Preparatory courses in
E n g l i s h ( E n g l i s h 010)
4. College Preparatory courses in
Chemistry (Chemistry 030)
5 . E n g l i s h as a S e c o n d L a n g u a g e
6 . Achievement Resource Centre
Programs:
a ) A s s e s s m e n t and I n d i v i d u a l
Development
b) L e a r n i n g A s s i s t a n c e
c ) Study S k i l l s f o r E x c e l l e n c e
d ) S p e c i a l Needs S e r v i c e s ( f o r
the Disabled)
7. A l t e r n a t i v e Career T r a i n i n g f o r
the L e a r n i n g Handicapped
8 . C a r e e r A l t e r n a t i v e s f o r Women

Micro

The C a r e e r A l t e r n a t i v e s P r o g r a m i s
o r g a n i z e d around f o u r main
o b j e c t i v e s : f i r s t , assessment of
your i n t e r e s t s , a b i l i t i e s , s k i l l s ,
l i f e s t y l e and p r i o r i t i e s ; s e c o n d ,
f i n d i n g out about d i f f e r e n t c a r e e r
f i e l d s ; t h i r d , l e a r n i n g job search
s k i l l s ( s u c h as i n t e r v i e w
t e c h n i q u e s and resume w r i t i n g ) ;
f o u r t h , an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
techniques designed to b u i l d your
c o n f i d e n c e and d e v e l o p y o u r
communication s k i l l s .

<

129

ADULT BASIC

EDUCATION/FOUNDATIONS

Instructional

Faculty

ATHATIDE, D . J . A . , B . S c . , ( H o n s )
( M c G i l l ) , M.Sc. (UBC), B.C.
Teacher's C e r t .
BANKS, J . L . , B . S c . ( H o n s . ) (SFU)
BANNISTER, J . , B . A . , B . S . W . ( U B C ) ,
D i p l . of Ed. ( O x f o r d ) , M.Ed.
(Toronto), B.C. Teacher's C e r t . ,
N f l d . Teacher's C e r t .
BROWN, S . , B . E d . ( U B C ) , B . C .
Teacher's C e r t .
CAIRNS, M . C . , B . S c . ( M a t h )
(Calgary), A l t a . Teacher's C e r t .
CHAMBERLIN, R . , S t a n d a r d C e r t .
(B.C.)
DUVALL, J . E . , B . A . ( U B C ) , D i p l .
Ed. (Sask.)
FUTTERMAN, E . , R . S c . ( C a l i f o r n i a ,
Berkley)
HIND, J . , B . A . ( 1 s t C l a s s H o n s . )
( S F U ) , M . A . (UBC)
HODGSON, P . , B . A . ( H o n s . ) , B . E d .
(Queen's)
IRVINE, R . F . , Teacher's C e r t . ,
S a s k . A B . C . , B . A . (SFU)
LESS, J . , B . S c . (Michigan T e c h . )
PASS, J . , B . A . (UBC), B . C .
Teacher's Cert.RAMSAY, F . , B . S c . ( M c G i l l )
RAWSTHORNE, M . , B . H . E . , R . D . (UBC)
ROSE, J . , B . A . ( W e s t e r n ) , B . C .
Teacher's C e r t .
ROSEN, B . , B . A . ( U . o f C a l i f . )
SOUTHERST, J . , B . A . , B . E d . ( U B C ) ,
B.C. Teacher's C e r t .
THOMLINSON, A . G . , B . A . , M . S c .
(UBC), B.C. T e a c h e r ' s C e r t .
YOUNG, D . E . , B . A . ( S F U ) . S . R . N .
(London), S . C . M . ( S c o t l a n d ) ,
D i p l . T . N . (London)

General

Information

The A d u l t B a s i c
E d u c a t i o n / F o u n d a t i o n s program
g i v e s a s t u d e n t the chance to
upgrade or r e f r e s h h i s / h e r s k i l l s
and i n c r e a s e h i s / h e r knowledge of
E n g l i s h , M a t h e m a t i c s and t h e
S c i e n c e s . Completion of the
program w i l l e i t h e r h e l p t h e
student to obtain the
q u a l i f i c a t i o n s to gain employment,
go on t o v o c a t i o n a l o r c a r e e r
t r a i n i n g programs or p r e p a r e
h i m / h e r f o r s t u d i e s at a h i g h e r
academic l e v e l .

130

Requirements f o r Admission

ABE/Foundations

An a p p l i c a n t must be a t l e a s t 18
y e a r s o l d and have been o u t o f t h e
p u b l i c school system f o r at l e a s t
one y e a r .

ENGLISH

T h e r e i s no minimum e d u c a t i o n a l
p r e r e q u i s i t e for entry into the
program; the student i s assessed
and p l a c e d i n t h e p r o g r a m a t a
l e v e l c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o h i s or her
educational background.

Dates of

Admission

Terms b e g i n i n J a n u a r y , M a r c h ,
May, J u l y , September and N o v e m b e r .

Courses

BENG O i l - B a s i c R e a d i n g A
Comprehension S k i l l s , E s s e n t i a l
W r i t i n g S k i l l s , S p e l l i n g A Word
Attack
BENG 021
BENG 031 - M e c h a n i c s , B a s i c
S k i l l s , Orientation
BENG 032 - S e n t e n c e t o P a r a g r a p h
BENG 033 - G r a p h i c S i m p l i c i t y
BENG 034 - S h o r t R e p o r t W r i t i n g
BENG 041 - C r i t i c a l R e a d i n g A
Awareness
BENG 042 - E s s a y W r i t i n g (6
hours/week)
MATH

Foundations
The p u r p o s e o f t h e F o u n d a t i o n s
program i s t o p r e p a r e a s t u d e n t
for post-secondary education:
v o c a t i o n a l o r c a r e e r p r o g r a m s and
a c a d e m i c s t u d i e s . To a l a r g e
d e g r e e , i n s t r u c t i o n 1s
i n d i v i d u a l i z e d and s e l f - p a c e d .
C l a s s e s are o f f e r e d d u r i n g t h e
d a y , Monday t o F r i d a y and some
e v e n i n g s . The p r o g r a m o f f e r s a
v a r i e t y of courses i n E n g l i s h ,
Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics,
B i o l o g y and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s .

Adult

Basic

Education

S t u d e n t s s p o n s o r e d by CEIC may
gain the e q u i v a l e n t of grades 6,
8 , and 10 i n E n g l i s h , M a t h e m a t i c s ,
P h y s i c s , C h e m i s t r y and B i o l o g y .
Completiono of t h i s B . T . S . D .
program i n c r e a s e s the s t u d e n t ' s
employment o p p o r t u n i t i e s and
q u a l i f i e s him o r h e r f o r e n t r y
into vocational t r a i n i n g programs.
The A d u l t B a s i c E d u c a t i o n / C o l l e g e
Foundation Program a l s o o f f e r s
i n s t r u c t i o n for the General
E d u c a t i o n D e v e l o p m e n t T e s t s . These
Government s p o n s o r e d GED t e s t s a r e
a s e r i e s of f i v e comprehensiveexaminations in the areas of
Writing S k i l l s , Social Studies,
S c i e n c e , R e a d i n g S k i l l and
M a t h e m a t i c s . The GED t e s t s g i v p a
s t u d e n t t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o g a i n an
o f f i c i a l document s t a t i n g t h a t
s h e / h e has s e c o n d a r y s c h o o l , g r a d e
1? e q u i v a l e n c y s t a n d i n g .

BMTH O i l - Whole Numbers A
Decimal s
BMTH 021 - F r a c t i o n s A P e r c e n t a g e
BMTH 031 - Measurement A Geometry
A Basic Algebra
BMTH 041 - B u s i n e s s Math
BMTH 042 - T e c h n i c a l Math
BMTH 045 - I n t r o d u c t o r y A l g e b r a
SOCIAL STUDIES
BSOC 041 - B a s i c S o c i a l

Studies

SCIENCE
BSCI 031 BSCI 032 BSCI 040 Science
BCHM 041 BCHM 042 Chemistry
BPHY 041 BPHY 042 Physics
BBIO 021 BBIO 031 BBIO 041 -

Basic Physical Science
Basic Physical Science
General P h y s i c a l
Vocational Chemistry
College Preparation
Vocational Physics
College Preparation
Basic Literacy
Biology
Biology

Biology

These c o u r s e s maybe t a k e n on a
f u l l t i m e o r p a r t t i m e b a s i s . Some
s t u d e n t s may w i s h t o t a k e t h e s e
c o u r s e s as p a r t o f t h e i r c o l l e g e
p r o g r a m . Each c o u r s e i s e q u i v a l e n t
to .75 c r e d i t .

ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE

E.S.L. 091
English as a Second Language

Instructional

(F.S)

Faculty

ACOSTA, J . , B.A. ( C a l i f . ) , E . S . L .
Cert. (San Francisco State)
BANNISTER, E . , B.Ed. (UBC),
Teaching Dipl. (Birmingham)
COLLINS, N., B.A. (London), M.A.
Advanced Professional Teaching
Cert. (UBC)
FRY, M., B.Ed. (UBC)
KUBICEK, R., B.A. (Sir George
Williams), M.A. (SFU),
Coordinator
RENES, L,, B.A., M.A. (Toronto),
T . E . S . L . Cert. (George Brown)

General Information
For students with a f i r s t language
other than English, the College
offers a variety of courses to
help them achieve the level of
competency 1n English that they
desire. To qualify for these
courses a potential student MUST
be either a Landed Immigrant or a
Canadian c i t i z e n . All aspects of
the languge are covered speaking, reading and writing at
the Beginner, Intermediate and
Advanced levels. The courses are
presented 1n three categories part-time evening, part-time day
and Academic Preparatory. An
English Placement Test result or
the Instructor's permission 1s
required to enroll 1n the Academic
Preparatory course. Courses are
not transferable to university.
For further Information call
986-1911, local 414.

E.S.L.
English as a Second Language Beginner Level (F.S)
E.S.L. 040
English as a Second Language Intermediate Level (F.S)
E . S . L . 050
English as a Second Language Advanced Level (F.S)

(3,0,1)

The program was developed
inconsultation with the North
Vancouver School Board and entry
is by r e f e r r a l .

Note: This course 1s not
transferable to university.
ACTP 001

A course designed to provide the
student, whose f i r s t language is
not English, with verbal and
written s k i l l s 1n English. The
course will proceed with the
patterns set by the students'
needs, generally beginning with a
review of basics. Included 1n the
course of study are: reading and
oral comprehension, sentence
structure, paragraphs and short
essays, composition, vocabulary,
dictations, spelling and verbal
communication. This course
Includes conversation classes and
language lab exercises.

E.S.L. 099
English as a Second Language
(F.S)

(3,0,1)

Note: This course 1s not
transferable to university.
Prerequisite: Written permission
of the Instructor.
This course 1s similar to English
091 except that the student should
have a higher leveT of ability 1n
the English language, and the
stress of study will be on
writing, discussion and expression
of Ideas.

ALTERNATIVE CAREER TRAINING FOR
THE LEARNING HANDICAPPED
Instructional

Job Search Techniques
This course will offer the student
an opportunity to explore methods
and techniques which will enhance
the job search. The course will
focus on appropriate behaviours 1n
the marketplace and will also
Include opportunities for growth
1n the areas of splf-awareness and
Independence as they relate to
making l i f e s t y l e decisions.

ACTP 002
Practical Field Experiences
Students are provided with the
opportunity to explore a variety
of f i e l d placements which are
college-supervised. Included are
four practicum periods for a total
ten weeks of field work.

ACTP 003
Communications * Math for Everyday
Living
This course has been designed with
three components; consumer
mathematics, communication and
leisure planning. This course
provides opportunities to maintain
and develop specific s k i l l areas,
with Integration of these s k i l l s
Into employment situations being
the desi red goal.

Faculty

BORDEWICK, J . , B.S. (Ed.), P.D.P.
(SFU)
KIRKRY, D., B.Ed. (Winnipeg)
SPENCER, L . , B.A. (SFU), Teaching
Cert.
General Information
The ACT Program 1s an eight-month
Career Awareness and Exploration
program that enables students the
opportunity for competitive
employment training and
Independent living s k i l l s
development.

737

Transfer Guide 1984-1985
TRANSFER GUIDE 198*-1985
This transfer guide is provided as a convenience to the student and is
correct at the time of printing. Information on any courses not listed can be
obtained from the department concerned.
Capilano College assumes no
responsibility for articulation changes made at the universities which invalidate
this guide.
Students should be aware when using the guide that Capilano College and
Simon Fraser University are on a semester system. The University of British
Columbia and the University of Victoria are on a yearly system. This will
account for the apparent discrepancy in transfer credits.
NOTE:

IVi units at the University of British Columbia or the University of
Victoria are equal to 3 or *.5 Capilano College credit hours (see
College Calendar under course description for correct credits).
Similarly, if two Capilano College courses are required, 3 units at the
University of British Columbia or the University of Victoria could
equal 6 or 9 credit hours at Capilano College. For example,
Psychology 100 and 101 (three credit hours each) would equal 3 units
at the University of British Columbia.

This transfer guide is accurate as of March 9, 198*. If further or updated
information is required, please contact one of Capilano College's counsellors
(986-1911, local 298) or the institution that you wish to transfer to.
SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY
Admissions Office
Burnaby, B.C. V5A 1S6
291-322*
UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
Registrar's Office
#20* - 2075 Wesbrook Mall
Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1Z2
228-28**

#2 - UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: ART
Students planning to enter the program leading to a B.A. degree with a
major in Fine Arts should normally apply after four semesters. Where Art
(History and/or Studio) courses are not available at the College attended,
transfer following only two semesters would be advisable. Students planning to
enter the Studio program leading to the B.F.A. degree should normally apply to
the university following two semesters. Applicants with four semesters will be
considered.
The maximum credit possible for studio courses for a student who has
completed First Year will be three units Fine Arts 181. A student who has
completed Second Year will be allowed a further six units of credit in studio
courses to correspond to a selection from Fine Arts 281-290. Students applying
for the B.F.A. are reminded that admission to the program is by selection based
on standing and courses and an assessment of a folio of art work. The year of
admission whether second or third year will be at the discretion of the
Department.
The selection committee to screen applicants will meet early in April prior
to the session to which application will be made. Applicants should contact the
Department of Fine Arts by mid March to obtain the necessary information on
application procedure. Late applicants for the B.F.A. program will be considered
at registration time if places are still available.
Students who plan to transfer Fine Arts studio credit into an Art Education
program must produce a representative folio of work.
The Adjudication
Committee of the Art Education program will determine if the work is of
acceptable standard for transfer of credit.

#3 - SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY: FRENCH, GERMAN AND SPANISH

UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA
Admissions Office
P.O. Box 1700
Victoria, B.C. V8W 2Y2
721-7211

a.

Exemption from Department of Languages, Literatures and Linguistics
(DLLL) courses will normally be given depending upon the results of a
placement test or other assessment procedure prior to registration in the
student's first DLLL course. For further information consult the language
division concerned.

BRITISH COLUMBIA INSTITUTE OF
TECHNOLOGY
3700 Willingdon Avenue
Burnaby, B.C. V5G 3H2
*3*-573*

b.

Only those courses which qualify a student for exemption from an SFU
course as a result of the placement test will count as Type 2 credit and be
allowed to count toward major requirements in DLLL. Other courses will
be given Type 3 credit and may only be used for elective credit.

c.

Students with prior knowledge of the language are required to consult with
the Division concerned for placement prior to or at registration. Native
speakers or students who received their secondary education in a Chinese,
French, German, Hindi, Russian, Spanish, or Swahili speaking country will
not normally be admitted to a language course in that particular language
between 100 and 300 inclusive.

d.

Total transfer and course challenge credit in basic language courses may
not exceed the limits given below:

CERTIFIED GENERAL ACCOUNTANTS
1555 West 8th Avenue
Vancouver, B.C. V63 1Y5
732-1211
SOCIETY OF MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTANTS
1575 - 650 West Georgia Strset
Vancouver, B.C. V6B *W7
687-5891
INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS
1155 Melville Street
Vancouver, B.C. V6E * C *
681-326*
(For information regarding transfer credit to any of the above, you may also
contact the Business Management Department of Capilano College.)
NOTES:
ifl

- SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY: ANTHROPOLOGY & SOCIOLOGY

A student who has completed 60 semester hours of college transferable
credit, and elects a major in the Department of Sociology and Anthropology at
Simon Fraser University, will receive the following exemptions:
a.

Completion of five Type I transfer credit courses in S.A. (15 hours) will be
judged as satisfying the Sociology and Anthropology Department lower
division requirement of five courses (20 hours), providing that program
prerequisites are being fulfilled.,

b.

Completion of four Type 1 transfer credit courses in S.A. (12 hours) will be
judged as completion of four Sociology and Anthropology lower division
courses (16 hours), providing that program prerequisites are being fulfilled.
Such students will be required to take one additional S.A. lower division
course at SFU in order to complete lower division requirements.

c.

Completion of three or fewer Type I transfer credit courses in S.A. (9
hours or less) will warrant a department exemption of one semester hour
per course.

For further information please consult the Department of Sociology and
Anthropology or the Director of Admissions at SFU.

732

French language

-13 semester hours

German language

- I* semester hours

Russian language

- 12 semester hours

Spanish language

- I* semester hours

Literature courses may be taken in addition to these limits. Students
interested in course challenge should consult the Department of Languages,
Literatures and Linguistics.

SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY

UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA

S.A. (3)

Anthropology (1)4) (1st or 2nd year)

Transfers with 121

Anthropology 121

S.A. (3)

Anthropology (114) (1st or 2nd year)

Transfers with 120

Anthropology 120 & 121

S.A. 170 (3), S.A. (3)

Anthropology 200 (3)

Anthropology 100 (3)

Anthropology 120
& Women's Studies 122

S.A. 170 (3), S.A. (3) or S.A. 170 (3),

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Anthropology 100 (3)

Anthropology 121
& Women's Studies 122

These courses transfer separately.

Anthropology 100 (3)

S.A. 170 (3), S.A. (3) or S.A. 170 (3),

CAPILANO COLLEGE
ANTHROPOLOGY
Anthropology 120

Anthropology 123
Anthropology 121
Anthropology 200
Anthropology 202
Anthropology 20*
Anthropology 249

Women's Studies 200 (3)
Women's Studies 200 (3)
Archaeology 101 (3)
Archaeology 131 (3)
S.A. (3) (200 division)

See individual numbers.
Anthropology (1)4) (1st or 2nd year)

Anthropology 240 (1)4)
Anthropology 100 (114) (part credit)

Anthropology 240 (114)

Anthropology (200 level) (1)4)

Anthropology (114)

Anthropology (200 level) (1)4)

Anthropology (1)4)

S.A. (3) (200 division)

Anthropology (1)4) (2nd year)

S.A. 203 (3)

Anthropology (1)4)

Anthropology (200 level) (1)4)
Anthropology (200 level) (1)4)

S.A. (3)
For further information on
Anthropology see Note ff 1 page 132.

ART
Art 150*, 151*, 152, 154, 156, 157, 158,
164, 166, 167, 171, 172, 174, 178, 182,
183, 184, 185**, 189**

Any one course is equivalent to
Visual Art (Studio) (3). Except Art
150 or 151; these courses will be
equivalent to Visual Art Studio (2)
each.

Art 163, 165, 204, 206, 216, 217

Any one course is equivalent to
Visual Art (Studio) (3)

Art 250, 255, 257, 262*, 263*, 265,
271, 272, 273, 274, 282, 283

Any one course is equivalent to
Visual Art (Studio) (3)
•Credit of 2 units only. May not
receive credit for Art 152, 154, 164,
184.
**May not also receive credit for
Art 158, 178.

Any two courses are equivalent to
Fine Arts 181 (3)

NOTE: Art Studio courses to be
determined individually on presentation
of portfolio.

Any four of these courses may
correspond to the required selection
from Fine Arts 281-290 (6) (credit
only in 2nd year B.F.A. Program)
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ON
ART SEE 2. PAGE ?

BIOLOGY
Biology 100

Kinesiology (100 level) (3)

Biology (1)4) (no credit in Life
Science Departments)

Biology (100 level) (1)4)

Biology 101

Bioscience (3)

Biology (1)4) (no credit in Life
Science Departments)

Biology (100 level) (1)4)

Biology 104

Bioscience 101* (3)

Transfers with 105

Biology (100 level) (1)4)

Biology 105

Bioscience 102* (3)

Transfers with 104

Biology (100 level) (114)

Biology 104 & 105

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Biology (3) (no credit in Life Science
Departments)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Biology 110

Bioscience 101* (3)

Transfers with 111

Transfers with 111

Biology 111

Bioscience 102* (3)

Transfers with 110

Biology 110 & 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Biology 101 (3) or 102 (3)

Biology 152

To be determined.

To be determined.

To be determined.

Biology 200

Bioscience 202 (3)

Biology (1)4) (2nd year) (but may not
take Biology 334 for credit)

Biology 300 (1)4)

Biology 204

Bioscience 204 (3)

Biology (1)4) (2nd year) (but may not
take Biology 321 for credit)

Biology 306 (1)4)

Biology 205

Bioscience (3)

Biology (1)4) (2nd year) (but may not
take Biology 322 for credit)

Biology (200 level) (1)4)

Biology 204 4: 205

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Biology (3) (2nd year)
(see notes above)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Biology 209

Bioscience 326 (3)

Botany 209 (1)4)

Biology 203 (1)4)

Biology 210

Bioscience 337 (3)

Botany 210 (1)4)

Biology 204 (1)4)

Biology 212

Bioscience 306 (3)

Zoology 205 (114)

Biology 206 (1)4)

Biology 213

Bioscience 316 (3)

Zoology 203 (1)4)

Biology 207 (1)4)

Biology 214

Bioscience 201 (3)

Biology 200 (114)

Biology 200 (114)

Biology 215

Bioscience 301 (3)

Biology 201 (1)4) (when accompanied
by Organic Chemistry)

Biochemistry 200 (114)

Biology 220

Bioscience (3)

Transfers with 221

Transfers with 221

Biology 221

Bioscience (3)

Transfers with 220

Transfers with 220

Biology 220 4: 221

Bioscience 303 (3), Bioscience (3)

Microbiology 200 (3)

Microbiology 200 (3)

Transfers with 110
•

Biology 150(3)

•Students contemplating further work
in Biology should endeavour to take
Biology 110 4: 111. Credit will not
be allowed for both Biology 104 &
110, or Biology 105 4: 111.

733

CAPILANO COLLEGE

SIMON F R A S E R

BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T

Formerly Commerce

Business Management

171

Business Management

172

Business Management 172 4 176

Business (3)
Business 251 (3)

Business Management

180
184

UNIVERSITY O F BRITISH C O L U M B I A

UNIVERSITY O F VICTORIA

Commerce (I>4)

Transfers with 176

Commerce 151 (1)4) plus
Commerce (114)

Commerce 251 (1)4)

Statistics (100 level) (114)
Transfers with 176

Business Management 178 & 179

Business Management

UNIVERSITY

Transfers with 185

Commerce (100 level) (1)4)

Commerce (1)4)

Computer Science (100 level) (114)

Transfers with 185

Commerce 251 (114)
Commerce 253 (1)4)

Business Management 185

Transfers with 184

Transfers with 184

Business Management 184 4 185

Business 222 (3)

Commerce 151 ( I K )

Business Management 255

Business (2)

Business Management 256

Business (3)

CHEMISTRY
Chemistry 104

Chemistry (3)

Transfers with 105

Transfers with 105

Chemistry 105

Chemistry (3)

Transfers with 104

Transfers with 104

Chemistry 104 & 105

Chemistry 104 (3) & Chemistry
105 (3) plus exemption for
Chemistry 115 4 118

Chemistry 103 (3)

Chemistry 120 (3) ("C" required for
entry to 102, 231 4 213)

Chemistry 108

Chemistry 104 (3) (exempts from
Chemistry 115)

Transfers with 111

Chemistry 100(1)4)

Chemistry 108 & 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 120 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 110

Chemistry 104 (3) (exempts from
Chemistry 115)

Transfers with 111

Chemistry 101 (1)4)

Chemistry 111

Chemistry 105 (3) (exempts from
Chemistry 118)

Transfers with 108 & 110

Chemistry 102 (114)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 120 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 200

Chemistry 251 (3) (exempts from
Chemistry 256. Will be required
to take SFU 251 if " D " obtained
in 200)

Transfers with 201

Chemistry 231 (1)4)

Chemistry 201

Chemistry 252 (3) (Will be required
to take S F U 252 if "D" obtained
in 201)

Transfers with 200

Chemistry 232 (1)4)

Chemistry 200 & 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 230 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 204

Chemistry 261 (3)
(exempts from Chemistry 218)

Transfers with 205

Chemistry (200 level) (1)4)

Chemistry 205

Chemistry 232 (3)

Transfers with 204

Chemistry (200 level) (1)4)

Chemistry 204 4 205

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 205 13)

These courses transfer separately.
See individunl numbers.

Commerce 210

No credit

Commerce 110 (1)4)

No credit

Commerce 220

Business 270 (3)

Commerce 120 (1)4)

No credit

Commerce 251

Transfers with 253

Commerce 151 (1)4)

Transfers with 253

Commerce 253

Transfers with 251

Commerce 153 (1)4)

Transfers with 251

Commerce 251 4 253

Business 251 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Commerce 251 (1)4)

Chemistry 110 4

111

COMMERCE

COMMUNICATIONS
Communications 150 4: 156

Communications (3)

COMPUTING SCIENCE

For Mathematics courses please refer to the "Mathematics" section of the guide.

Computing Science 100 (Basic)

Computing Science 100 (3)

Computer Science (1H)

Computing Science 103 (Pascal)

Computing Science 103* (4)

Computer Science 114 (1)4)

To be determined.

Computing Science 104

Computing Science 105 (3)

Computer Science (1)4)

Computer Science 230 (1)4)

Computing Science 105

Computing Science 118 (3)

Computer Science 116 (1)4) or
118 (1)4) (depending on language
used)

Computer Science 115 (1)4)

To be determined.

Computing Science 222

Computing Science 201 (3)

Computer Science (1)4)

Computer Science 325 (1)4)

Computing Science 104 4 222

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Computer Science 215 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Computing Science 223

Computing Science 205 (3)

Computing Science 220 (1)4)

To be determined

Computing Science 224

M A C M 316 (3)

Computing Science 302 (1)4)

To be determined

*If "B" grade achieved, credit will be
101 (4), if below a " B " , credit will be
103 (4).

734

SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY

UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA

Economics 100 (3)
Economics 101 (3)
These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Economics (114)

Economics (100 level) (114)

Economics'(l)4)

Economics (100 level) (114)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Economics (100 level) (114)

Economics 150 (3)

Economics (1)4)

Economics (100 level) (114)

Economics 120
Economics 121

Economics 152 (3)

Economics (1)4)

Economics (100 level) (114)

Economics 200

Economics 205 (3)

Economics (14) (transfer students
taking Economics 100 at UBC may
not also obtain transfer credit for
one of Economics 200 4 201)

Economics 202 (114)

Economics 200 (3)

Economics (1)4) (transfer students
taking Economics 100 at UBC may
not also obtain transfer credit for
one of Economics 200 4 201)

Economics 201 (114)

Economics 201

Economics 200 4 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Economics 100 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Economics 201 (3)

Economics (200 level) (114)

Economics 202 (3)

Economics (200 level) (114)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Economics (200 level) (3)

CAPILANO COLLEGE
ECONOMICS
Economics 100
Economics 101
Economics 100 4 101

Economics 211
Economics 212
Economics 211 4 212

ENGLISH
English 010

English (3)

English 100

English (3)

See English 100 or 102 listing

English 115 (114)

English 100 or 102, 104, 105,
106, 108

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Any two: English 100 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

English 212 (3)

See English 100 or 102 listing.

English 115(114)

English 102
English 104

English 101 (3)

See English 100 or 102 listing.

English 121 (1)4)

English 105

English 102 (3)

See English 100 or 102 listing.

English 122 (1)4)

English 106

English 103 (3)

See English 100 or 102 listing.

English 122 (1)4)

English 105 4 106

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

See English 100 or 102 listing.

English (100 level) (3)

English 101 or 102 or 103 or
English (3)

See English 100 or 102 listing.

English (100 level) (114)

English 108
English 190

English (3)

Transfers with 191

Transfers with 191

English 191

English (3)

Transfers with 190

Transfers with 190

English 190 4 191

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Creative Writing 202 (3) (permission
to enter senior courses in Creative
Writing subject to assessment of
recent writing by UBC department)

Creative Writing 100 (3)

English 200

English (3) (exempts from
English 204 or 205)

Transfers with 201

Transfers with 201

English 201

English 206 (3)

Transfers with 200

Transfers with 200

English 200 4 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

English 201 (3)

English 200 (3)

English 202

English 221 (3)

Transfers with 203

English (200 level) (1)4)

English 203

English 221 (3) or English (3)

Transfers with 202

English (200 level) (1)4)

English 202 4 203

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

English 202 (3)

English 202 (3)

English 204

English 222 (3)

Transfers with 205

Transfers with 205

English 205

English 222 (3) or English (3)

Transfers with 204

Transfers with 204

English 204 4 205

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

English (3) (2nd year literature)

English 203 (3)

English 206

English (3)

English 206 (114)

English (200 level) (1)4)

English 212

English (3)

Transfers with 213

English (200 level) (1)4)

English 213

English (3)

Transfers with 212

English (200 level) (114)

English 212 4 213

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

English (3) (2nd year literature)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

English 215

English (3)

English (1)4) (2nd year)

English (200 level) (1)4)

Englisfl216

English 102 (3) or English (3)

English (1)4) (2nd year)

English (200 level) (114)

English 290

English (3)

Arts (1(4)

Creative Writing 201 (1)4) (part credit)

English 291

English (3)

Arts (114)

Creative Writing 202 (1)4) (part credit)

135

CAPILANO COLLEGE

SIMON F R A S E R

UNIVERSITY

UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH C O L U M B I A

UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 101

FINE A R T S
F i n e A r t s 100

A r t H i s t o r y (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 101

F i n e A r t s 101

A r t H i s t o r y (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 100

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 100

F i n e A r t s 100 4: 101

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

F i n e A r t s 125 (3)

H i s t o r y i n A r t 120 (3)

Fine A r t s 10*

A r t s (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 105

A r t (100 l e v e l ) (1)4)

F i n e A r t s 105

A r t s (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 104

A r t (100 l e v e l ) ( I W

F i n e A r t s 104 4 105

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

F i n e A r t s 100

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

F i n e A r t s 210

A r t H i s t o r y (3)

F i n e A r t s (114) ( N o t t o be c o u n t e d
t o w a r d t h e major)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 211

F i n e A r t s 211

A r t H i s t o r y (3)

F i n e A r t s (1)4) ( N o t t o b e c o u n t e d
t o w a r d t h e major)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 210

F i n e A r t s 210 4 211

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

H i s t o r y i n A r t 260 (3)

F i n e A r t s 250

' V i s u a l A r t (3)

A r t H i s t o r y (1)4)

H i s t o r y i n A r t (200 l e v e l ) (1)4)

F i n e A r t s 251

V i s u a l A r t (3)

A r t History ( I » )

H i s t o r y i n A r t (200 l e v e l ) (IH)

F i n e A r t s 250 4 251

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

These courses transfer separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

F r e n c h 100

F r e n c h * (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 101

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 101

F r e n c h 101

F r e n c h * (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 100

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 100

F r e n c h 100 4 101

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

F r e n c h 105 (3)

F r e n c h 100 (3)

F r e n c h * (3) e a c h

F r e n c h 110 (3)

F r e n c h 160 (3)

F r e n c h * (3) e a c h

f r e n c h (3) (1st y e a r )

F r e n c h 100 (3)

, F r e n c h * (2) e a c h

F r e n c h 120 (3)

F r e n c h 180 (3)

F r e n c h * (3) e a c h

F r e n c h 115 (3)

F r e n c h 160 (3)

F r e n c h * (3) e a c h

F r e n c h 202 (3)

F r e n c h 290 (3)

F r e n c h * (3) e a c h

F r e n c h 215 (3)

F r e n c h 180 (3)

FRENCH

F r e n c h 120 4 121
F r e n c h 130 4 131
F r e n c h 170 4 171
F r e n c h 190 4 191
F r e n c h 270 4 271
F r e n c h 290 4 291

* F o r i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y
of any o n e of t h e f o l l o w i n g F r e n c h
c o u r s e s see N o t e #3 page 1 3 2 .

GEOGRAPHY
G e o g r a p h y 101

G e o g r a p h y (3)

G e o g r a p h y 102 (114)

G e o g r a p h y (100 l e v e l ) (1)4)

G e o g r a p h y 102

G e o g r a p h y (3)

G e o g r a p h y (114)

G e o g r a p h y (100 l e v e l ) (1)4)

G e o g r a p h y 106

G e o g r a p h y 263 (3)

G e o g r a p h y (1)4)

G e o g r a p h y (100 l e v e l ) (1)4)

G e o g r a p h y 108

G e o g r a p h y 262 (3)

G e o g r a p h y 103 (1)4)

G e o g r a p h y (200 l e v e l ) (1)4)

G e o g r a p h y 111

G e o g r a p h y 141 (3)

G e o g r a p h y 2 0 0 (1)4)

G e o g r a p h y 101 B ( l ) 4 )

G e o g r a p h y 111 4 200

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

G e o g r a p h y 200 4 201 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

G e o g r a p h y 112

G e o g r a p h y 111 (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 114

G e o g r a p h y 2 0 3 A (1)4)

G e o g r a p h y 114

P h y s i c a l G e o g r a p h y (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 112

G e o g r a p h y 2 0 3 B (1)4)

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

G e o g r a p h y 101 (3)

G e o g r a p h y 112 4 114

G e o g r a p h y 203 (3)

G e o g r a p h y 200

G e o g r a p h y 121 (3)

G e o g r a p h y 201 (1(4)

G e o g r a p h y 201 B (1)4)

G e o g r a p h y 201

G e o g r a p h y (3)

G e o g r a p h y (1)4)

G e o g r a p h y 201 A ( I K )

G e o g r a p h y 200 4 201

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

G e o g r a p h y 201 (3)

G e o g r a p h y 221

G e o g r a p h y 250 (3)

G e o g r a p h y (1)4)

G e o g r a p h y (200 l e v e l ) (1)4)

G e o g r a p h y 249

G e o g r a p h y (3)

G e o g r a p h y (1)4)

G e o g r a p h y 205 (1)4) (part c r e d i t )

G e o l o g y 110

G e o l o g y (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 111

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 111

Geology

G e o l o g y (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 110

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 110

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

G e o l o g y 105 (3)

G e o l o g y 100 (3)

G e r m a n * (3) e a c h

G e r m a n 100 (3)

G e r m a n 100 (3) (must c o m p l e t e
survey of G e r m a n g r a m m a r )

G e r m a n * (3) e a c h

G e r m a n 200 (3)

G e r m a n 200 (3) (grade of "C" o r
above required)

GEOLOGY

111

G e o l o g y 110 4

HI

GERMAN

G e r m a n 100 4 101

G e r m a n 200 4 201
* F o r i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y
of any o n e of t h e f o l l o w i n g G e r m a n
courses see N o t e //3 page 1 3 2 .

736

SIMON F R A S E R UNIVERSITY

U N I V E R S I T Y O F BRITISH C O L U M B I A

UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA

History 102

To be d e t e r m i n e d .

History (1)4)

History 240 (1)4) (part c r e d i t * )

History 103

To be d e t e r m i n e d .

History (14)

History 240 (1)4) (part c r e d i t * )

These courses transfer separately.

H i s t o r y 120 (3)

History 240 (3)

CAPILANO COLLEGE
HISTORY

History 102 4 103

See individual numbers.

History 108

History 212 (3)

History (1)4)

History 210 (1*4) (part c r e d i t " )

History 109

History 213(3)

History (1)4)

History 210 (1)4) (part c r e d i t " )

History 108 4 109

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

History 210(3)

History 110

H i s t o r y 101 (3)

History (1)4)

History 230 (1)4) (part c r e d i t * )

History

History 102 (3)

History (1)4)

History 230 (1)4) (part c r e d i t * )

History 110 4 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

H i s t o r y 135 (3)

History 230 (3)

History 200

History (3) (200 division)

History (1)4)

History (200 level) (1)4)

History 201

History (3) (200 division)

History (1)4)

History (200 level) (1)4)

History 205

History 201 (3)

H i s t o r y (1)4)

History (200 level) (1)4) (students
should not be p e r m i t t e d to take 355)

History 207

To be d e t e r m i n e d .

History (1(4)

To be determined.

111

•If half of the course has been c o m p l e t e d
students w i l l not be p e r m i t t e d to take
the complete course at U . V i c .
For further i n f o r m a t i o n c o n t a c t the U . V i c .
History D e p a r t m e n t .
L E G A L STUDIES
L e g a l Assistant Studies 150

P o l i t i c a l Science 151 (3)

L e g a l Assistant Studies 151

C r i m i n o l o g y (3)

L e g a l Assistant Studies 258

Legal Studies (3)

L e g a l Assistant Studies 268

Legal Studies (3)

MATHEMATICS

For C o m p u t i n g Science courses please refer to the " C o m p u t i n g Science" section of the guide.
No equivalent.

M a t h e m a t i c s 009, 010, 011, 012

No credit.

M a t h e m a t i c s 012 (0)

M a t h e m a t i c s 010, 011, 012

A l l three must be taken
- M a t h e m a t i c s 100 (3)

M a t h e m a t i c s 100

M a t h e m a t i c s (3)

M a t h e m a t i c s 101

M a t h e m a t i c s 101 (3)

S t a t i s t i c s 2 0 3 * (1)4)

S t a t i s t i c s (100 level) (1)4) with A l g e b r a 12;
without Algebra 12 (0) c r e d i t s

M a t h e m a t i c s 100 4 101

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

M a t h e m a t i c s 130 (3) or 2 0 3 * (1)4)
plus (1)4)

These courses transfer s e p a r a t e l y .
See individual numbers.

M a t h e m a t i c s 100 4 108

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

M a t h e m a t i c s 140 (1)4), plus 1)4*

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

M a t h e m a t i c s 100 4 110

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

M a t h e m a t i c s 100 (1)4), plus 1)4*

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

M a t h e m a t i c s 101 4 102

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

S t a t i s t i c s (100 level) (3) w i t h
A l g e b r a 12; without A l g e b r a 12
S t a t i s t i c s (100 level) (1)4)

M a t h e m a t i c s 101 4 110

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

S t a t i s t i c s 105 (1)4) and

These courses transfer s e p a r a t e l y .
See individual numbers.

M a t h e m a t i c s 101, 102 4 205

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.

M a t h e m a t i c s 101 4 205

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

M a t h e m a t i c s (100 level) (114)

M a t h e m a t i c s 100 (1)4)
See individual numbers.

S t a t i s t i c s 250 4 251 (3)

M a t h e m a t i c s 102

M a t h e m a t i c s 302 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.
S t a t i s t i c s 204 (114)

M a t h e m a t i c s 105

M a t h e m a t i c s 100 (3)

Transfers with 108 or 110

M a t h e m a t i c s 105 4 108

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

M a t h e m a t i c s 111 (3) (1.5 units in

M a t h e m a t i c s 105 4 110

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

M a t h e m a t i c s 111 (3) (1.5 units i n
f a c u l t y of Science)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

M a t h e m a t i c s 108

M a t h e m a t i c s 1 57* (3)

M a t h e m a t i c s 140* (1)4)

M a t h e m a t i c s 102 (1)4)

M a t h e m a t i c s 109

M a t h e m a t i c s 158 (3)

M a t h e m a t i c s 141* (114)

M a t h e m a t i c s 110

M a t h e m a t i c s 151* (3)

M a t h e m a t i c s 100 (1)4)

M a t h e m a t i c s 100 (1)4)

M a t h e m a t i c s I 11

M a t h e m a t i c s 152 (3)
4 M a t h e m a t i c s (1)

M a t h e m a t i c s 101 (1)4)

M a t h e m a t i c s 101 (1)4)

M a t h e m a t i c s 110 4 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

M a t h e m a t i c s 100 (1)4), M a t h e m a t i c s
101 (1)4) 4 M a t h e m a t i c s (100 level) (I)

M a t h e m a t i c s 200

M a t h e m a t i c s 232 (3)

M a t h e m a t i c s 221 (1)4)

M a t h e m a t i c s 233A (1)4)

M a t h e m a t i c s 205

M a t h e m a t i c s 272 (3)

S t a t i s t i c s 205 (1)4)

S t a t i s t i c s (200 level) (1)4)

faculty of Science)

S t a t i s t i c s 250 (1)4)
S t a t i s t i c s 250 (1)4)
M a t h e m a t i c s 012 (0)
These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

M a t h e m a t i c s 215

M a t h e m a t i c s 242 (3)

M a t h e m a t i c s 220 (1)4)

M a t h e m a t i c s (200 level) (1)4)

M a t h e m a t i c s 230

M a t h e m a t i c s 251 (3)

M a t h e m a t i c s 200 (1)4)

M a t h e m a t i c s 200 (114)

M a t h e m a t i c s 231

M a t h e m a t i c s 252 (3)

M a t h e m a t i c s 201 ( H i )

M a t h e m a t i c s (200 level) (1)4)

M a t h e m a t i c s 235

M a t h e m a t i c s 310 (3)

M a t h e m a t i c s 315(1)4)

M a t h e m a t i c s 201 (1)4)

• C r e d i t is p e r m i t t e d for only one
of M a t h e m a t i c s 151 or 157.

• N o t for f a c u l t y of Science or
M a t h e m a t i c s students.

137

CAPILANO COLLEGE

SIMON F R A S E R

UNIVERSITY

UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH C O L U M B I A

UNIVERSITY OF

VICTORIA

MEDIA
M e d i a 053

F i l m S t u d i e s (3)

M e d i a 075

F i l m (Studio) (2)

M e d i a 153

F i l m (3)

M e d i a 171 4 271

Communications

257 (3)

M e d i a 181 4 182

Communications

258 (3)

M e d i a 183 4 185

C r e d i t may be assigned a f t e r
. portfolio interview with student..

M e d i a 253

F i l m (Studio) (3)

MUSIC
M u s i c 100

' M u s i c (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 101

M u s i c (100 l e v e l ) (1)

M u s i c 101

M u s i c (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 100

M u s i c (100 l e v e l ) (1)

M u s i c 100 & 101

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .

M u s i c 100 (3) or M u s i c 1 0 1 * (3)

See i n d i v i d u a l
M u s i c 110 *

numbers.

111

M u s i c 140 (2)

M u s i c (200 l e v e l ) (114)

M u s i c 114 & 115

Music 143(1)

M u s i c 236 (114)
M u s i c (100 l e v e l ) (114)

M u s i c 120

M u s i c H i s t o r y (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 121

M u s i c 121

M u s i c H i s t o r y (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 120

M u s i c (100 l e v e l ) (114)

M u s i c 120 4 121

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .
These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

M u s i c 120 (3) o r M u s i c
E d u c a t i o n 102 (3)
These courses transfer separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

M u s i c (100 l e v e l ) ( l i 4 )

M u s i c 120, 121 4 2 2 0 , 221

*

M u s i c 170

M u s i c 110 (3), M u s i c (100 l e v e l ) (3)
M u s i c (100 l e v e l ) ()4)

M u s i c 170 4 171

M u s i c (3)

M u s i c 180

M u s i c (Studio) (3)

. .

M u s i c 180 4 181

M u s i c (100 l e v e l ) (1)

M u s i c 184

M u s i c (Studio) (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

M u s i c 185

M u s i c (Studio) (3)

These courses transfer

separately.

See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .
M u s i c 184 4 185

M u s i c 170 (I)

M u s i c 194 4 195

M u s i c 181 (1)

M u s i c 200

M u s i c (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 201

M u s i c 100 A (1)

M u s i c 201

M u s i c (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 200

M u s i c 100 B ( l )

M u s i c 200 4 201

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .

M u s i c 200 (3) o r M u s i c

See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

E d u c a t i o n 2 0 1 * (3)

M u s i c 210 4 211

M u s i c 142 (2)

M u s i c (200 l e v e l ) (114)

M u s i c 214 4 215

M u s i c 243 (1)

M u s i c 236 ( 1 » )

M u s i c 220

M u s i c H i s t o r y (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 221

M u s i c (100 l e v e l ) (114)

M u s i c 221

M u s i c H i s t o r y (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 220

M u s i c (100 l e v e l ) (114)

M u s i c 220 4 221

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .
These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

M u s i c 320 (3) o r M u s i c
E d u c a t i o n 102 (3)
These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

M u s i c (100 l e v e l ) (3)

M u s i c 2 2 0 , 221 4 120, 121
M u s i c 294 4 295

M u s i c 181 (1)
• A p p l i c a n t s must h a v e a t l e a s t 6 5 %
(or e q u i v a l e n t ) i n M u s i c E d u c a t i o n 101
4 i n M u s i c E d u c a t i o n 201 (or e q u i v a l e n t
courses) t o pursue a M u s i c E d u c a t i o n
concentration major.

138

M u s i c 110 (3), M u s i c (100 l e v e l ) (3)

SIMON F R A S E R UNIVERSITY

UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH C O L U M B I A

UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA

P h i l o s o p h y 101

P h i l o s o p h y 100 (3)

P h i l o s o p h y (1>S)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 102

P h i l o s o p h y 102

P h i l o s o p h y 120 (3)

P h i l o s o p h y (114)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 101

P h i l o s o p h y 101 4 102

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P h i l o s o p h y 100 (3)

P h i l o s o p h y 100 (3)

Philosophy 101 & 210

P h i l o s o p h y 100 (3), P h i l o s o p h y (3)

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See I n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

101 t r a n s f e r s w i t h 102. 210 t r a n s f e r s
s e p a r a t e l y . See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P h i l o s o p h y 101, 210 & 211

P h i l o s o p h y 100 (3), P h i l o s o p h y 203 (3)
P h i l o s o p h y (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

101 t r a n s f e r s w i t h 102. 2 1 0 , 211 t r a n s f e r
s e p a r a t e l y . See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P h i l o s o p h y 110

P h i l o s o p h y (3)

P h i l o s o p h y (114) (a s t u d e n t c a n n o t
receive credit for both C a p i l a n o
P h i l o s o p h y 110 4 U B C P h i l o s o p h y
102)

Philosophy (100 l e v e l ) (1)4)

P h i l o s o p h y 200

P h i l o s o p h y (3)

P h i l o s o p h y (1)4)

Philosophy 232 (1)4)

P h i l o s o p h y 201

P h i l o s o p h y 2 2 0 (3)

P h i l o s o p h y (1)4)

P h i l o s o p h y 326 (1)4)

P h i l o s o p h y 200 4 201

These courses transfer separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P h i l o s o p h y 201 (3)

T h e s e courses t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P h i l o s o p h y 210

P h i l o s o p h y 100 (3)

P h i l o s o p h y (1)4)

Philosophy (200 l e v e l ) (1)4)

P h i l o s o p h y 211

P h i l o s o p h y 203 (3)

P h i l o s o p h y (114)

P h i l o s o p h y (200 l e v e l ) (1)4)

P h i l o s o p h y 210 4 211

These courses transfer separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P h i l o s o p h y 250 (3)

These courses t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

Philosophy 220

P h i l o s o p h y 241 (3)

P h i l o s o p h y (1)4)

P h i l o s o p h y (200 l e v e l ) (114)

P h i l o s o p h y 221

P h i l o s o p h y (3)

P h i l o s o p h y (1)4)

P h i l o s o p h y (200 l e v e l ) (114)

P h y s i c s 101)

P h y s i c s 100 (3)

P h y s i c s (1)4) not f o r c r e d i t in t h e
Science Faculty

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 105

P h y s i c s 105

P h y s i c s (3)

P h y s i c s (1)4) not f o r c r e d i t i n the
Science Faculty

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 104

P h y s i c s 104 & 105

Students w i l l be e x e m p t e d f r o m
P h y s i c s 131 (2)

These courses transfer separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P h y s i c s 103 (3)

P h y s i c s 108

P h y s i c s 101 (3), P h y s i c s (1)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 111 o r 115

P h y s i c s (100 l e v e l ) (114)

P h y s i c s 108 4 111

These courses transfer separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P h y s i c s 110 (3)

P h y s i c s 102 (3)

P h y s i c s 108 4 115

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

Physics 110(3)

108 t r a n s f e r s s e p a r a t e l y .
See Individual n u m b e r s .

P h y s i c s 110

P h y s i c s 101 (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 111 o r 115

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 111

P h y s i c s 111

P h y s i c s 102 (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 110 o r 108

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 110

P h y s i c s 110 4 111

Students w i l l be e x e m p t e d f r o m
P h y s i c s 131 (2)

Physics 110(3)

P h y s i c s 102 (3)

P h y s i c s 110 4 115

These courses transfer separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

Physics 110(3)

110 t r a n s f e r s w i t h 111
115 t r a n s f e r s w i t h 114

CAPILANO COLLEGE
PHILOSOPHY

PHYSICS

P h y s i c s 114

P h y s i c s 120 (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 111 4 115

P h y s i c s (100 l e v e l ) (114)

P h y s i c s 115

P h y s i c s 121 (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 108 o r 110 o r 114

P h y s i c s (100 l e v e l ) (1)4)

P h y s i c s 114 4 111

These courses transfer separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P h y s i c s 110 (3)

111 t r a n s f e r s w i t h 108 4 110
114 t r a n s f e r s w i t h 115

P h y s i c s 114 4 115

S t u d e n t s w i l l be e x e m p t e d f r o m
P h y s i c s 2 3 3 (2)

P h y s i c s 115 (3)

P h y s i c s 110/120 (3)

P h y s i c s 200

P h y s i c s * (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 210

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 210

P h y s i c s 201

P h y s i c s 2 2 1 * (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 211

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 211

P h y s i c s 200 4 210

These courses transfer separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P h y s i c s 213 (2)

P h y s i c s 217 (1)4)

P h y s i c s 201 4 211

These courses transfer separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P h y s i c s 215 (2)

P h y s i c s 214 (1)4)

P h y s i c s 210

P h y s i c s * (1)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 200 o r 211

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 200

P h y s i c s 211

P h y s i c s * (1)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 201 o r 210

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 201

P h y s i c s 210 4 211

P h y s i c s 2 3 5 * (2)

P h y s i c s 239 (1)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 200 4 201

P h y s i c s 220

P h y s i c s * (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 221

P h y s i c s 211 A (1)4)

P h y s i c s 221

P h y s i c s 2 1 1 * (3)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 220

P h y s i c s 211 B(l>4)

P h y s i c s 2 2 0 4 221

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P h y s i c s 216 (2), P h y s i c s (1)

These courses transfer separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

•Students who have completed
P h y s i c s 2 0 0 , 2 0 1 , 2 1 0 , 2 1 1 , 2 2 0 , 221
at C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e w i l l be p r e p a r e d
to e n t e r t h i r d y e a r P h y s i c s c o u r s e s
at S F U .

739

CAPILANO COLLEGE
POLITICAL

SIMON F R A S E R

UNIVERSITY

UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH C O L U M B I A

.

UNIVERSITY OF

VICTORIA

SCIENCE

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 100

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 111 (3)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e (114)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e (100 l e v e l ) (1)4)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 101

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 212 (3)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 202 (114)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 202 (1)4)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 102

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 131 (3)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 201 (114)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 210 (1)4)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 104

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 221 (3)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 200 (114)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e (200 l e v e l ) (1)4)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 201

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 241 (3)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e (114)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e (200 l e v e l ) (1)4)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 203

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 141 (3)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e (1)4)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 240 (1)4)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 201 4 203

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 204 (3)

T h e s e "courses t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 206

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 211 (3)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 203 (114)

P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e (200 l e v e l ) (1)4)

P s y c h o l o g y 100

P s y c h o l o g y (3)

P s y c h o l o g y (1)4)

P s y c h o l o g y (100 l e v e l ) (1)4)

P s y c h o l o g y 101

P s y c h o l o g y (3)

P s y c h o l o g y (1)4)

P s y c h o l o g y 201 (1)4)

P s y c h o l o g y 100 4 101

' P s y c h o l o g y 101 (3), P s y c h o l o g y (3)

P s y c h o l o g y 100 (3)

P s y c h o l o g y 100 (3)

P s y c h o l o g y 100 4 200

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P s y c h o l o g y 100 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P s y c h o l o g y 100 4 201

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P s y c h o l o g y 100 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P s y c h o l o g y 100 4 204

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P s y c h o l o g y 100 (3)

P s y c h o l o g y 100 (3)

P s y c h o l o g y 100 4 205

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P s y c h o l o g y 100 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P s y c h o l o g y 200

P s y c h o l o g y 360 (3)

P s y c h o l o g y (1)4) (may n o t t a k e
P s y c h o l o g y 308 f o r c r e d i t )

P s y c h o l o g y (100 l e v e l ) (1)4)

P s y c h o l o g y 201

P s y c h o l o g y (3)

P s y c h o l o g y (1)4) (may not t a k e
P s y c h o l o g y 308 f o r c r e d i t )

P s y c h o l o g y (200 l e v e l ) (1)4)

P s y c h o l o g y 204

P s y c h o l o g y 351 (3)

P s y c h o l o g y (1)4) (may not t a k e
P s y c h o l o g y 301 f o r c r e d i t )

P s y c h o l o g y (100 l e v e l ) (1)4)

PSYCHOLOGY

P s y c h o l o g y 205

P s y c h o l o g y 357 (3)

P s y c h o l o g y (1)4)

P s y c h o l o g y (200 l e v e l ) (114)

P s y c h o l o g y 206

P s y c h o l o g y 355 (3)

P s y c h o l o g y (1)4)

P s y c h o l o g y (200 l e v e l ) (1)4)

P s y c h o l o g y 220

P s y c h o l o g y 370 (3)

P s y c h o l o g y * (1)4)

P s y c h o l o g y (200 l e v e l ) (1)4)

P s y c h o l o g y 222

P s y c h o l o g y 340 (3)

P s y c h o l o g y * (1)4)

P s y c h o l o g y (200 l e v e l ) (1)4)

P s y c h o l o g y 220 & 222

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

P s y c h o l o g y 2 0 6 * (3)

P s y c h o l o g y 220 (3)

*Students granted credit for Capilano
P s y c h o l o g y 220 and/or 222 w i l l n o t .
r e c e i v e c r e d i t for U B C Psychology
300 and/or 305 r e s p e c t i v e l y .
N O T E : M a x i m u m advance credit
p e r m i t t e d i n P s y c h o l o g y is 9 u n i t s .
RECREATION
R e c r e a t i o n 160

K i n e s i o l o g y 143 (3)

R e c r e a t i o n ISO

K i n e s i o l o g y 143 (3)

R e c r e a t i o n 280

K i n e s e o l o g y 343 (3)

R e c r e a t i o n 281

To be d e t e r m i n e d

SOCIOLOGY
S o c i o l o g y 100

S.A.

150 (3)

S o c i o l o g y (1)4)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 101

S o c i o l o g y 101

S . A . 250 (3)

S o c i o l o g y (1)4)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 100

S o c i o l o g y 100 4 101

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

S o c i o l o g y 200 (3) (1st or 2 n d year)

S o c i o l o g y 100 (3)

S o c i o l o g y 200

S . A . (3)

S o c i o l o g y (1)4)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 201

S o c i o l o g y 201

S . A . (3)

S o c i o l o g y (1)4)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 200

S o c i o l o g y 200 4 201

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

S o c i o l o g y 210 (3)

S o c i o l o g y 200 (3)

S o c i o l o g y 210

S . A . 260 (3)

S o c i o l o g y (1)4)

S o c i o l o g y (200 l e v e l ) (1)4)

S o c i o l o g y 211

S . A . 280 (3)

S o c i o l o g y (1)4) (2nd year)

S o c i o l o g y (200 l e v e l ) (1)4)

S o c i o l o g y 222

S . A . (3)

S o c i o l o g y (1)4)

S o c i o l o g y (100 l e v e l ) (1)4)

S o c i o l o g y 223

C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 230 (3)

S o c i o l o g y (1)4) (2nd year)

S o c i o l o g y (100 l e v e l ) (114)

F o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n on S o c i o l o g y
see N o t e 01 page 132.

740

SIMON F R A S E R UNIVERSITY

UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH C O L U M B I A

UNIVERSITY OF

Spanish 100 & 101

S p a n i s h * (3)

Spanish 100 (3)

Spanish 100 (3)

Spanish 200 & 201

S p a n i s h * (3)

Spanish 200 (3)

Spanish 260 (3) (grade of "Ct" r e q u i r e d ,
o r a l test if c o n t i n u i n g in Spanish)

CAPILANO COLLEGE

VICTORIA

• F o r i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y
of any o n e of the f o l l o w i n g Spanish
c o u r s e s see N o t e //3 page 132.

THEATRE
T h e a t r e 100

T h e a t r e (Studio) (3)

T h e a t r e (14)

T h e a t r e (100 level) (14)

T h e a t r e 101

T h e a t r e (Studio) (3)

T h e a t r e (14)

T h e a t r e (100 l e v e l ) (14)

T h e a t r e 100 4 101

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

T h e a t r e 200 (3)

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

T h e a t r e 120

T h e a t r e H i s t o r y (3)

T h e a t r e (14)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 121

T h e a t r e 121

T h e a t r e H i s t o r y (3)

T h e a t r e (14)

T r a n s f e r s w i t h 120

T h e a t r e 120 & 121

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .

T h e a t r e 120 (3)

T h e a t r e 100 (3)

See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .
T h e a t r e 200

T h e a t r e (Studio) (3)

T h e a t r e (14)

T h e a t r e 201

T h e a t r e (Studio) (3)

T h e a t r e (14)

T h e a t r e (200 l e v e l ) (14)
T h e a t r e (200 l e v e l ) (14)

WOMEN'S STUDIES
Women's S t u d i e s 100

Women's S t u d i e s 202 (3)

Women's S t u d i e s 101

Women's S t u d i e s (3)

Women's S t u d i e s 104

Women's S t u d i e s (3)

Women's S t u d i e s 105

Women's S t u d i e s (3)

Women's S t u d i e s 106

Women's S t u d i e s (3)

Women's S t u d i e s 107

W o m e n ' s S t u d i e s (3)

Women's S t u d i e s 110

Women's S t u d i e s (3)

Women's S t u d i e s 112

Women's S t u d i e s (3)

Women's S t u d i e s 120

Women's S t u d i e s 200 (3)
(Students may request c r e d i t f o r
H i s t o r y (3) i n s t e a d . )

Women's S t u d i e s 121

Women's S t u d i e s (3)

Women's S t u d i e s 122
Women's S t u d i e s 122
& A n t h r o p o l o g y 120

A r t s (14)

E n g l i s h (100 l e v e l ) (14)

Women's S t u d i e s (100 l e v e l ) (14)

H i s t o r y (14)

H i s t o r y (200 l e v e l ) (14)

Women's S t u d i e s 2 0 0 (3)

A n t h r o p o l o g y (14) (1st or 2 n d year)

Anthropology

S . A . 170 (3), S . A . (3) o r S . A . 170
(3), Women's S t u d i e s 2 0 0 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

A n t h r o p o l o g y 100 (3)

Women's S t u d i e s 122
Sc A n t h r o p o l o g y 121

S . A . 170 (3), S . A . (3) o r S . A . 170 (3),
Women's S t u d i e s 200 (3)

These c o u r s e s t r a n s f e r s e p a r a t e l y .
See i n d i v i d u a l n u m b e r s .

A n t h r o p o l o g y 100 (3)

Women's S t u d i e s 150

Women's S t u d i e s (3)

Women's S t u d i e s 151

Women's S t u d i e s (3)

Women's S t u d i e s 192

T h e a t r e (Studio) (2)

100 (14) ( p a r t c r e d i t )

747

Index
ACADEMIC
ACADEMIC

DIFFICULTIES
POLICIES:

10

Grades
9
Transcripts
.. 9
D i p l o m a s and C e r t i f i c a t e s . . . 10
ACADEMIC STUDIES/UNIVERSITY
TRANSFER
21
For I n d i v i d u a l d i s c i p l i n e s ,
c o u r s e s and f a c u l t y , see
"Course D e s c r i p t i o n s "
ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE:
General I n f o r m a t i o n :
L y n n m o u r , S e c h e l t , S q u a m i s h . 15
Course D e s c r i p t i o n s
128
ADDING COURSES
6
ADDRESSES ft PHONE NUMBERS OF
CAMPUSES
inside front
ADMISSION:
Who i s E l i g i b l e
3
When t o A p p l y
3
How t o A p p l y
3
S e c h e l t ft S u n s h i n e C o a s t
3
ADMISSION DATES, CAREER/
VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS
61
ADMISSIONS ADVISING
14
ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/
FOUNDATIONS
130
ALTERNATIVE CAREER TRAINING FOR
THE LEARNING HANDICAPPED . . . 131
APPEAL OF GRADES
9
ART PROGRAMS:
General Information
62
S t u d i o A r t Program
63
C r a f t s Program
67
Commercial A r t Program
69
F o u n d a t i o n s of V i s u a l
Communications
71
ATHLETICS
13
ATTENDANCE
8
AUDIT STATUS
8
k

B . T . S . D . - See A d u l t B a s i c
Education
BOOKSTORE
13
BOUTIQUE
13
B . C . STUDENT ASSISTANCE
17
BURSARIES
.17
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT PROGRAMS:
General Information
75
A c c o u n t i n g / F i n a n c i a l Mgmt . . . 76
A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Management . . . 76
Computer S y s t e m s Mgmt
76
M a r k e t i n g Management
76
R e t a i l Management
76
A c c e l e r a t e d Programs
78
P a r t Time E v e n i n g C e r t i f i c a t e
Programs
79
CAFETERIAS
CALENDAR FOR 1984/85
CAMPUS MAP
CANADIAN STUDIES SPECIALTY
CAREER RESOURCE CENTRE

742

13
2
143
22
14

CAREER/VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS:
General Information
61
CHALLENGING COURSES
8
CHANGE OF NAME ft ADDRESS
5
CHANGING REGISTRATION STATUS . . . 6
CHEATING ft PLAGIARISM
11
COLLEGE BOARD AND
ADMINISTRATION
i n s i d e back
COLLEGE FOUNDATION
17
COMMUNITY EDUCATION - See
E x t e n s i o n Programs and S e r v i c e s
COMPUTER SYSTEM MISUSE
11
CORRESPONDENCE COURSES - See
Open L e a r n i n g I n s t i t u t e
COUNSELLING
13
COURSE CHALLENGE PROCEDURE
8
COURSE CREDITS
8
COURSE DESCRIPTION CODE
11
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS:
A.R.C
128
Adult Basic Education
130
Anthropology
25
Art
63
Biology
26
B u s i n e s s Management
80
B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g . . . 110
Chemistry
29
Commerce
31
Communications
88
Computing S c i e n c e
32
D i a l o g u e Canada - s e e F r e n c h
Economics
34
Education
91
English
35
E n g l i s h as a Second Language 131
Fine Arts
38
French
39
Geography
41
Geology
43
• German
44
History
45
Labour S t u d i e s
46
Legal A s s i s t a n t S t u d i e s . . . .
Ill
Legal S e c r e t a r y
115
Mathematics
48
Media
95
M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t . . . 117
Music
103
M u s i c Therapy
107
O f f i c e Technology
118
Philosophy
51
Physics
52
P o l i t i c a l Science
54
Psychology
55
Recreation
123
R e t a i l Management
86
Sociology
56
Spanish
57
Theatre Arts
58
Women's A c c e s s C e n t r e
129
Women's S t u d i e s
59
Word P r o c e s s i n g
119
COURSE OVERLOAD
5
COURSE VERIFICATION
6

CREDIT FREE COURSES - See
E x t e n s i o n P r o g r a m s ft S e r v i c e s
CREDIT FREE STATUS
CREDIT STATUS

8
8

DEAN'S L I S T
10
DIPLOMA AND CERTIFICATE
REQUIREMENTS
10
DISRUPTIVE STUDENTS
10
DOGWOOD PROGRAM - See B u s i n e s s
Management, p . 78
DRAFTING
128
DROPPING COURSES
6
ENGLISH ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS:
E n g l i s h Placement Test
21
E n g l i s h D i a g n o s t i c Test
21
ENGLISH PROFICIENCY
5
ENGLISH TUTORIAL ROOM
22
EXAMINATION WEEK
8
EXEMPTION STANDING
61
EXTENSION PROGRAMS AND S E R V I C E S :
General Information
16
Fees P o l i c y
7
FACULTY - R e f e r t o s p e c i f i c
P r o g r a m s and C o u r s e A r e a s
FEES - See F i n a n c i a l I n f o r m a t i o n
FINANCIAL AID ft AWARDS
17
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
T u i t i o n Fees
7
C o n d i t i o n s of R e g i s t r a t i o n . . . 7
Non-Registration
7
Fee W a i v e r s f o r S e n i o r s
7
Fees P o l i c y , E x t e n s i o n Programs
and S e r v i c e s
7
FIRST AID AND HEALTH
14
FITNESS CENTRE
13
FOOD SERVICES
13
FOURTH INSTRUCTIONAL HOUR
8
GENERAL COURSE INFORMATION
GRADES
GRADE POINT AVERAGE
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

8
9
9
10

HANDICAPPED STUDENT SERVICES - See
S p e c i a l Needs S e r v i c e s
HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES PROGRAMS
E a r l y C h i l d h o o d E d u c a t i o n . . . 90
Long Term C a r e A i d e
93
HEALTH SERVICES ft FIRST AID . . . 14
HIGH SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY - See
Adult Basic Education
HOLIDAYS
2
HOWE SOUND CENTRE - See S q u a m i s h
Centre
" I " GRADES
IDENTIFICATION CARD
INFO CENTRE
INSTRUCTIONAL GUIDELINES
INSTRUCTIONAL YEAR
•
INTRODUCTION

9
3
12
5
8
1

KNOWLEDGE NETWORK

11

LABOUR STUDIES PROGRAM
46
LANDSCAPE PROGRAM - See O u t d o o r
Recreation
LEARNING ASSISTANCE - See
Achievement Resource Centre
LIBRARY - See M e d i a C e n t r e
LIMIT OF RESPONSIBILITY
11
LOANS - See F i n a n c i a l A i d
LOST AND FOUND
12
LYNNMOUR CENTRE:
A d d r e s s A Phone . . . i n s i d e f r o n t
Map o f
144
MAPS:
Lynnmour Campus
MATH LEARNING CENTRE
MATHEMATICS PLACEMENT TEST
MEDIA CENTRE:
Lynnmour
Sechelt
Squamish
MEDIA RESOURCES PROGRAM
MERIT L I S T
MISUSE OF COMPUTER SYSTEM
MUSIC PROGRAMS:
Commercial Music
Music Transfer
Music Therapy

144

. 6,

22
22
14
15
15
94
10
11
99
100
101

OFFICE ADMINISTRATION:
General Information
109
B u s i n e s s O f f i c e T r a i n i n g . . . 109
Legal A s s i s t a n t Studies . . . .
Ill
L e g a l S e c r e t a r y P r o g r a m . . . . 115
M e d i c a l O f f i c e A s s i s t a n t . . . 116
O f f i c e Technology
11B
Word P r o c e s s i n g
118
OPEN LEARNING INSTITUTE
11
OUTDOOR RECREATION:
General Information
120
Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n Diploma
Program
120
Wilderness Leadership
121
. Fitness Leadership
122
A p p l i e d Landscape H o r t i c u l t u r e
Program
127
OVERLOAD OF COURSES
5
PARKING
PLACEMENT CENTRE
PLAGIARISM ft CHEATING
PROGRAMS AND COURSES FOR
NEEDS
RECORDS, STUDENT
REGISTRATION:
How t o R e g i s t e r
When t o R e g i s t e r
P r i o r i t y Sequence
Dates
REPEATING A COURSE

RETAIL MANAGEMENT Management

See B u s i n e s s

SCHOLARSHIPS
19
SCHOLASTIC AWARDS
10
SCIENCE: GENERAL INFORMATION . . 22
SECHELT CENTRE ADDRESS ft
PHONE NUMBER
inside front
SELF PACED LEARNING
22
SENIOR C I T I Z E N FEE WAIVERS
7
SERVICES
13
SEXUAL HARASSMENT
13
SPECIAL NEEDS SERVICES . . . . 1 2 , 16
SQUAMISH CENTRE ADDRESS A
PHONE NUMBER
inside front
STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE
7
STUDENT IDENTIFICATION CARD
3
STUDENT INFO CENTRE
12
STUDENT LOANS
17
STUDENT NEWSPAPER
12
STUDENT NUMBER
3
STUDENT RECORDS
11
STUDENT STORE
13
STUDENT UNION
12
SUNSHINE COAST - See S e c h e l t
TABLE OF CONTENTS . . . i n s i d e
TOWTRUCKS
TRANSCRIPTS
TRANSFER GUIDE
TRANSFER TO AND FROM OTHER
INSTITUTIONS:
Academic
Career
UNIVERSITY

TRANSFER/ACADEMIC

front
12
<»
132

21
61

21

VISITORS
*
VOCATIONAL, PRE-EMPLOYMENT AND
UPGRADING PROGRAMS
128
WAIT L I S T S
WAITER/WAITRESS TRAINING
WELCOME TO CAPILANO COLLEGE
WITHDRAWING FROM A COURSE
WOMEN'S ACCESS CENTRE
Courses
WOMEN'S STUDIES SPECIALTY
WORK-STUDY PROGRAM

6
128
1
6
16
129
22
18

12
14
11
SPECIAL
129
11
4
4
4
5
9

743

744

Administration
College

Board

Members

Davi d C r a i g
John Gregory
Norn's
Martin
Hi I d a R 1 z u n , C h a i r m a n
Michael Smith,
Vice-chairman
John
Stethem
Douglas
Vincent

Board

Representatives

Nicole Climo, Staff
Union
(CEU)
Bill
L i t t l e , S t a f f Union
(CEU)
Joyce Simpson, Faculty A s s o c i a t i o n
(CCFA)
Gordon Wi1 s o n , F a c u 1 t y
Association
(CCFA)
P l u s two r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s
t o b e n a m e d by
the
Student
Union

General

Administration

Paul G a l l a g h e r , B . A . , M . E d . , D . C . L .
Pri nci pal
Marie Jessup, C.G.A.
Bursar
A l a n P . D . S m i t h , B . A . , M.A.
D i r e c t o r of Planning
D a v i d Wool l e y , B . S c .
Regi s t r a r
Jim D i l l o n , B . A . ,
L.L.B.
Human R e s o u r c e s A d m i n i s t r a t o r
David Brewer, P . P .
D i r e c t o r o f S u p p l i e s and S e r v i c e s
Ken Hughes
F a c i l i t i e s Supervisor

Instructional

Administration

D o u g l a s K. J a r d i n e , B . A . S c , P h . D .
Dean o f I n s t r u c t i o n a l
Services
F r a n k l i n C. G e l i n , B . A . , M . A . , P h . D .
Dean o f A c a d e m i c S t u d i e s
W.G. G i b s o n , B . A . , D i p l . E d . , P h . D .
A s s o c i a t e Dean, Academic S t u d i e s
G.F. Lee, B . S c , M . S c , Ph.D.
Dean o f C a r e e r / V o c a t i o n a l P r o g r a m s
Nancy L y n c h , B . A . , M . A .
A s s o c i a t e Dean, C a r e e r / V o c a t i o n a l Programs
Gordon F a r r e l l , D i p l . T . , M . B . C . , R . I . A .
D i r e c t o r o f B u s i n e s s Management
P a t r i c i a Heffron Groves, B . A . , Ph.D.
D i r e c t o r of I n s t r u c t i o n a l
Services
Bev H a r n e t t , B . A . , B . E d .
D i r e c t o r of O f f i c e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
Janet M o r r i s
A s s i s t a n t t o Dean o f I n s t r u c t i o n a l
Services

NEWS photo Eric

Eggertson